Document v617KYyXLQJg1b17rpxOoM4q

BULLETINS VJl vvOO FMSI 17675 frictid; UATET.IALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE #4, PARAIIU?, M.J. 07652 3 U L L E T I `1 '.! 0. 5 0 9 April 15, 1077 ADDITI T!? TO CROSS REFERENCE This cross reference listing is a supplement to BULLETIN NO. 536 published on July 15, 1975. That 1975 Bulletin combined all brake lining and clutch facing cross reference additions since the original (September 1963) cross reference listing. This does not include brake shoes, for nhich the last listing was BULLETIN NO. 540 of July 28, 1975. It must be pointed out that this cross reference data is from original equipment sources, and nhile some use the same number for service, many do not. Active lienbers - List E Regional Nembers N. o. Drislane Executive Director FMS117676 Part /' 164-12304 8030 al:v* art 1.153.201 1.153.202 1.153.216 1.153.217 1,153,213 2,235,205 33: nix F5I Mo. Part # 7054 (I) 7054 (0) 7053 (I) 7053 (I) 7053 (0) 70243 (0) 2,235,206 2,233,400 2,238,491 2,233,492 3,203,525 3,203,529 Part 165-10006 165-10173 165-10262 165-10263 165-10301 165-10347 pore & BUCK* F.;r: ' Part # 8025 A 1037F 1092A 1095 1275 791 165-10435 165-10436 165-10532 173-10185 173-10186 Part 357,333 357,884 361,767 367,54 367,550 CIIEVPOL3T F.fsi r0. Part u 215TT 2159TT 1337 2C73T 2073T 457,767 457,768 457,769 459,731 P art 8 3.380.315 3.880.316 3,330,318 3,880,819 C/'PYSLEP. FK3I Ho. 7017A (I) 7017A (0) 7017A (I) 7017A (0) Part 114-C-305 FTSI Ho. 1267 DATA* * Clutch Facing F 'SI ` :o. 70243 (0) 7024B (I) 70243 (I) 70243 (I) 2135T (s) 2135T (1) FISI : 1005A 1006B 1005B 791 791 f;si :io. 7053 (I) 7053 (I) 7053 (0) 1337 FMS117677 Part # 18,000,210 18,002,701 2,633,693 5,474,999 Part "'0. 43,908 44,608 53,747 53,749 57,355 deloo-i: m 'o. 2117TT 7055 7055 2117TT (1) (s) F!SI ITo. 4317G 4317G 4317G 4317G 4317G EATON Part 1,000,239 1,001,041 1,001,042 FISI ITo. 4527C 4317G 4317G Part # D-4VA-2285--AA D-4VA-22 85-3A D-4VA-2285-CA D-5DA-2284-AA D-5DA-2285-AA D-5SA-2284-AA D-5SA-2284-BA D-5SA-2284-CA D-50A-2234-AA D-50A-2 2 34-3A FISI I'o. 200ITT (1) 2081TT (1) 208ITT (1) 2135T (s) 2135T (1) 208ITT (s) 2081TT (s) 203ITT (s) 215 ITT (s) 216 ITT (s) Part # D-50A-2284-CA D-6 OA-2 2 85-AA D-60A-2235-BA D-60A-2285-CA D-6TA-2019-DA P-6TA-2Q18-DA Part # 233,007 R91 389,430 C97 I'TTEPJTATIOTTAL HARVESTER FISI No. 2085 10,014* Part # C-42-128 FISI No. 1442 LONG* Part CL-12391-24 CL-12391-143 * Clutch Pacing . ROCKFORD* FI IS I No. 10,014 10,014 FISI No. 216 ITT (s) 216 ITT (.1) 216 ITT (1) 216 ITT (1) 7054 (I) 7054 (0) FMSI 17678 Part if 2240-A-1821 2240-A-2471 2240-A-22G9 2240-A-2575 2240-B-1978 2240-B-2290 2240-0 1823 2240-0 1979 2240-0-1824 2240-D-1980 2240-0-2656 2240-D-2812 2240-5-1931 2240-E-2553 2240-F-2632 2240-G-2451 2240-G-2555 2240-J-2553 2240-J-2534 2240-X-1987 2240-L-19G3 2 2 40-'?-19 89 2240-::-1990 2240-R-2566 2240-T-2646 Part if 213,132 213,133 213,136 213,137 Part if 171-60r,-537B 171-698-15IB 171-693-151C 331-609-537 827-609-537 T>f>n-rvr*?j j F'i.HX 'o. 4623 17,741 456 IB 4654 4621 456 IB 4623 4621 4623 4621 17,741 45 4 IB 4621 4592A 4541B 17.731A 43983 45 4 IB 43983 4623 4623 4623 4623 4592A 4654 Part il 224C-U-23S7 2240-U-2647 2240-X-2C06 2240-Y-2287 2240-Z-2288 2240-2-2574 2740-A-1301 2740-A-1691 2740-B-1302 2740-3-1692 2740-01693 2740-D-1694 2740-L-454 2740-0455 2740-11-456 2740-0-690 2740-7-458 2740-P-692 2740-0-459 2740-0-1473 2740-R-1474 2740-T-332 2740-U-333 2740-V-334 2740-17-335 2740-X-5146 STANDARD FORGE & AXLE FITSI To 4536B 4536B 4591A 4591A VOLKSWAGEN FI7SI No. 1316 7044 7044 1355 8129 FtSI ITo. 17.731A 4654 4227E 456 IB 456 IB 4654 4633B 1297 46 333 1297 1297 1297 1139B 1139B 1139B 17,742 1139B 17,742 11393 1297 1297 17,742 17,742 17,742 17,742 17,737 FMSI 17679 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLET I N N 0. 5 9 8 April 7, 1977 1977 SUPPLEMENT TO THE 1976 BRAKE SHOE IDENTIFICATION CATALOG The Printer, Success, Inc., is now shipping copies of the "1977 Supplement to the 1976 Brake Shoe Identification Catalog" to those who placed orders. Member orders were solicited in BULLETIN NO. 590 of January 18, 1977. This is to advise of a final price reduction for this catalog based on orders received for 40,000 copies (instead of the 30,000 copies budgeted). Final Price: Catalogs Punching $>126.40/M 3.60/M For those who ordered with punching, the total price will be $130.00/M. It may be that you must notify your Purchasing Department of this price change. Those who ordered will be billed at this reduced price regardless of the price on the order. If there are any questions, please eontact me. EWD/erc Dist: Active Members-List D Regional Members Licensees E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17680 B U L L S T I '-T ;i. 5 !! 7 April 6, 1977 HISTORICAL SALES PROGRAM The historical sales program'continues cn a quarterly basis. Regional Members using the copyrighted FI IS I 'Cumbers for marketing their products in the United States may participate if they wish. The Institute is reauesting details of pieces sold for the first quarter of 1977 (3 months ending March 31, 1977). The rules for the reporting details remain unchanged. 1. Quantities will be reported in pieces (not units). For roll linings, each foot of length will be one piece. 2. Our Accountants will report the names of the members from whom reports are received. . ' 3. Total pieces in each group will be reported. 4. "Clutch Facings ' does not include gear tooth discs, automatic transmission discs, or the 8-14" dia., (3/15 to 1/2'1 thick) asbestos composition discs. The data as filed will be confidential. Totals for each group will be shown and there is no way of determining quantities by Individual members. You will be receiving from Marshall Granger & Company, Certified Public Accountants, a form for completing this information. Please return it to: Marshall Granger & Company, C. ?. A 1600 Harrison Avenue Mamaroneck, Mew York 10543 If you report, please have your figures in by May 15, 1977. If you do not wish to report these figures, no reply is necessary. Only those reporting figures will receive the industry totals when the data is summarized. A sample form and definitions are attached. EWD/erc E. TT. Drislane Encs. Executive Director Distribution: A.ctive Members-List G Regional Members (paying Active Members Dues) FMSI 17681  EXHIBIT "A:' STATISTICAL PROGRAM THE F'ICTIOIT MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC. Olail to: !1ARSIIALL GRANGER & CO., C. P. A. 1600 Harrison Avenue Mairaroneck, New Tork 10543 ***** ****** See instructions for sales to other members. Pieces sold to United States distributors, Jobbers, private brands, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchandisers, direct consumers, government agencies, or other customers for use in the United States replacement market: 3 MONTHS JANUARY 1 to MARCH 31, 1977 Brake linings less than 3/4" nominal thickness (See explanation for roll lining). ________________________________________ Brake blocks, nominal thickness of 3/4" and over Disc Brake Linings _ _____________________.,/ -'t_ / r> 5 r- jyrvTTTTZ r.r'i- _______________________jj~ ^ Clutch facings Total Pieces r tj 1, Jit STATISTICS SUPPLIED BY: ______________________________ Signature Company Telephone Number FMSI 17682 EXHIBIT "B" DEFINITION FOR HISTORICAL SALES PIECES The reports will show pieces of friction material, in groups as shown: Grouo Brake Lining Description Friction materials less than a nominal 3/4" thickness (See note on roll 1ining) Normal Usape Normally, one Diece to a shoe Brake Blocks Friction materials with a nominal thickness of 3/4" and over Normally, two pieces to a shoe Disc Brake Linings Friction materials sold (for disc brakes) to be attached to the shoe, or sold as a unit molded, bonded or riveted to the shoe Normallv. one Diece to a shoe Clutch Facing Friction materials of annular, shape, or segments thereof Normally, two annular pieces per clutch pla Note: For roll lining only, consider each foot of length equals one piece. REPLACEMENT SALES TO UNITED STATES MARKET This reporting is for sales to the United States replacement market only. Do not include sales to other markets. This includes sales under the friction material manufacturer's own name or brand name used by the customer, to automotive ware house distributors, jobbers, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchan disers, direct consumers, government agencies or other customers for use in the United States replacement market. When a friction materials manufacturer is shipoing to a vehicle manufacturer, brake manufacturer, or clutch manufacturer, but has no reasonable way of deterrmining if the pieces are for original equipment or replacement purposes, estimates will not be used - these pieces will not be reported. However, where a friction material manufacturer is shipping to a point known to be used for replacement, or where he stencils or otherwise identifies the pieces as being for replacement purposes, or where the shipments otherwise are obviously known to be for replace ment, these pieces will be reported. The member who sells to the type customer or user indicated above will report those pieces sold, even if purchased from another Active Member or Regional Member. When vou sell vour friction materials to another Member (Active or Regional) do not report those salesl Materials sold to Licensee Members of the Institute for the replacement market should be included. FMS117683 5 TJ LLSTI :.I i. 5 n April 6, 1977 HISTORICAL SALES PROGRAM The historical sales program'continues cn a quarterly basis. Regional Members using the copyrighted FIGS I 'lumbers for marketing their products in the United States may participate if they wish. The Institute is reauesting details of pieces sold for the first ouarter of 1977 (3 months ending ?rarch 31, 1977). The rules for the reporting details remain unchanged. 1. Quantities will be reported in pieces (not units). For roll linings, each foot of length will be one piece. 2. Our Accountants will report the names of the members from whom reoorts are received, . 3. Total pieces in each group will be reported. 4. "Clutch Facings 1 does not include gear tooth discs, automatic transmission discs, or the 8-14 ' dia., (3/15 to 1/2,T thick) asbestos composition discs. The data as filed will be confidential. Totals for each group will be shown and there is no way of determining quantities by individual members. You will be receiving from Marshall Granger & Company, Certified Public Accountants, a form for completing this information. Please return it to: Marshall Granger h Comnany, C. P. A 1600 Harrison Avenue Mamaroneck, Hew York 10543 If you reoort, please have your figures in by May 15, 1977. If you do not wish to report these figures, no reply is necessary. Only those reporting figures will receive the industry totals when the data is summarized. A samole form and definitions are attached. EMU/ere E. m. Drislane Encs. Executive Director Distribution: Active Members-List G Regional Members (paying Active Members Dues) FMS117684 ` EXHIBIT "A" STATISTICAL PROGRAM OF TPS FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC. "Mail to: MARSHALL GRANGER & CO., C. P. A. 1600 Harrison Avenue Mamaroneck, New Tork 10543 ***** ****** See instructions for sales to other members. Pieces sold to United States distributors. Jobbers, private brands, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchandisers, direct consumers, government agencies, or other customers for use in the United States replacement market: 3 MONTHS JANUARY 1 to MARCH 31, 1977 Brake linings less than 3/4" nominal thickness (See explanation for roll lining). Brake blocks, nominal thickness of 3/4" and over Diac Brake Linings Clutch facings Total Pieces ______________________ ^ :.p . ----'-n-tiAilS STATISTICS SUPPLIED BY: ______________________________ Signature Company Telephone Number FMSI 17685 EXHIBIT "B" DEFINITION FOR HISTORICAL SALES PIECES The reports will show pieces of friction material, in groups as shown: Grouo Brake Lining Descrid tion Friction materials less than a nominal 3/4" thickness (See note on rol1 1ining) Normal Usaoe Normally, one piece to a shoe Brake Blocks Friction materials with a nominal thickness of 3/4" and over Normally, two pieces to a shoe Disc Brake Linings Friction materials sold (for disc brakes) to be attached to the shoe, or sold as a unit molded, bonded or riveted to the shoe Normallv. one oiece to a shoe Clutch Facing Friction materials of annular shape, or segments thereof Normallv. two annular pieces per clutch plat Note: For roll lining only, consider each foot of length equals one piece. REPLACEMENT SALES TO UNITED STATES MARKET This reporting is for sales to the United States replacement market only. Do not include sales to other markets. This includes sales under the friction material manufacturer's own name or brand name used by the customer, to automotive ware house distributors, jobbers, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchan disers, direct consumers, government agencies or other customers for use in the United States replacement market. When a friction materials manufacturer is shipoing to a vehicle manufacturer, brake manufacturer, or clutch manufacturer, but has no reasonable way of deterr mining if the pieces are for original equipment or replacement purposes, estimates will not be used - these pieces will not be reported. However, where a friction material manufacturer is shipping to a point known to be used for replacement, or where he stencils or otherwise identifies the pieces as being for replacement purposes, or where the shipments otherwise are obviously known to be for replace ment, these pieces will be reported. The member who sells to the type customer or user indicated above will report those pieces sold, even if purchased from another Active Member or Regional Member. When vou sell vour friction materials to another Member (Active or Regional) do not report those sales! Materials sold to Licensee Members of the Institute fo the replacement market should be included. FMSI 17686 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 5 9 6 A March 29, 1977 STATE OF NDV JERSEY--CANCER CONTROL ACT On March 24, 1977 I sent the membership copies of the "Cancer Control Act" which had been introduced in the New Jersey State Senate on January 24, 1977. In that act, it was proposed that: "No person shall produce, manufacture or use or release onto or into the atmosphere, waters or lands of this State any of the following carcinogens..." Asbestos was included. The following day, a news article was published advising that the principal sponsor of this legislation Senator John Skevin, was abandoning his effort to ban sixteen carcinogens as proposed in the "Cancer Control Act." A copy of the news announcement as it appeared in the New Yofk Times of March 25, 1977, is enclosed. The Asbestos Study Committee met on March 28, 1977 and this was discussed briefly. Based on withdrawal of this proposed legislation, the Committee did not recommend any action. This is for your information. EWD/ere Enclosure: Distribution: Active Members List C Regional Members (U.S.Dues) E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17687 Wi B2 h.].L nst Skevin Gives Up His Fight to Ban AllManufacturing of Carcinogens JState Senator Attributes Retreat to `Organized' I Opposition and Insufficient Public Support By WALTER H. WAGGONER Scfdtl t Th New Tort Tine* TRENTON, March 24--State Senator opposition to the ban voiced in Washing John M. Skevin, who has played a leading ton recently by environmental interests role in writing legislation designed to ar who had earlier shown some support rest New Jersey's cancer mortality rate, in the face of strong attacks by industry the highest in the nation, abandoned and organized labor. today his effort to bar the production "It is obvious to me that there is con and use of 16 known cancer-producing siderable opposition to such an outright chemicals in the state. ban, much of it emanating from industrial He attributed his re.reat to "organized sources," Mr. Skevin's stitement said. "It opposition" to the ban and insufficient is also obvious to me that at least some public support to offset it. of the opposition has been 'orchestrated' The Oradell Democrat, who is chairman by the chemical industry and that scare of the special State Senate Commission tactics, specifically distortion of facts on the Incidence of Cancer in New Jersey, based on unrealistic estimates of possible has sponsored a series of bills attacking wholesale unemployment, have been uti the cause of cancer, among them he pro lized." posed Cancer Control Act, which would "However, I will not belabor that point have banned the 16 chemicals identified as carcinogenic. right now," the statement continued. I do intend to pursue this aspect of the Mr. Skevin said in a statement that, while pledging his continued support for problem, the extent to which the Ameri can public is being brainwashed into ac-' sections of the cancer control package, cepting environmental cancer as ac he had decided to "eliminate the provi inevitable fact of life, at some future sion for the ban." "Let me emphasize this re-evaluation of my position involves great soul-search ing and is based on my deeply rooted belief that a public official is elected to office to represent the people ana not to do the people's thinking for them," he said. Mr. Skevin's battle had become virtual ly a one-man effort, and the final blow, he said in a telephone interview, was the date." The full force of industry's opposition to file proposed legislation emerged ini tially at a public hearing last Feb, IS before the Skevin commission. Joining with the spokesman for several industrial concerns was Charles A. Marci- ante, president of the New Jersey State A.F.L.-C.I.O., who maintained that the chemical ban would be disastrous to the state's economy. . Support for the measure, with some reservations, came at that time from the New Jersey Conservation Foundation. But even that support dissolved at a Washing ton conference earlier this week, at which Mr. Skevin served as moderator for a seminar on cancer in New Jersey. "The opposition by the environmental ists was the final blow," be said today. He also noted that John J. Horn. Acting State Commissioner of Labor and Indus try, had opposed the ban on the chemi cals, and that others had also "lined up" behind the argument that the state would suffer severe economic harm, including the flight of industry to other states and resulting unemployment. in the past, those who supported the Skevin measure argued that the savings in death, illness and medical costs would offset the other economic losses. That group has now apparently shifted to the more moderate position that calls for con trols rather than an outright ban on the; chemicals. ] FMSI 17688 FHICTI'X ' "\T.' IALC ""bA r" AT'~,r t 7r;~'"Z . T - A h J. '7'52 5 arch 74, 1^77 ^Ar"- at? v~v j"7'Cyy___ "A 'T^OTj A'.''" .Unclosed for A/our infomation is a cony of the "Cancer Control Act 'filch TTas introduced in the Tav Jersey "tat 3 cenate on January 24, 1^77. You r-Till note that in ^ara^ranh 6, it is nronosed that' ,:Jo nerson shall produce. Manufacture or use or release onto or into the atmosnhere, waters or lands of this tate any of the follevir.'* carcinogens '.... asbestos.... ' 'hiile the me.anin- of this could he very broad, it mould undoubtedly be construed as banning the manufacture of asbestos based friction materials. This oronosed lav mould effect only those in Ye" Jersey, but if it should become lav it follovs that other jurisdictions "ould most lihelv introduce similar legislation. This Cancer Control Act vill be an added .agenda item at a meeting of the .Asbestos study Committee on "arch 22, 1^77. Tr,D/erc enclosure distribution' Active :'embers List C Ye^ional "embers (TT.s.pUes) T. TT. r'rislane executive Cirector FMSI 17689 a' N xu. sl fS* ijt i/' it cP Trssm -*** r Trr'-awv. - W i* '.-<" >.t nm I, V * vmv m ; V:: i- V, r \ i k \i kreaini *. w 'C!?V l k UVW' Liwk a INTRODUCED JANUARY 24, 1077 By Senators SKEVIN, McGAIIN, MARESSA and MARTINDELL' Referred to Committee on Energy and Environment An Act concerning tbe control of carcinogens and the protection of the public from cancer by the Department of Environmental Protection and by the Department of Health and establishing a Cancer Control Council with certain duties, and making an appropriation. 1 Be it enacted by the Senate and General Assembly of the State 2 of New Jersey: 1 1. This act shall be known and may be cited as the "Cancer 2 Control Act." 1 2, The Legislature linds and determines that New Jersey lias one 2 of the highest overall mortality rates for cancer in the Nation; 2 that far a largo number of different cancers, file State of New 4 Jersey as a whole and many counties within the State rank signin5 cantly above the National average; that some cancers are troublc6 some, painful and treatable while most others ai*e serious and 7 potentially fata!; that tbe economic costs of cancer arc immense, S including the cost of hospital care, doctor bills, medication and tbe 9 loss of production from and salaries of affected workers; and that 10 the social and psychological costs to the victims of cancer and their ]1 families are enormous. 12 The Legislature, therefore, declares that the cumulative losses l.'i of tbe State's citizens shall he counteracted by a major research 14 and regulatory program administered by the Slate Departments 15 of Health and Environmental Protection in conjunction with the 16 Cancer Control Council established herein. 1 3. For the purposes of this act, unless the context clearly requires 2 a different meaning: 3 a. "Cancer" moans a malignant tumor characterized by poten4 Bally unlimited growth with local expansion by invasion and 5 systomically by metastasis. FMS117690 G b. 'P'areii.og'U.' ' ;a sui;s':.a<v (>r a-rent producing or 7 inciiimr cancer ami Cudl ir.clii<lo every substance or agent identified 8 as a probable or proven human carcinogen by the National Institute 9 id' fbvupai iona] Rafetv and Health pursuant to Public Law 91-59G. 1 4. Till- Commissioner of Environmental Protection, with the 2 approval of tire Cancer Control Council, .shall formulate, proinul.>' gate. amend or repeal rules and regulations prohibiting, comlilion4 ing and controlling the release of carcinogens onto or into the 5 aimosphoro, waters or lands of this Stale in such quaillilies which G cause or may tend to cause adverse effects on man or the environ7 menl and the production, manufacture, sale and labeling of 8 products containing carcinogens which cause or may tend to cause 9 adverse effects on man or the environment. 1 5. The Commissioner of Health, with the approval of the Cancer 2 Control Council, shall formulate, promulgate, amend or repeal rules 3 and regulations prohibiting, conditioning and controlling the use 4 of products containing carcinogens which cause or may tend to 5 cause adverse effects on the health of their users or on any other 6 persons. 1 G. No person shall produce, manufacture or use or release onto 2 or into the atmosphere, waters or lands of this State any of the 3 following carcinogens: 4-ni! robipheny], alpha naphlhybimitte, 4, 4 4-ineihylene bis (2-chloroaniline), methyl ehloromethy! ether, 3, 5 3-dichlorobcnzidine, bis-cbloromethyl ether, beta naphythylamine, G benzidine, 4-mmnodipheuyl, ethyleneimine, beta propiolactone, 7 2-ace ty lam inofiuoreno, 4-dimenltiylaminoazobenzeno, N-nitro8 sodiinctuyiamine, asbestos, vinyl chloride. 1 7. a. There is hereby created in the Department of Environ2 menial Protection a Cancer Control Council which shall consist of 3 seven members, three of whom shall be the Commissioner of 4 Environmental Protection, the Commissioner of Health, and the 5 Commissioner of Labor and Industry, or their designees, who si tall G serve ex officio, and four citizens of the State representing the 7 general public to he appointed by the Governor, with the advice 8 and consent of the Senate. The members shall select a chairman 9 and vice chairman of the council from the members representing 10 the general public. 11 b. Of the four members first to be appointed, one shall be ap12 pointed for a term of 1 year, one for a term of 2 years, one for 13 a term of 3 years and one for a term of 4 years. Thereafter all 14 appointments shall be made for terms of 4 years. All appointed 15 members shall serve after the expiration of their terms until their FMS117691 3 1G respective me* - ; i.v j oiatcd and shall qualify, and any 17 vacancy ocean act la the appointed membership of the council 18 shall ho iiilcd in ihu t-inno munner us the original appointment for 19 {in' litirvyiml torn, only, notwithstanding that the previons in20 <. mahout may have mbd uver and continued in office as aforesaid. 21 c. Members of the council shall servo without compensation, but L-2 siiuh !*0 etuilieu i.o m n .L>n rsemen t .or expenses m attendance at 22 meet imps of tho council and in performance of tlieir duties ns 24 members thereof. 1 8. The Cancer Control Council shall bo empowered to: 2 a. Approve or disprove of any rule or regulation or any alter2 ation thereof, proposed by the Commissioners of Environmental 4 Protection or Health pursuant to section 4 or 5 of this act. 5 b. Study tho State programs which may relate to the cause or G cure of cancer and to make those recommendations to the concerned 7 commissioner and to tho Legislature which it deems necessary for S tiie proper conduct and improvement of such cancer related 9 programs. 10 o. Hold public hearings at least once each year in regard to 11 enisling- or proposed cancer control statutes, rules, regulations 12 and programs a.id upon the state of the art and technical capabili ty ties and limitations in cancer control and report its recommonda14 lions thereon to the concerned commissioners and Legislature. ih d. Keccmim nd that the concerned Sta'e department grant any 1(> moneys made avail able to it by future legislation or by the Federal 17 (J ivonunent for career research projects 'o the most qualified 18 applicants and to those applicants proposing to 'perform the highest 1.9 priori. ' research. 1 9. Thi Departments of Environmental Protection and Health 2 shall have power, in addition to those granted by any other law, to: 3 a. Conduct and su] ervise research program? for the purpose of 4 determining the causes and cures of cancer and the effects and 5 hazards of tiie duiributioa and use of carcinogens cr man and his 6 environment; and in furtherance of this research effort the coui7 misMouer shall coimna-r, ns a primary source of assistance the 8 American Cancer Society, the College of Medicine and Dentistry 9 of New Jersey and lintgers, The State University; 10 b. Conduct and supervise Statewide programs of cancer control 11 education including tho preparation and distribution of information 12 relating to cancer control; 13 c. Enter and inspect any building or place, except private 14 resiliences, for the purpOvSe of investigating an actual or suspected FMS117692 4 lo violation of law m-i..ng to earmuogens and ascertaining compliance 1(> or noneomphance wti h any rules, regulations or orders of tlje 17 department and for the pnrpose of investigating suspected health IS hazards, documenting exposures, conducting epidemiological ID studies to establish a casual relationship between a suspect tC carcinogenic substance and cancer and to cooperate will) (lie i l\nin>iud Institute ol Occupational Haiety ano llealth and the 22 Occupational Safety and Health Administration; do o. hVcoivo or iimiaic complaints of violations of applicable laws, 24 rules, regulations and orders relating to carcinogens and institute 23 legal proceedings for the prevention of such violations and for 2b the recovery of penalties, in accordance with law; 27 e. Cooperate with, and receive money from, the Federal Govem28 ment, the State Government, or any comity or municipal govern2I> ment or from private sources for the study and control of cancer, 1 10. If any person violates any of the provisions of this act or any 2 rule or regulation promulgated pursuant to the provisions of this .`1 act, the concerned department may institute a civil action in a court 4 of competent jurisdiction for injunctive relief to prohibit and 5 prevent such violation or violations and the said court may proceed 6 in the action in a summary manner. 7 Any person who violates (lie provisions of (bis act or any rub1, 8 regulation or order promulgated pursuant io this act shall be limbic 9 to a penalty of not more than $3,000.00 for each offense, to he 10 collected in a civil action by a summary proceeding- under the 11 Penally Enforcement Law (M. J, S. 2A :f8--1 et seq.) or in any ease 12 before a court of competent jurisdiction wherein injunctive relief 13 has been requested. The Superior Court, County Court and county 14 district court si mil have jurisdiction to enforce said Penalty 13 Enforcement Law. If the violation is of a. continuing nature, each J(i day during which it continues shall constitute an additional, 17 separate and distinct offense. 18 The concerned department is hereby authorized and empowered 19 to compromise and settle any claim for a penalty under this section 20 in such amount in tlu: discretion of the department as may appear 21 appropriate and equitable under all of tiro circumstances. 1 11. Whenever an agent of either department finds, or has 2 pro liable cause to believe that any carcinogen is being- produced, 3 manufactured, sold, labeled, released or used in violation of any 4 provision of this act or any rule, regulation or order promulgated o pursuant to this act, he may afiix to such substance a tag or oi lier (> appropriate marking giving notice that such substance has been FMS117693 detained ov umbarg. 1,. am1 warning all pra sons not to remove, 8 dispose, or use- hUfi, sub.-Jaiice uniil permission. is given by bis u doparCneut. or a court. It Mail! S.o a \i./iatkm of l.his act for any ].{) [ic,-soil <u remove, dispose, or use :uiv detained or embargoed 11 carcinogen without such permission. iLI. The powers, duties end functions vested in {bo State iVpart- ii v.`Uu o* r.iiviroimumtu* Protection or t..e iSti.ie Departn.cii' ol d ; iC-iiiiii unuor tbe provisions of this act shall nut be construed vo 4 limit in any manner the fmictions, powers and duties vested in 5 either department under any oilier provisions of law. 1 13. II any provision oi' this act or the application thereof to any 2 person or circumstance is held invalid, the remainder of the act 3 and the application of such provision to persons or circumstances 4 other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected f) thereby. 1 14. This act shall be liberally construed to effectuate the purpose 2 and intent thereof. 1 15. There is hereby appz'opriated for the administration of this 2 act the sum of $500,000.00 to the Department of Environmental 3 Protection and $500,000.00 to the Department of Health. 1 16. This act shall take effect immediately. STATEMENT Mortality and morbidity rates for cancer in New Jersey are among the highest in the Nation. The high incidence of cancer in Now Jersey must be reduced to protect the health and welfare of the affected persons and our society as a whole. This bill authorizes the Commissioners of Ilealtii and Environmental Protection with the approval of the Cancer Control Council, to regulate the produc tion, manufacture, sale, labeling and use of carcinogens and the release of carcinogens into the environment in order to protect the environment and Cue health of our people. FMS117694 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 9 5 March 18, 1977 ANNUAL MEETING SCHEDULE I have had several inquiries concerning the Institute's Annual Meeting. The general information on the meeting is as follows: Location: Marriott's Canelback Inn Scottsdale, Arizona Dates: Monday June 20-Thursday June 23. Actually the Monday arrival is for Officers and Directors, and those who ordinarily report to the Board of Directors on Tuesday. Departure is around nocn on Thursday, after the morning membership meeting. A tentative schedule follows: Monday 6/20 - evening Tuesday 6/21 - all day Wednesday 6/22 - morning - afternoon - evening Thursday 6/23 - morning - Officers and Board of Directors Reception and Dinner - Officers and Board of Directors Meeting - Golf Tournament - Membership Meeting - Membership Reception and Dinner - Membership Meeting I will have more details on the meeting after April 1 at which time I will raqr.est reservations etc. This information is passed along to help you avoid conflicts, and help in scheduling your plans for June. EWD/erc Distribution- Active Members (List A) Regional Members (U.S.Duss) E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17695 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE /M, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN IT 0. 5 9 4 March 17, 1977 FEDERAL REGULATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS There were two items published by the Federal Government in December 1976 which could be important to members. One is the NHTSA notice of December 30, 1976 entitled "Defect and Non Compliance Notification Regula tion," and the other is the December 20, 1976 (Defense Supply Agency) "Federal Specification HH-L-361E." Defect and Non-Compliance Notification Regulation On December 30, 1976, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) published a notice amending "Defect Notification" requirements. This amendment, among other things, extended notification requirements to manufacturers of replacement equipment, where earlier requirements applied only to motor vehicle and tire manufacturers. Because of the concern expressed recently by a member, I am forwarding copies of this to the Membership. The amendment (copy enclosed) is to take effect on June 28, 1977. A brake lining manufacturer is not as of yet specifically covered for non-compliance with a standard unless he is providing original equipment brake lining for brake systems which must comply with DOT 105 or DOT 121 standards. Thare is no federal replacement brake lining standard. However, if a brake lining manufacturer sells replacement brake lining that he (or NHTSA) determines (or alleges) has a defect related to motor vehicle safety, he must comply with these requirements. Essentially that would mean any brake lining manufacturer selling his material for on-highway use in the United States. The question arose as to whether there is a requirement that all such material be "date ceded." In my reading of the regulation, I see no specific requirement for "date coding." However, the Administrator might allege that all of a certain product would have to be recalled, if defects were proven in some of a particular product line. If a manufacturer could prove that all defects were from a certain "batch" or "lot" with a certain "date code" or other identification, he might reduce the extent of his recall. Therefore, it would be possible to read into these regulations the desirability of a batch, lot or date identification. Federal Specification HH-L-361E, Lining. Friction and Lining Material, Friction (Brake) Automotive Material For many years the Defense Supply Agency has procured brake linings using Federal Specificatior.3 HH-L-G0361D which among other things required the supplier's products to meet friction and wear requirements based on the SAE J661 friction test machine procedures. While the Defense Supply Agency has been the coordinator for this Federal Specification, the specification itself has been used as a basis for bidding by other govern mental agencies. FMSI 17696 BULLETIN #594 March 17, 1977 As of December 20, 1976, Federal Specification HH-L-361E is effective. It replaces HH-L-00361D. Federal Specification HH-L-361E incorporates a single ended inertia dynamometer procedure. For civilian type vehicles, the vehicle OE lining performance standards will be the government standards. They say that applicable ordnance drawings will prescribe requirements for each replacement lining. The dynamometer test is not specifically spelled out. It appears to be patterned after SAE J212, SAE J843d and DOT 105. However, the tables in the raar are filled with errors and inconsistencies. For example, on Page D-2 they have Stops 120-200 under the Torque heading. On Page D-3 they have Major Heading Line Pressure, with Deceleration below. On Page D-4 they have Ft/Sec instead of Ft/Sec^. They might better have used forms from J212. The important point is that HH-L-361E specifies a dynamometer test as a requirement rather than a friction machine test. In Section 3.3 "Replacement lining requirements--Inertia Wheel Dynamometer Test," it states that line pressures, displacement, and wear must fall within limits of the applicable drawing. What the "applicable drawing" is, I do not know. ***** Copies of these regulations and specifications, for your company, are being sent to: The foregoing is for your information. EWD/lmc CC: Active Members - List 8 Regional Members (US rights) E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117697 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE #4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 ' BULLETIN N0 59 ? March i, 1977 DECLARATION RE PRODUCT CATEGORIES FOR FIT FORMULA BASIS According to our Constitution and Py-Laws, the Fee Formula for Active Members must be tec lowed annually. Data on categories is accumulated a*>d reported to a Fee Formal a Committee and to the Board of Directors who then make recommendcii.-T.i- on the fee schedule to the membership. As a member may be engaged in a category one year and not the following (or the reverse) declarations must ha filed annually in order to arrive at a propar fee formula and category assessment. At the June 1975 meeting, the Board of Dire tors resolve ! that category filing information will no longer be confidential. This change was reviewed by Counsel end put into effect for fiscal 1976-77. All categories i:: which year firm S.s engaged must be reported. Category filing nation will he assembleJ and reported in summary form to the Membership. Mould you kindly complete and return one copy of the attached form to the Institute Office- 173 will prepare a summary to assi.3t the Fee Formula Committee and the Board of Directors in establishing the fee formula for the fiscal year starting July 1, 1977. Filing categories are unchanged from those of recent years. Refer to the "Explanation of Category Filing" attached to the form. If you have questions, please give me a call. Kindly return ycur declaration by March 15, 1977. A stamped return envelope is enclosed with the Delegate's copy. EMD/lmc Encs. Active Members - List F E. W. Briolane Executive Director FMS117698 rkicTib.i T.if r r ^ vus :.,c., ,:-2n tautt 4, ..'.J. 0705?. w/ ' y gg r T C.-'TEGTnv C'ILT ';G General - A member must be engaged in at least one of the first three categories, in order to be a nervier. The number of categories checked is used to determine the fees paid during the next fiscal year. Any member not filing this information correctly mill be assessed the full fee, for all categories. Confidentiality - The fee category information is no longer confidential. The data mill be reviewed by the 3oard of directors to determine its reasonableness. Nummary results mill be distributed to the ''.embershin. ,ur Company is Engaged as follows:1 - If a member manufactures and sells, purchases and sells, or both purchases and manufactures, and sells the product indicated in the replacement market, he is engaged" in that category. In other words, if he sells that product he is engaged in that category. Further, the replacement market includes automotive, industrial, and off road eouipment--where Friction daterials Standards Institute, Inc. performs a service, either through cataloguing, assignment of copyrighted F'TI numbers, or the maintaining of prints. If a member sells a certain product type, but only to market where FAS I does not provide services, he does not report that category. 'Jhere a member sells a certain product only to a market where there are F.'.GI services available, but he declines to use these services, he must report that category. Brake Lining - Trier 3/4" Tominal, Including Disc Brake Linings This includes linings whether loose, attached to shoes, or in roll form, sold to market "here the FkSI numbering system is available. .uralce Blocks and Disc Brake Linings - 3/4 1 Tominal and Over This includes brake blocks, whether loose or attached to shoes, sold to markets TThere the FkSI numbering system is available. The 3/4 nominal includes tapered blocks with a maximum thickness of approxi mately . 700 , with minimum thickness below ,500 k This also includes disc brake linings 3/4' and over, measuring lining thickness only at its thickest point. TIren measuring a lined shoe, to determine lining thickness, measure from the top of the shoe. Clutch Facings This includes loose facings or facings attached to plates, sold to markets where the FT.5I numbering system is available. Brake Shoes - Jew Unlined, Including. New Unlined Fisc Brake Shoes This category includes new and unline 1 shoes (whether drum or disc type) which are sold as new and unlined shoes in the replacement market. If all the new and unlined shoes are sold as lined shoe assemblies, do not report this category. FMS117699 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE #4, PAEAMUS, N.J. 07652 Friction Materials Standards Institute, Inc.. E-210 Route #4 Paranus, N.J. 07652 Gentlemen: In response to Bulletin #593 of March 1, 1977 concerning the declaration of Information to be used ir. determining the fees, our company is engaged a3 follows: Category Me selx to the domestic replacement market: Brake Linings - Under 3/4" Nominal, Including Disc Brake Linings () Brake Blocks - 3/4" Nominal or over () Clutch Facings () Brake Shoes - New Unlined, Including New Unlined Disc Brake Shoes () Affix an "X" in the square to the right of the category or categories your company is engaged in. Siguatuve_ Company Date Kindly return declaration to the Institute Office by March 15, 1977. FMS117700 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLET I N NO. 5 9 2 February 16, 1977 OPTIMIZING BAGHOUSE PERFORMANCE TO CONTROL ASBESTOS EMISSIONS Enclosed is a copy of an article concerning a research paper prepared by I IT Research Institute under an EPA Contract. It describes various tests and results of the research and appeared in Chemical Engineering of January 1977. The full paper is available from AlChE Publications, as noted at end of this article. This is for your information. EUD/erc Enclosure: Dist: Active Members - List C Regional Members (U.S.Dues) E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117701 - is |r Optimizing Baghouse Performance. A system of two baghouses in series was found not to be significantly more efficient for reducing emissions than was a single baghouse in a stabilized condition. C. F. Harwood and P. C. Siebert, IIT Research Institute, Chicago, 111. D. K. Oestreich, Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, N.C. The carcinogenic properties of asbestos have made it imperative that the best available technology, operating at optimal conditions, be used in controlling emissions of these fibers to the atmosphere. This article summarizes the results of laboratory studies undertaken to optimize baghouse performance in this service. The operating parameters of the baghouses were varied to establish optimum conditions for minimizing the num ber of fibers in the outlet. These parameters, which were studied in a statistically designed experimental plan, were: 1) filter fabric, 2) air-to-cloth ratio, 3) dust loading, 4) relative humidity, 5) shaking amplitude, 6) frequency, and 7) duration of and time between shaking cycles. Ranges of the values of the variables were based on those published in the literature, together with a survey of in dustrial users (/) and consultation with EPA. (2) By statistical design, the levels for each variable was limited to three in order to restrict the tests to a reasonable num ber. Experimental apparatus The baghouse used for this study was a No. 1 model 70-BC Assembled Intermittent Wheelabralor Dustube Dust Collector manufactured by Wheelabrator-Frye Corp. These nominally sized bags are 127 cm. deep and 178 cm. 54 ('KI* Jiimiury HI77 FMSI 17702 A -- Outlet Duct (4" 0. Stowe P;pif) I i ... To Control Asbestos Emissions long. For most tests, only two filter bags wen used at a time. The manual shaker mechanism was adapted to auto matic operation. A 1/4 h.p., 3,450 rev. 'min. motor with a variable transmission producing 0 to 675 rev./min. was mounted on the rear of the baghou.se and calibrated by a stroboscope. The motor drive of the test apparatus. Figure 1, was then connected to the shaking lever cam with three eccentric positions that produced shaking amplitudes of 0.85, 1.75, and 3.5 cm. An automatic timing system was constructed that could beset for a specific shaking duration (preceded and fol lowed by 1 min. of settling), and time between shakes. It also controlled the operation of the main blower, an op tional auxiliary blower, the dust feeder, sampler, shaker, pressure transducer, and chart recorder. Filter fabrics chosen for study included three cottons, two Dacrons, and one Nomex. Cotton, the most commonly used fabric in industrial asbestos emission control ap plications, has been found ('>) to be more efficient than Dacron for controlling fly ash emission over a 30 min. cycle. Three cotton fabrics were chosen: a sateen (the most CK1' January 1477 commonly used), a napped fabric (more efficient in some applications), and the only commercially available twill. Draemefs work (4) indicated that, for fiv ash, a 3 x 1 or 3x2 twill with a high thread count would be the most ef ficient. Dacron fabrics were chosen as they are the second most commonly used fabric in the asbestos industry. Nomex is the most common fabric for high temperature asbestos applications. A Vibra-Screw, Inc., SCR-20 screw feeder that main tains a constant linearly-variable, feed rate over the re quired range of 5 to 60 g./min. was used to feed the tes dust. The feeder had a hopper capacity of 56.6 1.. whici allowed unattended operation at low feed rates for long periods. An air velocity of 300 m./min. must be maintained ir the inlet duct to keep the sifted asbestos cement waste suspended. To accomplish suspension for the lowest air to-cloth ratio of0.46 cu. m./min./sq. m. (1.5 cu. ft./min. sq. ft.), an inlet duct of ~5 cm. diameter (2 in. Scheduk 40) PVC pipe was used. A 1 h.p., 3,450 rev. 'min. centrifu gal blower, equipped with a sliding damper to control flow was capable of maintaining the two bag system at an air 55 FMSI 17703 to-eloth ratio of 1.22 cti. m .Rn..M|. in. (iffi ru. min./sq. ft.t at tv..iterate pressure drops i 7.! c:n. 1 ..<J` across the filter bags. Velocity measurements were made bv pitot tube in both the inlet and outlet ducts. 1 A separate, non-shaking, two-bag baghouse was de signed and constructed of 1.9 cm. plywood for the bag series system. Particulate sampling was conducted by isokinetic sampling onto a filter using a modified EPA Method 5 sampling train. It consisted of a short 98.0 cm. probe and S-type pitot tube with the filter holder connected directly to the sampling meter box. The sampling port was 8.6 x 4.3 cm. and located in the vertical outlet section at the EPA Method 5 required distances (eight diameters down stream and five diameters upstream) from changes of di rection. The filter used was a Millipore filter (MF) of 0.8 ,um pore size. The fibers emitted were quantified by counting the fibers captured on the membrane filter using optical microscopy for fibers greater than 1.5 um in length and transmission electron microscopy for fiber:, greater than 0.06 /im in length. A Royco Model 245 particle counter with Module 510 display was used to measure total par ticles in the overall size range of 0.3 to 5.0 *im. Results obtained Fora'l the fabrics and values of the baghouse operating parameters tested, the mass efficiencies of asbestos collec tion exceeded 99.99%. However, extremely high numbers of small fibers may still be emitted while attaining such high efficiencies. In terms of number efficiencies, large numbers of fibers were emitted while a high efficiency was being achieved, especially in the case of high inlet loading. Typical outlet concentrations of asbestos fibers on the order of 106-107 fibers/cu. m. (for fibers > i.5 m.) and 10s - 109 fibers/cu. m. (for fibers > 0.06 m.) were found to be emitted. Operating parameters that were found to be statistically significant in causing reductions in asbestos emissions were: 1) bag fabric, 2) waste type, 3) air-to-cloth ratio, 4) relative humidity, 5) period between shakes and shaking duration, and 6) shaking amplitude. The following findings with regard to the effect of these variables on fiber outlet concentrations were established: 1. Cotton sateen was as efficient as, or more efficient than, all other fabrics tested in reducing emissions in all size ranges. 2. Raw asbestos fibrous waste emits fewer fibers of length > 6.0 yin than does asbestos cement waste for equal dust loadings by mass in the air stream. 3. For the air-to-cloth ratios studied (0.46 to 1.22 cu. m./ min./sq. m. or 1.5-4.0 cu. ft./min./sq. ft.), the optimum ratio was 1.22 cu. m./niin./sq. ft. (4.0 cu. ft. min sq. ft.). 4 There is some evidence to indicate that a decrease in relative humidity may reduce the outlet concentration of fibers > 6.0 um. 5. The combination of long period between shakes and short shaking duration produces significantly lower outlet concentrations than does that of short period between shakes and long shaking duration. 6. Higher shaking amplitudes produce lower outlet con centrations. 7. Outlet concentration is not a significant function of stabilization period for periods greater than 24 hr. 8. A system of two baghouses in series is not significantly nore efficient than is a single baghouse in a stabilized condition. 9. Recycling the exhaust from a section of stabilizing lew bags to a previously stabilized section may drastically educe the high initial outlet concentrations from a new sag. . 6 The pro.-nre drop across the fabric filter was found to nr' hiivti'.ek- high (> 12.7 cm HjO) for economic operation in the stable condition in most tests at (he low values of shaking amplitude, frequency, and duration of 0.87,1 cm., 1.0 cycles sec, and 20 see., respectively. How ever. it was found that when the high values of either shaking amplitude (3.5 cm.) or frequency (5 cycles/sec.) were employed, the resulting pressure drops were quite reasonable (< 5 cm. H-,.0). Thus, the most economical al ternatives: cotton sateen bags, high air-to-cloth ratio, and low pressure drop operating conditions, have been shown to be among the most significant in reducing asbestos emis sions. In four phases, the experimental program has estab lished the individual effects of factors that can be manipu lated to reduce the outlet concentration of asbestos fibers from enclosed sources. Of the factors, the type of bag, airto-cloth ratio, shake amplitude, and the shake cycle period and duration (jointly) significantly affect the outlet con centration of asbestos fibers. To reduce the outlet con centration of asbestos fibers, the levels of these variables considered in this study should be set as follows: Bax type--cotton sateen. Air-to-cloth ratio -- 1.22 cu. m./min./sq. m. (4.0 cu. ft./ min./sq. ft.) A mplitude of shake cycle--3.5 cm. Period and duration of shake cycle--120 min. and 20 sec., respectively These recommendations are based on the results of the individual effects of the levels of factors considered and degric of precision of the measurement of outlet concen tration attained. Acknowledgment This article summarizes the work accomplished under EPA Contract 68-02-1353 by the IIT Research Institute. Detailed results are presented in Report No. EPA-600/ 2-76-065, March 1976 (NTIS Publication No. PB 251 623/AS). Literature cited 1. Harwood. C. F., P. C. Siehert, and T. P. Baiszak, . s.nent of Particle Control Technology lor Enclosed Asbestos Sour'cC Report No. EPA-bbO 2-74-<in< (NTIS No. PI3 2d9-92(i. [ ASj) (October, 1974). 2. Turner. .I. H . EPA, 1KKL-RTP Private Communication (November. 1974). 3. Dennis. R., "Collectnm ERinencv as a Function of Particle Size. Shape and Der.sitv: Theory ond Experience." Proceedings: Symposium on the Cse ol Fabric Fillers (or the Control of Subrrucron Particulates (November, 1974). 4. Draemei. D. C., "Relationship Between Fabric Structure and Filtra- tom Perlorntance m Dust Fillraiion." Report No. EPA-R2-7:C*,J88, NTIS No. PH222-2 I?. (.July. 19731. The complete manuscript of 28 pages may he obtained for $6.00 (U.S. prepaid only) by writing AlChE Publications Dept., 345 E. 47St.. New Yorkr N.Y. 10017. Foreign add $2.50, prepaid only. Request MS No 8539. Lib. Ref. No. 69A. C'EP January 1977 FMS117704 Figure 1. Baghouse testing apparatus. - 1i a Optimizing Baghouse Performance. A system of two baghouses in series was found not to be significantly more efficient for reducing emissions than was a single baghouse in a stabilized condition. C. F. Harwood and P. C. Siebert, IIT Research Institute, Chicago, 111. D. K. Oestreich, Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, N.C. The carcinogenic properties of asbestos have made it imperative that the best available technology, operating at optimal conditions, be used in controlling emissions of these libers to the atmosphere. This article summarizes the results of laboratory studies undertaken to optimize baghouse performance in this service. The operating parameters of the baghouses were varied to establish optimum conditions for minimizing the num ber of fibers in the outlet. These parameters, which were studied in a statistically designed experimental plan, were: 1) filter fabric. 2) air-to-doth ratio, 3) dust loading, 4) relative humidity, 5) shaking amplitude, 6) frequency, and 7) duration of and time between shaking cycles. Ranges of the values of the variables were based on those published in the literature, together with a survey of in dustrial users (I) and consultation with EPA. (2) By statistical design, the levels for each variable was limited to three in order to restrict the tests to a reasonable num ber. Experimental apparatus The baghouse used for this study was a No. 1 model 70-BC Assembled Intermittent Wheelabrator Dustube Dust Collector manufactured by Wheelabrator-Frye Corp. These nominally sized bags are 127 cm. deep and 178 cm. 54 CHI'.January 11(77 FMS117705 .. To Control Asbestos Emissions long. For most tests, only two filter bags were used at a time. The manual shaker mechanism was adapted to auto matic operation. A 1/4 h.p., 3.450 rev. rntn. motor with a variable transmission producing 0 to 675 rev./min. was mounted on the rear of the baghouse and calibrated by a stroboscope. The motor drive of the te-t apparatus. Figure 1, was then connected to the shaking lever cam with three eccentric positions that produced shaking amplitudes of 0.85, 1.75, and 3.5 cm. An automatic timing system was constructed that could beset for a specific shaking duration (preceded and fol lowed by 1 min. of settling), and time between shakes. It also controlled the operation of the main blower, an op tional auxiliary blower, the dust feeder, sampler, shaker, pressure transducer, and chart recorder. Filter fabrics chosen for study included three cottons, two Dacrons, and one Numex. Cotton, the most commonly used fabric in industrial asbestos emission control ap plications, has been found (.") to be more efficient than Dacron for controlling fly ash emission over a 30 min. cycle. Three cotton fabrics were chosen: a sateen (the most CKP January !i)77 commoniy used), a napped fabric (more efficient in some applications), and the only commercially available twill. Draemel's work (44 indicated that, for fiv ash, a 3 x 1 or 3x2 twill with a high thread count would be the most ef ficient. Dacron fabrics were chosen as they are the second most commonly used fabric in the asbestos industry. Nomex is the most common fabric for high temperature asbestos applications. A Vibra-Screw, Inc., SCR-20 screw feeder that main tains a constant, linearly-variable, feed rate over the re quired range of 5 to 60 g./min. was used to feed the test dust. The feeder had a hopper capacity of 56.6 1,, which allowed unattended operation at low feed rates for long periods. An air velocity of 300 m./min. must be maintained ir the inlet duct to keep the sifted asbestos cement waste suspended. To accomplish suspension for the lowest airto-cloth ratio of 0.46 cu. m./min./sq. m. (1.5 cu. ft./min.; sq. ft.), an inlet duct of ~5 cm. diameter (2 in. Schedule 40) PVC pipe was used. A 1 h.p., 3,450 rev.,'min. centrifu gal blower, equipped with a sliding damper to control flow was capable of maintaining the two bag system at an aii 5.s FMS117706 to-doth ratio of 1.22 cu. ni miii,.cq. in. (ii'i cu. ft. min./sq. ft.) at iwhU rale prc.N*ur> dreps i 7.6 nil. i!..u' across the filter bags. Velocity measurements were made by pitot tube in both the inlet and outlet ducts. ` A separate, non-shaking. two-bag baghouse was de signed and constructed of 1.9 cin. plywood fur the bag scries system. Particulate sampling was conducted by isokinetic sampling onto a filter using a modified EPA Method 5 sampling train. It consisted of a short 118.0 cm. probe and S-type pitot tube with the filter holder connected directly to the sampling meter box. The sampling port was 8.6 x 4.3 cm. and located in the vertical outlet section at the EPA Method 5 required distances (eight diameters down stream and five diameters upstream) from changes of di rection. The filter used was a Millipore filter (MF) of 0.8 Mm pore size. The fibers emitted were quantified by counting the fibers captured on the membrane filter using optical microscopy for fibers greater than 1.5 Mm in length and transmission electron microscopy fur fibers greater than 0.06 pm in length. A Royco Model 245 particle counter with Module 510 display was used to measure total par ticles in the overall size range of 0.3 to 5.0 Mm. Results obtained ForaM the fabrics and values of the baghouse operating parameters tested, the mass efficiencies of asbestos collec tion exceeded 99.99%. However, extremely high numbers of small fibers may still be emitted while attaining such high efficiencies. In terms of number efficiencies, large numbers of fibers were emitted while a high efficiency was being achieved, especially in the case of high inlet loading. Typical outlet concentrations of asbestos fibers on the order of 106-107 fibers/cu. m. (for fibers > 1.5 m.) and 10 - 109 fibers/cu. m. (lor fibers > 0.06 m.) were found to be emitted. (Operating parameters that were found to be statistically significant in causing reductions in asbestos emissions were: 1) bag fabric, 2) waste type, 3) air-to-cloth ratio, 4) relative humidity, 5) period between shakes and shaking duration, and 6) shaking amplitude. The following findings with regard to the effect of these variables on fiber outlet concentrations were established: 1. Cotton sateen was as efficient as, or more efficient than, all other fabrics tested in reducing emissions in all size ranges. 2. Raw asbestos fibrous waste emits fewer fibers of length > 6.0 Mm than does asbestos cement waste for equal dust loadings by mass in the air stream. 3. For the air-to-cloth ratios studied (0.46 to 1.22 cu. m./ min./sq. rn. or 1.5-4.0 cu. ft./min./sq. ft..), the optimum ratio was 1.22 cu. m./min./sq. ft. (4.0 cu. ft./min./sq. ft.). 4. There is some evidence to indicate that a decrease in relative humidity may reduce the outlet concentration of fibers > 6.0 Mm. 5. The combination of long period between shakes and short shaking duration produces significantly lower outlet concentrations than docs that of short period between shakes and long shaking duration. 6. Higher shaking amplitudes produce lower outlet con centrations. 7. Outlet concentration is not a significant function of stabilization period for periods greater than 24 hr. 8. A system of two baghouses in series is not significantly wire efficient than is a single baghouse in a stabilized rendition. 9. Recycling the exhaust from a section of stabilizing lew bags to a previously stabilized section may drastically educe the high initial outlet concentrations from a new )ag. . >6 The nri -,-ure drop across the fabric filter was found to pr- hibitively high ( > 12.7 cm H.,0) for economic operation in tin* stable condition in most tests at the low values of shaking amplitude, frequency, and duration of 0.87,1 cm.. 1.0 cycles, sec. and 20 sec., respectively. How ever, it was found that when the high values of either shaking amplitude (3.5 cm.) or frequency (5 cvdes/sec.t were employed, the resulting pressure drops were quite reasonable (< 5 cm. H:>0). Thus, the most economical al ternatives: cotton sateen bags, high air-to-cloth ratio, and low pressure drop operating conditions, have been shown to be among the most significant in reducing asbestos emis sions. In four phases, the experimental program has estab lished the individual effects of factors that can be manipu lated tc reduce the outlet concentration of asbestos fibers from enclosed sources. Of the factors, the type of bag. airto-cloth ratio, shake amplitude, and the shake cycle period and duration ( jointly) significantly affect the outlet con centration of asbestos fibers. To reduce the outlet con centration of asbestos fibers, the levels of these variables considered in this study should be set as follows: Hog type--cotton sateen. Air-to-cloth ratio --1.22 cu. m./min./sq. m. (4.0 cu. ft./ min./sq. ft.) Amplitude of shake cycle-- 3.5 cm. Period and duration of shake cycle--120 min. and 20 sec., respectively These recommendations are based on the results of the indiv idual effects of the levels of factors considered and degrt of precision of the measurement of outlet concen tration attained. Acknowledgment This article summarizes the work accomplished under EPA Contract 68-02-1353 by the IIT Research Institute. Detailed results are presented in Report No. EPA-600/ 2-76-065, March 3976 (NTIS Publication No. PB 251 623/AS). # Literature cited 1, Harwood. O. F., P. C. Siehert. and T. P. Balszak. "Aw . s.nent of Particle Control Technology for Enclosed Asbestos Sourx.-.' Report No. HPA-6'fO 2-74-Of'S i NTIS No. PH 299 92b. [ASji (October, 19741. 2. Turner, -I. H . EPA. IEKI.-RTP Private Communication (November. 1974.1. 9. 1 tennis. R.. ``Collecti<n Efficiency as a Function of Particle Sire. Shape and Density Theory and Experience." Proceedings: Symposium on the I'sh of Fabric Filters (or the Control of SobmicTon Particulates (November, 1974). 4. Praemel, D. C\, "Relationship Between Fabric Structure and Fiitrati-iii Pt*r(.r:;.:iue in l)ust Filtration." Report No EPA-iil*7.T288, NTIS N*. I'H 222-2d7. (.July. 197MI. The mmplcte manus< ript of 28 pages may be obtained for $6.00 (V.S. prepaid only) by writing A IChE Publications Dept.. 345 E. 47 St. New York, .X.Y. I(JO17 Foreign add $2.50, prepaid only. Request MS No 8539. Lib. Ref. No. 69A. OKf'January l$#77 FMSI 17707 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 9 1 February 10, 1977 APPLICATIONS FOR REGIONAL MEMBERSHIP Industrla Colembiana de Asbestos ("Incolbestos") This is to advise that the application for Regional Membership submitted by Industrie Columbiana de Asbestos uf Bogota, Colombia has been accepted by the Membership. Background on the new member was given In our General Bulletin No. 585 of December 17, 1976. Friction Materials Corporation (Dlmona, Israel) This Is to advise the Membership that we have received an application for Regional Membership from Friction Materials Corporation, of Dimona, Israel. Their application is now bring reviewed by the Membership Committee who will then make re commend ations to the Board of Directors. No action is required of the Membership at this time. Hcwav-ar, if you have any informa tion that might relate to applicant's eligibility for Regional Membership, it would be appreciated if you would send such information to the Institute Office. As regards background, Mr. Hugo Schwartz of the Friction Materials Corpora tion first contacted me about Regional Membership in 1974. At that time he had called from New York while in the States. Ky reply to his questions concerning membership was sent to his International Corporation, care of the Government of Israel Trade Canter at 111 West 40th Street, New York ` City. Phene call3 and correspondence since that time hava been with either Mr. Schwartz or Mr. Maided Rabin2 who is General Manager of 17. S. Operations, of the Friction Materials International Corporation, with address same as the Government of Israel Trade Center (ill West 40th Street). The Friction Materials Corporation wishes Regional Membership with rights to use the copyrighted FM3I numbers for marketing their products in the United States. They are aware that they must pay the earns (higher) duos level of United States Active Members. Their application was received with a deposit of the necessary $1,300, which--if accepted--would be applied to part of the first year dues. To my knowledge they are not affiliated with any other member and they are not operating under any licensing agreement with other manufacturers. The foregoing is sent to the Membership as a matter of information. EWD/erc E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17708 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE H, PARAIJUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 590 January 18, 1977 1977 SUPPLEMENT TO THE 1976 BRAKE SHOE IDENTIFICATION CATALOG The contract for the printing of the "1977 Supplement to the 1976 Brake Shoe Identification Catalog" has been awarded to: Success, Inc. 13^-5 West 16th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 46202 It is believed that it will contain 24 pages with self cover. On an estimate of the total order being 30,000 copies of a 24 page book, the price is: $143.30 per Li $ 3.60 per M additional for five hole punching If there is a change in the price per thousand due to a change in number of pag3 or to change in order quantities, or for author's alterations, you will be notified. Please forward all orders t_o tbe^ Institute Of fJce. Do Not send them to_ the printer. (British Council and FKSI Canada members send to your respective associations). This is our only means of checking the total quantities ordered and the price charged, as well as whether only members are ordering. The orders should be made out to Success, Inc. and state punching and shipping instructions. If applicable, please advise any special instructions necessary to ship through your customs. Kindly forward your orders so that they reach the Institute Office by March 1, 1977. E. W. Drislane Executive Director Distribution: Active Members - List - D Regional Members Licensees FMSI 17709 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE H, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 589 January 18, 1977 ORDERS FOR THE 1977 AUTOMOTIVE DATA BOOK The contract for the printing of the "1977 Automotive Data Book" has been awarded to: l'weddle Litho Company 24000 Harper Avenue St. Clair Shores, Michigan 48080 It is believed that it will contain 112 pages plus cover. On an estimate of the total order being 80,000 copies of a 112 page book, the preliminary price is: $374.40 per M $ 12.60 per M additional for five hole punching If there is a change in the price per thousand due to a change in number of pages or to changes in order quantities, or for author's alterations, you will be notified. Please forward all orders to the Institute Office. Do not send them to the printer. (British Council and FMSI Canada members send to your respective associations). This is our only means of checking the total quantities ordered and the price charged, as well as whether only members are ordering. The orders are to be made out to Tweddle Litho Company, and are to state punching and shipping instructions. If you have special instructions such as "no cover," please indicate if you wish "no stitch" and "no trim." If applicable, please advise any special conditions for shipping through your customs. Please forward your orders so that they reach the Institute Office by March 1, 1977. E. W. Drislane Executive Director Distribution: Active Members - List D Regional Members FMSI 17710 FRACTION 'IATERIALS STAIIDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 G 8 Januaiy 5, 1977 HISTORICAL SALES PROGRAM The historical sales program continues on a quarterly basis. Regional Members using the copyrighted FMSI Numbers for marketing their products in the United States may participate if they wish. The Institute is requesting details of pieces sold for the full calendar year 1976 (12 months ending December 31, 1976). The rules for the reporting details remain unchanged. 1. Quantities will be reported in pieces (not units). For roll linings, each foot of length will be one piece. 2. Our Accountants will report the nams3 of the members from whom reports are received, and the names of members reporting in each of the four groups. 3. Total pieces in each group will be reported. 4. "Clutch Facings" does not Include gear tooth discs, automatic transmission discs, or the 8-14" dia., (3/16 to 1/2" thick) asbestos composition discs. While there is no change in your reporting to the Accountants, there will be a change in the form of the report to be rendered by the Accountants. Based on resolutions at the June 1976 membership meeting, for the annual report only, the Accountants will be asked to list the names of the members reporting in each product line. (On the quarterly reports, they have been listing only the members reporting without indicating who reported by product line). The data as filed will ho confidential. Totals for each group will be shown and there is no way of determining quantities by individual members. You will be receiving from Marshall Granger & Company, Certified Public Accountants, a form for completing this information. Please return It to: Marshall Granger & Company, C. P. A. 1600 Harrison Avenue Hamaroneck, New York 10543 If you report, please have your figures in by February 15, 1977. If you do not wish to report these figures, no reply is necessary. Only those reporting figures will receive the industry totals when the data is summarized. A sample form and definitions are attached. EWD/erc Encs. Distribution: Active Members-List G Regional Members (paying Active Member Dues) E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17711 EXHIBIT "A" Sli-XISVICAL PROGRAM OF THE FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC. Nail to: MARSHALL GRANGER & CO., C. P. A. 1600 Harrison Avenue Mamaroneck, New York 10543 *********** See instructions for sales to other members. Pieces sold to United States distributors, jobbers, private brands, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchandisers, direct consumers, government agencies, or other customers for use in the United States replacement market: 12 MONTHS JANUARY 1. to DECEMBER 31, 1976 Brake linings less than 3/4" nominal thickness (See explanation for roll lining). ________________ Brake blocks, nominal thickness of 3/4" and over ir Disc brake lining Clutch facings USE REPOIHViG F V-i 73 DC SENT B1/ ACS^/i^'fTJ By: Signature Company Date FMSI 17712 EXHIBIT "B" DEFIMTIC:: ECB HISTOR'CAL SALES PIECES The reports will show pieces of friction material, in groups as shown: ____ Group__________ Brake Lining _______ Description Friction materials less than a nominal 3/4" thickness (See note on rol1 1ining) Normal Usape Normally, one piece to a shoe Brake Blocks Friction materials with a nominal thickness of 3/4" and over Normally, two pieces to a shoe Disc Brake Linings Friction materials sold (for disc brakes) to be attached to the shoe, or sold as a unit molded, bonded or riveted to the shoe Normally, one piece to a shoe Clutch Facing Friction materials of annular shape, or segments thereof Normally, two annular nieces per clutch plate Note: For roll lining only, consider each foot of length eouals one piece. REPLACEMENT SALES TO UNITED STATES MARKET This reporting is for sales to the United States replacement market only. Do not include sales to other markets. This includes sales under the friction material manufacturer's own name or brand name used by the customer, to automotive ware house distributors, jobbers, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchan disers, direct consumers, government agencies or other customers for use in the United States replacement market. When a friction materials manufacturer is shipping to a vehicle manufacturer, brake manufacturer, or clutch manufacturer, but has no reasonable way of deterrmining if the pieces are for original equipment or replacement purposes, estimates will not be used - these pieces will not be reported. However, where a friction material manufacturer is shipping to a point known to be used for replacement, or where he stencils or otherwise identifies the pieces as being for replacement purposes, or where the shipments otherwise are obviously known to be for replace ment, these pieces will be reported. The member who sells to the tvoe customer or user indicated above will report those pieces sold, even if purchased from another Active Member or Regional Member. When you sell vour friction materials to another Member (Active or Regional) do not report those sales! Materials sold to Licensee Members of the Institute fo the replacement market should be included. FMS117713 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE #4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN 'J 0. 5 3 7 January 4, 1977 PRODUCT LIABILITY LITIGATION-ASBESTOS EXPOSURE Over the past months, the Institute Office has received corre spondence relating to asbestos. Most of this correspondence was referred to our Asbestos Study Committee. The Acting Chairman of the Committee felt it would be worthwhile to distribute the attached to the membership. The Automotive Service Industry Association (ASIA) forwarded the attached copy of a letter sent by a Philadelphia Lai-; firm. In this letter, the firm indicates a willingness to accept work in product liability litigation, and in the last paragraph specifi cally mentions cases involving exposure to asbestos. The significance is that while workmen's compensation may cover a manufacturer for his own employees, litigation may be initiated by third parties. It is for this reason among others that OSHA warning labels and other means of alerting brake/clutch service personnel are recommended wherever the possibility of subsequent exposure to asbestos dust exists. E. U. Drislane Executive Director Distribution: Active Members - Lists A, C Regional Members (U.S. Dues) FMSI 17714 * O. * k . A ?" ' i 1 ? , \ C : : .. 4r, , : .n c. PHiLAOf.LPMiA. PA 1 9 1 !0 Am** Coot ;;5 Ph O SmFn* ! t`--1N fthi'V KM AN All A*-. V D *C. .V ; T-J.r.LS Of tf.wis J f:rrSTGN fAMUtl A9 MiON JAMES ItA^OULLi *uiw*cn o<*roict o* co.rum* |i . July, 1976 MICHAEL IANNU2*' *927-19641 CAOLC A!?DCSS JORMCL MONfCdMFRr COUNTV o 249 WE RtON HOAD MgfllGN. FA 19066 1C LE PHONE MO 70330 To my Colleagues in Law: I have two quest tor.:; for your consideration. First, why docs a lawyer usually sue the doctor and very seldor the drug company where there is a drug re. la red injury? , Second, why does a. lawyer usually collect only 'workmen's compens a t: ion wb e.r e there may be a valid third party claim for personal injuries against a manufacturer or designer of a product? It has been our experience that many suits against physicians should in reality he actions against drug companies and that many workmen's compensation cases should proceed into third party claims against the manufacturer, designer or distributor of a product. If you find a result which is not: reasonably related to an ' initial injury or an initial condition, ask yourself if a drug reaction may not have taken place. In a workmen's compensation case, ask yourself if an action docs not lie against a third party for a design defect or failure to produce a safe product. Naturally, this does not mean that every drug, reaction or that every injury resulting from a product is compensable. It does meat that these matters should be investigated thoroughly. This office will accept the forwarding; of work in drug liti gation and in product manufacture and design litigation. In addi tion, this office would be willing to accept cases involving injurn or death from exposure, to asbestos particularly where such exposur-. has been to an employee at the Philadelphia Naval Shipyard and other places of employment. This office represents approximately litigants in asbestos actions resulting in injury or death. Sincerely, JDS/as FMSI 17715 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-2I0 ROUTE //4, PARAHUS, N.J. 07652 . BULLETIN II 0. 5 8 6 January 4, 1977 RECENT ITEMS ON ASBESTOS EXPOSURE: (1) NIOSH DOCUMENT; (2) CONTROL BY NET CUTTING NIOSH Recommendation for 0.1 Flber/CC exposure level The Asbestos Information Association (AIA) has sent me a copy of the most recent document concerning asbestos exposure put out by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH). This was transmitted to the Department of Labor on December 15, 1976. As you realize, on October 9, 1975 the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) proposed to lower the level for occupational exposure to asbestos from the current 2 fiber/cc level to 0.5 fiber/cc. This NIOSH document recommends the lowering of the exposure level to 0.1 fiber/cc. This is a 110 page document. I am enclosing copies of Section V-- BASIS FOR A STANDARD, and Section VI--RECOtElENDED STANDARD (10 pages). Asbestos Dust Control - Net Cutting of Brake Lining The Acting Chairman of the Asbestos Study Committee sent along the enclosed article, as it appeared in BUSINESS WEEK of November 1, 1976, and suggested it may be of interest to the members. In particular it describes water jet technology for the cutting of asbestos materials, and it proceeds to discuss this application at General Motor's Inland Division for the cutting of brake lining. ***** The enclosed is being sent as a matter of information. E. W. Drislane Executive Director Distribution: Active Members - List C Regional Members FMS117716 i search's Yih-llo, because the waterjet. i trims cardboard without crushing it. ,4 Its own software. Flow Research, with almut 55 jet cutlers installed and <>*; IGfl sold over its h'-` .venr lifetime, is i aggressively ..iwctinr its integrated approach to the boxbourd industry. J he i ` " nanv developed its own softv. ttre for Weyerhaeuser -,nd I ms sold 72 similar i l systems to Gcnco International, a West German manufacturer of hoxlviard pro I duction equipment. "We're offering, the basic $30,000 machine or the complete system," says Yih-llo, An even more sophisticated system is scheduled for delivery in December to Oxford Industries Inc., a large apparel manufacturer. The computerized system that will control the cutter was devel il oped by CAMSCO Inc., of Richardson, Tex., to create patterns for garments of varied size from a single sample size, ft A supersonic /el o;' ivaiei can cut will i I jss v. iste, ncisc. and dust tii&n p srw. "nestles" them into the liel arrange ment for minimum material waste. INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION In the past, camsco's machine would then map out full-sized patterns on to cut paper, which were then placed on mate rial and cut out by hand. The Oxford system will swap a waterjet cutter for the plotter that drew the patterns: it can cut more than 100 layers of material at Researchers proved a decade ago that a thing a saw does, but without the noise, once. John P. Hunter Jr., Oxford's vice high-pressure jet of water could slice dust, or tool wear." says Walter W. president for research and development, like a knife through such material as Thrush, director of product engineering predicts that the new system's accuracy cardboard, fabric, and asbestos. Since at Gte.'s Inland Div. The division's will reduce waste by allowing pieces to then, several companies have put water- Dayton (Ohio) plant uses a .McCartney be placed so then lines touch. "We tan'; jet cutters to work doing just that. But ict. cutter to trim 40% of the division's do that with steel rule dies or hand because most of the early waterjet appli brake lining output, anti CM has ordered knives," he says. cations were shrouded in secrecy, the a second McCartney machine to double The camsco system uses jet cutters market has been slow to develop. its water-cutting capacity. "The initial purchased from Flow Research or IV-.ro- Now the waterjel market is picking up investment is the biggest problem," says dyne Corp., an industry newcomer based momentum fast, however. Companies Thrush, "but the total cosl of operation in Longview, Tex. The company has suit7 such as General -Motors Corp.. which uses a waterjet to trim brake li ini; Waterjets gain acceptance material, are turning to the stilt-devel as production tools; some six of the systems, priced between $175,000 and $250,000. to apparel md. ers, furniture upholsterers, and footwear oping technology to help meet federal have computerized controls noise and dust regulations, cut down on companies, according to Richard R Jaffe, Camscj's general manage/-. material waste, or simplify maintenance. is less than with the carbide saws wo So far, McCartney has been consider And some--in footwear, clothing, and were using. ably more cautions about the future for fcovboard plants--arc rnaiiyi.ig jet cut "Tile ov. system v 7 i t_ simple, such highly sophisticated, t xpensb e sys ters to computer controls. straight-line cutting. Flow Research sees terns. "We have no role at ail to play it The two suppliers that dominate the a much bigger market for more sophisti developing computerized control equip waterjet industry --McCartney Mfg- Co. cated machines. It has just delivered an ntent," says Gerald K. Faaborg, manag and Flow Research Inc.--say that cus example of what il has in mind: the first or of fluids and cutting systems r tomers are beginning to (rent the waterjet system in the 11. S. controlled McCartney, a subsidiary of Ingersoll- waierjet cutter as a production tool by a minicomputer. Rnnd Co. ""Our forte is hardware.' rather than an experimentai device. And The $300,000 system was bought by McCartney machines have been used t< Yih-llo Pno, president of Flow Research, Weyerhaeuser Co. for its corrugated cut footwear pieces in three computer is bullish on sales. "The market should cardboard production plant in Austin, ized systems, one of them developed h; bo more than $10 million in 1977," lie Minn. A battery of six Flow Research Genesco Inc., the U. S. apparel nuinufar says, "and automation could make it SI jets will slit board as it spews out at 500 turing giant, ami two now under devel billion eventually." ft. per minute, while mechanical devices opment by Britain's Shoe & Alliei High investment. Wuterjets use a "high- score the Ikinrd for later folding. The Trades Research Assn. But in thes- pressure intensifier" pump to boost system is tied into a minicomputer that cases the computer software has beei wafer pressure as high as <10,000 psi, stores up to 7b different order sizes. It developed by the buyer. then blast it through a nozzle only almut can reposition the cutters and scorers fo Petrodyne has only four pratotyp 0.00s in. in diameter at twice the speed within V.!-)n. accuracy in seven seconds. machines in use. But it clearly sees Imou of sound. Tlte resulting stream can The system eliminates rotating knives times ahead. "1 think we've got a bear b punch through must nonmetaliiv mate ami the man;tower needed to sharpen the tail," declares President Cecil 1 rials without mum of the problems of and n-|Hisition them. And it produces Greer. "There are so many application: conventional tools. "It does the same cleaner cuts, according to Flow Re it's hard to tell how far it will all go." * 72 B BUSINESS WEEK November 1, 197& INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTIt FMSI 17717 V, BASIS FOR A STANDARD The first modern approach to the setting of an asbestos standard was proposed by the British Occupational Hygiene Society (BOHS 1958) in terms of fiber concentration. In 1968, a subcomrnittee of the Society e- i;uav.ed data on 290 men at work in an asbestos factory. This data was provided by company sources. All the men had been employed after January, 1333, following implementation of dust control measures mandated by the Factory Inspectorate in 1931. Estimates were also provided by the company of the fiber exposure of these workmen. 3f the 290 individuals, G were stated to have x-ray evidence of asbestos disease and 16 to have rales. Noteworthy in the 1968 data was the preponderance of individuals who had been employed less than 20 years. Only 118 of 290 had worked for longer than 20 years and a scant 13 had been employed for 30 of more years. After a review of these data, the BOHS proposed a standard which was adopted with minor modifications by the British government in 1969, and implemented in May, 1570. All fibers between 5 and 100 microns in length were counted by light microscopy. The standard required no action to be taken below 2 fibers/cc. Between 2 fibers/cc and 12 fiberc/cc, con trol measures commensurate with the exposure circumstances (time and frequency of worker exposure) were prescribed; above 12 fibers/cc, full application of control measures, including respiratory protection, was mandatory. The BOHS predicted that the risk of being affected, to the extent of having the earliest clinical signs of asbestos exposure (rales), would be less than 1% for an accumulated exposure of 100 fiberyears/cc (2 fibers/cc for 50 years, 4 fibers/cc for 25, etc.). Data V-l FMSI 17718 (Lewinsohn 1972) from the same factory which formed the basis for the BOHS Standard demonstrate that a greater prevalence of x-ray abnormalities now exist (Table 1). These data in addition to demonstrating a doseresponse relationship for radiographic abnormalities consistent with asbestosis, furtner showed a 17% prevalence of abnormal radiographic findings (6'i consistent with asbestosis) among individuals employed since 1950. Weill et al (1975) when considering lung function and irregular small opacities, reported that there was little evidence of a dose-response relationship below 100 mppcf-years. They further concluded that a concen tration of 5 fibers/cc could be cautiously considered as "safe". Ayer and Berg (1976), however, report data which suggest that the BOHS standard, of an average cumulative exposure of 100 fiber-years/cc, for chrysotile asbestos may prevent significant decreases in pulmonary function only when combined with periodic spirometry and further reduction of exposure for affected workers. Holmes (1973) has since stated that the data upon which the BOHS standard was based were inadequate for the purpose of set ting a standard to prevent asbestosis. The BOHS-recommended standard of 2 fibers/cc was based on data related only to asbestosis and the Society clearly cautioned that, since a quantitative relationship between asbestos exposure and cancer risk was not known, it was not possible at that time to specify an air concentration which was known to be free of increased cancer risk. (BOHS 1968) Howard et al (1976), in a follow-up of the textile workers previously studied by Doll, (1955) and Knox et al (1965, 1968) for cancer, and by Lewinsohn (1972) for asbestosis, reported a statistically V-2 FMS117719 significant increase in the risk of developing lung cancer (1.8 times the expected} among those first entering scheduled areas from 1933 to 1950. In the same study, they also reported an excess of deaths due to lung cancer (1.9 times the expected) after 15 or more years from initial exposure among those who started work subsequent to 1950, a period of improved industrial engineering control technology and regulation. In a study of miners exposed to amphibole fibers (amosite) in the' cummingtonite-grunerite ore series, with airborne concentrations of less than 2.0 fibers/cc (average concentration, 0.25 fibers/cc) and 94% of the fibers shorter than 5 ym in length, Gillam et al (1976) have demon strated three-fold increases in the risks of mortality from both malignant and nonmaligrant respiratory diseases. Newhouse (1969, 1973) and Newhouse et al (1972) have shown that the cancer risk following mixed exposure of factory workers to chrysotile, amosite, and crocidolite is dose-related. Those women reported to have heavier exposures (as judged by their occupations) showed a six-fold ex cess of cancer following only 15 years' latency, whereas those with moderate or low exposures required 25 years' latency to demonstrate an excess. The rate of mesothelioma increased with both the severity and the length of exposure. However, even with as little as two years of asbestos exposure, six mesotheliomas occurred among female employees. McDonald (1973) states that the risk of developing lung cancer was essentially confined to persons with a dust index above 200 mppcf-years and Fnterline et al (1973) showed no direct dose response for respiratory cancer below 125 mppcf-years. In a review of these two papers, Schneiderman (1974) concluded that, instead of being consistent with a threshold level at which V-3 FMSl 17720 no cancer risk exists, these data did not provide evidence for a threshold or for a "safe" level of exposure. He pointed out that in the paper by Enterline et al. (1973) there is no dose group for which the SMR is below ICO (100 = normal), but that the 95% confidence limits on the SMR's included 100 for two of the three dose groups below 125 mppef-years. One of the dose groups (25-62.4) had a statistically significant excess mortality from lung cancer, whereas for the other two this mortality rate was insignificantly elevated above the expected values. Regarding McDonald's paper, Schneiderman stated that it is hard to determine what is excess since no expected numbers for each group are given upon which to base this comparison. Among amosite workers with 3 months or less employment, Selikoff (1976) reported excess cancer risks of 3.87, 1.68, and 1.65 times those expected for cancer of the lung, colon and rectum, and all sites, respectively. Anderson et al (1976) have reported a significant excess of radiographic abnormalities of the chest characteristic of asbestos exposure (pleural and/or parenchymal) 25 - 30 years following the onset of household contamination. These abnormalities were observed in 35% of 326 otherwise healthy household contacts of amosite asbestos workers. In addition, four pleural mesotheliomas were found in this group. V-4 FMS117721 VI. RECOMMENDED STANDARD Available studies provide conclusive evidence that exposure to asbestos fibers causes cancer and asbestosis in man. Lung cancers and asbestosis have been demonstrated to follow exposure to chrysotile, crocidolite, amosite, and anthophyllite. Mesotheliomas, lung and gastrointestinal careers have been shown to be excessive in occupationally exposed persons, while mesotheliomas have also been demonstrated to occur in individuals living in the neighborhood of asbestos factories; in persons living with asbestos workers; and in persons living near crocidolite deposits. Asbes tosis has been identified among persons living near anthophyllite deposits. Likewise, all commercial forms of asbestos are carcinogenic in rats, producing lung carcinomas and mesotheliomas following their inhalation,and mesotheliomas following intrapleural or intraperitoneal injection. Meso theliomas and lung cancers were induced following even one day's exposure by inhalation. The size and shape of the fibers are important factors; fibers less than 0.5 ym in diameter are most active in producing tumors. Other fibers, of a similar size, including glass fibers, can also produce mesotheliomas following intrapleural or intraperitoneal injection. There are data that show that the lower the exposure, the lower the risk of developing cancer. Excessive cancer risks have been demonstrated at all fiber concentrations studied to date. Evaluation of all available human data provides no evidence for a threshold or for a "safe" level of asbestos exposure. Based upon the available data, no assessment can presently be made concerning the existence of a level of asbestos exposure VI-1 FMS117722 below which an increased risk of cancer could not be detected. In view of the above, the standard should be set at the lowest level detectable by available analytical techniques, an approach consistent with NIOSH's most recent recommendations for other carcinogens (i.e. arsenic and vinyl chloride). Such a standard should also prevent the development of asbestosis. Since phase contrast microscopy is the only generally available and practical analytical technique at the present time, this level is defined to be 100,000 fibers >5 um in length per m (0.1 fibers/cc), on an 8-hour time-weighted average basis with peak concentrations not exceeding 500,000 fibers >5 v*m in length per m (0,5 fibers/cc) based on a 15-minute sample period. Sampling and analytical techniques should be performed as specified by NI0SH publication USPHS/NI0SH Membrane Filter Method for Evaluating Airborne Asbestos Fibers - T.R. 84 (1976). 3 This recommended standard of 100,000 fibers >5 um in length per m is intended to (1) protect against the non-carcinogenic effects of asbestos, (2) materially reduce the risk of asbestos-induced cancer (only a ban can assure protection against carcinogenic effect of asbestos) and (3) be measured by techniques that are valid, reproducible, and available to industry and official agencies. This recommended standard poses some difficulties in that specific work practices and innovative engineering control or process changes are needed. However, because of the well documented human carcinogenicity from all forms of asbestos, these difficulties should not be cited as cause for permitting continued exposure to asbestos at concentrations above 100,000 3 fibers >5 um in length per m . VI-2 FMSI 17723 This standard was not designed for the population-at-large, and any extrapolation beyond general occupational exposures is not warranted. The standard was designed only for the processing, manufacturing,and use of asbestos and asbestos-containing products as applicable under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. VI-3 FMS117724 REFERENCES FOR BASIS FUR A STANDARD SECTION AND RECOMMENDED STANDARD SECTION I) ________ {7969) Standard far asbestos dust concentration for use with the asbestos regulations. Department of Employment and Pro ductivity Her Majecty's Factory Inspectorate. Technical Note 13, 1970 2} Lewinsohn, H.C. (1972) The medical surveillance of asbestos workers. Royal Society of Health Journal, 92:69 3) Weill, M., Ziskind M.M., Waggenspack, C. & Rossiter, C.E. (1975) Lung function consequences of dust exposure in asbestos cement manu facturing plants. Arch. Environ. Health, 30:248-252 4) Ayer, H. & Berg. J. (1976) Cumulative asbestos exposure and forced vital capacity. Arch. Environ. Health, (in press) 5) Holmes, S. (1973) Environmental data in industry. In: Bogovski, P., Timbrell, V., Gilson, J.C. and Wagner, O.C., eds.. Proceedings of the Conference on Biological Effects of Asbestos, Lyon, pp 135 6) Newhouse, M.L. (1969) A study of the mortality of workers in an as bestos factory, Brit. J. Industr. Med. 26:294 7) Newhouse, M.L. (1973) Cancer among workers in the asbestos textile industry. In: Bogovski, P., Gilson, J.C., Timbrell, V. and Wagner, J.C., eds.. Proceedings of the Conference on Biological Effects of Asbestos, Lyon, pp 203 8) Newhouse, M.L., Berry, G., Wagner, J.C. & Turok, M.E. (1972) A study of the mortality of female asbestos workers. Brit. J. Industr. Med. 29:134 9) Howard, S., Kimben, L.J., Lewinsohn, H.C., Peto, J., & Doll, R. (1976) A mortality study among workers in an English asbestos factory, Oxford University, (in press) 10) Doll, R. (1955) Mortality from lung cancer in asbestos workers. Brit. J. Industr. Med. 12:81-86 II) Knox, J.F., Doll, R.S., S Hill, I.D. (1965) Cohort analysis of changes in incidence of bronchial carcinoma in a textile asbestos factory. Am. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 132:526-535 12) Knox, J.F., Holmes, S., Doll, R. & Hill, I.D. (1968) Mortality from lung cancer and other causes among workers in an asbestos textile factory. Brit. J. Industr. Med. 25:293-303 13) Gillam, J.D., Dement, J.M., Lemen, R.A., Wagoner, J.K., Archer, V.E., & Beljer, H.P. (1976) Mortality patterns among hard rock gold miners exposed to an asbestiform mineral. Ann. N.Y. Acad, of Sci. 271:336-344 VI-4 FMSI 17725 14} McDonald, J.C. (1973) Cancer in crirysotile mines and mills. In: Bogovski, P., Gilson, J.C., Timbrell, V., and Wagner, J.C., eds.. Proceedings of the Conference on Biological Effects of Asbestos, Lyon, pp 189 15) Enterline, P., deCoufle, P. & Henderson, P. (1973) Respiratory cancer in relation to occupational exposures among retired asbestos workers. Brit. J. Industr. Med. 30:162 16) Schneiderman, M.A. (1974) Digestive system cancer among persons subjected to occupational inhalation of asbestos particles: A literature spectives, 9:307 17) Selikoff, I.J. (1976) Epidemiological investigations of asbestos exposed workers in the United States. Presented at the second German-Austrian-Swiss Conference on Work Accidents, Section on Occupational Disease. Berlin, November 21, 1975 (in press) 18) Anderson, H.A., lilis, R., Daum, S.M., Fischbein, A.S. & Selikoff, I.J. (1976) Household-contact asbestos neoplastic risk. Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 271:311-323 19) Lei del, N., Zumwalde, R. 8 Bayer, S. (1976) The USPHS/NIOSH membrane filter method for evaluating airborne asbestos fibers, T.R. 84, NIOSH VI-5 FMS117726 B.O.H.S. ASBESTOS STANDARD X-RAY FINDINGS IN AN ASBESTOS TEXTILE FACTORY VI-6 * <2 oo CO r-- r-- --. -- LO VO LO CO - - r>* VO ** LO u*> N-----T cO vo X 00 --co ro ** CO CO - - o r-- >-* cn CO . <C 1-- Z CO oo CO v a: o o CM . CM rr**. CO C3 U CQ z =0 -- --f Q- U- o z a> L. 1--4 3 to u. tO O <L> >- cx. DX c X S- QC 1 --J C*--O4 1> O 3C X QC CO C/1 LZU> OCC ro-- rC--O O CO r-- VO o to U o --i CQ to +J CL ho-s U. cr> a> to -O <y to JO o to c or o *-> 4- lu O CsQ LLCO_UU> u c s: CO CM r-- o> CM a: o 3co #C--M LO z a; 3 *o a u -a 3 a> CD U c T3 r-- CM to w r-- o <D r-- (7) a. "O 01 *-- X r* > a> to L. * CO Ov nfr CM CM o r CO T" r-- z CO r- r- c </> o oM u 3 f^. co r^* i-- vo to 4-> <T3 * * <y O CD CM .O c r* <7* CO X? w to 01 Ul CSC x: 01 o> s: n> +- c r> CO r-- ns 3: x: x> O -- o Cl X cn a> o% CO LU c* p*" CM CO u 4-> C a> <U c rtJ Z <L> v z lx. 1 l 1 1 O ooooO +J r~ CO r-- *o 3 to r~ c x: u oo to CO in r-- CM ro cU c cc <3: LU oo --ct r> O3t) o> >- * -j or FMSI 17727 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 8 5 December 17, 1976 INDUSTRIA COLOMBI ANA de ASBESTOS (111NCOLBESTOS1*) OF BOGOTA. COLOMBIA--APPLICATION FOR REGIONAL MEMBERSHIP This is to advise the membership that Industria Colombians de Asbestos ("Incolbestos"), a brake block manufacturer in Bogota, Colombia has applied for Regional Membership in the Institute. This company has been in the friction material business in Colombia for about five years, and works under a license from World Bestos Company which continues with Royal Industries (after the World Bestos acquisition Their market is national--in Colombia. The Membership Committee is now reviewing the application after which it must be approved by the Board of Directors. Eventually, the application for membership must be approved by the Active Members of the Institute. Mo action is being asked of the Members at this time. This notice is sent at this time to inform the membership. EUD/erc Dist: Delegates Alternates List A E. IV. Drislane Executive Director FMS117728 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE //4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 5 8 4 November 24, 1976 LABORATORIES--ASBESTOS FIBRE COUNTS AND CONSULTING In July 1976 we circulated a list of laboratories which would provide various services as regards asbestos monitoring. Based on suggestions since that bulletin, it was decided to expand that list. This is a more complete list based on those labs that replied to our request for information. We have listed 16 laboratories that will run the OSHA approved fibre counts in their labs from samples sent in by clients. Some will provide technical services in taking the samples by the membrane filter method. Others will provide consulting services. The listing is in summary form. If you wish to use the service of such a lab, you should contact the party indicated for more information. There may be set-up charges or minimum charges. All consulting fees are subject to additional charges for consultant's or technician's expanses. The Institute is not endorsing or recommending the listed labora tories. They are simply listed for your information. EWD/lmc cc. Active Members (C) Regional (Canada) E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17729 C o n s u lta tio n (Expenses a d C o n su lta tio n $300/day C o n su lta tio n $35/hour Count K e tte rin g L a b o ra to ry -A n a ly tic a l S ection (513) 872-5739 David Yeager $10 U niversity of C incinnati Eden & Bethesda Avenue C in c in n a ti, Ohio 45267 (606) 371-40.10 C harles N enadic $30 (1 -9 ) ______ C o n ta ct F ib re rQ O >> CN 3 co 3 >> X oo- X 3 >3> o 4J CQ o XI m 3X O- O LO m co 00- CO \ XO CM <J> CM X O \ i-- O <j> 3O 3 <N <0 </> 3 O m cn r--1 X X 3 OX X X <j> 3 cO O cd 3 Ox CJ X >s X X XX X 3 3 3 O3 3 > u 4U2 3 01 CO X 43 W 3c 3O 0) 3 3 O CO H CO EH u 'OC "O 3^ oo 4X5 oco x </> <11 X 43 X 3 X x0 X O, 3a >3 3 X 33 O rl 3 XX X3 3 X 3X CO X 3X oX CJ 3 Or*H- CT> x O o X Oh m m .a 3 i mo CT* r'l X O <C/M> *N </> CM </> '.N <0- rH </> CM CU </> cfi co mm XA cm CM X </> </> tn r. X 05 X M.' X 3o 3 3 >X X 3 & C-* X 3 O CO 3 3 CQ 00 >n 03 X X > C-2Q 3 H M 0) .-J X 33 X 3 CQ 3 3 HX3 X 44 33 35 cX 3 43 y X 45 O n. X rjj 0 OS 2 3 43 O *-} 3 3 3 Q L.O cC cf O C>| Q X kv X 00 VO 04 o iH O n* X oi v6 Ot 0<0l on f X 1 m r0 vC <r fjv m X OH ri X *<r CM in -cf *) Cj vO /-s /X CM i--i m X r-* *x X W CM rX o X CM X CO 'W vw- *D X w 'CvM/ C'wh' vH*fr/ Telephone L a b o ra to ry __________________________________ A c tu s Environm ental Services CM o" TO 3 O os O X3 3X X3 X oj X 05 3 * -3 3 3 a w3 0) oX o X i~H r- Pu MO toX o 3 > 3 *H o X 01 X -5 X Xo 3 X 40 3 3 X oXX Oh O X XM O !> CJ M *> X 0) 3 3X 00 3 X 3 OX O > Hc < U a> 05 r- 3 45 O CD H vO cq >u> O X 3 V O yO ~T sn o -- in 3 av C X CiO CO o X o 0) 3 X X Oh CQ 3 O \ <u OS 01 XX X 1X XX >> 3 5Ste h XX Q 2 <S) CQ o Ov c nj O c.^ X rr V 63 -'0 X X X CO 3 rQ 05 CQ 3 iX X S3 <X 35 T3 &O 3XO Xo3 X lx X X 05 X oo a> 3: CO 3 CJ mr- 0O w CO cn M* X -a 333 XO3 3 PS to 0> X T3 3X o O CD X XXs X X > 45 0\ 3 X T3 CQ 3 X O 0) 3 O 00 X X X H 42 >> x X 3 p*- 3 X in O u CM OO & O <4> 0 X cn X 3 VO 3 u 3o X oX 43 03 3 hJ 3 3 X3 y3o uso 3 05 X X u 3 43 a CO X 5 oO X o ON O CQ 4" SZ5 & O X 3 X o 43 3 J X O 43 CM X 3X X 3 cn 33 33 cn > <3 XX 3 3 00 XX X 3 to o 3 X o 3 Co* 3 c5 X * a Xo > CM a 3o 3 CQ X S CO 3 O X X 3 T3 23 3 O (X a CM n x 3 X 3 3 > X 42 *> 3 to X 33 3 X 3 x 3 3 3 3 3 $ x X > <J fX ** X W 45 42 3 3 x 00 X. X X X X rl 3 X 3 Cm 42 s3 D X O CO X -o X X 3 3 MT X X S Ht P4 FMSI 17730 G c o -d CO CO 1) > Gd O CO cn c G, </> >% >T 4J dG w ChO m C G CM *0>H0> </> rH SH G dCO oO >t </v G G O H CO CO 4gH O Okf >03* d Oto dCO CM ^ </> o la rH *H cd </> c. co CO u CO *H G U- OU kg Pk H cd CO >> cO d O cO od co ^ </> o o rH H cO <oG O rH H CO co a CO *H a) c M-f X oo kg Pk H cO d >s O 0 Od CO v> o LT) rH CM co </> G O <~i H CO CO U CO *H GG *4-4 X oo ko Pk H /tn r-v ^o o V0 i--i rH "vT c r\ to ^ o> vA v in ' y--v g 4-> NH w w w s/ G kG X 3 o r- la H O CM *H 1-4 a </></></> m r-> </> CM ^H <J> iA CM <jy to o m CM CM H CO- <J> -CO* i CO NH ro </> 4-1 dk G ft G X CO X H a rH C 4J rH cd rH *H k d x O 0) G G G 51 PS > S 0G CJ k X gm X C/5 G cO 4J 0) Q rH X CO 0 a G 3 S W O G G n G k G s 0 Gk r* 0 G G 3 CO G J* CO > CO CO > g G <3 d o d ak la f") </> G G (0 s G cc d H G m m to g CM G1 Q lA ro Ck CM cu rH /--S G H m i--^ o o rH r^. CO vO co LA vO C4 o LA o VOOS CM H CM 1^. 1 o iA 1 ? o O 1 CM CM 00 CM vO CM ro LA IA vO 00 LA 00 *vl* cn 00 y--N /H /*N y^s /H CM as CM cn Mf rH rH H rH rH o m as sy cn VH Mf v-/ CO W LA 'H O o CM 1 CM a\ r- H o CM O CO &G o u 05 'rO- G *H CO CO O >> St J2 rH G OS G GG rJ G GG O> H iH < rH UG G G +J 4H u H G x: O G 00 & 6 G H M T3 G rOj) o3 J-4 0 S H O X w > co O P4 G o rl u3 <M (0 G uG G 3 SO tI r? rH G VO u >O CO < SC co <G G G 00 CO C H *H 0X O k oG U H a S rH S rH X 4-4 M O 3 s OO H C/5 00 GG 4J O o rH CM H G 00 X 3 CM CJ> rH o LA 00 CM G a ri T3 >GG U0G G PS iH 'V5 rH G 0 o u a-* CO G G U uX w oX 0 *-) 4-< u V4 a >o 2gd G 2 G CO C G G< O .-{ 4-> rH LA CO 'O O G Os H X rH CO X G CM *H rH o O so 4-) G H O (0 X G0 X 4-> G G H G G rH 4J U i--1 G uM a CO a G G 4-4 rH CO CJ tq M iH 3 4H X M G LA *h rBH fH rH u H oo uo G co HH IA * rH GG -U t4 G CO GG sO 30 a 05 M H *rt LA 3 > CA G rs- * WG XG G o 00 O X ?s cc O G X Go G >X Ck C/5 X A* Og G w rH G 4-1 3G G *d 00 G G H I qX G p5 o O M G sd H O > 05 C C "C w G rH G G C/5 O <4H CO o X G 00 X GX 3 O C/5 CM C/5 G G H O *H G 2 rCHM iH LW o3 o r**- O H *H OU oa G XG a C/5 6G C/5 X H CO G CO G G H W CO U 3 H G X O CO G w X k CO G *rl o * > Q T3 05 H H G G >* TJ G &MkG G G rH G G Ck k 3G rH O M oo O 3 3 f** G H fH rH 2 r00 o r*- O 6G Ps G 04 G 6Gk o3G uG G oc > > G< G *H 2 XX CO k GGG H Pk G X LA 0 C/5 rH X >t o X FMS117731 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-2I0 ROUTE #4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 583 November 24, 1976 EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY--WANTED OR FOR SALE In October 1975 and May 1976, the Institute issued bulletins list ing used items of equipment or machinery either wanted, or for sale. Included were items such as Gogar. machine, FAST machine. Grinders, Furnace, Ovens, etc. We plan to send out a new bulletin shortly and are requesting members who might have used equipment for sale, or are interested in purchasing such equipment, to send in their listing. Tou should advise: (1) If "Wanted to Buy," or "For Sale." (2) Brief description of equipment or machinery. (3) Who to contact--where, name of person, telephone. The guidelines for listing machinery and equipment are: (1) Used machinery or equipment. (2) Specialised for the friction materials industry. (3) Substantial--for guidelines, worth in excess of $2.000 new. 3.1 Examples--test machine, grinder, prt3S, drilling machine, oven. (4) The property of the member, or to be purchased by a member. 4.1 No offerings as an agent. If you wish to list equipment in the forthcoming bulletin, we ask that you advise details of such equipment prior to December 31, 1976. Active Members (C) Regional Members E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117732 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE M, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 5 8 2 October 22, 1976 National Institute for Occupational Health (NIOSH)--Regulations for Investigations of Places of Enployment Enclosed is a notice as it appeared in the Federal Register on October 14, 1976 concerning procedures to be used by the National Institute 'of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) as regards investigations of places of employment. These regulations are a follow-up to the notice of proposed rule-making on June 24, 1975. In the first several sections of this notice, NIOSH has reviewed some of the comments that were received after the proposed rule-making was published. Following that is the section with the new regulations. It is important to note that these are the regulations for NIOSH plant inspections as distinguished from those of the OSHA inspections. It Is noted in the write-up that NIOSH Inspections would be conducted primarily for the purposes of research, whereas OSHA inspections are made for the purposes of determin ing compliance. This regulation is not particular to the asbestos problem but it is general for all manufacturing. This is sent along as a matter of information. Active Members (List C) Licensees (Domestic) E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117733 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS CVSTITUTE, INC. FR OCTOBER^ i 'i '< 4 - N !OS W fLjXMT tR/SPE CT IQN>S Title 42--Public Health concerned with possible duplication and section. 20 functions and responsibilities>. overlap between NIOSH and OSHA in it is necessary that <D the employees be CHAPTER I--PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDUCATION, this area, it is important to note that NIOSH investigations of places of em notified through their local union representative(s) concerning pending Investi AND WELFARE ployment are conducted primarily lor gation by NIOSH; (2) such notification SU3CHAPTO* 0--OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND the purposes of research, as required by be provided to an identified labor spokes HEALTH RESEARCH AND RELATED ACTIVITIES section 20 of the Act. The Occupational man to avoid confusion and rumor; and PART E5a--OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH INVESTIGATIONS OF PLACES CF EMPLOYMENT i On June 24, 1975, a notice of proposed i rulemaking was published In the Federal i Register <40 FR 26830) to add a new ; Part 5a to Title 43, Code of Federal Regulations. As proposed, the part set forth the manner In which the National : Institute for Occupational Safety and ; Health (NIOSH), Center for Disease ; Control, will conduct Investigations of places of employment pursuant to sec tion 20 of the Occupational Safety and ; Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 689). j Interested persons were afforded the * opportunity to participate In the rule , making through the submission erf Com* . meats. Seventy-eight letters were re - eelved from trade associations, state governments, environmental groups, and labor representatives. All comments have been considered and the major comments and principal changes to the proposal are ; summarized below. : Section 88a 2--Definitions ' Definitions for "informed consent" and "legally authorized representative" were ; added to clarify what protection NIOSH . must give to employees prior to the con duct of medical examinations, anthro pometric measurements, and standard Safety and Health Administration con ducts inspections of places of employ ment for the purpose of determining em ployer compliance with occupational safety and health standards established pursuant to Section 6 of the Act and recordkeeping requirements established pursuant to Section 8 of the Act. Every attempt is made by NIOSH to avoid du plication of effort with OSHA that would place additional and undue burdens oa employers. To this end, the regulations require the NIOSH authorized repre sentatives to notify the appropriate OSHA Assistant Regional Director of pending NIOSH investigations < 5 85ft.4 (><3) and (b)). With respect to the use by NIOSH of employment records, medical records, etc., which was mentioned in several comments, t 8Sa.3(a) now provides that systems of records In the custody of NIOSH are subject to the requirements of the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.8.C. 552a) and the Implementing Departmental reg ulation (45 CFR Part 5b). Section 85a.4--Procedures for Initiatmo Investigations or Places or Em ployment Twenty-four <24) comments Indicated NIOSH should provide advance notice for all site visits and that lack of such notice detracts from the research aspects 13) NIOSH, rather than the employer, provide the notification so that the im partiality of the Federal Government is maintained. For these reasons, a sub stantive revision was not made to 1 85a .4 <a><2). One (1) comment questioned whether NIOSH would conduct an investigation of a place of employment where there already was an alleged OSHA violation. Under these circumstances, generally NIOSH would not conduct a site visit II for some reason, such a visit was of prime importance to a research project and no other {dace of employment would suflice. the details and guidelines for the investigation would be agreed upon be tween OSHA and NIOSH. Also, in many instances, the area of the place of em ployment which NIOSH desires to visit may not be the subject of the alleged violation and. therefore, NIOSH could proceed with the investigation after the routine consultation with OSHA. Section 86&.S--Conduct or Investiga tions or Places or Employment Twenty-ene (21) comments ques tioned whether the employer had bees given all his legal rights concerning trade .-rrrrl.s In 5 85a.5<bi. NIOSH is of the opinion that the nppmnch utilized in { Rfia.Atbt for handling trade secret information is reasonable and appropri ized and experimental functional teste as of the site visits, placing these visits in ate as evidenced by the fact that the stipulated in $ 85a.5(d). These definitions the realm of an OSHA compliance in same provision has been utilized suc are the same as those promulgated by spection. NIOSH's position on advance cessfully by NIOSH in the health hazard the Department of Health, Education, notice is that in nearly all cases advance evaluation program (42 CFK 85.7<b>>. and Welfare in the regulation on protec notice will be given to the place of em It is noted that while these regulations tion of human subjects <45 CFR Part 461. ployment concerning a proposed site authorize the Director, NIOSH, to make Section 85a.3--Authority rob Investi gations of Places of Employment visit, and the details concerning the visit, final determinations ns to whether in such as time, date, etc., will be agreed formation is. in fact, a trade secret, upon. However, NIOSH must retain the trade secret designations generally will Twenty-two (22) comments ques right to withhold such advance notice not be questioned. The determination to tioned NIOSH's authority to conduct the from the place of employment in those remove a trade secret designation will be investigations of places of employment end declared that these investigations duplicate and overlap insi>ections con ducted by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA*. Twentytwo 122) comments questioned NIOSH's authority to review, duplicate find ab stract "employment records, medical records, other records * *' and a tew questioned NIOSH's authority to conduct 'medical examinations, anthropometric measurements and standardized and functional tests of employees." By virtue of section 20(b) of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, the Secre tary of Health. Education, and Welfare is authorized to conduct invest igations of places of employment and to question employers and employees, as provided in Section 8 of the Act, in order to carry out his section 20 functions and respon sibilities. The review, duplication, or ab instances where previously gathered made by the Director. NTOSH, only ill a facts Indicate the notice would adversely clear case. Even in such rare cases, em affect the validity and effectiveness of ployers would have n reasonable period the investigation. Also, NIOSH cannot identify a specific time period for ad vance notice because of emergency re search situations that require Immediate of time to take whatever octimi they deemed necessary to protect tbetr In terests. Therefore, this paragraph of the regulation has not been revised. action <e.g,, the recent episode with health hazards associated with vinyl chloride required a spontaneous research effort anti subsequent short advance )><>t,re for site visits). For these reasons 5 85a.4(b> was not revised substantively Seven <7> comments indicated that NIOSH should not notify unions of in Seventeen (17' comments'argued that the use of contractors and constiHnnts as NIOSH authorized representatives could compromise the effectiveness of the in vestigations and that these contractors could especially be ft problem where trade secret information was involved. vestigations of places of employment one Consultants are special employer* and that such notification detracts from the are held to the same standards of con research aspects of the investigation: duct as regular NIOSH employees while and nothing can be gained from such an performing their official dut'cs. Never interaction. NIOSH consistently ha? theless, in those instances where con maintained that to conduct the resea rch tractors and-consultants arc used In con mandated by the Act properly, timely in duct investigations. NIOSH recognizes straction of employment records, as well as medical examinations and tests of consenting employees, are an integral part of the Investigative authority and are necessary to carry out Section 20 put must be obtained from all parties the problem an employer might have involved, including labor and industry with revealing trade secret iniormalien To fulfill this responsibility In regard to to these individuals. Therefore, t 85n.r> labor unions (i.e., the responsibility to <b> has been revised to provide that em question employees as provided in sec ployers may, after advising the NIOSH functions and responsibilities. For those tion 8 of the Act m order to carry oui contractor or rnnMiUnnt in writing. FMS117734 withhold Informutini t>F,i:rl to to e. trade secret from .such NIOf-H author ized representative:; or prohibit entry into are.-.s containing irndr seen Is in the ptnrc or employment. Tn these instances. NIOSH regular eimO iyrrs will then ob n riO'-'nroUiui in ; R:.g 7 Trained NTOFFI 11 i'.'el n; !'"-s do ii 'Wfvtr. notify C-fylhA itjnr oprfo I e '.tote areurirs. the employer and empio of ihc exi toner of occuralb.nai conditions Hint oou'd be oxpoeleP t< cmiM' m Ph or rarinr.s plivs- 2 For further explanation in 85.8 'b><i> of the iiersomtl rights nf nn emp)ie ee ronrerning records of medical exumi'u linns and other lest*. Geitfral tain the information or ruler Ibc subject irnl hoim if not iinnirdiefelv rorrret*'d. A numlier of those siii'milting com area of I he place of employment. NIOSH will continue to advise appro ments requested that NIOSH hold a nub Bni n ill) romnirnls Indicated priate persons of the existence of such ile hearing concerning those regulations. c f?r>o &>', was not. clear In regard to comliUrSi.s and ?85n.7 remains un There is no legal requirement that whether or not a representative of the changed. "Imminent dancer" is not de NIOSII grant a public hearing Sincp two employer would be allowed to accom pany the NIOSH authorized represent atives during a elu- visit. Section C5a.3 <e> "i has hern revised to clarify that a repre 'entiitive of f ile employer will. In rii instances, hr permil.ied to accom pli ny the NIOSH u'Uhorized represent atives during a site visit of a place of employment. Section 85a.5<c also has further been revised to permit nenmpanitnrnt by a third party where good cause lias been shown that it is reason ably necessary to the conduct of an ef fective site visit. fined In the regulation and. therefore, as months were provided for the submission Indicated In ! 85a.2, the term ha* tiie o! written comment* ni'd the comment* game meaning given it. in the Act. receivrdslmvc been card ally considered, Section RRn.R-- Pr.ronTjN': or Ursnrs OP lN\ KSTIr.ATIONS OF J'l ACES OF EM- n.OVMENT Thirteen f 131 comments indicated employers should be given the results of an individual employee s medical exami nation and other tests Section Bfja.B'b) it has been determined that a hearing on the issues raised would not be in the pub lic Interest. Therefore, a new Part 85a, as set forth below, is added to Title 42, Code of Fed eral Regulations, effective November it, 1976 provides that NIOSH will release such Dated: April 14, 1976. records only with the written consent of the employee. In the absence of a writ ten consent by the employee, NIOSH ts Theodor* Cooper, Assistant Secretary /or Health. t Section 85a.6--Provision or Suitablic prohibited by the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 Approved: October 7,1979. Smce ron Bmpi-ove* Interviews aho Examinations / Seven f7) comments Indicated that In all instances employers should not be re quired to provide suitable space for In terviews. medical examinations, and U 3.C. 652a) and the implementing De partmental regulation (45 CFTt Part 5b) from releasing the result* of the em ployee's'medical examination and teste to third parties. .'-'even comments qm -limiro uie Marjorie ?,nrca. Acting Secretary. S*r. 85a.1 Applicability 85*.? Definitions. 85a.3 Authority tor investigation* o( places iv'd li iuai-e poblir Ihc name; of the ot employment. oilier testing. The specific rxempir given wiis the const ruction Industry whore su*-b space would not noniially tic pviiDebie. The provision of suilaide spare fur em ployee niedieal examinalions. Interviews, and olher tc.tiiic is required by the ref utation only if such space is reasonably available. Twenty-six <26) comments Indicated NIOSH should reimburse employers for lust time during medical examinations and oilier testing. There Is no statutory pi icrr. uf employment upon which re- 85a.4 Procedures for Initiating Investiga P'iris an- willi.cn. Under ihc provisions tion* of place* of employment. of Uic Freedom of Information Act <5 F.S.C. 552 > NIOSH must release to the public tile r.atncs of places of empioym>r,t where Investigation* have been eouducted. as well ns (lie specific renorts 85s.5 85a.6 85a.7 35a .8 Conduct of investigations of places of employment. Provision of suitable space for em ployee Interviews and exam!nations. Imminent dangers. Reporting of results of Invest!gatlonr tint have been prepared. This rclea'e ot places ot employment. b made only upon icquol. however, nnd places of employment arc not identified In the fimntes of a Njtul inves;i-a.ion ;u Authcritt: U.S.C. 057(g). Sec. 8(g), 84 Staf. ' 1600; 3n stated in > 85a.8<c>. g 85a.1 Applicability, requirement for NIOSH to pay for ioss Three -Si comments asserted that a) Except aa otherwise provided tc of work time incurred by employees dur NIOSH should not only release to the paragraph <b) of this eectlon, the. provi ing the reyducl, nf medical examinations, employer specific final reporto hut should sions of this part are applicable to In etc NIOSH consider;; such examinations : l o release, upon request, the data that vestigations of places of employment cud testIm: nil evt; m i--ii o! i :>>; O Pi- v < nt into developing the retiorts. Scc- which are conducted by NIOSH pursuant I.erviewR oul.hori7.rd by srrl.ion n-n>'2* ' "n Fla h a i (1) has been revised to to sections 20 and 6 of the Occupations. of the Art. whir); rV>es not provide for provide that NIOSH will rcion-c to Uv' Safety and Health Act of 197C. reimbursement of the rmpiorev lor l.be enmlnver. upon request, the riala u ed <b) The provisions of this part do nc time required to interview cmplmrei. If, (o compile the specific reports meiiUoned apply to those activities covered by Part should be noted wiu-n NlOtol r-.iduels iu il'is subparagraph, except that data 85 oi this chapter. medical rxiimlniliom anil other fe-tine of employees during Investigation* of i t not be released in a form that is imhciduajiy identifiable. !<?.. in a man- 83a.2 Definition*. places of employment.. every attempt Is : -r in which information concerning an Any term defined in the Occupations' made l,o conduct such examinations and ci ipiuyee could be connected with that Safety and Health Act of 1970 and not other testing at times to ininbui'r or roclovec. defined below shall have the meaning avoid any lass of lime to Iho employer and employee. Generally, one or pro em ployees of a given job-type can be rotated off the iob for the required testing time without Interfering with production or causing lost time. Thus. 5 85a .6 has not been revised except for wording clari fication. Bf.ctp- . Ria l- Iv-nuiN- !>. rps Eight Hu comments indicated NIOSH does not have ths authority to "decline" an imminent danger nnd the use of (ids term in the regulation should he te tter defined nnd be more consistent with the Act and the mandate' of OS1!A Nforn docs not have the authority to dr. i"i e an '`Imminent danger" nnd there is not such Tt also war. urged that employer* given it in the Act. As used in this part: should have the right to review "specific ta> "Act" means the Occupational rnwt.s" mentioned In $85a8<aMI> not Safety and Health Act of 1970 ( 29 TJ.8.C cn'y for trade secret information but also 651 et seq.). ' for Inaccuracies. NIOSH agrees and ib) "Assistant Regional Director1' s R5a 8<sFI > ingly. ha* been revised accord moans any one of the ten Occupational Salety and Health Administration Assist S vi ion pr.iyide: 85a ? also has been revised to ant Regional Directors for Occupations' Safety and Health. . <c) "Informed consent" means th- ! That in certain ivp.-s cf NIOSH site vi its. v.'hcT a siieciflr report is noi re quired or it. pot useful, a chring confer ence in lieu nf such n rciiort will be held at the place of rmnlovment with those ludi' id'iala participating In the site visit. This rinsing conference is for the pur- pre or di'.nr ion the findings nf the site vl< it ami appropidalr rcronirricndation*. knowing consent of an individual or hi legally authorized representative, so sit uated as to be able to exercise free powe: of choice without undue inducement o: any element of force, fraud, deceit, do ress, or other form of constraint or coer cicn. The basic elements of informatio; necessary to such consent include: -2 - FMSI 17735 ill A fair explanation of the jin-o- v tiYQrvv 1 iv?s nmy ulatcrt in naragraphs in) < 1 >. <o <21, and .lures to be followed. and their pv.vp.vrs, r-i,/ 4,,:. r;4\}jii.yrf ni Aii of this section about the nature- including identification of a:iy pirn; - 'v-.er-u. r. iiier..,, employee from the ipui details of the investigation. ;,ures which are experimental: <2) A description of any attend.;!,: bscomforte and risks reasonsbly to be xpected; (3> A description of any benefits rtn-nabiy to be expected: <4) A disclosure of any appropriate alternative procedures that might be advantngeous for the subject; 151 An offer to answer any inquirin' -oncerning the procedures, and <fl' An instruction that the person 1.\ free to wlthdzaw his consent and to dls-ontiinue participation in tire investiga tion uny tunc without prejudice to 'he ubiect. id) 'Investigation" means research roiects, experiments, demonstrations xxdies and similar activities of NIC3H which are conducted pursuant to section i'O of the Act. cc> "Legally authorized represent^.- tiro" means on Individual or judicial c other Iwdy authorized under appixcstbic qiaoe < f employment, and review, ah-.tract, or <j ,pi:, ate employment, r.vovdz , nodical records, records required by the Act and regulations, ana other related recouis. Jit those instances where systems oi records subject, to review, abstraction ot duplication are oi a confidential nai u > e, such as medical records, and are ab stracted or duplicated. NIOSH will mainturn such systems in accordance with the Privacy Act of 1374 (5 U.S.C. 552a1 and the implementing regulation of the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare < 45 CFR Part 5b). b) Areas under investigation which contain information classified by any agency of tne United Stater Government in tiie interest of national security will be investigated only by NIOSH author ized representatives who have obtained the appropriate security clee.-mnce and authurizatlun f 85a.4 Pmrdums for initiating 'mi- ( gatioiw of places of emptoyincnl. 5 85a.5 Conduct of investigations <>f p! iccs of employment. <ai (1> Prior to beginning a site visi* NIOSH authorized representatives will present their credentials to the employee owner, operator or agent in charge .i the place of employment, explain the na ture, purpose and scope of the investige tlon and the records specified in 5 Sba.i which they wish to review, abstract or nuplicate. '2) In those instances where site vis its are not necessary to the conduct ol an investigation and the initial contact is made verbally, NIOSH authorized rep resentatives will, at the request of the employer, owner, operator or agent in charge at the place of employment, pro vide a written explanation of the nature, purpose and scope of the investigation and the records specified in 5 55a.3 which they wtsh to review, abstract or dupli cate. ibMii At the commencement of an in - law to consent on behalf of a prospective a! Except as otherwise provided in vestigation, the employer, owner, oper subject to such subject's participation in paragraph (b; of this section, NIOSH ator or agent in charge at the place of the particular activity or procedure. authorized representatives will contnrl employment shall precisely identify that <{> ' NIOSK" means the National In an official representative of the place of information which is trade secret and stitute for Occupational Safety and employment prior to any site visits and might be seen or obtained by the NIOSH Health of the Center for Disease Con will provide file details of why an investi authorized representatives during the in trol, Public Health Service, Department gation of the place of employment is vestigation. If the NIOSH authorized of Health, Education, and Welfare. being conducted. Prim to the initiation representatives have no clear reason to (g! "NIOSH authorized representa of a site visit of a pines of employment, question such identification, such infor tive" means a person authorized by representatives of the following organi mation will not be disclosed by NIOSH NIOSH to conduct investigations of zations will be advised of the site visit m accordance with the previsions of sec Places of employment, Including any per ami the reason for its conduct: tion 15 of the Act. Generally, NIOSH will son that Is fulfilling a contract, agree (1> Tbs appropriate State agency des not question trade secret designations: ment with NIOSH or is serving as an ex ignated under section 13;t) of the Act however, if NIOSH at any time does pert or consultant to NIOSH pursuant, or if the State has been preempted as question such identification, not less to the Act. provided under the Act, the State agency than 15 days' notice to the employer, (hi "NIOSH Regional Office" means which, in the judgment of NIOSH, would owner, operator or agent will be given any one of the ten Department of Health, benefit the most loom the InvestigationV of the intention to remove the trade Education, and Welfare Regional Offices findings: secret designation from such informa the addresses of which are specified In 12) T there is a local union at the place tion The employer, owner, operator or ' 5.31 of Title 45, Cede of Federal Reg oi employment, the local president, busi agent may within that period submit a ulations. ness manager or ether appropriate indi request to the Director, NIOSH, to re <i> "Place of employment' means any vidual; and factory, plant, establishment, construc 3) T5e appropriate Assistant Rglcmn! tion site, or other area, workplace or en Director. vironment where work is performed by <b) Advance notice of site visits will any employee of an employer. not be given to the p'ace of employment or local union at the place of employ 85a.3 Authority for tevr!i*aiiiw of ment when, in the Judgment of the places of employment. NIOSH authorized representatives, giv consider this intention and may provide additional information in support of the trade secret designation. The Director. NIOSH, will notify the employer, owner, operator or agent in writing of the de cision which, will become effective no sooner than 15 days after the date ol such notice. (a) NIOSH authorized representatives ing such notice would adversely affect t he 12) In those instances where the who have been issued official NIOSH cre validity and effectiveness of an investi NIOSH authorized representative is a dentials are authorized by the Director. gation. Those individuals and organiza person fulfilling a contract agreement NIOSH, for the purpose of section 20 of tions specified in 5 85a.4(a) il) and <.i > with NIOSH or is serving as an expert or the Act and this part and pursuant to will be notified prior to the initiation ot consultant to NIOSH pursuant to the section 8 of the Act: To enter without such a site visit. After the site visit has Act, the employer, owner, operator or delay any place of employment for the been initiated, and, as soon as possible agent in charge at the place of employ purpose of conducting investigations of thereafter, ''e NIOSH authorized repre- ment may. after advising the NIOSH six pertinent processes, conditions, struc sentatlvea will contact those individuals contractor or consultant in writing, elect tures, machines, apparatus, devices, specfiled in $ 85a.4(a> (2) concerning the to withhold information deemed to be a equipment, and materials within the nature and details of the site visit. trade secret from such a NIOSH author olace of employment: and to conduct icl In those Instances where site visits ized representative or prohibit entry into medical examinations, anthropometric are not necessary to the conduct of ar. the area of the place of employment measurements and functional tests of investigation, the NI03H authorized rep where such entry will reveal trade se employees within the place of employ resentatives will contact an official rep crets. In those Instances, where the sub ment as may be directly related to the resentative of the place of employment ject information is needed or access to specific Investigation being conducted. either verbally or through a written com the area of the place of employment is Such investigations will be conducted in munication and provide the details of necessary, in the judgment of NIOSH, to a reasonable manner, during regular why an investigation of the place of em- fulfill the goals of the investigation. working hours or at other reasonable plovment is being conducted. If appro- NIOSH regular employees will then ob - times and within reasonable limits, :n Pilate, the NIOSH authorized represent tain the information or enter the sul ;eoi connection with any investigations, web atives wilJ contact those individuals riip-_ area of the place of employment. -3 - FMS117736 <c> *'1> NIOSH authorized representa procedures to be utilized from the NIOSH .such reports, a preliminary report will be tives will be in charge oi si*e visits con Hun"-.u Saint. *,* Review Board and no sent by NIOSH to the employer, owner, ducted pursuant to this part. employee examuuh ,on. measurement or operator or agent for review for trade *2> Where there is a request by the test will pe undertaken without the In secret information and technical inaccu representative of the State agency and formed consent of ouch employee. racies that may inadv* rter.tly be pre }- employees, who were notified pursuant *e> NTOSH authorized representatives sented m the report. If requested m writ i> 5 8i>a.4'a) (1) or B5a.4*ai (2) to nc- will comply with all safety and health ing, tiie data used to compile the report* mpany the NT08H authorised repre- rules and practices at the place of em will be made available* by NIOSH to the s?-.: latives during the site visit of the ployment and all NIOSH and Occupa employer, owner, operator or agent in ola.ee of employment,, the NIOSH su- tional Safety and Health Administration charge at the place of employment, ex iiorized representatives will allow this > emulations and policies during a site visit, cept that data will not be released in a reque-t if they determine that this will and will provide and use ar.propi ir ' c form that is individually iden tifiable. .iiri the investigation: or where, ill the protective clothing and equipment. In (2) All specific reports of investiga .judgment- of the NIOSH authorized rep situations requiring specialized or unique tions of each place of employment resentatives, good cause has been show n types of protective equipment, such under Ibis part will be available to the why accompaniment by a third party eouipmenl shall be furnished by the em public from the NIOSH Regional Con who is not an employee of the employer ployer. owner, operator or agent in sultant for Occupational Safety and is reasonably necessary to the conduct ot i.hiirge at the place of employment. Health in the appropriate NIOSH Re an effective and thorough site chit, they f1 The conduct of site visits will be gional Office. m.y rX'iTnit. such third party to accom such w to preclude unreasonable disrup *3) In certain instances, specific re pany them during the site visit: Provid tion of the mirations of the clace of ports of investigations of each place of ed. however. That access by such ne>'- employment. employment- will n.-t b.- prcnaicd. I * sonis1 to areas described in 5 85a.5'c> S i' a.i) t'.'flo-lrtll 'vJ Miitaltlr space for sti-h instance . 1 fur: conference at <4> si:all be in accordance with the re employee inlorv io - - hij<1 examina the p'acr of employment will be con quirements of such provision and access tion s. ducted tiv the NIOSH authorized repre to areas containing trade secrets shall be with the consent of the employer, owner, operator or agent in charge at tire place of employment. 181 NIOSH authorized representatives are authorized to deny the right of ac companiment under this paragraph to any person whose conduct in their judg ment interferes with a fair and orderly- site visit. In all instances, a representa tive of the employer shall be permitted to accompany the NIOSH authorized representatives during the site visit of the place of employment. 4> With regard to information clas sified by an agency of the United States Government in the interest of national security, only persons authorized to have access to such information may accom pany NIOSH authorized representatives in areas containing 3uch information. 'diG) NIOSH authorized representa An employer, owner, operator or agent in errnge at the place of employment shall, on request of the NIOSH author ized representatives, provide suitable space at the place of employmen t. if such space is reasonably available, to NIOSH to conduct private interviews with, and medical examinations, anthropometric measurements and functional tests of employees. NIOSH authorized represent atives will consult with the employer, owner, operator or agent as to the time and place of the private interviews, med ical examination, anthropometric meas urements and functional tests and will schedule same so as to avoid undue dis ruption of work at the place of employ ment. NIOSH will conduct the medical interviews, measurements, examinations and tests specified under this part at its own expense. tives are authorized: To collect environ 85a.7 Jnijtnnml danger**. mental samples and samples of sub Whenever, during the course of. or as stances; to measure environmental con a result of, an investigation under this ditions and employee exposures; to take part, the NIOSH authorized representa or obtain photographs, motion pictures tives believe there is a reasonable basis or video tapes related to the purpose of tor an allegation of an imminent danger, the investigation; to employ other rea NIOSH will immediately advise the em sonable investigative techniques, includ ployer. owner, operator or agent in ing medical examinations, anthropomet charge at the place of employment and ric measurements and standardized and those employees who appear to be in experimental functional tests of employ immediate danger of such allegation and ees with the informed consent of sucli will inform the appropriate Assistant Re employees; to review, abstract and du gional Director and the appropriate State plicate such personnel records as are agency designated under section 13(b) of pertinent to mortality, morbidity, injury, the Act, or if there is no State agency safety and other similar studies; and to designated under section 18(b) of the question and interview privately any em Act. the appropriate State labor or health ployer, owner, operator, agent or em agency. ployee from the place of employment. The employer, owner, operator, or agent 8.VJI.8 Reporting of rexuile of investiga shall have the opportunity to review tions of places of employment. photographs, motion pictures and video a i *i> Specific reports of investiga tapes taken or obtained for the purpose tions of e_ch place of employment of identifying those which contain or under this part, with identification of the rmght reveal a trade secret. place of employment, will be made avail t.2) Prior to the conduct of medical able by NIOSH to the employer, owner, examinations, anthropometric measure operator or agent in charge at the place ments or functional tests of any em of employment, with copies to the appro- sentatives nnd those individuals partici pating in the site visit to discuss the findings of the site visit nnd appropriate recommendations. (b)(1) Any specific findings of Indi vidual employee medical examinations, anthropometric measurements and func tional tests will be released by NIOSH authorized representatives to the com pany physician, private physician, or ol her person only pursuant to the written authorization of (lie employee; otherwise, the specific findings and oilier persona! records concerning individuals will be maintained In accordance with 45 CFR Part 5b and scclion 3 of the Privacy Act of 1874 (5 U.S.C. 552a). Notice of all NIOSH systems of records as defined in 45 CFR 5b,l(n) as a result of the Investi gations of places of employment pur suant to this part will be published in the Federal Register under Notices of Sys tems of Records for the rv>pa.r*mcik of Health. Education, and Welfare. (2) In cases where an employee shows positive significant medical findings, the employee end the physic nis) desig nated by the employee under S 85a.8(b> (1) will be Immediately notified by NIOSH. f3i , A summary of the findings, of the examinations for each employee will be sent by NIOSH to the Individual. <c> The findings of a total investiga tion generally will be disseminated ns part ot NIOSH criteria documents, NIOSH technical reports, NIOSH Infor mation packets, scientific journals, pres entations at technical meetings, or in other similar manners. These findings of a total Investigation will be presented In a manner which does not Identify any specific place of employment; however, it should be noted that the specific re ports of Investigations of each place of employment under this part arc subject to mandatory disclosure, upon request, under the provisions of the Freedot i of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552*. ployees, the NIOSH authorized repre pviate officials and Agencies notified pur 1 TO Doc 76- 30134 Hied 10-1.V7;8:*3 ami sentatives will obtain approval of the suant to 856.4 a *. Prior to release of *4 - FMSI 17737 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 3 1 October 12, 1976 CONTROL OF AIRBORNE ASBESTOS CONCENTRATIONS IN THE WORKPLACE -- INDUSTRIAL TYPE VACUUM CLEANERS Over th9 past many months, without de-emphasis on problems in the factory area, those in favor of stringent regulations on the use of asbestos have targeted friction materials servicing--particularly brake lining service-- as a potentially hazardous area. Technical papers in this area have not based observations on the OSHA standard's 8 hour time weighted average for fibers greater than 5 microns in length. Most papers have emphasized peak concentrations (as blowing brake lining dust from a used brake awaiting reline) and the fibers shorter than 5 microns in length. Based on discussions at the Asbestos Information Association meeting in September, efficient vacuum cleaning systems should be of help not only in the factory but in the brake service area. I have, therefore, enclosed sales literature from two manufacturers, along with the NIOSH (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health) recommended procedures for asbestos brake and clutch servicing. Before distributing this information, I reviewed this data with Mr. I. H. Weaver, acting Chairman of our Asbestos Study Committee, to be sure this information was worthwhile. He concurred that the following information was worthy of distribution to the membership: 1. NIOSH Recommended (Interim) Procedures for Asbestos Brake and Clutch Servicing 2. NILFISK literature 2.1 NILFISK absolute filter 2.2 NILFISK manometer 2.3 Dust free disposal 3. TEMPO Brake and Clutch Service Vacuum This literature is being enclosed (one copy to each member) with the mailing to: EWD/erc E. W. Drislane Executive Director cc-Active Members Regional Members (Active Dues Level) Asbestos Study Committee FMS117738 H,FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 580 October 6, 1976 HISTORICAL SALES PROGRAM The historical sales program continues on a quarterly basis. Regional Members using the copyrighted RIS1 Numbers for marketing their products in the United States may participate if they wish. The Institute is requesting details of pieces sold for the first nine months of 1976 (9 months ending September 30, 1976). The rules for the reporting details remain unchanged. 1. Quantities will be reported in pieces (not units). For roll lining, each foot of length will be one piece. 2. Our Accountants will report the names of the members from whom reports are received, and the number of members reporting in each of the four groups. 3. Total pieces in each group will be reported. 4. "Clutch Facings" does not include gear tooth discs, automatic transmission discs, or the 8-14" dia., (3/16 to 1/2" thick) asbestos composition discs. The data as filed will be confidential. Totals for each group will be shown and there is no way of determining quantities by individual members. Please review the form and the description as they apply to this year's reporting. You will be receiving from Marshall Granger & Company, Certified Public Accountants, a form for completing this information. Please return it to; Marshall Granger & Company, C. P. A. 1600 Harrison Avenue Mamroneck, New York 10543 If you report, please have your figures in by November 15, 1976. If you do not wish to report these figures, no reply is necessary. Only those reporting figures will receive the industry totals when the data is summarized. A sample form and definitions are attached. EWD/lmc Encs. Distribution: E. 17. Drislane Executive Director Delegates & Alternates Regional Members (paying Active Member Dues) FMSI 17739 STATISTICAL PROGRAM OF TIE FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC. Hall to: MARSHALL GRANGER & CO., C. P. A. 1600 Harrison Avenue Mamaroneck, Hew York 10543 ********** See Instructions for sales to other members! Pieces sold to United States distributors, jobbers, private brands, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchandisers, direct consumers, government agencies, or other customers for use in the United States replacement market: 9 MONTHS JANUARY 1 to SEPTEMBER 30, 1976 Brake linings less than 3/4" nominal thickness (See explanation for roll lining). _______________________________ Brake blocks, nominal thickness of 3/4" and over _______________________________ Disc brake linings Clutch facings By: Signature Company Date FMS117740 EXHIBIT "B" DEFINITION FOR HISTORICAL SALES PIECES _ t i_ _^ The reports will show pieces of friction material, in groups as shown: Group__________ Brake Lining ________ Descr iot ion Friction materials less than a nominal 3/4" thickness (See note on roll lining) Normal Usaoe Normally, one piece to a shoe Brake Blocks Friction materials with a nominal thickness of 3/4" and over Normally, two pieces to a shoe Disc Brake Linings Friction materials sold (for disc brakes) to be attached to the shoe, or sold as a unit molded, bonded or riveted to the shoe Clutch Facing Friction materials of annular shape, or segments thereof Normally, one piece to a shoe Normally, two annular pieces per clutch plate Note: For roll lining only, consider each foot of length equals one piece. REPLACEMENT SALES TO UNITED STATES MARKET This reporting is for sales to the United States replacement market only. Do not include sales to other markets. This includes sales under the friction material manufacturer's own name or brand name used by the customer, to automotive ware house distributors, jobbers, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchan disers, direct consumers, government agencies or other customers for use in the United States replacement market. When a friction materials manufacturer is shipping to a vehicle manufacturer, brake manufacturer, or clutch manufacturer, but has no reasonable way of deter mining if the pieces are for original equipment or replacement purposes, estimates will not be used - these pieces will not be reported. However, where a friction material manufacturer is shipping to a point known to be used for replacement, or where he stencils or otherwise identifies the pieces as being for replacement purposes, or where the shipments otherwise are obviously known to be for replace ment, these pieces will be reported. The member who sells to the type customer or user indicated above will report those pieces sold, even if purchased from another Active Member or Regional Member. . When you sell vour friction materials to another Member (Active or Repional) do not report those salesl Materials sold to Licensee Members of the Institute for the replacement market should be included. FMS117741 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 7 9 September 23, 1976 1975 BRAKE BLOCK IDENTIFICATION CATALOG In the fall of 1975 we published the "1975 Brake Block Identification Catalog." Our only earlier Brake Block catalog was in 1972. Both catalogs quickly sold out. As there have been only five (5) Series 4000 Blocks released since the 1975 book, there are no plans for a new block catalog in the forseeable future* I have recently been asked by three members to consider a reprint, and have contacted the printer on prices. Obviously, the greater the re-print order, the lower the price. Depending on volume, the price to our members for a reprint should not be more than 10$ in excess of the 1975 price. All catalogs would have the 5 hole punching. I do not know if the printer will adjust the price for catalogs without covers or the assembly of a member's cover. Arrangements for special covers should be made well in advance of the printing. In any event, we estimate the price to be Q200/M includinp punching. (The 1975 price was &194/M with punching). The Institue will purchase these catalogs from the printer and have them shipped to the member. Please have your purchase order made out to: Friction Materials Standards Institute, Inc. E-210 Route 4 Paramus, New Jersey 07652 Please advise shipping instructions--and any special instructions if you are not taking the standard cover. Please have your order in the Institute Office by November 1, 1976. We will have to cut off orders at that time so as to ship before the Christmas season. EWD/erc E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117742 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE #4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 578 August 3, 1976 REGULATION VESC-14 - MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR BRAKE COMPONENT WEAR WARNING Over the last several years the Vehicle Equipment Safety Commission (VESC) has been working on a regulation to require some signal that brake friction materials are worn out so as not to require that a drum or wheel be removed. Their work also aimed at telling when a rotor or a drum had reached a safe limit. In 1973 the Vehicle Equipment Safety Commission advised that they were proposing a Regulation for brake component wear warning. At that time they drafted a regulation which could have caused some difficulty for brake lining manufacturers: Every replacement component should meet the original component performance specification established by the vehicle manufacturer. A reasonable interpretation of this requirement could have meant that replacement brake lining would have had to be that lining originally approved by the vehicle manufacturer. After meetings and correspondence on this particular regulation, that section of the requirement was revised to read as follows: Every replacement brake component for a wear warning system or assembly should allow the system to retain the same type of warning as In the original system design. This wording was Incorporated In the final write-up for Regulation VESC-14. While the Vehicle Equipment Safety Commission has finalized their regulation VESC-14 and established an effective date of January 1, 1978 I am not aware of any state that has as yet required that regulation VESC-14 be compiled with. On the latest list of AAMVA jurisdictions for equipment approvals (dated April 15, 1976) Regulation VESC-14 was not listed. A copy of VESC-14 Is enclosed. It Is suggested that you fold the regulation In half (5-1/2 x 4-1/4) and use In booklet form. This is sent for your information. EWD/lmc CC: Active Members - List B Regional Members Licensees Enc. E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17743 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLET I N NO. 5 7 7 July 27, 1976 DOT STANDARDS 105-75 AND 121 On May 27, 1976 we issued BILLET!N NO. 568A which forwarded our assembled copies of DOT Federal Motor Vehicle. Safety Standards 105-75 (Hydraulic Brake Systems) and 121 (Air Brake Systems). These were assembled from notices as they had appeared in the Federal Register. From all apperances the standards as assembled were quite accurate. I had reviewed them with individuals at NHTSA. Acting on recommendations of our Brake Performance Study Committee, the Institute petitioned NHTSA to publish complete texts of Standards 105-75 and 121 in the Federal Register. Acting in response to our petitions and those of other interested parties, NHTSA did publish the entire texts of Standards 105-75 and 121 in the Federal Register on Jjly 19, 1976. Enclosed are copies of the complete official versions of DOT Standards 105-75 and 121. EWD/erc Enclosure E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17744 friction materials standards dvstitittf,, inc DOT STANDARD IQ5-~?5 f HYDRAULIC Bf?AKE SYSTEMS) --JULY iq iq~r& RULES AND REGULATIONS CHAPTER V--NATIONAL HIGHWAY TRAFFIC SAFETY ADMINISTRATION (Dockot Nr*. 76-07; 76-10; Notice* 05, 09] PART 571--FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS Republleation o! Brake System Standard* STAitnARD Noe. 105-75 and 121 S 571.101-7.1 Sinmlent No, lOT-Tl; Hydraulic brake syslrmi (I lYrrli'c Jan. 1, 1*76). 51. Scope. This standard specifics re quirements for hydraulic service brake and associated parking brake systems. 52. Purpose. Tho purpose of this standard is to Insure safe braking per formance under normal and emergency conditions. 83. Application. Tills standard applies to passenger cars equipped with hy draulic service brake systems, and U> school buses manufactured on and after October 12, 1976, with hydraulic service brake systems. 64. Definitions. "Antilock system" means a portion of a service brake sys tem that automatically controls the de gree of rotational wheel slip at one or more road wheels of the vclilclc during braking. "Backup system" means a portion of a service brake system, such os a pump, that supplies energy, in the event of a primary brake power source failure. "Brake power assist unit" meins a de vice installed in a hydraulic brake sys tem that reduces the operator effort re quired to actuate the system, and that If inoperative does not prevent the op erator from braking the vehicle by a con tinued application o! muscular force on the service brake control. "Brake power unit" means a device in stalled In a brake system that provides the energy required to actuate the brakes, either dlrcrtly or Indirectly, through an auxiliary device, with the op erator action consisting only of modulat ing the energy application level. "Hydraulic brake system" means a system that uses hydraulic fluid as a medium for transmitting force from a service brake control to the service brake, and that may incorporate a brake power assist unit, or a brake power unit. "Initial brake temperature" means the average temperature of the service brakes on the hottest axle of the vehicle 0.2 mi before any brake application. "Lightly loaded vehicle weight" means: (a) For vehicles with a avWR of 10. 000 lb or less, unloaded vehicle weight plus 300 lb. (Including driver and In strumentation) : (b) For vehicle- with a OVWR greater than 10.000 ih. unloaded vehicle weight ulus 500 ih (inch,ding driver and instru mentation) . "Parking mechanism" means a com ponent or subsystem of the drive train that locks the drive train when the transmission control is placed in a park ing or oilier gear position and the Igni tion key Is removed. "Pressure component" means a brake system component that contains the brnko system fluid and controls or senses the fluid pressure. "Skid number" means the frictional resistance of a pavement measured In accordance with American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Method E--274-70 (as revised July, 1974) at 40 mph, omitting wave rdeilvcry as specified In paragraphs 7.1 and 7.2 of that method. "Snub" means the braking decelera tion of a vehicle from a higher reference speed to a lower reference speed that is greater than zero. "Speed attainable In 2 ml" means the speed attainable by accelerating at maxi mum rate from a standing start for 2 ml on a level surface. "Spike stop" means a stop resulting from the application of 200 lbs of force on the service brake control In 0.08 s. "Split service brake system" means a brake system consisting of two or more subsystems actuated by a single control designed so that a leakage-type failure of a pressure component In a single sub system (except structural failure of a housing that Is common to two or more subsystems) shall not Impair the opera tion of any other subsystem. "Stopping distance" means the dis tance traveled by a vehicle from the point of application of force to the brake con trol to the point at which the vehicle reaches a full stop. "Variable proportioning brake system" means a system that automatically ad justs the braking force at the axles to compensate for vehicle static axle load ing and/or dynamic weight transfer be tween axles during deceleration. 85 Requirements. S5.1 Service brake system. Each ve hicle shall be capable of meeting the re quirements of S5.1.1 through S5 J 0 under the conditions specified in S<; when tested according to the procedureand in the sequence set forth in S7. Except as noted in 85.1.1.2 and 85.1.1.4, If a vehicle is incapable of attaining a speed specified 85 1 1. 85.1.2. 65.13, or 55.16. Its scr\ brakes shall be capa ble of stopping ;i vehicle from the mul tiple of 5 mnh. ti a is 4 to 8 mph less than the speed attainable in 2 miles, within distances that do not exceed the corresponding distances specified in table IX. If a vehicle is Incapable of attaining a speed specified In 85.1.4 In the time or distance interval eet forth. It shall be tested at the highest speed attainable In the time or distance interval specified. S5.1.1 Stopping distance. The serv ice brakes shall be capable of stopping each vehicle in four effectiveness tests within the distances, and from the speeds specified below. ,85.1.1.1 In tlie first, (preburnished) effectiveness test, the vehicle shall be capable of stopping from 30 mph and 60 mph within the corresponding distances specified In column I of table II. 85.1.1.2 In tho second effectiveness test, the vehicle shall be capable of stop ping from 30 and 60 mph within the corresponding distances siieclfled In column II of tabid II. If the speed attain able In 2 miles is not less than 84 mph, a passenger car shall also be capable of stowing from HO mph within the cor respondent distance siieclfled in column II of table If. 85.1.1.3 In the third effectiveness test the vehicle shall be capable of stop ping at lightly loaded vehicle weight from 60 mph within the corresponding distance specified in column III of table ir. 85.1.1.4 In the fourth effectiveness test, a vehicle with a OVWR of 10,000 pounds or less shall be capable of stop ping from 30 and 60 mph within the corresponding -distances specified In Column I of Table II. If the spebd at tainable in 2 miles Is not less than 84 mph, a passenger car shall also be ca pable of stopping from 80 mph wlthtn the corresponding distance .specified In Cotumn I of Table II. If the speed attainable in 2 miles Is not less than 99 mph, a passenger car shall. In addition, be capable of stopping from the applicable speed indicated be low, within the corresponding distance specified In Column I of Table II. Speed attainable Required to in 2 miles (mph) stop from (mph) Not less than 99 but less than 104____ 96 104 or more 100 85.1.2 Partial failure. 85.1.2.1 In ve hicles manufactured with a split service brake system. In the event of a rupture or leakage type of failure In a single sub system. other than a structural failure of a housing that is common to two or more subsystems, the remaining portion)s> of the service brake system sha 11 continue to operate and shall be capable of stopping a vehicle from 60 mph within the cor responding distance six , died in Column IV of Table II. ,, ss l 2.2 In vehicles not manufactured w ith a split service brake system, in the event of any one rupture or leakage type of failure In any component of the serv ice brake system the vehicle shall, by operation of the service brake control, be (29G96) FMS117745 1 capable of stopping 10 times consi'ei.uve- 4 1 Tlie control force used for capable of making five recovery stops ly from 50 mph within the corresponding tin >iu-chne cheek stops or snubs shah from 30 mph at ten fpsps for enrh stop distance specified In Column IV of Table he riot ,*.*. than 1C pounds, nor u'o; e with a control force application that II. (/..in GO pounds, except, that the control falls within tlie following maximum and 85.1.3 Inoperative brake power assist tow for a vehicle w :h a OVWR of minimum limits; unit or brake power unit. A passenger car equipped with one or more brake power assist units shall meet the requirements of either SS.1.3.1, 85 13.2, or 85.1.3.4 (chosen at the option of the manufac turer), and a passenger car equipped with one or mote brake power uiuis shall meet the requirements of either 85.1.3.1, S.5.1.3.3, nr S3.1.3.4 ic))Of.cn at Vue op tion of the manufacturer!. A vehicle other than n passenger car shall meet the 10.000 pounds or .''..ore may be between (1) A maximum for the fink, four re 10 pounds and 90 pound:-. covery stops of 150 pounds, and for the 85.1.4 2 GVWU of (a) l.,i!i vehicle - with. 10,000 lbs or loss shall bo fifth stop, of 45 pounds more than the average control force for the baseline capable of making 5 fade stops (10 fade check (but In no case more than 90 stops on the second test) from 60 mph at a deceleration not lower than pounds, except that the maximum con trol force for the fifth stop in the case 15 fpsps for each stop, followed by 5 of a vehicle manufactured before Sep fade stops at the maximum deceleration tember 1, 1976, shall be not more than attainable from 5 to 15 fpsps. <b) Each vehicle with a ____ plus 60 pounds of the average control GVWR force for the baseline check (but m no requirements of S5.1.3.1. greater than 10.000 pounds shall be capa cose more than 110 pounds). 55.1.3.1 The service brakes on a ve ble of making 10 fndc snubs (20 fade (2) A minimum of-- hicle equipped with one or more brake snubs on the second test) from 40 mph (A) The average control force for the power assist units or brake power units, to 20 mph at 10 fpsps for each snub. baseline check minus 10 pounds, or with one such unit inoperative and de 85.1.4.3(a) Each vehicle with a ClVWR <B) The average control force for the pleted of all reserve capability, shall be of 10,000 pounds or less shall be capable baseline check times 0.60, capable of stopping a vehicle from GO mph within the ronesjiondiiii; distance specified In column IV of table IT. 85.1.3.2 Brake power assist units. The service brakes or. a vehicle equipped with one or more brake imwer assist units, with one such unit Inoperative, shall tie capable of stopping a vehicle from GO mph: (a) In six consecutive stops at an aver age deceleration for each stop lint is not lower than that specified in column I of table III. when the inoperative unit is not initially depleted of all reserve capability; and 'b) In a final stop, at an average de celeration that is not lower than 7 fpsps (equivalent .-toppinE distance 554 feet) when the inoperative unit is de pleted of all reserve capability. , 85.1.3.3 Brake power units. The serv ice brakes of a vehicle equipped with one or more brake power units with nn ac cumulator-type reserve system, with any ond failure In any one unit shall be of making five recovery stops from 30 mph at 10 fpsps for each stop, with a control force application that falls within the following maximum and minimum limits; (1)A maximum for the first four re covery stops of 150 pounds, and for the fifth slop, of 20 pounds more than the average control force for the baseline check; and (2) A minimum of-- (A) Hie average control force for the baseline check minus 10 pounds, or (D) The average control force for the baseline check times 0.60, whichever is lower (but In no case lower than 5 pounds). (b) Each vehicle with a GVWR of more than 10.000 pounds shall be ca pable of making five recovery snubs from 40 mph to 20 mph at 10 fpsps for each snub, with a control force application that falls within the following maximum and minimum limits: - (1) A maximum for the first four re whichever is lower (but in no case lower than 5 pounds). <b) After being driven for 2 minutes at a speed of 6 mph in any combination of forward ond reverse directions through a trough having a water depth of 6 Inches, each vehicle with a GVWR of more than 10,000 pounds shall be capa ble of making five recovery stops from 30 mph at 10 fpsps for each stop with control force application that falls with in tlie following maximum and minimum limits: (l? A (Tiaxlinunj for the first four re covery stops of 160 pounds, and for the fifth stop, of 60 pounds more than the average control force for the baseline check (but in no case more than 110 pounds '; and (2) A minimum of-- (A) The average control force for the baseline check minus 10 pounds, or <Ii> The average control force for the baseline check times 0.60, whichever Is lower (but In no case lower than 5 capable of stopping the vehicle from 60 mph-- (a) In 10 consecutive stops at an aver age deceleration for each stop that is not lower than that specified In column II of table III, wheu the unit Is not Initially depleted of ail reserve capability; and tb) In a final stop, at an average de celeration that is not lower than 7 fpsps (equivalent stopping distance 554 feet) when the failed clement of the unit is depleted of all reserve capability. 85.1.3.4 6rakc power assist and brake power units. The service brakes of a ve hicle equipped with one or more brake power assist units or brake power units with a backup system, with one brake power assist unit or brake power unit in operative and depleted of all reserve capability and with only the backup sys tem operating In the failed subsystem, shall be capable of stopping the vehicle from 60 mph In 15 consecutive stops at an average deceleration for each stop that is not lower than 12 fpsps (equiva lent stopping distance 323 feet). 55.1.4 Fade and recovery. The serv ice brakes shall bo capable of stopping oarh vehicle in two fade and recovery tests as specified below. covery snubs of 150 pounds, and for the fifth snub, of 20 pounds more than the average control force for the baseline check <!but in no case more than 100 pounds); and (2) A minimum of-- (A) The average control force for the baseline check minus 10 pounds, or (B) The average control force for the baseline check times 0.60, whichever Is lower (but In no cose lower than 5 pounds). 85.1.5 Wafer recovery. The service brakes shall be capable of stopping each vehicle In a water recovery test, as specified below. 85.1 5.1 The control force used for the baseline check stops or snubs shall be not less than 10 pounds, nor more than 60 pounds, except that the control force for a vehicle with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or more may be between 10 and 90 pounds. 85.1.5.2(a) After being driven for 2 minutes at a speed of 5 mph In any com bination of forward and reverse direc tions through a trough having a water dept of 6 Inches, each vehicle with a GVWR of 10.000 pounds or less shall be pounds). 85.1.6 Spike stops. Each passenger car shall be capable of making 10 spike stops from 30 mph, followed by 6 effec tiveness (check) stops from 60 mph. at least one of which shall be within a cor responding stopping distance specified in column I of table II. . 85.2rarking brake system. Each vehi cle shall be manufactured with a park ing brake system of a friction type with a solely mechanical means to retain en gagement. which shall under the condi tions of 86. when tested according to the procedures specified in 87, meet the re quirements specified In S5.2.I, 85.2.2, or 65.2.3 as appropriate, with the system engaged-- (a) In the case of a passenger car, with a force applied to tlie control not to exceed 125 pounds for a foot-operated system and 90 pounds for a hand-oper ated system: and fb) In the cose of a school bus, with a force applied to the control not to ex ceed 150 pounds for a foot-operated sys tem and 125 pounds for a hand-operated sy 'em 2 toMf FMS117746 vji. . Except as provided In S5 2 2, the is) A Krcs . el nrc<v.rc <s;.(h as legible to the driver in daylight when , .arsing brake system on a vehicle with a caused by rupture ni a brake hi.e but lighted, if the indicator is used only for OVWJl of 10.000 pounds or lev- shall be not by a rAructunit failure of a h^u-n the antilock s;,-stcm. The lens and the capable of holding the velslt-Jr stationary that is corn'll,mi to two or more anUv..-- letters shall have contratslng colors, one or the limit of traction on the braked terns i duo in or.o of the following condi of which to yellow. wheels) for 5 minutes In both a forward and reverse direction on a 30 percent grade. S5.2.2 A vehicle of ft type described In 85.2.1 at the option of the manufacturer may meet the requirement* of S5.2.2.1, 65.2.2.2. and SR.2.2.3 Instead of the re quirements of 85.2.1 if: (a) The vehicle has a transmission or transmission control which incorporate* a parking mechanism, and <1>) The parking mechanism must be engaged before the Ignition key can be removed. 55.2.2.1 The vehicle's parking brake tions <chosen at the option of the mni.ufac: ,i>\ r i (1) lli-r ic or upon ap]jiK'.,iicm of a dtITcrcnii;.; pressure of not more than 225 lb/ln' between the active and failed brake system measured at a master cjiinder outlet or n slave cylinder outlet. <2) Before nr upou application of 50 35.4 Reservoirs. S5.4.1 Master cylinder reservoiri, A master cylinder shall have a reservoir compartment for each service brake sub system serviced by the master cylinder. Loss of fluid from one compartment shall not result In a complete loss of pounds or control Sorce upon a fully man brake fluid from another compartment. ual service brake. S5 4.2 Reservoir capacity. Reservoirs, (3) Before or upon application c; ,'R pound* of control force ui>.a, a service brake with a brake power assist unit. (4) When the supply pressure In a brake power unit drops to a level not less whether for master cylinders or Other type systems, shall have a total minimum capacity equivalent to the fluid displace ment resulting when all the wheel cylin ders or caltper pistons serviced by the reservoirs move irom a new irnuig. tuny and parking mechanism, when both are than one-hall of the normal system retracted position (as adjusted Initially engaged, shall be capable of holding tho pressure. to the manufacturer's recommended set vehicle stationary (to the limit of trac (b) A drop In the level of brake fluid ting) to a fully worn, fully applied posi tion of the braked wheels) for 5 minutes. in any master cylinder reservoir com tion. as determined In accordance with In both forward and reverse directions, partment to less than the recommended 87.18(c) of this standard. Reservoirs on a 30 percent, grade. safe level specified by the manufacturer shall have completely separate compart 55.2.2.2 The vehicle's parking brake, or to one-fourth of the fluid capacity of ments for each subsystem except that In with the parking mechanism not en that reservoir compartment, whichever reservoir systems utilizing a portion of gaged, shall be capable of holding the U greater, the reservoir for a common supply to two vehicle stationary for 5 minutes, in both (c) A total functional electrical or more subsystems. Individual partial forward and reverse directions, on a 20 failure in an antilock or variable propor compartments shall each have a mini percent grade. tioning brake system. mum volume of fluid equal to at least the SR,2.2.3 With the parking mechanism id) Application of the parking brake. volume displaced by the master cylinder engaged and the parking brake not en 85.3.2 AU Indicator lamps shall be piston servicing the subsystem, during a gaged, the parking mechanism shall not activated as a chock of lamp function full stroke of tho piston. Each brake disengage or fracture in a manner per either when the Ignition (start) switch power unit reservoir servicing only the mitting vehicle movement, when the Is turned to the "on" (run) position brake system shall have a minimum vehicle Is Impacted at each cud, on a when the engine Is not running, or when capacity equivalent to the fluid dis level surface, by a barrier moving at the ignition (start) switch Is In a posi placement required to charge the system 2,/2 mph. tion between "on" (run) and "start" ptoton(s) or accumulator(s) to normal 85.2.3 The parking brake system on a that is designated by the manufacturer operating pressure plus the displacement vehicle with a GVWR greater than as a check position. However, In vehicles resulting when all the wheel cylinders or 10,000 pounds shall be capable of holding equipped with an automatic transmis caliper pistons serviced by the reservoir the vehicle stationary for 5 minutes. In sion. the activation as a check of lamp or accumulator (s) move from a new lin both forward and reverse directions, on a function la not required when the trans ing fully retracted position (as adjusted 20 percent grade. mission shift lever Is In a forward or initially to the manufacturer's recom 85.3 Brake system indicator lamp reverse drive position. mended setting) to a fully worn, fully Each vehicle shall have one or more 85.3.3 Each Indicator lamp activated applied position. brake system Indicator lamps, mounted due to a condftlon specified in 8.5.3.1 85.4.3 Reservoir labeling.--Each ve In front of and In clear view of the driver, shall remain activated os long as the hicle shall have a brake fluid warning which meet the requirements of 85.3.1 condition exists, whenever the Ignition statement that reads as follows. In letters through S5.3.5. However, the options (start) switch la in the "on" (run) posi at least one-eighth of an Inch high: provided in 85.3.1 (<u shall not apply to tion, whether or not the engine is run "WARNINO, Clean filler cap before re a vehiMe manufactured without a split ning. moving. Use only______ fluid from a service brake system; such a vehicle shall, 85.3.4 When An Indicator lomp Is sealed container". (Inserting the recom to met the requirements of 65.3 !<*>, activated It may be steady burning or mended type of brake fluid as specified be equipped with a warning Indicator flashing. in 43 CFR 671.116, e.g. "DOT 3"). The that activates under the conditions spec 55.3.5 Each Indicator lamp shall have lettering shall be-- ified In S5.3.t<a) (4>. This warning in a lens labeled In letters not less than (a) Permanently affixed, engraved, or dicator shall. Instead of meeting the re ti-lnch high, which shall be legible to embossed: ' quirements of S5.3.2. through 85 3.5, ac the driver In daylight when lighted. The (b) Located so as to be visible by direct tivate (while the vehicle remains capable lens and the letters shall have contrast view, cither on or within 4 Inches of the of meeting the requirements of 85.1.2.2 ing colors, one of which is red. If a single brake fluid reservoir filler plug or cap; and the ignition switch is in the "on" common indicator Is used, the lens shall and position) a continuous or intermittent be labeled "Brake". If separate Indicator (c> Of a color that contrasts with Its audible signal and a flashing wanting lami>s are used for one or more of the background, if It to not engraved or light, displaying the words "STOP-- various functions described in 85 3.1(a) embossed. BRAKE FAILURE" In block capital let to 85.3.1(d), the lens shall include the 85.5 Antllock and variable propor ters not leas than one-quarter of an Inch word "Brake" and appropriate addition tioning brake systems. In the event of In height. al labeling (usfe "Brake Pressure," failure (structural or functional) In an S5.3.1. An Indicator lamp shall be ac "Brake Fluid" for 3.5 3.1(a) and 85.3.1 antllock or variable proportioning brake tivated when the ignition (start> switch (b>) exerpt that If a separate parking system the vehicle shall be capable or Is in the "on" ("run") position and Indicator lamp Is provided, the single meeting the stopping distance require whenever any of.renditions ), (c, or word "Park" may be used. An anti-lock ments specified In 85.1.2 for service brake (d) occur, or. at the option of the man system may have a separate lens labeled system partial failure. ufacturer, whenever any of conditions "Antllock", in letters not less than one- (b>,(c), or <d> occur: eighth of an inch high, which shall be (X-fld" 3 FMSI 17747 65# Brake system intcprltV FACh vehicle ithall be capable of completing ail performance requirements of 65 with out-- b (5 Vt.'.Ulc (pcri.-.gs. Ail rob tele openings (doors, windows, hood, trunk, convertible top, cargo doors, clc.'i are eiexcept required for inst. umcii- (a) Detachment or fracture of any tation purposes. component of the braking ays tern, such SC.7 Ambient temperature The am as brake springs and brake shoe or disc pad facing, other than minor cracks that bient temperature is any wmsxira'.uro be tween "2* F. and 160v F. do not impair attachment of the friction facing. All mechanical components of the 60.8 Wind ity is ?rro. velocity. The wind veloc braking system shall be iatnrt ?.nd func 66.3 lioad surface. Road tests are tional. Friction facing tcarout (complete conducted cm 12-fr-ot-widc. level road detachment of lining) shall not exceed way having a skid number of 81. Burnish 10 percent of the lining on any single stops arc conducted on any surface. The frictional element. (b) Any visible brake fluid or lubricant parking brake test surface is clean, smooth For Hand cement concrete. dry. on the friction surface of the brake, or 86.10 Vehicle position. The vehicle leakage at the master cylinder or brake is nlineil in tho center of the roadway power unit reservoir cover, seal and filler at the start of each brake application. openings. Stops, other than spike stops, axe made B6. Tent conditions. The perform without any part of the vehicle leaving ance requirements of SB shall be met the roadway. Except as noted below, under the following conditions. Where stops are made without lockup of any a range of conditions is specified, the wheel at speeds greater than 10 mph. vehicle shall be capable of meeting the There may be controlled lockup on an requirements at all points within the n ntilock-equlpped axle, and lockup of not range. more than one wheel per vehicle, uncon 66.1 Vehicle tccfphf. trolled by an anlilock system. Locked 66.1.1 Other than tests specified at wheels at speeds greater than 10 mph lightly loaded vehicle weight in S7.7, are allowed during spike stops (but not S7.8. and S7.9, the vehicle is loaded to its spike check stops), partial failure stopa OVWR such that the weight on each axle and Inoperative brakepower or power as measured at the Urc-ground interface assist unit stops. Is In proportion to Its GAWR, except 66.11 Thermocouples. The brake that the fuel tank Is filled to any level temperature Is measured by plug-type from 100' percent of capacity <cor- thermocouples installed In the approxi .responding to full GVWR loading > to mate center of the facing length and 75 percent of capacity. However. If the width of the most heavily loaded shoe weight on any axle of a vehicle at lightly or disc pad. one per brake, as shown In loaded vehicle weight cxt'codn the axle's figure 1. A second thermocouple may be proportional share of the grass vehicle installed at the beginning of the test weight rating, the load required to reach sequence If the lining wear is expected GVWR Is placed so that Use weight on to reach a point causing the first thermo that axle remains the same as a lightly couple to contact the metal rubbing sur loaded vehicle weight. face of a drum or rotor. For center- 58.1.2 For the applicable tests speci grooved shoes or pads, thermocouples are fied In S7.7, S7.8. and S7.9, vehicle weight installed within one-eighth of an Inch la lightly loaded vehicle weight, with the to one-quarter Inch of the groove and added weight distributed In the front aa close to the center as possible. passenger seat area in passenger cars 88.12 Initial brake temperature. and in the area adjacent to the driver's Unless otherwise specified the brake seat In buses. temperature is 150* F. to 200* F. 56.2 I Reserved 1 86.13 Control force*. Unless other 66.3 Tire inflation pressure. Tire wise specified, the force applied to a Inflation pressure is the pressure recom brake control is not less than 15 lb and mended by the vehicle manufacturer for not more than 150 lb. the GVWR of the vehicle. 87. Test procedures and sequence. S.6,4 Transmission selector control. Each vehicle shall be capable of meeting For S7.3, S7.5, 878. S7.15, 67.17. all the requirements of S5 when tested 87.11.1.2. 87.11.22. 87.11.3.2. and as according to the procedures and In the trol is required io be in neutral for a deceleration, a stop or snub shall be obtained by the following procedures: (1) Exceed the test speed by 4 to 8 mph: (2) close the throttle and coast In gear to approximately 2 mph above the test speed; (3) shift to neutral: and (4) when the test speed Is reached, apply the service brakes. 57.1 Brake warming. If the Initial brake temperature for the first stop in a test procedure (other than 87.7 and 87.18) has not been reached, heat the brakes to the Initial brake temperature by making not morn than 19 snubs from not more than 4o to 10 mph, at a de celeration not greater than 10 fpsps. 57.2 Pretest instrumentation, cheek. Conduct a general check of instrumen tation by making not more than 10 stops from a speed of not more than 36 mph. or 10 snubs from a speed of not more than 40 to 10 mph, at a decelcrnton of not more than 10 fpsps. If instrument repair, replacement, or adjustment is necessary, make not more than 10 addi tional stops or snubs after such repair, replacement, or adjustment. 87.3 Service brake system--first (pre burnish) effectiveness test. Make six stops from 30 mph. Then make six stops from 60 mph. / 87.4 Service brake system--burnish procedure. 67.4.1 Vehicles with GVWR of 10,000 lb or less. 67.4.1.1 Burnish. Burlsh the brakes by making 299 stops from 40 mph at 12 fpsps 'the ISO control force limit does not apply here). The Interval from the start of one service brake application to the start of the next shall be either the time necessary to reduce the initial brake temperature to beween 230* F. and 270* F., or the distance of 1 mile, whichever occurs first. Accelerate to 40 mph after each Stop and maintain that speed until making the next stop. 87.4.1.3 Brake adjustment -- post burnish. After burnishing, adjust the brakes manually In accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation If the brake systems are manual or If the auto matic adjusters are locked out, or by making stops os recommended by the manufacturer If the automatic adjusters are operative. 87.4.2 Vehicles with OVWR greater than 10.000 lb. required for S7.13, the transmission sequence set forth below, without re 57.4.2.1 Burnish. Burnish the brakes selector control Is in neutral for all placing any brake system part or making by making 500 snubs at 10 fpsps In the decelerations. For all other tests during any adjustments to the brake system sequence specified In Table IV and all decelerations, the transmission se other than as permitted In burnish and within the speed ranges indicated. After lector la In the control position, other reburnish procedures and in 87.B and each brake application accelerate to the than overdrive, recommended by the S7.10. Automatic adjusters may be next speed specified and maintain that manufacturer for driving on a level sur locked out, according to the manufac speed until making; the next brake ap face at the applicable test speed. To turer's recommendation, when the ve plication at a point 1 ml from the Initial avoid engine stall during tests required hicle is prepared for testing. If this op point of the previous brake appli to be run In gear a manual transmission tion is selected, adjusters must remain cation. If a vehicle cannot attain may be shifted to neutral (or the clutch locked out for entire sequence of tests. any speed specified In 1 mi, con disengaged) when the vehicle speed de A vehicle shall be deemed to comply with tinue to accelerate until the speed creases to 20 mph. the stopping distance requirements of specified is reached or until a point 1.5 86.5 Engine. Engine Idle speed and 85.1 if at least one of the stops at each ml from the initial point of the previous ignition timing settings are according to speed and load specified in each of 87.3, brake application is reached, whichever the manufacturer's recommendations. If the vehicle is equipped with an adjust S7.5, 87.8. 87 9. 87.10, B7.15, or 87.17 (check stops) la made within a stopping occurs first. If during any of the brake applications specified in Table IV the able engine speed governor, it is adjusted distance that does not exceed the cor hottest brake reaches 500*F. make the according to the manufacturer's responding distance specified in table remainder of the 500 applications from recommendation. XL When the transmission selector eon- that snub condition, except that a higher A- teg-**J* FMSl 17748 or lower snub condition Rhn.Il be followed (up to the 80 mph Initial speed) an nec essary to maintain a temperature ol bOO* F. 50*F. i pi In the ruse of a school bus. not 87.9.3 Repeat S7.8.1 and 37 9.2 with inw:e ..l-1, iff for a for1-op vehicle at GVWR. Restore the service erated system. Bin: r.ot mo;c Ibu; 125 brake system to normal at completion of ixmuds for a lisnr, -operated sy.-lem. this test. T!>L IV 87.7 1.4 Follow.ug ihe applied Su.r, of 57.9.4 (For vehicles with antilock Bfirtrti 8nub flnnh Chlghr-*! rfi j-,r Ijoiif) the parking brake in accordance v.;!h and/or variable proportioning brake sys 87.7.1.3, release all f..rcc on the service tems). With vehicle at GVWR, discon brake control and commence tire meas nect functional power source, or other urement of time If Uio vehicle remains wise render antilock system Inoperative. 17ft j ?/ ft Sft 4 lr> ft 40 M stationary. If the vehicle does not re Disconnect variable proportioning brake 45 JO main stationary, ren pplicatlon of tire system. Make four stops, each from 60 w -:v to service brake to hold the vehicle station mph. If more than one antilock or vari ary, with reapu'iration of a force to the able proportioning brake subsystem U parking brake cortrol at the level speci provided, disconnect or render one sub 87.4.2.2 Brake adjustment -- post burnish. After burnishing, adjust the brakes manually m accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation If the brake systems are manual or 11 the auto fied In 87.7.1.3 (a> or <b) as appropriate system Inoperative and run as above. Re for the vehicle being tested (without re store system to normal at completion of lease of the ratcheting or other holding this test. Repeat for each subsystem pro mechanism of the parking brake) may vided. be used twice to attain a stationary posi Determine whether the brake system matic adjusters are locked out, or by making stops as recommended by the tion. indicator lamp 4s activated when the 57.7.1.5 Following observation of the electrical power source to the antilock manufacturer if the automatic adjusters are operative. vehicle In a stationary condition for the or variable proportioning unit Is discon specified time in one direction, repeat nected. 87.5 Service brake system--second the same test procedure with the vehicle 87.10 Service brake system--Inoper effectiveness test. Repeat, S7.3. Then lor orientation In the opposite direction on ative brake power unit or brake power passenger cars) make four stops from the specified grade. assist unit test. (For vehicles equipped 80 mph If the speed attainable in 2 miics 57.7.1.6 Check the operation of the with brake power unit or brake power Is not less limn 84 mph. parking brake application Indicator re assist unit ) 87.6 First rebumish. Repent 87.4. ex quired by S5.3.1(d). 87.10.1 Regular procedure. (Thla cept make 35 burnish stops or snub-. Rc- 57.7.2 Test procedure lor require test need not be run if the option In bumish a vehicle whose brakes are bur ments of Si.2.2. (a> Check that trans 87.10.2 is selected.) On vehicles with nished according to 87.4.2.1 by making mission must be placed In park position brake power assist units, render the 35 snubs from 60 mph to 20 mph, but if to release key; brake power assist unit Inoperative, or the hottest brake reaches 500 * r>0" F. (b) Test as In S7.7.1, except In addi one of the brake power assist unit sub make the remainder of the :!5 huplicitlons from such Initial speed divisible by five but less than 60 mph ns necessary to maintain a temperature of 500* F50* F. 87.7 Parking brake test. The parkins; brake tests for any vehicle on different grades, In different directions, and for different loads may be conducted in any order. The force required for netuanon of a hand-operated brake system shall be measured at the center of the hand grip area or at a distance of 1'- inches from the end of the actuation lever, as Illustrated In Figure II. 87.7.1 Test procedure for requirements of ss.t.t. 87.7.1.1 Condition the parking brake tion place the transmission control to systems If two or more subsystems are engage the parking mechanism; and provided, by dlaconncctlng the relevant <e> Test as in 87.7.1 except on a 23 power supply. Exhaust any residual percent grade, with the parking mecha brake power reserve capability of the nism not engaged. disconnected system. On vehicles with 57.7.3 Lightly loaded vehicle. Re brake power units, disconnect the pri peat 87.7.1 or 8.7.7.2 as applicable ex mary source of power. Make four stops, cept with the vehicle at lightly loaded each from 60 mph by a continuous ap vehicle weight. plication of the service brake control. 87.7.4 Non-scrvicc brake type parking Restore the system to normal at comple brake systems. For vehicles with park tion of this teat. For vehicles equipped ing brake systems not utilizing the service with more than one brake power unit brake friction elements, burnish the fric or brake power assist unit, conduct testa tion elements of such systems prior to of each in turn. parking brake tests according to the 87.10.2 Optional Procedures--pas manufacturer's. published recommenda senger cars only. On vehicles with brake tions as furnished to the purchaser. If power assist units, the unit is charged no recommendations are furnished, run .to maximum prior to start of test. the vehicle In an unbumlshed condition. (Engine may be run up in speed, friction elements so that the temixra- 57.8 Service brake system--lightly then throttle closed quickly to attain ture at the beginning of the test Is at any loaded vehicle (third effectiveness) maximum charge on vacuum assist level not more than 150" F. (when the test. Make six stops from 60 mph with units.) Drake power units shall.also be temperature of components on both ends vehicle at lightly loaded vehicle weight. charged to maximum accumulator pres of an axle are averaged). 87.9 Service brake system test-par sure prior to start of test. No recharg 57.7.1.2 Drive the vehicle, loaded to tial failure. ing Is allowed after start of test. GVWR, onto the specified grade with 57.9.1 With the vehicle at lightly (a) (For vehicles with brake power the longitudinal axis of the vehicle In loaded vehicle weight, alter the service assist units.) the direction of the slope of the grade brake system to produce any one rup Disconnect the primary source of stop the vehicle and hold It stationary ture or leakage type of failure, other than power. Make six stops each from 60 mph, by application of the service brake con a structural failure of a housing that Is to achieve the average deceleration for trol. and place the transmission in common to two or more subsystems. each stop as specified in table HI. Apply neutral. Determine the control force, pressure the brake control as quickly as possible. 37.7.1.3 With the vehicle held sta level, or fluid level (as appropriate for Maintain control force until vehicle has tionary by means of the service brake the Indicator being tested) necessary to stopped. control, apply the parking brake by a activate the brake system Indicator At the completion of the stops speci single application of the force specified lamp. Make four stops If the vehicle is fied above, deplete the system of any In (a) or (b). except that a series of ap equipped with a split service brake sys residual brake power reserve capability. plications to achieve the specified force tem. or 10 stops if the vehicle is not so Make one stop* from 60 mph at may be made In the case of a parking equipped, each from 60 mph, by a con an average deceleration of (not lower brake system design that docs not allow tinuous application of the service brake than 7 fpsps for passenger cars (equiva the application of the specified force in control. Restore the service brake sys lent stopping distance 554 feet), or 6 a single application: tem to normal at completion of this test. fpsps for vehicles other than passenger (a) In the case of a passenger car. not 57.9.2 Repeat 87.9.1 for each of the cars (equivalent stopping distance 646 more than 125 pounds for a foo(.-oper other subsystems. . feet) and determine whether the con ated system, and not more than 90 trol force exceeds 150 pounds. pounds for a hand-operated system; and f5 FMS117749 <b> (For vehicles with hcat'c itower RUnbh.g ime. L ;tn srurval oi 3C " 67.18 final inspection. Inspect-- unit* with accumulator ty;to systems* Test as In 87,20 2(a'. except make 10 stops Instead of 6 and, at the comple tion of the 10 stops, deplete the failed element of the brake power unit of any residual brake power reserve capability before making the final slop. tc) (For vehicles with brake power as between snubs (start of brake applica tion to f*ar. of br.^kc application). Ac celerate immediately to the Initial test speed alter each snub. Drive for 1.3 nil at 40 rnpis after the last snub ar.d Im mediately follow the recovery procedure specified In S7.11.3.2. 87.11.3 Recovery stops or snubs. (a) The service brake system for de tachment or fracture of any components, such as brake springs and brake shoe* or disc pad facing. <b> "ITtc friction surface of the brake, the master cylinder or brake power unit reservoir cover nnd seal and filler open sist or brake power units with backup systems.) If the brake power or brake power assist unit operates in conjunc tion with a backup system and the back up system Is activated automatically la the event of a primary power failure, the backup system Is operative during this test. Disconnect the primary source of power of one subsystem. Make 15 .'.tops, each from 60 mph, with the backup sys tem activated lor the failed subsystem, to achieve on average deceleration of 13 fpsps for each slop. <d) Restore systems to normal at com pletion ol these tests. For vehicles equipped with more than one br.akrpowcr assist or brakepower unit, conduct tests of each in turn. 87.11 Service brake system--first fade and recovery test. 87.11.3.1 Vehicles with GVWR of iO.OOO lb or less. Make five stops from 30 mph at 10 fpsps' for each stop. Con trol force readings may be terminated when vehicle speed tails to 5 mph Allow a braking distance interval of 1 mi. Im mediately after each stop accelerate at maximum rate to 30 mph and mnlntRln that speed until making the next stop. Record the maximum control force for each stop. ' 87.11.3.2 Vehicles with GVWR greater than 10,000 lb. With transmission In neutral (or declutched) make five snubs from 40 to 20 mph at 10 fpsps for each snub. After each snub, accelerate at max imum rate to 40 mph nnd maintain that speed until making the next brake ap plication at a point 1.5 ml from the point of the previous brake application. Record ings, for leakage of brake fluid or lubricant. (c) The master cylinder or brake power untt reservoir for compliance with the volume and labeling requirements of 85.4.2 nnd 65.4.3. In determining the fully applied worn condition assume that the lining Is worn to: < 1) Rivet or bolt heads on riveted or bolted linings, or 2 within one thirty-seconds of an Inch of shoo or pad mounting surface on Ixsnded linings, or (3) the limit recommended by the manufacturer, whichever Is larger relative to the total possible shoe or part movement. Drums or rotors are assumed to be at nominal design drum diameter nr rotor thickness. Linings arc assumed adjusted for normal operating clearance in the released position. (d) The brake system Indicator 8.7.11.1 Baneltne check stops or snub*. the maximum control force for each Ught(s), for compliance with operation 8.7.11.1.1 Vehicles with GVWR of 10,000 lb or less. Make three stops from 30 mph at 10 fpsps for each stop. Con snub. 87.12 Service brake rcbnrnish. Repeat 87.6. system--second In various key positions, lens color, label ing, and location, In accordance with 85.3. trol force readings may be terminated 87.13 Service brake system--second 87.19 Moving barrier test. (Only for when vehicle speed falls to 5 mph. fade and recovery test. Repeat 87.11 ex vehicles that have been tested according Average the maximum brake control cept In 87.11.2 nin 15 fade stops or 20 to 87.7.2.) Load the vehicle to OVWR, force required for the three stop*. snubs Instead of 10. release parking brake, and place the 87.11.1.2 Vehicles with GVWIi great 87.14 Third reburnish. Repeat 87.8. transmission selector control to engage er than 10,000 pounds. With transmis sion In neutral (or declutched), make three snubs from 40 to 20 mph at 10 87.15 Service brake system--fourth effectiveness test. Repeat 87.5. Then (for passenger cars) make four stops from the parking mechanism. With a moving barrier as described In paragraph 3.3 of fpsps for each snub Average the maxi either 05 mph if the speed attainable SAE recommended practice J672 "Mov mum brake control force required for In 2 ml Is 00 to (but not Including) ing Barrier Collision Tests." November the three snubs. 104 mph, or 100 mph If the speed 1966. Impact the vehicle from the front 87.11.2 Fade stops or snubs. attainable in 2 ml Is 104 mph or greater. at 2% ml/h. Keep the longitudinal axis 87.11.2.1 Vehicles with GVWR of B7.16 Service brake system--water of the barrier parallel with the longi 10,000 pounds or less. Make 5 stops from recovery test. tudinal axis of the vehicle. Repeat the 60 mph at 15 fpsps followed by 5 slops 67.16.1 Baseline check stop. Make test, Impacting the vehicle from the rear. at the maximum attainable deceleration three stops from 30 mph at 10 fpsps for Nor*.--The vehicle used for this test need between 5 and 15 fpsps for each stop. each stop. Control force readings may not be the same vehicle that hse been used Establish an Initial brake tempera be terminated when vehicle speed falls tot the braking teats. ture before the first brake applica to 5 mph. Average the maximum brake tion of 130' to 150F. Initial brake control force required for the three stops. temperatures before brake application* 87.16.2 Wet brake recovery stops. for subsequent stops are those occurring With the brakes fully released at all at the distance intervals. Attain the re times, drive the vehicle for 2 min at a quired deceleration within 1 second and. speed of 5 mph In any combination of as a minimum, maintain It for the re forward and reverse directions, through mainder of the stopping time. Control a trough having a water depth of 6 In. force readings may be terminated when After leaving the trough. Immediately vehicle speed falls to 5 mph. Leave an accelerate at a maximum rate to 30 mph Interval of 0.4 ml between the start without a brake application. Immedi of brake applications. Accelerate Im ately upon reaching that speed make mediately to the initial test speed after five stops, each from 30 mph at 10 fpsps each stop. Drive 1 ml at 30 mph after for each stop. After each stop (except the last fade stop, and Immediately fol the last), accelerate the vehicle Imme low the recovery procedure specified la diately at a maximum rate to a speed ol 67.11.3.1. 30 mph nnd begin the next stop, 87.11.2.2 Vehicles with G V V,TR greater than 10,000 lb. With transmission In neutral (or declutched) make 10 snubs from 40 to 20 mph at 10 fpsps for each snub. Establish an Initial brake tempera 87.17 Spike stops. Make 10 succes sive spike stops from 30 mi/h with the transmission In neutral, with no reverse stops. Make spike stops by applying a control force of 200 lb while recording ture before the first brake application of 130* P. to 150* F. Initial brake tempera control force versus time. Maintain con trol force until vehicle has stopped. At tures before brake application for sub sequent snubs are those occurring in the time Intervals specified below. Attain the completion of 10 spike stops, make six effectiveness stops from 60 ml/h. rioiw i n'lUL nix mmccnwu iwouimm Htr Vm <* UmnwCMp1* H IfitUllW 6t .ON 1*c* required deceleration within 1 s and 1 tfidx c'rcuwfttwtiUUy e* N maintain It for the remainder of the H .ON 1*dt tdptfc. G FMS117750 "L" TYPE "T" TVP LYER TYPE A LEVER TYPE 8 * * A??Ll.rC R REACTION IOCATSOK FOR MEASURING BRAKE APPLICATION FORCE (HAND BRAKE) FIGURE II Tilll Tmt PtoctMjat novims amp tiqaiiwsNii Ne; Sequence Teel k>ed Teel Itc-iulro- -- ........ procedure m*nt* Light OVWR 1 TnRlmmtnUtlon clteck 2 First Inrcbnndsh) effect!reneae test. ........... ............ .......... . 9 Dtcnlsh procedure........................ .............................. 4 Second ctiecUrenefta................... ........................... .............. . 6 First rrlmmlsh................................................................. . ft7 Forking brake......................................................... ............................... ft Partial failure......................... ................................... . ft Inoperative brake power and power ftaatat units................. 10 11 First fode and recovery......................................................... 12 15 Second fade and recovery..................... . Tlilrd rehurnlsh........................................................... H Fourth effectiveness.............. ...................... .......................... . tfi 16 Spike .Hope................... ...................................*......................... 17 U Morin* barrier teat........................................ ;......................... X xxxxx 87.2 57.8 87.4 57.6 87.6 B7.7 87.8 X 87.0 X H7.10 X 87.11 x 87.12 X 87.19 X 87.14 X 87.16 x 87.16 X 87.17 87.18 X 87.10 86.1.1.1 es'ij'j ' 85.2 Bll.ll 886ft..11..29 H6.I.4 86.1.6 86.6 S6.2.3J Tatit.ii II.--Stopping distance* Vehicle lest speed (mile* per hour) Stopping distance In feet for teste indicated ------------ - --........... --- --....... . let (pmhtimish) and 4th effectiveness; spike 2d effectivcneae rffrelWenwo check HI Sd (lightly loaded vehicle) rffetllreneftB (a) (h) (o) fa) (h) (O (ft) 0>) (r) IV Inoperative brake poww and power a*ft.U unit; partial failure () (b) (c) 30 ....... ......... STi ......... ........... ......... ........... 46 . . . . Kl _____ ...........` 66 . .. AI . . ... ftrt......... ........... 06........... .... um........ ............ `67 f'ftKH) i'66(4tM 74 no I*fl 144 121 1ft2 1M 236 1 272 i 21ft 926 i 406 <> flOT <> <179 1 86 192 173 21ft 264 93ft 'W (*) () >M 70 ftt 116 142 172 ` 204 >981 <> 66* 110 144 !ft2 226 272 >626 (*> W <81 192 179 21ft 204 82ft 1 388 (3 (*> M ft? 67 no 166 183 `184 f) <) 86 no 144 182 226 272 n*2* () (> 81 192 178 218 2ft4 92ft 1 888 (*) () 114 166 202 267 817 889 `466 (> () 104 204 846 466 69ft <V>t 776 {n <> 218 813 M 400 606 782 > 872 (1 <*> Distances for specified trots. 1 Not applicable. ^ . Nor*.--<ei reesengcr cars: (h) vehicle? other than Tmeaengcrcar* with uVW n of io.OOOib or to*: (c.) vehicles other than {tassongrr cars with <1VWR greater than 10,000 tb. (9ft F. H. 251*46--July 16, 1876) Tabtj; III.--Inoperative brake power cssist and brake power units IPassenger cart] Stop No. Average deeeleroUnn, FP8F8 Col. i Brake power Col. 2 Brake power unit Equivalent stopping distance, feet Co). 6 Brake power amfst Col. 4 Brake power aim 1 16 2 12 a 4 S' 10 ft ft ft 7.6 7 (Delated) 7.0 ft N.A. ft N.A. to N.A. It N.A. !6 ta 12 li 10 ft. 6 0.0 8.6 Aft 7.6 (Depleted) 7.0 > 2-42 928 3HH 431 4H4 517 564 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 242 '20ft 329 85* 888 40ft 481 4,rA ' 484 517 654 7 FMSl 17751 FRR i'i >N v. t''K QQT S 7:: Qf?A KTE S Y ;' S'S' i _ 7TE, x:vc. uL V A J R_____ _ m iq-76 "T-j'eavy hauler trailer" means a trailer 35.1.2.3 Each service reservoir system RULES AND REGULATIONS with one or more of ihe following char shall be protected against loss of air acteristics: pressure due to failure or leakage in the CHAPTER V--NATIONAL HIGHWAY il) Its brake lines arc designed to system between the service reservoir and TRAFFIC SAFETY ADMINISTRATION |Docket Noe. 75-07; 75-16; Notices 0.1, 09) adapt to separation or extension of the vehicle frame: or <2> Its body consists only of a plat the source of air pressure, by check valves or equivalent devices whose proper functioning can be checked without dis FART 571--FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE form whose primary cargo-carrying sur- connecting any air line or fitting. SAFETY STANDARDS lace lr, not more than 40 Indies above the 35.1.2.4 Each reservoir shall have a Republication of Brahe System Standard* Standard Nos 505-75 and 121 ground in an unloaded condition, except condensate drain valve that can be man that it may Include sides that are de signed to be easily removable and a per ually operated. 85.1.3 Tov'inq vehicle protection tys- 571.121 Standard No. 1211 Air Urake Sjalrma. manent "front-end structure" as that term is used in ( 393.106 of this title. "Auto transporter" means a truck and tern. II the vehicle Is Intended to tow an other vehicle equipped with air brakes, a system to protect the air pressure In the PI Scope. Tins standard establishes a trailer designed for use in combina towing vehicle from the effects of a loss performance and tqi'ipment require ments for braking systems on vehicles equipped with air brake systems. Si Purpose. The t v-pose of this standard Is to Insure safe braking per formance under normal and emergency conditions. S3 A pplication. This standard applies to trucks, buses, and trailers equipped, with air brake systems. However, It does not apply to a fin fighting vrlJclo mauu- factured before June ) 1976 or a heavy hauler trailer manufactured before Sep tember 1. 1977, or to any vehicle manu factured before September 1, 1977, that has a gross axle weight rating (OAWR) for any axle of 34.900 pounds or more, two or more front steerable axles with tion to transport motor vehicles, in that the towing -chicle is designed to carry cargo at a location other than the fifth wheel and to load this cargo only by means cf the towed vehicle. '-Speed attainable In 2 miles" means the speed attainable by accelerating at maximum rate from a standing start soi 2 m;los on a level surface. `"Skid number" means the frictional resistance of a pavement measured In accordance with American Society for Testing and Materials Method E-274- 65T at 40 m.p.h.. emitting water delivery as specified in paragraph 7.1 of that method. 3b Requirements. Each vehicle shall meet the following requirements under the conditions specified in S8. of air pressure in the towed vehicle. 35.1.4 Pressure gauge. A pressure gauge In each service brake system, readliy visible tp a person seated In the normal driving position, that Indicates the service reservoir system air pressure. The accuracy of the gauge shall be within Plus or minus 7 percent of the compressor cut out pressure. 35.1.5 Warning signal. A signal, other than a pressure gage, that gives a con tinuous warning to a person in the nor mal driving position when the Ignition is in the "on" or "run" position and the air pressure in the sendee reservoir system Is below 60 p.sJ. The signal shall be either visible within the driver's forward field of view, or both audible and visible. S5.1.8 AntiUjqJt warning signal. A signal on each vehicle equipped with an a GAWR of 16,000 pounds er more for each axle, or that. In combination with 3b.1 Required equipment.--trucks end buses. Each truck and bus shall have the following equipment: antilock system that gives a continuous warning to a person In the normal driv ing position when the Ignition is in the smother vehicle, consult tea a part of an 85.1.1 Air compressor. An air com "on" or "run" position In the event of a "auto transporter" as defined In S4. In pressor of sufficient capacity to Increase total electrical failure of the antilock addition, the standard does not apply air pressure Id the supply and service system. The signal shall be either visible to any trailer whose unloaded vehicle reservoirs from 85 pounds per square within the driver's forward field of view weight is not less than 95 percent of its GVWH, or any vehicle that mccv. any one of criteria fa) through <d' as follows, inr Ar overall vehicle width of 108 Incites or more; ib! An axle that has a GAWR of 29,000 pounds or more; fc> A speed attainable in 2 miles of not more than 33 mph; or <d> <ll A speed attainable In 2 miles of not more than 45 mr>h: and i2> Art unloaded vehicle weight that Is not less than 95 percent of the vehicle QVWR; and < 3' No passenger-carrying caparity, .S4 Definition*. "Air brake system" means a system that uses air as a medium for transmit ting pressure or force from the driver control to the service brake, but does not Include a system that uses compressed air or vacuum only to assist the driver in applying muscular force to hydraulic or mechanical components. "Antilock system" means a portion of a service brake system that automatically controls the degree of relations! wheel Inch (p.s.l.) to 170 p.s l. when the engine Sa operating at the vehicle manufactur er's maximum recommended r.p.m. with in a time, in seconds, determined by the quotient - Actual reservoir capacity x *5 ' Required reservoir capacity * S5.1.3 Reservoirs. One or more service reservoir systems, from which air Is de livered to the brake chambers, and either an automatic condensate drain valve for each service reservoir or a supply reservoir between the service reservoir system and the source of air pressure. 55.1.2.1 Tire combined volume cf all service reservoirs and supply reservoirs shall be at least 13 times the combined volume of all service brake chambers at maximum travel of the pistons or diaphragms. 35.1.2.2 Each reservoir shall be capa ble of withstanding an Internal hydro static pressure of five times the com pressor cutout pressure or 600 paJ., whichever Ls greater, for 10 minutes. or both audible, for a duration of at least 10 seconds, and continuously visible. The signal shall operate In the specified man ner each time the ignition is returned to the "on" or "run" position. < S3.1.7 Service brake slop tamp twitch. A switch that lights the stop lamps when the sendee brake control Is statistically depressed to a point that produces a pi ct ure of 6 p.s.I. or less In the service brake chambers. 55.2 Required equipment--trailers. Each trailer shall have the following equipment: 55.2.1 Reservoirs. One or more reeere volra to which the air la delivered from the towing vehicle. 85.2.1.1 A reservoir shall be provided that is capable, when pressurized to #0 pj.l., of releasing the vehicle's parking brakes at least once and that is un affected by a loss of air pressure In the service brake system. 35.2.1.2 Total service reservoir vol ume shall be at least eight times the combined volume of all service brake chambers at maximum travel of the pis tons or diaphragms. slip at one or more road wheels of the vehicle during braking. (29073) 1 FMS117752 85.2.1.3 Each reservoir shall be capa ble of withstanding an Internal hydro static pressure of 500 pjsJ, for 10 minutes. 85.2.1.4 Each reservoir shall have a condensate drain valve that can be man ually operated. B5.2.1.5 Each service reservoir shall be protected against loss of air pressure i . ^0 ml/h service brake stops on skid niiiii!>fr of 30. (cl) 2o ml/h emergency brake stops on skid number of 76. <) oo ml/h emergency brake stops on skid number of 76. 7. Parking brake test with vehicle at un loaded weight plus 600 lb. top without any part of the trailer leav ing the roadway and without lockup of any wheel at speeds above 10 mph. ex cept for (a) Controlled lockup of wheels al lowed by an antilock system, or (b) Lockup of wheels on nonsteer due to failure or leakage In the system 85.3.1.1 Stop the vehicle from 60 able axles other than the two rearmost between the service reservoir and Its m.p.h. and 20 m.p.h. on a surface with a nonllftable, nonstecrable axles on a source of air pressure by check valves or skid number of 75, and from 20 m.pJi. on trailer with more than two nonsteerable equivalent devices. a wet surface with a skid number of 30. axles., S5.3 Service brake*--road tests. The with the vehicle (a) loaded to Its gross 85.3.2.1 Stop the vehicle from 60 service brake system on each truck and vehicle weight rating, and fb) at its m.p.h. nnd 20 m.pj). on a surface with bus shall, under the conditions of 86.1, unloaded vehicle weight plus 500 pounds skid number of 75, and from 20 m.pJb. on meet the requirements of 85.3.1, 85.3.3, including driver and instrumentation), a wet surface with a skid number of 30, and 85.3.4 when tested without adjust If the speed attainable in 2 miles Is less with the vehicle (a) loaded to its groM ments other than those specified In this than 60 m.pj).. the vehicle shall stop from vehicle weight rating, and (b) at its un standard. The`service brake system on a speed In Tabic II that Is 4 to 8 m.p.h. loaded vehicle weight plus 500 pounds each trailer shall, under the conditions of less than the speed attainable in 2 miles. (including Instrumentation). i 86.1. meet the requirements of 85.3.3, 85.3.1.2 When stopped In accordance 85.3.3 Brake actuation time. With an 85.3.3, and 85.3.4 when tested without with 85.3.1, with Its brakes fully ap initial service reservoir system air pres adjustments other than those specified plied, a truck manufactured before Sep sure of 100 psl, the air pressure in each In this standard. However, the truck and tember 1, 1977, that has a front steerable brake chamber shall, when measured trailer portions of an auto transporter (If non-driving axle with a GAWR of 16,000 from Uie first movement of the service both are manufactured after September pounds or more, or a front steerable drive brake control, reach 80 psl in not more 1, 1976), shall. In combination, meet the requirements of 85.3.1 as they apply to a Table H.--Stopping distance in feet than 0.45 seconds in the case of trucks and buses, 0.35 seconds in the ease of single unit truck or bus. In place of the requirements of 85J.3 as they apply to the trailer portion, and In place of the requirements of 85.3.1 as they apply to V*hklc ipwl in mlta* prt hour Rorvlco bnln ftkM RIM No. 76 No. 30 nry ims*, ki<l1 No. 75 trailer converter dollies, and 0.30 seconds in the case of trailers other than trailer converter doilies. A vehicle designed to tow a vehicle equipped with air brakes the truck portion in the loaded condition. 0) m m (4) shall be capable of meeting the above 85.3.1 Stopping distance--trucks and buses. Except for a bus manufactured before January 1, 1977, and except as provided in 85.3.1.2 and 85.3.1.3, when stopped six times for each combina tion of weight, speed, and road con dition specified In 65.3.1.1, in the se quence specified in Table X. the vehicle shall stop at least once in not more than the distance specified in Tabic n, meas ured from the point at which movement of the service brake control begins, with out any part of the vehicle leaving the roadway and without lockup of any wheel at speeds above 10 mph except for: (a) Controlled lockup of wheels al lowed by an antilock system, or (b) Lockup of wheels on nonstecrable axles other than the two rearmost nonliftable, nonsteerable axles on a vehicle with more than two nonsteerable axles. actuation time requirement with a 50- 23 All AS M 75 m. . . M va no AS 131 IMA cubic-lnch test reservoir connected to the control line coupling. A trailer. Including Aft tot 40 111 165 . fc* . . ar.N 2AO xjr. a trailer converter dolly, shall meet the above actuation time requirement with SO 203 v Wft GO 2M3 . K . ISiNe . 613 .*>( rein its brake system connected to the test tig shown In Figure 1. 85.3.4 Broke release time. With an axle with a GAWR of less than 18.000 initial service brake chamber air pres pounds, and a truck manufactured before sure of 95 pel, the air pressure in each September 1.1975. that has a front steer brake chamber shall, when measured able drive axle of any GAWR. need not from the first movement of the service meet the requirement that it stop in the brake control, fall to 5 psl in not more distance specified in Table II for stops on than 0.55 seconds In the case of trucks a surface with a skid number of 75 If the and buses, and fall to 5 pel in not more brakes on Its front axle conform to the than 0.65 seconds In the case of trailers, retardation formula and Column 1 values including trailer converter dollies. A of 85.4.1. These vehicles must neverthe vehlclo designed to tow another vehicle less meet the requirements of staying equipped with air brakes shall be ca within the 12-foot lane and those relat pable of meeting the above release time ing to wheel lock-up. requirement with a 50-cublc-lnch teat Tabus I--Stoffiua Siquxncx 85.3.2 Stopping capability -- trailers. reservoir connected to the control line 1. Burnish. 3. Control waller service brake stops et 64 ml/h (for truck-tractors tested with e control trailer In accordance with S0.1.10.S). 5. Control trailer emergency brake stopa et 60 ml/h (Tor truck-treetora tested with e eentrol trailer In accordance with 86.1.10.7). When tested at each combination of coupling. A trailer, including a trailer weight, speed, and road condition speci Converter dolly, shall meet the above fied in S5 3.2.1, in the sequence specified release time requirements with Its brake In Table L with air pressure of 90 p s l. In the control line and service reservoir system and with no application of the system connected in Figure 1. . to the test rig shown 4. stopa with vehicle et grace vehicle towing vehicle's brakes, a trailer shall weight rating: (e) go ml/h ssrvloe brake stops od skid number of 76. ' - FIGURE 1 TRAILER TEST RIG <b) 60 mt/fe esrvtas brake slope on skid number eS 76. (e) go ml/h service brake stops on skid number of go. (d) go ml/h emergency brake slope on skid number of 76. (e) 60 ml/h emergency brake stopa on akld number of 76. 8. Parking brake test with vehicle loaded to cross vehicle weight rating. 6. Stops with vehicle at unloaded weight plus BOO lb: (a) 30 ml/h service brake stopa on skid number of 76. (b) 00 ml/h service brake stops on skid numlier of 76. RESERVOIR (2000 cu. In.) RESERVOIR ' (2000 cu. In.) 1 > TRACTOR PROTECTION VALVE (OPTIONAL) SUPPLY COUPLING SERVICE BRAKE CONTROL t(> FMS117753 86.4 Service brake system--dyna after the start of the first application. <b> In the case of a truck-tractor that mometer teat*. When tented without prior Repeat the cycle until 10 decelerations is equipped with more than two axles, rood tenting, under the conditions of have been made. The service line air such that the quotient 86.2, each brake assembly shall meet the pressure shall not exceed 100 p.s.i. during requirements of 85.4.1, 85-4.3, and 83.4.3 any deceleration. when tested in sequence and without ad .85.4.2.2 One minute after the end of staHc retardation fare* '........ OVWR justments other than those specified In the last deceleration required by SS.4.2.1 is not less than 0.14. ' the standard. For purposes of the re and with the drum or disc rotating at a 85-.6A Grade holding. With all park quirements of 85.4.3 and 85.4.3. an over speed of 20 m.p.h, decelerate to a stop ing brakes applied, the vehicle shall re ate deceleration rate Is the change In at an average deceleration rate of 14 main stationary facing uphill and facing velocity divided by the deceleration time measured from the onset of deceleration. f.p.s.p.s. 85.4.3 Brake recovery. Starting 2 min downhill on a smooth, dry Portland cament concrete roadway with a 20-percent 85.4.1 Broke retardation forte. The sum of the retardation forces exerted by the brakes on each vehicle designed to be towed by another vehicle equipped with air brakee shall be such that the quotient sum of tbs brake retardation forces sum of~OAWn's utes after completing the tests required by 85.4.2. the brake of a vehicle other than either front axle brake of a trucktractor shall be capable of making 20 consecutive stops from 30 mph at an Average deceleration rate of 12 ft/s/s, at equal intervals of 1 minute meas ured from the start of each brake grade, both (a) when loaded to Its gross vehicle weight rating, and (b) at its un loaded vehicle weight plus 500 pounds {including driver and Instrumentation). 85.6.3 Application ant holding. Hw parking brakes shall be applied by an energy source that is not affected by loss of air pressure or brake fluid pressure relative to brake chamber air pressure, application. The service line air pressure In the service brake system. Once ap shall have values not lees than those shown m Column 1 of Table XU. Re tardation force shall be determined as follows: . TADI.K III . needed attain a rate of 12 ft/s/s shall be not more than 85 lb/in', and not less than 20 lb/in* to- a brake not subject to the control of an antilock system, or 12 lb/ln* for brake subject to the control of an antllock system. plied. the parking brakes shall be held In the applied position solely by mechani cal means. 85.6.4 Parking brake control--truck* and buses. The parking brake control shall be separate from the service brake burr Rrtammtion Foam 85.5 Antilock system. control. It shall be operable by a person 55.5.1 Antilock system failure. On a seated In the normal driving position. Brahe ntarMhi face*, OAWR Itraka vehicle equipped with an antiiock sys The control shall be Identified in a man - ............. ----- , Tot. 1 ' -- -- ' chamber pwnirc, mi, coi. a tem, electrical failure of any part of the ner that specifies the method of control antllock system shall not increase the operation. The parking brake control actuation and release times of the service hall control the parking brakes of the 0.05________ ________________ . , - 20 brakes. oia-........................................ . _. ___ rm 85.5.2 Antilock system power--trail A IM_______ ______________ ...____________________ 40 0.2Aa________ ...____________ ____ _______ 00 ers. On a trailer equipped with an antl _________________ ____lock__s__y_s_teflOm that requires electrical power vehicle and of any sir braked vehicle that It is designed to tow. S5.7 Emergency brake system-tracks and buses. Each vehicle shall be equipped for operation, the power shall bo ob with an emergency brake system which, 85.4.1.1 After burnishing the brake pursuant te Si.3.6, retain the brake as sembly on the Inertia dynamometer. With an Initial brake temperature be tween 13S* F. and NO* F, eoaduot a stop from M nab, maintaining brake ohombor air peseenri at a constant 30 pad. masers the average torqwe exerted by the brake from the time the specified air pressure Is reached until the brake stops and divide by the static loaded tire radius specified by the tire manufacturer to determine the retardation force. Re peat the procedure six times, Increasing the brake chamber air pressure by 10 p.sJ. each time. After each stop, rotate the brake drum or disc until the temper ature of the brake falls to between 135* P. and 300* F. 85.4.2 Broke power. When mounted on an inertia dynamometer, each brake shall be capable of making 10 consecutive decelerations at an average rate of 0 f.p.s.pA. from 50 m.p.h. to 15 m.p.h., at equal intervals of 72 seconds, and shall bo capable of decelerating to a stop from 20 m.p.h. at an average deceleration rate of 14 f.po.ps. 1 minute after the 10th deceleration. The series of decelerations tained from the stop lamp circuit Addi tional circuits may also be used to obtain redundant sources of electrical power. 85.6 Parking brake system. Bach vehi cle other than a trailer converter dolly shall have a parking brake system that under the conditions of 86.1 meets the requirements of 86.6.1 or 85.6.3. at the manufacturer's option, end the require ments of 85.6J and BS.6.4. However, a trailer manufactured before June 30. 1976, that Is designed to transport bulk agricultural commodities In off-road harvesting sites and to a processing plant or storage location, as evidenced by skeletal construction that accommodates harvest-containers, a maximum length of 26 feet, and an arrangement of air con trol lines and reservoirs that minimises damage In field operations, shall meet the requirements of this section or, at the option of the manufacturer, the require ments of f 393.43 of this title. 85.6.1 Static retardation force. With all other brakes rendered Inoperative, during ft sialic drnwbnr null In ft forward or rearward direction, the static retarda tion force produced by the application of the parking brakes shall be: under the conditions of 861, conforms to the requirements of 85.7.1 through S5.7.3. The emergency brake system may be a part of the service brake system or Incorporate portions of the service brake and parking brake systems. 85.7.1 Emergency brake system per formance. When stopped six times for each combination of weight and speed specified in 86.3.1.1 on a read surface with a akM number of 78 with a single failure in the service brake system of a part designed to contain compressed air or brake fluid (except failure of a com mon valve, manifold, brake fluid hous ing. or brake chamber housing), the ve hicle shall stop at least once In not more than the distance specified in Column 3 of Table II, measured from the point at which movement of the service brake control begins, without any pert of the vehicle leaving the roadway, except that a truck-tractor tested at Us unloaded vehicle weight plus 500 pounds shall slop at least once In not more than the dia- tance specified in Column 4 of TAble XX. 55.7.2 Emergency brake system oper ation. The emergency brake system shall be applied and released, and be capa' shall be conducted as follows: (a) In the ease of a vehicle other than of modulation, by means of the service 85.4.2.1 With an Initial brake tem a truck-tractor that is equipped with brake control. . perature between ISO* F. and 200* F. for more than two axles, such that the quo the first brake application, and the drum tient or disc rotating at a speed equivalent to static retardation farce 85.7.3 Towing vehicle emergency brake requirements. In addition to meet ing the other requirements of 85.7, a ve 60 m.pJi., apply the brake and decelerate OAWR hicle designed to tow another vehicle at an average deceleration rate of a is not less than 0.38 for any axle other equipped with air brakes shall-- f.p.s.p-s. to 16 m.pii. Upon reaching 15 than a steerable front axle; and m.p.h, accelerate to 50 m.pii. and apply the brake for a second time 72 seconds FMS117754 3 Ca) In theocasc of a tmrk-tractor in the unloaded condition and a r.inctc unit truck which la capable of tow-inn an air brake equipped vehicle pod is loaded 1,0 gross vehicle weight rating, be rapnble of meeting the requirements of S5.7 1 by operation of the service brake control only, with the trailer air supply line and air control line from the towing vehicle vented to the atmosphere in accordance with 88.1.14: (b) In the case of a truck-tractor loaded to gross vehicle weight rating, 86.1.5 The ambient temperature is between 32* F. and 103* p. 53.1.6 The wi,,d '.eiocity is zero. 56.1.7 Stopping tests are conducted on a 12-fool, wide level roadway having a skid number of 75, unless otherwise y-.eelfled. The vehicle is alined in the cen'rr of the roadway at the beginningof a stop. SO.1.8 The broke' on a vehicle manu factured before K-ptember 1, 1976. are buroinhrd before testing, at the manu facturer's option, in accordance with the next application at a point 1.6 miles from the point of the previous brake ap plication. After burnishing, adjust the brakes as recommended fay the vehicle manufacturer. - 66.ID Static parking brake teste for a semitrailer are conducted with tbs front-end supported by on unbraked dolly. The weight of the dolly Is In- eluded as part of the trailer load. 86.1.10 In a test other than a static parking brake, test, a truck-tractor manufactured before September I. 1876, be capable.of meeting 85.7.1 by opera-, 86.1.6.1 or S6.1.8.2. The brakes on a vehi la tested at It* gross vehicle weight rating tlon of the service brake control only, cle manufactured on or after Septem by loading It without a trailer or, at the with the air control line from the towing ber 1. 1976, arc burnished before testing manufacturer)* option, by coupling it to vehicle vented to the atmosphere In ne- . in accordance with 56.1.8 1. However, for a flatbed semitrailer (hereafter, control cordanpe with S6.1.14; and vehicles with parking brake systems not trailer) as specified in 86.1.10.1 to <e> Be capable of modulating the air utilizing the service brake friction ele 86.1.10.7. In a test other than a static In the supply or control line to the trail ments, burnish the friction elements of parking brake test, a truck-tractor er by means of the service brake control such systems prior to the parking brake manufactured, pit or after September 1, with a single failure In the tawing vehi test according to the manufacturer's 1976, is tested at its grass vehicle weight cle service, brake system as specified in recommendations. rating by. coupling it to a control trailer 85.7.1. . , S6.1.8.1 With the transmission fn the as specified in 86.1.10.1 to 86.1.10.7. 85.8 Kmcrpcncp brakino ccjMl'itity-- trailers. Each trailer other than a.trailer converter, dolly shall have a parking- highest gear appropriate for the given in Tabic TV make 509 brake cntlons at a deceleration rate of scries anpli- 10 ft/ brake system that conforms to 85/, nnd s/s. or at the vehicle's maximum decel that applies with the force specified in eration rate, if less than 10 ft's/s, in 65.6.1 or S5.6.2 when the air pressure the sequence specified in Table XV. After In the supply line Is at atmospheric pres each brake application, accelerate to the 801.10.2 The center of gravity of the to this standard. 86.1.10.2 The center of gravity of the loaded control trailer is on the trailer's longitudinal centerline at a height of 66 3 In. above the ground. 86.1.10.3 For a truck-tractor with a sure. A trailer converter dolly shall have, speed specified and maintain that speed rear axle gross axle weight rating at at the manufacturer's option; (a), a until making the next brake application 26.000 lb or leas, the control trailer has parking brake- system thst conforms to at a point 1 mile from the initial point a single axle with a gross axle weight 85.6 and that applies with the force of the previous brake application. If a rating iff 18.000 lb and a length, meas specified In 85.6,1 or 85.6.2 when the air pressure in the supply line Is at atmos pheric pressure., or (b> an rmerroncy system that automatically controls the service brakes when the service reservoir is at any pressure above 20 lb/in* and the supply line Is at atmospheric pres sure. However, a trailer manufactured before June 30, 1976, that, Is designed to transport bulk agricultural commodities in off-road. harvesting sites and to a processing plant or storage, location, as evidenced by skeletal construction that accommodates harvest container*., a maximum length of 38 feet, and an ar rangement of air control lines and res ervoirs thst mtolmlMB damage bi field operations, shall meet the requirements of this section or, at the option of the manufacturer, the requirements of 1 393.43 of this title. 86 Condition*. The requirements of 85 shall bo met under the following con ditions: Where a range of conditions is specified, the vehicle must be capable of meeting the requirements at all points wlthtn the range. 86.1 Road, text conditions. 86.1.1 Kxrcpt as otherwise specified flic vehicle is loaded In its gross vehicle weight rating, distributed proportionate ly to Us gross axle weight ratings. SO. 1.2 The Inflation pressuro is M vehicle cannot attain the specified speed In 1 mile, continue to accelerate until the specified speed Is reached or until the vehicle has traveled 1.5 miles from the initial point of the previous,brnkc appli cation. If during any of the brake appli cations specified in Table IV, the hottest brake reaches 5O0rF, make the re mainder of the 500 applications from that snub condition except that a higher or lower, snub condition shall be used as necessary to maintaln'sn after-stop temperature of 500'F.50*F. Any auto matic pressure limiting valve is In use to limit pressure as designed.,except that any automatic frant axle pressure limit ing valve is bypassed If the temperature of the hottest brake on a rear axle ex.dccds the temperature of the hottest brake on a front axle by more than 125* F. A bypassed valve Is reconnected if the temperature of the hottest brake on a front axle exceeds the temperature of the hottest brake on a rear axle by 100*F. After burnishing; adjust the brakes as recommended by the vehicle manufac turer. Tunis IV Ffiffcn 0nl* flntib mnititiMM (hJfbcst mllm pat Horn) ured from the transverse centerline of the axle to the centerline of the kingpin, of 3886 in. 66.1.10.4. For a tnick-traotor with pi total rear axle gross -axle weight rating of more than 26,000-% the control trailer has a tandem axle with a eoroWnodgrose. axle weight rating of,:32,000 lb' and- alength, measured, from the transverse centerline between, the axles to theceiw tcrline of the.kingpin, of 384 *6 In. 86.1.10.5 The control trailer Is loaded so that its axle Is loaded to It* gross axle weight rating and the tractor is loaded to Its gross vehicle weight rating, with the tractor's- fifth wheel adjusted so that the load on each axle measured at the tire-ground interface is most nearly proportional to the axles) respec tive gross axle weight ratings. 86.1.10.6 Test equipment specifica tion. The control trailer's service brakes are capable of stopping the combination from the maximum speed at which the tractor is tested, under the conditions' of 86.1, without assistance from tho tractor brakes, in the distance found by multiplying the value 68, 90. 116; 143, 174,208, or 246 (corresponding to a speed of 30, 35. 40, 45. 50. 65. or 60 mph aa appropriate for the truck-tractor testedl by the ratio; specified by the vehicle manufacturer for the gross vehicle weight rating. m 40-90 A4fftt--9309 weight on all axles of combination weight on trailer axles 56.1.3 Unless otherwise specified, the transmission selector control Is In neu tral or the clutch Is disengaged during 2ft 240 with the tractor's fifth wheel adjusted as specified in 88.1.10.6, the trailer serv all deceleration* and during static park 86.1.8.2 With the transmission In the ing brake tests. highest gear range appropriate for 40 56.1.4 Ail vehicle openings (doors, mph. make 400 broke applications from windows, hood, trunk, cargo doors, etc.) 40 mph to 20 mph at 10 ft/s/s. After each ore in * closed position except as re brake application accelerate to 40 mph quired for instrumentation purposes. and maintain that speed until making ice reservoirs pressurised to 100 lb/faff, and the trailer loaded so that its axle to at gross axle weight rating and its king pin Is at empty vehicle weight. The stop ping distance 1s measured from the point at which movement of the valve control- 4 it-i FMSI 17755 ling the trailer bra*** brain*. The serv 8 >.7 ijr'l: - .* `'oi ,'t'aonr ice brake chamberTM cn. rc-dier reach a,i 'I "'bt cy".iiii`i'r.rUr r- 'p. for 0 lb/In' In not less than ') ;o second each W.et. '-.ob-l-nt, to the load on and not more than 0.30 second, mwvurfd the wheel v.'hl; *'.c axle loaded to its from the Instant e* which movement of gre. e*!o - if, - the valve controlling the trailer brakes 86.2 2 '?.;> I'W.'nt tempera tore u begins. between 75' . : Id if.if* F. S6. 1.10.7 Test equipment svecUlcation. The control trailer's emergency S6.:j 3 Ai. ambient '.cirsrviv.! o': is directed unifermiv and continuously over brakes are capable of stopping the combination under the conditions of 86.1 from the maximum speed at which the tractor Is tested, without assistance tram the tractor's brakes. In the distance found by multiplying the emergency brake stopping distance in column 3 of table n by the ratio: the brake drum or disc at a velocity of 2,200 feet per minute. B3.2.4 The temperature of each brake Is measured by a single plug-type ther mocouple installed In the center of the lining surface of the most heavily loaded shoe or pad as shown in Figure 2. 1'ho thermocouple is outside any center weight on all axles of combination groove. weight o'l trailer axles S6.2.5 The rate of brake drum or disc with the combination loaded tn accord ance with 36.1.10 5. Stopping distance Is measured from the point at which movement of the valve controlling the trailer brakes begins. The pressure In rotation on a dynamometer correspond ing to the rale of rotation on a vehicle at a given speed Is calculated by assuming a tire radius equal to the static loaded radius specified by the tire manufacturer. 86.2.6 llrr.k's are burnished before testing as follows: Place the brake as sembly on an Inertia dynamometer and adjust Che brake ns recommended by the brake r.anufarturer. Make 200 stops from 40 m.p.h. at a deceleration of 10 f.p.s.p.s., with an initial brake temperature on each stop of not les.-. then 315* F. and not more than 385* F. Make 200 additional stops from 40 m.p.h. at a deceleration of 10 f.P-S.p.s. with an Initial brake tempera ture on each st op of not less iban 450* F. and not more than 550* F. After burnish ing. the brakes are ad'ucted as recom mended by the brake manufacturer. 56.2.7 The brake temperature U in creased to a specified level by conducting one or more stops from 40 m.pJh. at a deceleration of 10 f.p.s.ps. The brake temperature U decreased to a specified level by rotating the drum or disc at a constant 30 m.ph. trailer brakes begins. In the case of con trol trailers that utilise parking brakes for emergency stopping c" natality. toe pressure in the trailer's spring parking brake chambers falls from 0:> lb/in' to 6 tb/tn* in not less than 0.50 second and not more than 0.60 second, pleasured FIGURE 2 from the instant at which movement of the valve controlling the trailer's spring parking brakes begins. 56.1.11 Special drive, conditions. A ve THERMOCOUPLE INSTALLATION hicle equipped with an interlocking axle system or a front wheel drive system that Is engaged and disengaged by the driver is tested with the system disengaged. 56.1.12 Liftable cries. A vehicle with a Ilftable axle is tested at gross vehicle weight rating with the liftable axle down and at unloaded vehicle weight with the liftable axle up. 86.1.13 After September 1, 1915, the trailer test rig Fhown in Figure 1 Is capable of Increasing the pressure in a 50 cubic Inch reservoir from atmospheric to 60 lb/in* in 0.06 second, measured from the first movement of the service brake control to apply service brake pressure and of releasing .pressure to such a res ervoir from 05 to 5 lb/in' in 0.22 second measured from the first movement of the service brake control to release service brake pressure. 86.1.14 In testing the emergency brak ing system of towing vehicles under 65.7.3 <a> and 85.7.3(b), the hose(s) is vented to the atmosphere at any time not less than 1 second and not more than 1 minute before the emergency stop begins, while the vehicle is moving at the si>eed from which the stop is to be made and any manual control for the towing vehi cle protection system Is In the position to supply air and brake control signals to the vehicle being towed. No brake ap plication Is made from the time the line(s) is vented until the emergency stop begins and no manual operation of the parking brake system or towing ve hicle protection system occurs from the time the llnc(s) is vented until the slop is completed. 5 FMSI 17756 Ei'ir. mvk Date Note: 1. The provision of 85 7 above become effective September 1, U76. Fur tho con venience of the user, the sup* raided text U set forth below: 35.7 Emergency broking ca-ml'ilHy-- truck* and bus**. ach truck ar-d au> nboll have a braking system with eir.er^cnr? brak ing capability that meets the requirement# of 86.7.1, or, at the manufacturer opUoa, the requirements of 6r>.7.2. 8G.7.1 Parking brake system with auto matic application. Each vehicle Khali have a parking brake system acting on each axle, except steerable front axle, that conform to 86.6 and that meet* the following require* merits: 86.7.1.1 Automatic application. Tbe park ing brakes shall be automatically applied and the supply Una to any lowed vehicle vented to atmospheric pressure when the air pressure In all service revervoir U less than the automatic application pressure level. The automatic application pressure level Shall be between 20 and 45 p.s.i. 85.7.1.2 Automatic braking performance. With the parking brake automatically ap plied, a vehicle aball either be capable of meeting the requirements of 85,72.3, with distancee measured from the point of auto matic application, or ehell have a statto retardation force quotient not greater than 0.40 for any axle, determined In accordance with 86.0.1. 35.7.1.2 Release after automatic applica tion. After automatic application, the park ing brakes shall be releasable at l<*;at one* try <r a pv.: n*: :.>7ske <vr li.t* number of 76. with a single failure In the par*r:!p h'*' '* shall ! 'r v If service brake system of a part designed to *b*w < cxrrt vhr- :'tUr.,.lU< Miy , ' -;vp r 'pilrvJ . : t;.5.c an I ^thalely .contain compressed ,ir or brake fluid {ex cept failure of a common valve, manifold, ttftf-r vJ' .no brake fluid housing, or brake chamber hous Sfr.'u 1 .Wnr/nl opr^niion. Tho parking ing), i,be vehicle shall at^p at least once In hrnkes fUMI '<> mn'v.i.iliv operabie and rc- not more than the distance specified in lofL ulvMi ui-* ntr i^rniuirt' in thr serv column 3 of Table n. measured from the ice rr'crvoir r-!:' m is .Mip1c]nu f.o kevp the point at which movement of the brake con parking broken j.-v.m automat Jeaily applying. trol begins, without any part of the vehicle 85 7 2 Aforf i.' `e tt'ti c'nrrgr.nry braking sys leaving the roadway, except ttmt a truck- tem. Kach vehicle that (;or.s n<rt. have a park tractor tested at Us unloaded vehicle weight ing Ifrake .system That is automatically ap plus 500 pounds shall stop at least on*-c in plied lu iho event of air pressure loss shall not more than the distance specified in have a parking brake sysieni conforming to Column 4 of Table II. , 85.0 that is capable of manual application at 85.7.2.3.1 A truck manufactured before any reservoir system procure level, and shall September 1, 1870, that has a front steer have an emergency hruklng system that able non-driving axle with a GAWIl of ic.000 meets the following requlremAnta. pounds or more, or a front steerable drive 85.7.2.1 Emergency braking control. The axle with a OAWR of last than 18.000 pounds* emergency braking system shall be con and a truck manufactured before Septem trolled by tho sorvtce brake control or the ber 1, 1076, that has a front steerable drive parking brake control. Tho control for the axle of any GAWIt. must atop in accordance emergency braking system shall control the with 86.7 2.3 without any part of the vehicle brakes on any towed vehicle eqxHpped with leaving the roadway, but need not stop air brakes. in the distances specified. 85.7.2.2 Emergency braking system fail 85.7.2.3.2 When stopped in accordance ure. In the event of a failure of a valve, with 36.7.2.3, a truck or bus manufactured manifold, brake fluid housing, or brake before September l. 1076. other than a truck chamber housing that 1 common to the described In S5.7 2.3.1. eball stop at least onoe service brake and emergency braking sys tems. lose of atr shall not cause the parking for each speed and weight condition on a surface with a skid number of 76 In not brake to he inoperable. 56.7.2 3 Emergency braking stopping dis tance. Except as specified In S6-7.2.3.1 and 86.7,2.3.2, when stopped six times for each combination of weight and speed specified more than the distance specified In Table IT* Instead of meeting the stopping distance! specified In Table II for stops on a surface with a skid number of 75. in 863.1.1 on a road surface wtth a skid ErFTCTrvx Dvr* Note 3: New paragraph 86.1.24 above becomes effective September U 1876. * 6 tXl FMS117757 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARANUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 576 July 15, 1976 FRICTION MACHINE TESTS. DYNAMOMETERS. AND THE AAMVA In 1975 we circulated a bulletin advising the membership on availability of testing services on friction test machines and dynamometers, and on the sources for manufacturing such equipment. We are now enclosing an up-date on this information, as shown on the attached listing. We are also enclosing a second listing of those independent laboratories who have been approved by the American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators (AAMVA) for certification of brake linings in compliance with Regulation V-3. This AAMVA listing of approved laboratories is as of July 1, 1976. Also enclosed is an AAMVA chart dated April 1, 1976 on approval programs indicating that fourteen states now require brake lining certification using VESC-3: Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, North Dakota, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota and Washington. Some of these are new. I believe Ohio still requires direct certification. These listings are forwarded for information of those concerned with test equipment and certification requirements. EWD/erc Enclosure: cc-Delegates & Alternates Brake Performance Study Committee E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17758 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 5 7 5 July 15, 1976 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR 1980 CENSUS The U. S. Department of Commerce has sent the enclosed memo concerning the 1980 Census to all trade associations. This memorandum is asking for recommendations on the type of information to be gathered in that census. They are particularly interested in getting recommendations from the users of the decennial census. If your company has any recommendations, for the 1980 census, would you kindly send then directly to: Director U. S. Bureau of the Census Washington, D. C. 20233 EWD/erc Enclosure: cc-Delegates & Alternates Licensees (U.S.) E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17759 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 5 7 4 July 15, 1976 LABORATORIES--ASBESTOS FIBRE COUNTS AND CONSULTING In 1973 we circulated a list of laboratories which would provide various services as regards asbestos monitoring. This is a 1976 up-date on that type laboratory. We have listed eight (8) laboratories (one has two locations) that will run the OSHA approved fibre counts in their labs from samples sent in by clients. Some will provide technical services in taking the samples by the membrane filter method. Others will provide consulting services. The listing is in summary form. If you wish to use the service of such a lab, you may contact the party indicated for more information. There may be set-up charges for a few counts. All consulting fees are subject to additional charges for the consultant's or technician's expenses. The Institute is not in any way endorsing or recommending the listed laboratories. They are simply listed for your information. El'/D/erc cc-Delegates & Alternates Asbestos Study Committee Regional Members (Canada) E. W. Drislane FMS117760 ____ C o n s u lta tio n D a ily Fee $125 F ibre Count $20 ______ C o n ta c t Spencer W atts G' O <J> CN co U r r-i co- -Q X H 4J rH 3o rH u o m co SG CQ H uO tH 03 O. O -3CM *H (X G O' >G CQ M oo co </y CO CO CO- G Off co- GO G O rH 03 H 0) 03 G U CQ 03 4J 4H 03 X C3 X <0 G Pm M H rH H > OG >* 3 rH rH H X rH CO H rH H CQ GO 03 0) H CO G MH O MH H G Q CO H OG Q 0a3 o CM <ry m T-H CO- fX * I 4J <C/M> G CO <oro/> O **h CO- CQ G 4J G 60 in rGH 3 O CO 9G rHH rH *H G X s f H O GG eQ T3 G -oC a 6G0 T3 3h 6G0 H G >G SG>H CO T3 G H X O >G Q ts O CO cn <j> G TJ 4J CO in ^H G CM 03 -co* rH 60 G >s G X rH a *4 iH OG H 43 GO GG CO H \o O OO i-H rH V1 M H HITS CO- CO- </> 4J T3 M GG rGH .GC H *H OG XX 3h 4H 4G-> V03h rH *Q GO ^X >> G T3 \ po OG m to CM ^ <o- o H rH G <oG CH H G co a *rH GG 4h ,G OO UG Ph H rs rv r\ uo os as rs G G CQ in o m CM CM *- CO- CO- CO CO CO O; a >GH CO I h G O CQ r3G CO G O CD CD rs rH X o O 0v0O00 11 < O^H C11O CM O r*Ht l o> co r*H m l SO OS m CM CM cn CM C0O0 <t 0r0* co CsOo CM mi1 CO CM CM O Omoi \OoS o 1 QO m mCM 'p- CO r^. rH rs CO H r-v CO o CM rH rcso rH wVO co CM >Ows m 'w' /H in rH VH HJ* co rH rH Mf co W o OOn CD 4J CM co ai O 0) Q> 60 M M 4J 9 CO PO < "H * GXo t-HH XO 4J pH H 00 CO 2* co oo rm*. 9) o 48 0<0 *H rO HI ID g u o a C PS t>0 S__rj a 'o j3 eo 5 <u ^ *H Si H +4 a JuC T3 W 3 t-f O 4) SO " U-l t* rl -b N 3 H io O CJ <N OT M> o u 4J G so CO G M GU SO O O 4J CO G hJ G iH 9 G GGo OXo G G 4J A H CD 43 OG O CO ri oO s u Os o X Mr X & o 4(QJ uo x JS Xu rH o 93 CM rH G G CO G X> h! G rH H G G 60 4J H M G 00 O 03 G S O c5 CG oO * H rH d 5 > CM a G W o H G X oc 4HJ o a> CO C0Q -Mrl rHs Cd H 5 r-. G vO 1 d 3 CM >* G d sn W H G Hf oo> y a < a -h o nu O t) X rQ < m o a o <u t-I 43 r. M tH MU 3 4J d -h G H (0 C M >- * 5 aa H u > d U Uul G i2a dew"0 H U 0a) cn ^ H 3 '3- SB 95 H 5 i--1 a % H >-t 4H G Jaj *4 oa m o Bn) Aoo * CL S t( -a 3h 2 M 5 O U 5 5 e X ^S-g Pm cO H X j CM 2 o 00 S3 oco in G 4J G tH sCD G 90 rt o oa m H r4 co r^. h #4 X X o a S r* X 00 5 to ' o n o 8 > X OT CL 00 o vO c CoO HI G u S 3 T3 60 G 9 G rl OX dX U o M c2 tH o CD M G u C8 TO rH >G a OT tH S mh a g Q00 vD 43 4J 3 o w CM CO TS G 60 s 0) <0 CO G CQ B* a) G G Mh O 4J G 0 H u *H T3 no G G M K T e le p h o n e (215) 488-6258 Laboratory B e rn v ille B io lo g ic a l Laboratory RD # 1 R oute 183- B e r n v ille , Pa. 19506 FMSI 17761 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4 PARALUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 7 3 July 6, 1976 HISTORICAL SALES PROGRAM The historical sales program is continuing on a quarterly basis. Regional Members using the copyrighted FMSI Numbers for marketing their products in the United States may participate if they wish. The Institute is requesting details of pieces sold for the first half of 1976 (6 months ending June 30, 1976). The rules for the reporting details remain unchanged. 1. Quantities will be reported in pieces (not units). For roll lining, each foot of length will be one piece. 2. Our Accountants will report the names of the members from whom reports are received, and the number of members reporting in each of the four groups. 3. Total pieces in each group will be reported. 4. "Clutch Facings" does not include gear tooth discs, automatic transmission discs, or the 8-14" dia, (3/16 to l/2" thick) asbestos composition discs. The data as filed will be confidential. Totals for each group will be shown and there is no way of determining quantities by individual members. Please review the form and the description as they apply to this year's reporting. You will be receiving from Marshall Granger & Company, Certified Public Accountants, a form for completing this information. Please return it to; Marshall Granger & Company, C. P. A. 1600 Harrison Avenue Mamaroneck, New York 10543 If you report, please have your figures in by August 15. 1976. If you do not wish to report these figures, no reply is necessary. Only those reporting figures will receive the industry totals when the data is summarized. A sample form and definitions are attached. EVJD/erc Encs, Distribution: Delegates & Alternates Regional Members (paying Active Member Dues) E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI17762 EXHIBIT "B" DEFINITION FOR HISTORICAL SALES PIECES The reports will show pieces of friction material, in groups as shown: Group Brake Lining Descriotion Friction materials less than a nominal 3/4" thickness (See note on roll 1ining) . Normal Usape Normally, one piece to a shoe Brake Blocks Friction materials with a nominal thickness of 3/4" and over Normally, two dieces to a shoe Disc Brake Linings Friction materials sold (for disc brakes) to be attached to the shoe, or sold as a unit molded, bonded or riveted to the shoe Normally, one piece to a shoe Clutch Facing Friction materials of annular shape, or segments thereof Normally, two annular pieces per clutch pla Note: For roll lining only, consider each foot of length equals one piece. REPLACEMENT SALES TO UNITED STATES MARKET This reporting is for sales to the United States replacement market only. Do not include sales to other markets. This includes sales under the friction material manufacturer's own name or brand name used by the customer, to automotive ware house distributors, jobbers, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchan disers, direct consumers, government agencies or other customers for use in the United States replacement market. When a friction materials manufacturer is shipping to a vehicle manufacturer, brake manufacturer, or clutch manufacturer, but has no reasonable way of deterr mining if the pieces are for original equipment or replacement purposes, estimates will not be used - these pieces will not be reported. However, where a friction material manufacturer is shipping to a point known to be used for replacement, or where he stencils or otherwise identifies the pieces as being for replacement purposes, or where the shipments otherwise are obviously known to be for replace ment, these pieces will be reported. The member who sells to the tvoe customer or user indicated above will report those pieces sold, even if purchased from another Active Member or Regional Member. When vou sell vour friction materials to another Member (Active or Regional) do not report those salesl Materials sold to Licensee Members of the Institute for the replacement market should be included. FMSI 17764 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 5 7 2 July 1, 1976 CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS Based on a mail ballot during; the year and action taken at the recent Membership Meeting, the Institute's Constitution is being amended through .ijly 1, 1976. The amendments clarify rights of Regional Members, the date of Directors' meeting, duties of Treasurer, the date of Annual Membership Meeting, and the use of mail ballot. ARTICLE III. MEMBERSHIP. Section 5 Specifies that Regional Members (non U.S.A.) paying the same Annual Dues as Active Members (U.S.A.) have the same rights as Active Members except for the right to vote. In addition, this section more specifically states the rights of other Regional Members. ARTICLE IV. DIRECTORS. Section 8 __ This change calls for our regular meeting of the Board of Directors in June each year (as is actual practice) rather than four meetings ' "...fourth Wednesday of Jjly, October, January and April..." ARTICLE VI. DUTIES OF OFFICERS. Section 4 < In essence, the Treasurer who may be with a member firm in Chicago, Los Angeles or elsewhere, cannot have custody of all monies, and monies cannot be sent him. This change statos duties of Treasurer realistically allowing for this distance problem. ARTICLE VII. MEMBERSHIP MEETING. Section 1 This change el iminates Annual Meeting on "third Wednesday of JUno" and calls for a meeting "on a Wednesday in lAjne." Flexibility is needed for sched uling purposes. ARTICLE VII. MEMBERSHIP MEETING. Section 2. _ This amendment specifically permits a mail ballot when it is felt not necessary to hold a special meeting. ARTICLE VII. QUORUM AND VOTING. Section! __ The wording on mail ballots is removed, as it is now more explicit in Section 2. ARTICLE IX. FEES AND ASSESSMENTS. Section 2 A sentence is added to the effect that Regional Members (non U.S.A.) with essentially the same rights as Active Members (U.S.A.) must pay the same Annual Fee as Active Members. ARTICLE XI. AMENDMENTS. Section 1 This Amendment clarifies ambiguous wording by specifically permitting amendments of the Constitution by mail ballot. (The earlier wording indicated necessity of a meeting). FMS117765 PREVIOUS WORDING ARTICLE III AMENDED JULY 1, 1976 r.IEMBERSRIP Section 5. Rights of Members. Sub part (b) Regional Members Regional Members shall be entitled to receive from the Institute, as complete ly and promptly as Active Members, all scientific, engineering, technological and statistical Information collected, assembled or disseminated by the Insti tute and may fully and freely call upon the Institute for all such available information and assistance in connection therewith. The participation of Regional Members in the activities of the Insti tute shall be restricted as in this para graph (b) set forth and they shall not be bound by, enjoy or participate in any other rights, obligations, privileges, benefits or activities otherwise avail able to Active Members, except that Regional Menbers nay serve on Committees. Nothing contained in this section, how ever, shall limit the provisions of Article X. Regional Members paying the same annual fee as Active Members have the same rights as Active Members except they shall have no right to vote or to serve as Officers, or as Members of the Board of Directors. Regional Members not pay ing the same annual fee as Active Mem bers, shall be entitled only to (1) serve on committees, (2) receive scien tific, engineering, and technological information available from the Institute, and (3) fully and freely call upon the Institute for all such Information and assistance in connection therewith. The participation of Regional Members in the activities of the Institute shall be re stricted as in this paragraph (b) set forth and they shall not be bound by, enjoy or participate in any other rights, obligations, privileges, benefits or activities otherwise available to Active Members. Nothing contained in this section, however, shall limit the pro visions of Article X. ARTICLE IV DIRECTORS Section 8. Meetings and Notices, (first sentence only) Regular meetings of the Board of Direc tors will be held quarterly on the fourth (4th) Wednesday of July, October, January and April each year at a place to be fixed by the President. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors will be held annually in June of each year at a place to be fixed by the President. ARTICLE VI DUTIES OF OFFICERS Section 4, Treasurer, (first three sentences) The Treasurer shall have the custody of all the monies of the Institute and shall order and direct the payments of all bills. The Treasurer shall keep a proper account of all receipts and disbursements and shall submit his books and other records of his office to the Board of Directors upon request, and shall submit to the Board of Directors The Treasurer shall order and direct the payment of all billB. The Treasurer shall keep a proper account of all re ceipts and disbursements and shall sub mit his books and other records of his office to the Board of Directors upon request, and shall submit to the Board of Directors written reports covering all receipts and disbursements during FMS117766 PREVIOUS WORDING AMENDED JULY 1, 1976 ARTICLE VI (Cont.) not later than the 25th days of October, January, April and July written reports covering all receipts and disbursements during the last preceding quarter. All monies received by the Treasurer shall be deposited in the name of the Insti tute with such depository as may be designated by the Board of Directors. the year. All monies received shall be deposited in the name of the Institute with such depository as may be desig nated by the Board of Directors. ARTICLE VII MEMBERSHIP MEETINGS Section 1. Annual Meeting. The Annual Meeting of the Members of the Institute shall be held each year on the third Wednesday of June in a place to be designated by the Board of Directors or by the President. The Annual Meeting of the Members of the Institute shall be held each year on a Wednesday in June at a place to be designated by the Board of Directors or by the President. ARTICLE VII MEMBERSHIP MEETINGS Section 2. Special Meetings. The time and place of holding special meetings of the members of the Institute shall be determined by the Board of Directors or by the President, either of whom shall have authority to call such meetings as may be desirable for the conduct of the Institute's business. The time and place of holding special meetings of the members of the Institute shall be determined by the Board of Directors or by the President, either of whom shall have authority to call such meetings as may be desirable for the conduct of the Institute's business. If in the discretion of the President of the Institute or a majority of the Board of Directors, it is not necessary to hold a special meeting in order to reach a decision of the members, the vote of the membership may be taken by mail ballot with the same effect as though a special meeting had been held. Section 3. Quorum and Voting A majority of the Active Members of the Institute shall constitute a quorum at any meeting for the transaction of business, except when otherwise provided by law. At all meetings of the members of the Institute, each member shall be entitled to one vote, regardless of the number of delegates present. The votes of the membership may be taken by mail A majority of the Active Members of the Institute shall constitute a quorum at any meeting for the transaction of business, except when otherwise provided by law. At all meetings of the members of the Institute, each member shall be entitled to one vote, regardless of the number of delegates present. -2 - FMSI 17767 Previous Mr.DIHG A1 .MADID JULY 1, 1376 ARTICLE VII lection 3 (Cont.) ballot if, in the discretion of the President of the Institute or of a tr.ajority of the board of Directors, a record of a vote in that manner is deened advisable ARTICLE IX FEES AND ASSESSMENTS Section 2. Annual Dues. Sub part (b) Regional Members The Annual Membership fee of a Regional ' 'ember and the Annual 1'embership fee of a Regional Trade Group shall be fixed by the board of Directors. A qualified member of a Regional Trade Group '/ill not be required to pay any additional fee to the Institute. The Annual Membership fee of a Regional Member and the Annual Membership fee of a Regional Trade Group shall be fixed by the Board of Directors. A qualified member of a Regional Trade Group shall not be required to pay any additional fee to the Institute. Regional Members with the same rights as Active Members except the right to vote or to serve as Officers or as Members of the Board of Directors, shall pay the same annual fees as Active Members. ARTICLE XI AMEMDMEUTS Section 1. Vote Required The Constitution and By-Laws may be amended at any regular or special meet ing of the members of the Institute only (a) by vote of two-thirds of all the Active Members or (b) by the written assent of not less than two-thirds of all the Active Members providing all Active Members have previously had written notice of the proposed amendment. The Constitution and By-Laws may be amended only (a) at any regular or special meeting of the members of the Institute by vote of two-thirds of all the Active Members or (b) by the written assent of not less than two-thirds of all the Active Members providing all Active Members have previously had written notice of the proposed amend ment. -3 FMSI 17768 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-2i0 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLET ! N NO. 5 7 1 June 4, 1976 1976 BRAKE SHOE IDENTIFICATION CATALOG The 1976 BRAKE SHOE IDENTIFICATION CATALOG was recently published by the Printer, Success, Inc., of Indianapolis. Those orders placed on Success, Inc. for more than 100 copies had all been shipped during the week of May 24, 1976. The originally projected price was over that actually to be charged. In BULLETIN NO. 563 we had estimated 40,000 copies of a 72 page catalog. We actually ordered 40,000 copies of a 64 page catalog. The reduced price is: J265.40/M Catalog 9.60/M Punching We have not as yet received our copies from the Printer. When we do, we will fill all orders for less than 100 copies and send samples to our membership. You may wish to advise your Purchasing Department of this price reduction. Also, we have a sizable overrun from the Printer. If anyone wishes to order additional copies, please place your order on the Institute at the prices shown. EWD/ere E'tVD/erc cc- Active Members Regional Members Licensees E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117769 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN K 0. 5 7 0 June 4, 1976 APPLICATION FOR ACTIVE MEMBERSHIP--SCAN-PAC, INC. The Institute is advising the membership at this time on the receipt of an application for Active Membership for Scan-Pac, Inc., of Mequon, Wisconsin. The application is now being reviewed by the Membership Committee. Mr. H. A. Scandrett, President of Scan-Pac, s fairly well known in the industrial (non-automotive) friction materials area. Up until JohnsManville went out of the friction materials business, he was a distributor of J-M products. Back in 1973, Scan-Pac purchased manufacturing equipment and technical assistance to finish sheeter stock purchased from J-M. The Scan-Pac operation is a manufacturing operation, using sheeter stock as its basic material. They roll, mold, cure, drill, grind and finish the material. Over the past three years I have had correspondence with Scan-Pac and had talked with Mr. Scandrett about membership. An early stumbling block to Scan-Pac's membership was the cost to them. Based on earlier correspondence, I told them it might be three categories-- brake linings, brake blocks and clutch facings. In going over this question, they would actually be charged for one category only--brake linings. Their blocks are essentially molded segments up to 1/2" thick and their facings are not used in markets "where the FMSI numbering system is available." (Snowmobiles, cranes, presses, etc.) Actually, Scan-Pac does not use the FMSI numbers even in the brake lining category. I have reviewed their catalog--roll lining to 3/8" thick; molded "blocks" to 1/2" thick; molded facings 1/8" to 3/8" thick; molded flat sheets; and other non-friction material products. The catalog does not show any FMSI numbers. All applications are non-automotive. This information is forwarded for background only. No action is being solicited form the membership at this time. However, if the Membership Committee and the Board of Directors recommend acceptance of this application, before the Annual Membership Meeting, and at least 75% of our membership is in attendance at the meeting, it may be put up for a vote at that time. If not, mail ballots will be used. E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17770 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 6 9 May 10, 1976 1976 SUPPLEMENT TO THE 1975 AUTOMOTIVE DATA BOOK The 1976 SUPPLEMENT TO THE 1975 AUTOMOTIVE DATA BOOK has now been printed. The printer, Tweddle Litho Company has already made most shipments. Some smaller shipments will be handled by the Institute. We have not as yet received our copies to make these smaller shipments. The preliminary price for the Supplements is the final price. We ordered 60,000 copies of a 32 page book. The price was: Supplements Punching $108.60/M 4.50/M While we estimated correctly on quantities, the Printer gave us an under run. For that reason we can not fill additional orders. If an individ ual copy is needed, we can provide that. EWD/erc cc-Delegates & Alternates Regional Members E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117771 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 6 8 A May 17, 1976 DOT STANDARDS 105-75 AND 121 On April 22, 1976 we issued BULLETIN NO. 568, which advised that the FWISI had "patched together" all notices on both Standard 105-75 (Hydraulic Brake Systems) and Standard 121 (Air Brake Systems) through March 31, 1976. We distributed one copy to the individual in your company listed below. Subsequent to that mailing, Mr. Frank Skelton of Maremont had an official write-up of both Standards 105-75 and 121 sent to me, which included changes through October 1, 1975. We took these write-ups and patched with all subsequent notices through April 30, 1976. Since this was considerably less patching than before, we believe these are more accurate and of course they are more recent (thru April 30, 1976), The copy of this work for your company is being sent to: Would you please destroy your earlier copies and replace them with these copies. EWD/erc E. W. Drislane Executive Director cc-Delegates and Alternates Regional Members Brake Performance Study Committee FMS117772 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-2'1 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 5 6 8 April 22, 1976 DOT STANDARDS 105-75 AND 121 Because of the numerous changes in Standard 105-75 (Hydraulic Brake Systems) and Standard 121 (Air Brake Systemk) we have patched together all amendments to arrive at Standards as now written. We have also listed all notices on each Docket referring to subject standard: Standard 105-75, as starting September 2, 1972 Standard 121, as starting February 24, 1972 These refer to all amendments, corrections, proposals and other notices pertaining to these standards. We have patched up the standards as they should be through March 31, 1976. While we believe the assembled standards are correct, we cannot assume any responsibility for errors or omissions. The copy of this work for your company is being sent to: EWD/erc E. W. Drislane Executive Director cc-Delegates Sc Alternates Regional Members Brake Performance Study Committee FMS117773 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE #4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 567 April 19, 1976 DRILL PATTERNS FOR DISC BRAKE SHOES There are three new disc brake lining-shoe releases on domestic vehicles for which the original equipment lining is not drilled. We have released the linings and shoes as shown by the original equipment drawings: 7053-D-119 Monza, lanced shoes, integrally molded 7054-D-120 Ford Truck, integrally molded 7055-D-121 Chevette, bonded The Ford Truck #7054 lining is identical in contour to the earlier #771. Overall thickness is heavier on #7054. The D-120 shoe replaces the D-20. From what I understand, where the aftermarket is riveting the assemblies, the same drill pattern is used on #7054-D-120 as was used with #77i-D-20. As regards the D-119 Monza shoes, the fact that these shoes were subse quently lanced (upset) disrupted what had been a normal rivet pattern. I am showing what had been an earlier Bendix pattern for drilling, prior to the time that Monza decided to go integrally molded on an O.E. basis. Next is a Certified drilling pattern, which locates the four bottom holes at same location as the integrally molded holes used for O.E. purposes with the lanced D-119 shoes. There is a difference. Next is the Chevette 7055-D-121 assembly. As this is bonded on an O.E. basis, a drill pattern is up for grabs. Enclosed is the Certified drill pattern for the D-121 shoes. A PROLIFERATION OF DRILL PATTERNS IN THE AFTERMARKET The Institute releases lining and shoe information as provided for O.E. purposes. We do not recommend (or criticize) drilled assemblies in the aftermarket. However, we feel it in the best interests of the manufacturer, distributor and consumer that there not be a proliferation in drill patterns for the aftermarket. Please review this. If you are using, or plan to use different drill patterns, let us know and we will attempt to disseminate that information. Active Members Regional Members Licensees E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSl 17774 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE #4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 566 April 19, 1976 EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY--WANTED OR FOR SALE On October 31, 1975 the Institute Issued a bulletin listing used items of equipment or machinery either wanted, or for sale. Included were Items such as a Gogan machine, FAST machine, Blanchard Grinder, Furnace, etc. We plan to send out a new bulletin shortly and are requesting members who might have used equipment for sale, or are Interested in purchasing such equipment, to send in their listing. You should advise: (1) If "Wanted to Buy," or "For Sale". (2) Brief description of equipment or machinery. (3) Who to contact--where, name of person, telephone. The guidelines for listing machinery and equipment are: (1) Used machinery or equipment. (2) Specialized for the friction materials industry. (3) Substantial--for guidelines, worth in excess of $2,000 new. 3.1 Examples--test machine, grinder, press, drilling machine, oven. (4) The property of the member, or to be purchased by a member. 4.1 Ho offerings as an agent. If you wish to list equipment in the forthcoming bulletin, we ask that you advise details of such equipment prior to May 15, 1976. Active Members Regional Members E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17775 The historical sales report for full calendar year 1975 should be in the mail this week. The report was not issued earlier because input had not been received from all significant manufacturers who ordinarily report to the accountants. All data--on which the summary report will be issued--has now been received. FMSI 17776 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE if4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 565 April 5, 1976 HISTORICAL SALES PROCRAM The historical sales program is continuing on a quarterly basis. Regional Members using the copyrighted FMSI Numbers for marketing their products in the United States may participate if they wish. The Institute is requesting details of pieces sold for the first quarter of 1976 (3 monthes ending March 31, 1976). The rules for the reporting details remain unchanged. 1. Quantities will be reported in pieces (not units). For roll lining, each foot of length will be one piece. 2. Our Accountants will report the names of the members from whom reports are received, and the number of members reporting in each of the four groups. 3. Total pieces in each group will be reported. 4. "Clutch Facings" does not include gear tooth discs, automatic transmission discs, or the 8-14" dia. (3/16 to 1/2" thick) asbestos composition discs. The data as filed will be confidential. Totals for each group will be shown and there is no way of determining quantities by individual members. Please review the form and the description as they apply to this year's reporting. You will be receiving from Marshall Granger & Company, Certified Public Accountants, a form for completing this information. Flease return it to: Marshall Granger & Company, C. P. A. 1600 Harrison Avenue Mamaroneck, New York 10543 If you report, please have your figures in by May 15, 1976. If you do not wish to report these figures, no reply is necessary. Only those reporting figures will receive the industry totals when the data is summarized. A sample form and definitions are attached. EWD/lmc Encs. Distribution: E. W. Drislane Executive Director Delegates & Alternates Regional Members (paying Active Member Dues) FMS117777 EXHIBIT "A" STATISTICAL PROGRAM OF THE FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC. Hail to: Marshall Granger & Co., C. P. A. 1600 Harrison Avenue Mamaroneck, New York 10543 ********** See instructions for sales to other members! Pieces sold to United States distributors, jobbers, private brands, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchandisers, direct consumers, government agencies, or other customers for use in the United States replacement market: 3 MONTHS JANUARY 1 to MARCH 31, 1976 Brake linings less than 3/4" nominal thickness f?ee explanation for roll lining). Brake blocks, nominal thickness of 3/4" and over Disc brake lining? Clduch facings Bp: Signature Company Date FMSI 17778 EXHIBIT "B" DEFINITION FOR HISTORICAL SALES PIECES _ __ # The reports will show pieces of friction material, in groups as shown: Groun Brake Lining , ________ Poser ipt ion Friction materials less than a nominal 3/4" thickness (See note on roil 1ining) _____Normal Usaoe Normally, one niece to a shoe Brake Blocks Friction materials with a nominal thickness of 3/4" and over Normally, two pieces to a shoe Disc Brake Linings Friction materials sold (for disc brakes) to be attached to the shoe, or sold as a unit rroldad, bonded or riveted to the ciioe Normally, one niece to a shoe Clutch Facing Friction materials of annular shape, or segments thereof Normally, two annular pieces per clutch plate Note: Fc; roll lining only, consider each foot of length equals one niece. REPLACEMENT C--~3 TO UNITED STATES MARKET This reporting 1: fcr sales cn the United States replacement market only. Do not include sales tc ether markets. This includes sales under the friction material manufacturer's ov.n name cr brand name used by the customer, to automotive ware house dictrib.itors. jobbers, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchan disers, di'-cL consumers, government agencies or other customers for use in the United Stares replacement market. I'hen r r; c ion utiS .'.anui\.c b., or Is shipping to a vehicle manufacturer, brake manufacturei , or clutch manufacturer, but has no reasonable way of deter mining if the pieces are for original equipment or replacement purposes, estimates will not be used - these pieces will not be reported. However, where a friction material manufacturer is shipping to a point known to be used for replacement, or where he stencils or otherwise identifies the pieces as being for replacement purposes, or where the shipments otherwise are obviously known to be for replace ment, these pieces will be reported. The member who sells to the type customer or user indicated above will report those pieces sold, even if purchased from another Active Member or Regional Member. When you call your friction materials to another Member (Active or Regional) do not report those sales! Materials sold to Licensee Members of the Institute for the replacement market should be included. FMS117779 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 5 6 4 March 24, 1976 OSHA ASBESTOS STANDARD--RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS On March 19, 1976, OSHA published an amendment to the Standard for Occupational Exposure to Asbestos. This amendment extends the time period for retention of exposure records from 3 years (as in the July 7, 1972 standard ) to 20 years. The proposed amendments to the standard for which April 9, 1976 is the cut-off date for comments, would further extend retention period to 40 years, or duration of employment plus 20 years. This March 19, 1976 amendment places retention requirements at 20 years immediately. EWD/erc enc. Delegates & Alternates Asbestos Study Committee E. W. Dr islane Executive Director FMSI 17780 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC. MA1114- OSH/t AmCn^^T' *Ta iAsgesTo-g S*T A G~2> kTr Pu/6- f^UI . A* e */TS - Title 29--Labor CHAPTER XVII--OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION, DE PARTMENT OF LABOR PART 1910--OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS Standard for Exposure to Asbestos Pursuant to sections 6(b) and 8(c) of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (84 Stat. 1593, 1599; 29 U.S.C. 655, 657), Secretary of Labor's Order No. 12-71 (36 FR 8754), and 29 CFR Part 1911, i 1910.1001(1) (1) of Part 1910 of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Is hereby amended In the manner set forth below, in order to extend the retention period for asbestos exposure monitoring records from three years to twenty years. On December 7, 1971 (36 FR 23207), OSHA issued an emergency temporary standard on asbestos in response to a pe tition by the Industrial Union Depart-. ment of the AFL-CIO, pursuant to sec tion 6(c) of the Act (84 Stat. 1596, 29 U.S.C. 655). This emergency temporary standard was designed primarily to immediately reduce and control occupa tional exposure to asbestos dust concen trations, and did not contain record keeping procedures. However, on Janu ary 12, 1972 (37 FR 466), OSHA pub lished a proposed comprehensive stand ard for asbestos exposure which did Include recordkeeping provisions. Para graph (h) (1) of the proposal (37 FR 468) provided that exposure monitoring records, and records of medical exami nations, be maintained for a period of twenty years. After public hearings the Secretary promulgated a new, perma nent OSHA standard for. asbestos on June 7, 1972 (37 FR 11318), in accord ance with section 6(b) of the Act (84 Stat. 1593, 29 UH.C. 656). This new reg ulation, which appeared as 29 CFR 1910.93a prior to recodiflcatlon, con tained a three-year requirement for re ' taining exposure monitoring records, 29 CFR 1910.93a(i) (1) (now 29 CFR 1910.1001(i> (D). On July 27, 1972, pursuant to section 6(f) of the Act, (84 Stat. 1597, 29 U.S.C. 655), a petition for judicial review of the asbestos standard was filed with the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia. The principal peti tioners, the Industrial Union Depart-' ment, AFL-CIO, objected to several sub stantive portions of the standard, Includ ing those dealing with recordkeeping. The Court affirmed the Secretary's judgments and the standard's validity except for two provisions, one of which was the retention period for exposure . monitoring records. "Industrial Union Department, AFL-CIO v. Hodgson," 499 F. 2d 467 (C.A.D.C. 1974). The Court directed the Secretary to re-examine the standard with respect to the three-year recordkeeping provision and to reconelder whether such time period ade quately assured employee protection from asbestos-related diseases. In discussing this issue, the Court. noted that many of the problems facing the Secretary in developing an asbestos standard were directly attributable to "the lack of information concerning asbestos-related diseases, and particu larly to the lack of reliable data on past exposure levels. Noting the close func tional relationship between medical rec ords and exposure records, and the fact that the standard required that medical records be maintained for at least 20 years, the Court expressed surprise at the short three-year retention period for monitoring records. After reviewing the Secretary's obligation under the Act to require retention of records neces sary for the development of Information concerning the causes of disease and the Importance of exposure data in estab lishing this fcausal relationship, the Court remanded the recordkeeping require ments to the Secretary "for such modifi cation or clarification as may be neces sary to ensure that the statutory objec- tlves will be fulfilled" 499 F. 2d at 488. - Pursuant to the Court's direction, OSHA has completed its review, and has concluded that the opinion expressed by the Court is an accurate reflection of the record, and that the agency's initial judgment warrants correction. OSHA believes that extension of the ' recordkeeping requirement for exposure monitoring from three years to twenty years as originally proposed would be in harmony with the twenty-year retention period now required for employee medi cal records, 29 CFR 1910.1001(j) (6) (i). As the court noted (499 F. 2d at 488), the two sets of records when read to- , gether would provide a more complete record of an employee's history of ex posure, a factor vitally Important with , respect to asbestos-related diseases. The extended period for retention, with re sultant data accumulation, will be crit ical to medical and scientific investiga tions studying such questions as dose- ' response relationships in diseases caused by occupational exposure to asbestos. ' This decision would also be responsive to the agency's declared concern that the past inadequacy of health and monitor ing records have hindered research into the consequences of asbestos exposure at the workplace. 37 FR 11318, June 7,1972.' The long latency periods associated with asbestos-related diseases, and the consequent need for a standard to take such latency periods into account, were recognized by both the OSHA Advisory Committee on Asbestos Dust (proceed ings at pp. 103-105, February 17, 1972) and the NIOSH Criteria Document for a Recommended Standard on Asbestos (generally chapters I and II). In addi tion, testimony by two witnesses at the OSHA hearings also supported longer re tention periods for exposure monitoring records (Tr. at 527, 538, March 17, 1972). A consensus of the evidence in the record indicates that exposure monitoring rec ords should be held for at least 20 years in order to make such a requirement ' meaningful in view of what is generally. recognized as the minimum latency pe riod for many asbestos-related diseases. OSHA is of the view that the Interests of worker health would be best served by requiring the retention of exposure mon- ^ itoring records for a period which re flects an appreciation of this recognized latency factor. Accordingly, pursuant to the Court's . remand for further consideration of the , retention period for monitoring records, we have concluded, based on the exist ing record and for the reasons stated above, that a 20-year retention period is supported by the evidence and neces sary for the protection of employees. It is noted that in a new proposal on ex posure to asbestos (40 FR 47652, October 9, 1975), which reflects the most recent scientific and medical developments in the field, a 40-year retention period (or the duration of employment plus twenty years) for both exposure measurement and medical records has been proposed. For the reasons stated above, the ex posure records provision of the asbestos standard will be corrected to require re tention of exposure monitoring records . for at least 20 years, effective March 19, 1976. OSHA believes that a delay in the effective date of this requirement is not warranted since this rule only requires that affected employers retain records which they have already compiled and therefore does not impose a new burden of action, and since the initial three-year retention period for such records has now lapsed and these records might be destroyed. Loss of such records would be irreparable. Continued access to such records by all concerned is essential in. the public interest, and is an appropriate means of effectuating the goals of im proved worker safety and health under the Act. Oood cause is found, therefore, pursuant to section 4(d) (3) of the Ad*ministrative Procedure Act (5 UJS.C. 553 (d)(3)), for making this rule effective., Accordingly, pursuant to the direc-. tion of the United States Court of Ap peals ("Industrial Union Department, AFL-CIO v. Hodgson, supra"), and the. above referenced authority, paragraph (i) (1) of 29 CFR 1910.1001 Is hereby amended to read as follows: 1910.1001 Asbestos. * *' (l) Recordkeeping--(1) Exposure rec ords. Every employer shall maintain rec ords of any personal or environmental monitoring required by this section. Rec ords shall be maintained for a period of at least 20 years and shall be made avail able upon request to the Assistant Sec retary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, and to authorized representa tivesof either. * r (Secs. 6. 8, Pub. L. 91-596. 84 Stat. 1593. 1598 (39 U.S.O. 658. 667): Secretary of Labor'sOrder Ho. 13-71 (36 FR 6754); 39 CFR Part 1911). . Signed at Washington. D C. this 12th . dap of March 1976. : Morton Corn, Assistant Secretary of Labor. [FR Doo.76-7791 Filed 3-18-76; 8:45 am] "* - , -.A X1 ('5 FMS117781 Fr.icYi 7.1 'ATERIALS GTAIOAXJS INSTITUTE, IITC. , E-210 'V!LT7, j?4, FAhAl'JS, L. J. 07652 L U L L E T I !I II t. 5 6 3 'larch 10, 13 76 1076 DRAT.?. SHOE IDEHTIFICATI TI CATALOG The contract for the printing of the 'ln7S Brake Shoe Identifi cation Catalo" has been awarded to: Success, Inc. 1345 T-7est 16th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 46202 It is believed that it will contain 72 pages. On an estimate of the total order being 40,000 copies of a 72 page book, the nrice is: $294.00 per T 10.CO per li additional for five hole punching If there is a change in the price per thousand due to a change in nur.ber of pages or to changes in order quantities, or for author's alterations, you will be notified. Please forward all orders to the Institute office. Do Hot send them to the printer. This is our only means of checking the total quantities ordered and the price charged, as well as whether only nembers are ordering. The orders should be made out to Success, Inc. and state punching and shipping instructions. kindly forward your orders so that they reach the Institute Office by April 20, 1376. D. V, Drislane Executive Director Distribution. Active "Members Regional 1 lenders Licensees Data Look Committee FMS117782 FhlCTIGJ llATEXIALS STAJDAT-DC IDCTITUTE, I1IC :-2i: tjte 4, r.J. 7652 7? U L L E T I \; ), 5 5 2 February 24, 1076 PCCL/FA-TniT E.E T?20DUCT CATEGORIES IH vgE FF?:rjLA BASIS According to our Constitution and By-Laws, the Fee Formula for Active Members must be reviewed annually. Fata on categories is accumulated and reported to the Board of Directors who then make recommendations on the fee schedule to the membership. As a member may be engaged in a category one year and not the following (or the reverse) declarations must be filed annually in order to arrive at a proper fee formula and category assessment. At the June 1375 meeting, the Board of Directors resolved that category filing information TTill no longer be confidential. This change was reviewed by Counsel and reported to the Tembership. All categories in which your firm is engaged must be reported. Category filing information will be assembled and reported in summary form to the membership. Aould you kindly complete and return one copy of the attached form to the Institute Office. lTe will prepare a summary to assist the Board of Directors in establishing the fee formula for the fiscal year starting July 1, 1975. Filing categories are unchanged from those of recent years. Defer to the 'Explanation of Category Filing ' attached to the form. If you have questions, please give me a call. Aindly return your declaration by '.larch 31, 1D76. A stamped return envelope is enclosed with the Delegate's copy. i.UD/lmc Gncs. L. '1. Drislane Executive Director FMS117783 r vion. 'Aids i.:s: :-213 .J. 07G52 >T/y,*:-.v g: TFOr*nv wtltvg General - A member must be engaged In at least one of the first three categories, in order to be a member. The number of categories checked is used to determine the fees paid durine the next fiscal year. Any member not filing this information correctly x*ill be assessed the full fee for all categories. Confidentiality - The fee category information is no longer confidential. The data mill be reviewed by the 3oard of directors to determine its reasonableness. Tum.m.ary results mill be distributed to the Membership. jur Company is engaged as follows:1 - T_f a member manufactures and sells, purchases and sells, or both purchases and manufactures, and sells the product indicated in the replacement market, he is engaged in that caterorv. In other words, if he sells that product he is engaged in that category. Further, the replacement market includes automotive, industrial, and off road equipment--'/here Friction Materials Standards Institute, Inc. performs a service, either through cataloguing, assignment of copyrighted FAS I numbers, or the maintainin'* of prints. If a member sells a certain product type, but only to market where FAS I does not provide services, he does not report that category. '.here a member sells a certain product only to a market where there are TATI services available, but he declines to use these services, he must report that category. Brake Fining - Fn.der 3/4" Tom.inal, Including Disc Brake Lininns '.This includes linings whether loose, attached to shoes, or in roll form, sold to market *-*here the FAS I numberin'* system is available. ^rake Blocks and Disc Brake Linings - 3/4' nominal and Over This includes brake blocks, whether loose or attached to shoes, sold to markets "here the FASI numbering system is available. The 3/4 nominal includes tapered blocks with a maximum thickness of approxi mately .700", with minimum, thickness below .500". This also includes disc brake linings 3/4 and over, measuring lining thickness only at its thickest point. IThen measuring a lined shoe, to determine lining thickness, measure from the top of the shoe. Clutch Facings ' This includes loose facings or facings attached to plates, sold to markets **here the FASI numbering system is available. Brake Shoes - .lew Unlined, Including New Unline ' Fisc "ra! e Shoes This category includes new and unlined shoes (whether drum or disc type) which are sold as new and unlined shoes in the replacement market. If all the new and unlined shoes are sold as lined shoe assemblies, do not report this category. FMS117784 fdictid.: vfAi; SIAUDADDS IUSTTUUTZ Ii.C 2-210 P.CUTZ 4, Z.J. 07652 Friction Materials Standards Institute, Inc. -210 F.oute fib Paranus, K.J. 07552 Gentlemen: In response to Bulletin fi552 of February 24, 1375 concerning the declaration of information to be used in determining the fees, our comnanv is ensaeed as follows; Category h'e sell to the domestic replacement market: Brake Linings - Under 3/4 ' .ioninal, Including Disc ^rake Linings () Brake Blocks - 3/4 Tominal or over () Clutch Facings () 3rake Shoes - '.Tew Unlined, Including kew Unlined Disc Drake Shoes ( Affi2c an "11" in the square to the right of the category or categories your company is engaged in. Signature Company Date Kindly return declaration to the Institute Office by .larch 31, 1375. FMSI 17785 ieti:.. ;~'IAL-7 E-210 .JUxE H, "JG, I.J. 07f52 A J L L E T I .1 - 551 February ID, 197b iVT* 'S '-' \ c)T>*^r7T ST./''M "J * -'-are have oeen several recent itens of interest concerning asbestos and the proposed revisions to the asbestos standard. 1* rostnoner.ent of date for filing consents to Jo.i.\ 'Te have been advised by the Asbestos Information 'ssociation (AIA) that . h_A has postponed the cut-o^f date for filing comments on proposed revisions to the DSilA asbestos standard until April 9, 1975. faile a notice has not appeared in the Federal register as vet, AIA. advised that this postponement should be announced shortly. Yestar lav, February 9, 1975, was the date for cut-off of comments (which mas a postponement from the original December g, 1975 comment closing date.) .'he Institute nailed its comments to DShA on Friday. Februarv 1?7C. 2. AIA, meeting in rTashlnr~ton, h.G. February 4, 1976 I attended a meetin? organized by the VIA concerning their comments to ~TIA on the proposed revisions to the standard. They put on a most professional meeting with the following major sections: (a) heview by Dr. Alans heill, nrofessor of hedicine, Tulane University. Ae reviewed literature cited in the iCuA nroposal as it related to proposed revisions in the standard. (b) deport T'repared by hoy F. Ueston, Consultant for AIA. on `Technolo leal Feasibility and Economic Impact of Fa L\ Frooosed F.evision to the Vsbestos Standard. ' (c) A review in detail of the proposed revisions by the Standards and Technical Committee of the AIA. The .VIA. did an outstanding job in preparing a balanced objective report to iS.i`. The time lir.it permitted Ueston to cover 'primaryemployers only--the manufacturer W-_o introduces asbestos into the product. They .lid not have tine to cover 'secondary : or consumer ' segments of the industry, "ith the tine extension, I believe they will now review and report on these users (your customers). ile ash that if you are ashed for information or help by hoy '.'estor., that you cooperate fullv. They will have a most difficult time gathering this additional information ir. so short a tine. E. Drislane Executive Director FMS117786 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 560 February 3, 1976 ORDERS FOR THE 1976 SUPPLEMENT TO THE 1975 AUTOMOTIVE DATA BOOK The contract for the printing of the 1976 Supplement has been awarded to: Tweddle Litho Company 24000 Harper Avenue St. Clair Shores, Michigan 48080 It is believed that it will contain 32 pages with self-cover. On an estimate of the total order being 60,000 copies of a 32 page book, the preliminary price is: $108.60 per M 4.50 per M additional for five hole punching If there is a change in the price per thousand due to a change in number of pages or to ohanges in order quantities, or for author's alterations, you will be notified. Please forward all orders to the Institute Office. Do not send them to the printer. This is our only means of checking the total quantities ordered and the price charged, as well as whether only members are ordering. The orders are to be made out to Tweddle Litho Company, and are to state punching and shipping instructions. With the last three catalogs printed by the Institute, we did not have sufficient extra copies to handle all the late orders. We suggest that your order be placed prior to March 1, 1976 if you want to be sure to receive copies. Please forward your orders so that they reach the Institute Office by March 1, 1976. EWD/erc Distribution: Active Members Regional Members E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117787 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-2I0 ' jTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 5 9 January 28, 1976 (1) INSTITUTE COMMENTS TO OSHA ON THE ASBESTOS STANDARD (2) REQUEST FOR MEMBER COMPANY ENDORSEMENTS OF FMSI COMMENTS Over the past several weeks, your Asbestos Study Committee has reviewed and revised comments to OSHA concerning their proposed revisions to the standard for occupational exposure to asbestos. Comments are due at OSHA by Monday February 9,1976. The Institute had earlier recommended that individual manufacturers comment directly to OSHA. We sent out information on the proposed revisions in October 1975, and in December 1975 we reported on our Seminar where Mr. Kwon, of OSHA, specifically requested input from industry. Attached is a copy of the Institute's comments. These have been subject to considerable revisions since their first draft. It is now too late to revise again. It must be understood that it is difficult to get agreement from various members who probably have different viewpoints on certain proposals in the notice of rulemaking. This is the best that could be done in the short time available. We are asking for your endorsement of these comments. From your company, we are requesting that the following officer/employee seek that endorsement from the President, Division Manager, Factory Manager, Personnel Manager, or other officer/employee who might best be able to speak for your company in this area: It has been suggested to FMSI that our comments, with these individual endorse ments, will have more weight with OSHA than if the comments are sent in as is. Most committee members concur in this viewpoint. We are therefore asking that the appropriate officer/employee prepare a brief endorsement, on his letterhead, and send it to the FMSI Office to reach the office no later than Friday February 6, 1976. This would be in addition to any comments a member might wish to make to OSHA directly. For guidance, a sample endorsement i3 attached. You of course, are encouraged to use your own wording and to add to your endorsement as you see fit. If you do not have time to make an endorsement on your company's letterhead, you may use this sample to complete the endorsement and forward to us. We ask your quick turn-around on this endorsement. We will forward all endorsements received by February 6, 1976, along with our comments to OSHA, in time to meet the OSHA filing date of February 9, 1976. EWD/erc Enclosure cc-Delegates and Alternates Asbestos Study Committee E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117788 Telethons (201) 849-0440 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, BERGEN MALL OFFICE CENTER E. 210 ROUTE 4 PARAMUS. N J. 07652 February 6, 1976 INC. Docket Officer, Docket H-033 U. S. Department of Labor, Room N-3620 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 '. , ' J ,/ ~ ", " Gentlemen: The Friction Materials Standards Institute, Inc. is an association of most of the domestic brake lining and clutch facing manufacturers. We also service eighteen foreign manufacturers of friction materials. Asbestos is an important ingredient in most friction articles, and the proposed revisions to the standard for occupational exposure to asbestos will have a major impact on this industry. Our members support the concept of government regulation to safeguard the health of its workers, and with the cooperation of the workers this can be done. However, we feel that certain elements of the proposed regula tions and the background data used for their development are highly contro versial and need to be reviewed and reconsidered in light of their possible future social and economic impacts on business, labor, and the general public. The Institute has urged its members to make individual replies in order to participate in this rulemaking. The Institute's comments will not cover certain subjects such as monitoring procedures, exhaust ventilation, and hygiene facilities that can best be commented on by individual manufacturers. As an association, we cannot speak for all our members because certain proposals are controversial within our industry. Because of this we do not necessarily concur with those proposals on which we have not commented. We hope that individual members of the industry will comment directly to OSHA on those subjects. 1.___PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE TO AIRBORNE CONCENTRATIONS OF ASBESTOS FIBERS The proposed 8 hour time weighted average concentration limit of 0.5 fibers/cc and the ceiling concentrations limit of 5 fibers/cc are the most controversial requirements. 1.1 Exposure limit rationale based on British experience In developing the rationale for the 0.5 fiber limit (TWA), considerable weight was given to Great Britain's 2 fiber/cc limit, and improved working conditions that resulted from their 1931 Factory Regulations. Our members contend that their friction materials factories are far cleaner today than were their Great Britain . counterparts of 1933 "when important improvements in work practices had been achieved." Our members doubt that levels consis tently below 10 fiber/cc were achieved until after Great Britain imposed the revised Asbestos Regulations in 1968. Knowledgeable individuals claim British factories have not achieved the 2 fiber/cc level on a consistent basis on all operations. We believe alleged British compliance with the FMS117789 2- - 2 fiber/cc limit has had an unwarranted bearing on the development of pro posed reduced airborne fiber limits in the United States. 1.2 Manufacturers have not achieved the July 1, 1976 2-fiber/cc limit Members working to meet the current 5 fiber/cc limit (and the 2 fiber/cc July 1, 1976 limit) state that in areas where they have concentrated efforts-- mixing, pressing, grinding--they still obtain in excess of 5 fiber/cc. Often a State or Federal OSHA inspector will check the same area within several days of the company's own sampling and in many cases will indicate the area is in compliance. IJhile OSHA will not officially release their counts in such cases, some have privately stated they showed no fiber present in the sample. This disparity in counts has made several members very concerned that OSHA may be using these low (or "zero") counts as a basis for proposing the 0.5 fiber/cc limit, under the mistaken assumption that industry is already in or near compliance. Our members wish to emphasize that they are striving to get below the 2 fiber/cc limit by July 1, 1976 and that they are not already in compliance with the new proposals. 1.3 Epidemiology based on crocidolite asbestos is not applicable to friction materials Crocidolite (blue) asbestos is not used in friction materials. Any epidemio logical data extrapolated from sources using crocidolite, where that type asbestos is considered the significant carcinogen (mesothelioma for example), should not be used where a standard is applied to all asbestos manufacturing. This point must be emphasized as regards mesothelioma where these malignancies have been experienced at exposure levels below those causing asbestosis. If the mesothelioma evidenced at lower exposure levels is associated primarily with crocidolite asbestos, it is suggested that this evidence not be used in support of a lower exposure level for all types of asbestos. 1.4 Reliability of the membrane filter method and its use for enforcement During industry's endeavors to comply with the existing OSHA Asbestos Regula tions, fiber counts in the 2-10 fiber/cc range often have been difficult to reproduce. Skilled counters frequently obtain readings varying by much more than 0.5 fiber/cc on the same sample. Tests made at the same work station under seemingly identical conditions often will vary beyond 2 fiber/cc. (The proposed 0.5 fibers/cc standard is much less than variations routinely encountered in many existing clean work areas). Industry appreciates that the membrane filter method is the only presently available working method for assessing airborne fiber levels in plant environments. However, the use of this method for enforcemnet of the 0.5 fiber/cc limit is of serious concern. Many users believe the method as currently applied by OSRA is not a reliable reproducible means of accurately quantifying airborne asbestos concentrations. 1.5 The proposed exposure levels will expand applicability of the standard to brake lining shops, car dealers, etc. The proposed exposure limits, and the proposed ceiling concentrations in particular, would bring most garages and shops doing brake lining work, as well as their suppliers (re-builders, job shops, and the like) under require ments of this standard. In iddition''to the brake work done at car dealers FMS117790 -3- and the national-regional auto. o-.ive service shops, brake service is offered at most garages and at nan- service stations. A 1972 Census of Manufacturers indicated that there are o - er 300,000 iuto mechanics and garage workers in the United States. A 1973 arr'lysis by Hunter iv.blishing Company estimated that there were over 200,00> shops doing brake service work in the United States. Equal enforcement would mean that the regulated area, monitoring, ventilation, record-keeping and other requirements intended for manufacturers would now be required by these small businessmen. Technical papers have been written citing studies that drilling, grinding, cutting, or other subsequent operations on brake linings can raise concen trations above the proposed limits. At the installation level, ceiling concentrations may be exceeded only a few times a day or even less often, but this still would bring many small garages under the scope of this standard. It must be assumed that all workers are to be protected equally, and we question whether 0SHA took this expanded applicability of the standard into consideration during development of these proposals. 1.6 Friction materials manufacturers cannot project costs and problems with these proposed exposure levels until their new equipment and procedures arc evaluated It is difficult to segregate cost considerations from the standards section of the OSHA notice of proposed rulemaking. However, industry has embarked on a series of procedures and designs to meet the current 5 fiber/cc limit, and the forthcoming 2 fiber/cc limit. Increased costs have been incurred in many ways including dust collection and ventilation systems, bag opening machinery, special work benches, new processing methods, enclosures, etc. Normally it can not be determined whether such equipment and processing changes can meet the existing standards until after they are in place and working under full production conditions. Often there is no way of knowing whether these investments are worthless and may have to be discarded in favor of new technology that will have to be developed to achieve compliance with the new proposals. Industry needs to evaluate new equipment and methods that are now in the acquisition and implementation phases before it can begin to predict the costs of meeting these new limits, or predict whether or not these limits are in fact attainable. At this time, our industry does not know if it can meet the new limits. It will have much better information on what is feasible after completion of the programs it has already scheduled in anticipation of the July 1, 1976 effective date for the 2 fiber/cc limit. 2. REGULATED AREAS - DAILY ROSTER Several members have indicated the requirement for a daily roster of all persons entering a regulated area will be a problem as regards enforcement, productivity, and recordkeeping. Depending on how this requirement is enforced, it could require additional guards or gatekeepers and could cause a reduction in worker productivity. Thera is continued movement of lift trucks and other material handling equip ment, and transfer of job orders and the like by factory personnel during the manufacture of friction materials. In addition, the areas must be serviced by machine set-up men, maintenance workers and occasionally by factory-office and engineering workers. Some areas, where there is no work FMS117791 -li on asbestos-containing products arc located adjacent to what may be reg ulated areas. In many cases, the work force nay have to oass through the regulated area to get to arid leave their work stations. For epidemiolog ical purposes, it is recommended that an individual's personnel record be noted that he was reouired to enter a regulated area with a certain frequen cy. For example: Often--several times daily; Regularly--once or twice daily; Occasionally--about once a week: Seldom--no more than once a month. This could be up-dated on a personnel record every six months. Such a procedure would eliminate the productivity problems in enforcement of the roster requirement and would post information directly to an em ployee's personnel record for subsequent epidemiological study. 3. 110NIT0RIIIG - EMPLOYEE NOTIFICATION It is felt that bulletin board notification of employee's exposure would serve the intent of "...shall notify each employee in writing..." 4. WORK PRACTICES The friction materials business is under regulatory surveillance by the Department of Transportation's National Highway Traffic Safety Admin istration (NHTSA). An Air Brake Systems Standard (Standard 121) took effect in 1975. The Hydraulic Brake Systems Standard (Standard 105-75) took effect on January 1, 1976. Brake lining is an essential part of all brake systems, and friction materials manufacturers cannot change formula tion or processing methods without considerable additional testing on their part, as well as by brake systems manufacturers and vehicle manufacturers. For example, a major axle manufacturer projects 4,860 combinations of conditions under which a given friction material could be used in air brake systems. Based on this consideration, the manufacturer insists that a friction materials supplier must run at least 10 individual dynamometer tests under varying conditions before they can consider a particular material. This is in addition to 6-10 dynamometer tests that the friction materials supplier would run to select each candidate for submission. With current independent laboratory costs of $2,300 for a Standard 121 dyna mometer test, the certifying test costs to the friction materials supplier would be approximately $40,000 per customer. For each additional customer 10 tests, or $23,000 would be necessary. As for Standard 105-75, one friction materials manufacturer estimates his costs at $25,000 for the tests necessary to certify a new product. The costs noted are for the friction materials manufacturer's certifi cation only, and do not include those costs required by the axle, brake, or vehicle manufacturer. The friction materials manufacturer's costs for material certification do not include pilot plant work, screening tests or other costs for developing the new product. Any significant change in processing would reouire additional certification tests. Some manufacturers claim certain friction products have superior perform ance characteristics when manufactured using dry methods. The friction materials industry must conform to the above mentioned regulations, and is caught between forces of 'more performance" on the one hand and limited options in manufacturing methods on the other. While wet manufacturing methods are recommended "insofar as practical," it should be understood FMSI 17792 -5- that brake lining manufacturer'; have additional regulatory problems that do not affect other user;; cf asbestos. 5. RESPIRATOR PROGRAM - " "v.OYEZ R'lTATIOi; The requirements for rotation of an employee--based on examination of a physician--with the "same seniority, status, and rate of pay" could ser iously affect worker assignment responsibilities of management. In many cases, labor and industry have collective bargaining agreements which contain pay differentials for night shifts, work on especially difficult tasks, work in certain areas, outdoor versus indoor assignments, etc. The newly hired employee generally starts with premiums for night differ ential, more difficult tasks, etc. Should re-assignment be called for, the worker normally would be moved to an area that would not command a premium, but under the proposed standard, the worker would be an exception and would receive the premium. This could cause untold difficulty with existing and future labor agreements. Such a requirement may be beyond the authority of 05HA, inasmuch as it could disrupt existing contracts. 6. 1'EDICAL SURVEILLANCE 6.1 Medical Surveillance--Preplacement With the extensive data available showing that cigarette smoking causes a drastic increase In lung cancer, some members advocate that discrimina tion be permitted against the hiring of those smoking cigarettes in a factory using asbestos in its products. Some further advocate that an employer be permitted to require the use of respirators by those known to smoke cigarettes. Support of a non-smoker status would be permitted by affidavit or other similar requirement. 6.2 Medical Examination Requirement The proposed rules for medical examinations for each employee exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers need clarification. Several members contend that the medical examination and exposure level should be more specific. It is generally agreed that factory workers in areas where the asbestos containing product is being processed or handled would require examinations. Would examinations be required for the worker in areas such as the factory office, quality control, tool design or other where, for example, airborne asbestos dust concentrations might be 0.1 to 0.3 fiber/cc (TT7A) and never above 2 fiber/cc ceiling concentration? Would examinations be required for purchasing, accounting, engineering or other office personnel who work in areas with little more airborne asbestos dust than the trace amounts that might be found in a downtown office build ing? Would examinations be required for factory workers, located in the same building or group of buildings where others are working on asbestos-con taining products, but who are not themselves working on asbestos-containing products, and where concentrations of airborne asbestos fibers are either negligible or non-existent? For example, employees could be working on FMS117793 6- - iron castings or steel stamping in. an area separate from the employees working on asbestos-containing nror'ucis, Would examinations be required for those workers who work in the clean areas above, but who on occasion enter a factory area where the full-time worker is considered exposed to airborne asbestos dust concentrations? It is suggested that a more specific definition of the medical examin ation requirement based on employee exposure to asbestos would help in implementing these proposed regulations. In other words, what is the level, and how much time at this level is considered exposure to airborne asbestos dust concentrations for purposes of the medical examination requirement? 7. DANGER LABELS The danger label normally connotes a highly toxic or poisonous material-- such as cyanide or arsenic. With asbestos, the "danger'' can only result if dust is created and breathed. To put the warning in proper perspect ive, it should be indicated that the problem exists only if airborne dust is generated. The label as proposed could cause some employees to refuse to pack, unpack, stencil, assemble or in other fashion touch finished products containing asbestos. The primary purpose of the label or sign should be to get the employee's cooperation to avoid creating dust. We suggest; WARNING Avoid Creating Dust Contains Asbestos Fibers Breathing Asbestos Dust Nay Cause Serious Bodily Harm We do not believe 0SI1A is out to panic employees and recommend it be positive in emphasizing "Avoid Creating Dust." 8. HOUSEKEEPING - WASTE DISPOSAL The requirements on waste disposal appear to overlap EPA requirements, as detailed in their National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pol lutants. We suggest that this requirement, which may infer the need for "sealed impermeable bags," be examined and re-written to maintain harmony with the EPA requirements. 9. RECORDKEEPING The Institute supports most provisions of the recordkeeping require ments. When this data is gathered (and reviewed by objective analysts) the biological effects of asbestos exposure in friction materials factories can be determined and threshold limit values developed. In particular, we support the proposed recordkeeping requirements for (1) Exposure records, (2) Medical records, (3) Mechanical ventilation, and (4) Em ployee training. It is assumed such records can be stored using tech nology that will be available in years to come, 'licrofilm and EDP storage--with adequate safeguards to avoid unwarranted corrections or erasures--must be permitted. Full size hard copy records could become FMSI 17794 -7- a warehousing problem. We commented earlier on the requirements for a daily roster, and recom mended an alternate approach. In the event a daily roster will be required in the final regulations, we recommend the maintenance of roster records in a summary or abbreviated form as an alternate to the keeping of the daily roster record. This would serve the epidemiological purposes of the proposed recordkeeping requirements. 10. INFLATIONARY IMPACT In discussing items of this nature, the Institute does not have access to specific cost data. That is only available from individual manu facturers. The subjects of cost impact, competition, and effects on employment are related to each other. The OSHA regulations for asbestos exposure will require considerable expenditures for eauipment. In addition there will be continual additional costs of monitoring, res pirator usage, medical examinations, productivity losses in use of reg ulated areas, recordkeeping and the like. Information on these costs must be collected from individual companies. The Institute would like to point out two items of concern to domestic manufacturers of friction materials. 10.1 There are fewer United States friction materials manufacturers in 1976 than in 1972-73 In our 1972-73 fiscal year, the Institute had 25 Active Ilembers--those are manufacturers of brake lining or clutch facings resident in the United States. Today we have 19 Active Members. Reasons other than OSHA. regulations have contributed to this decline in domestic manufact uring, but there is no question but that some manufacturers were in fluenced in their decisions to discontinue operations because of earlier OSHA and EPA regulations. Some of the discontinued friction materials manufacturing operations since 1972-73 were: Auto Specialties Mfg. Co. (St, Joseph, Michigan) discontinued automotive disc brake lining business Johns-Hanville Corp. (Waukhegan, 111.) discontinued all automotive and truck friction materials business Scandura, Inc. (Charlotte, N. C.) discontinued all friction mater ials manufacturing Silver Line Products, Inc. (Los Angeles, Cal.) discontinued all friction -''terlals manufacturing Standco Industries, Inc. (Houston, Texas) withdrew from industrial and truck clutch facing manufacturing In addition, the Firestone Tire & Rubber Company discontinued production at its World Bestos Co. Division in New Castle, Indiana, with Royal FMS117795 Industries subsequently takiiv' over some of these operations. Major manufacturing operations were closed by members in Passaic, Hew Jersey, and Richmond, Kentucky. The only new entrant has been Hayes-Albion Corporation, with a plant in Johnson City, Tennessee, set up under a Federal Trade Commission order. Friction materials manufacturers are a diverse group. Come will be better able to cope with the proposed regulations than others. If the trend indicated continues, it would seem logical that OSHA and EPA regulations contributed to this decline in domestic manufacturing and loss in employment. 10.2 'Jill stricter regulation export the jobs of American workers? Host of our members support the principles of free trade. Some have manufacturing facilities in other countries. Others sell their products worldwide. Others have licensing agreements with foreign manufacturers. Where competition is free and un-restricted, the domestic manufacturers can compete. However, if the proposed asbestos regulations are im plemented, domestic manufacturers will be working with the most re strictive exposure levels in the world. While some multi-national companies indicate that they will go to the same exposure levels world wide, they are a minority. Except for Great Britain and the Province of Ontario, we are not aware of other jurisdictions with numerical exposure levels. If the capital and on-going costs for compliance with the proposed regulations go significantly beyond those costs scheduled for compliance with the July 1, 1976 exposure level, brake linings, brake blocks, and clutch facings manufactured in foreign countries--without asbestos con trol--will be even more price competitive than now. In today's replace ment market, foreign manufacturers are increasing their share of the market steadily. In a recent Labor Department notice on the application of Wagner Electric Corporation employees for worker adjustment assist ance, it was stated: Imports of automotive brake products like or directly competitive with those produced at the Plymouth Avenue St. Louis plant.......... increased in value from $46,000,000 in 1970 to $118,000,000 in 1974. The ratio of imports to domestic consumption (I/O and production (I/P) rose from 10.0% and 8.6% respectively to 15.3% and 13.2% respectively in 1974. T?e believe that brake linings and brake blocks are in the class of products competitive with Wagner Electric Corporation's St. Louis plant. If the proposed asbestos regulations add significantly to our members' costs, they will be at a price disadvantage with manufacturers in for eign countries where asbestos regulations are either less restrictive or not in effect at all. This imbalance in international occupational regulations could end up protecting the American worker at the cost of his job. It is a problem that should be called to the attention of the regulators, the legislators, and the workers and unions who are directly involved. FMS117796 -9- * i- it * The Institute asks for op1'/., consideration of its comments and suggestions in the areas discussed. Uo trust also that comments received directly from friction materials manufacturers will be considered in this rule making and we have asked our members to contribute statements for your review. The Institute wishes to emphasize its concern on the limits for permissible exposure to airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers. Until there is sufficient medical evidence to justify reduction of the exposure limits, we ask that the limit for the 8 hour time weighted average airborne con centration of asbestos fibers be maintained at 2 fibers per cubic centi meter as due to take effect on July 1, 1976. Ue ask also that the ceiling concentration be maintained at 10 fibers per cubic centimeter. If additional information is needed on any of the subjects raised by these comments, the Institute would be pleased to attempt gathering such information. Respectfully submitted, FRICTIOil MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE EWD/ed E. U. Drislane Executive Director FMSi 17797 Company; Data: Docket Officer, Docket H-033 U. 3. Department of Labor Room. N-3620 200 Constitution Avenue, II. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 Gentlemen: Our company, a United States manufacturer of friction materials, and a member of the Friction Materials Standards Institute, Inc., wishes to go on record as supporting the comments the Institute is making to OSHA on the proposed revisions to the standard for occupational exposure to asbestos. In particular, we support the Institute's request for maintaining the limit for the 8 hour time weighted average airborne concentration of asbestos fibers at 2 fibers per cc, and the ceiling concentration at 10 fibers per cc. Respectfully, COMPANY: Signature: Name (Typed): Title: FMS117798 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 5 3 January 5, 1976 HISTORICAL SALES PROGRAM The historical sales program is continuing on a quarterly basis. Regional Members using the copyrighted FMSI Numbers for marketing their products in the United States may participate if they wish. The Institute is requesting details of pieces sold for the full calendar year 1975 (12 months ending December 31, 1975). The rules for the reporting details remain unchanged. 1. Quantities will be reoorted in Dieces (not units). For roll lining, each foot of length will be one piece. 2. Our Accountants will report the names of the members from whom reports are received, and the number of members reporting in each of the four groups. 3. Total pieces in each group will be reported. 4. "Clutch Facinos" does not include pear tooth discs, automatic transmission discs, or the 8-14" dia. (3/16 to 1/2" thick) asbestos composition discs. The data as filed will be confidential. Totals for each group will be shown and there is no way of determining quantities by individual members. Please review the form and the description as they apply to this year's reporting. You will be receiving from Marshall Granger & Company, Certified Public Account ants, a form for completing this information. Please return it to? Marshall Granger & Company, C. P. A. 1600 Harrison Avenue Mamaroneck, New York 10543 If you report, please have your figures in by February 1.5 1976. If you do not wish to report these figures, no reply is necessary. Only those reporting figures will receive the industry totals when the data is summarized. A sample form and definitions are attached. "~ E'7D/erc Encs. Distribution: Delegates & Alternates Regional Members (paying Active Member Dues) E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117799 EXHi3IT "A" STATISTICAL PROGRAM OF THE FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC. Mail to.* Marshall Granger & Co., C. P. A. 1600 Harrison Avenue Mamaroneck, New York 10543 #*##**###* See instructions for sales to other members! Pieces sold to United States distributors, jobbers, private brands, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchandisers, direct consumers, government agencies, or other customers for use in the United States replacement market; 12 MONTHS JANUARY 1 to DECEMBER 31. 1975 Brake linings less then 3/4" nominal thickness (See explanation for roll lining). Brake blocks, nominal thickness of 3/4" and over Disc brake linings ~ Clutch facings _____________________ ___________ use r.:?cr.7i::T Fcri BE SEi.T Bf ;w.'A.i i m 11 _________________________ By: Signature Company Date FMSI 17800 EXHIBIT "B" DEFINITION FOR HISTORICAL SALES PIECES The reports will show pieces of friction material, in groups as shown: Group__________ Brake Lining ________Descr ipt ion Friction materials less than a nominal 3/4" thickness (See note on roll 1ining) Normal Usapa Normally, one piece to a shoe Brake Blocks Friction materials with a nominal thickness of 3/4" and over Normally, two oieces to a shoe Disc Brake Linings Friction materials sold (for disc brakes) to be attached to the shoe, or sold as a unit molded, bonded or riveted to the shoe Normally, one piece to a shoe Clutch Facing Friction materials of annular shape, or segments thereof Normally, two annular pieces per clutch plate Note: For roll lining only, consider each foot of length equals one piece. REPLACEMENT SALES TO UNITED STATES MARKET This reporting is for sales to the United States replacement market only. Do not include sales to other markets. This includes sales under the friction material manufacturer's own name or brand name used by the customer, to automotive ware house distributors, jobbers, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchan disers, direct consumers, government agencies or other customers for use in the United States replacement market. When a friction materials manufacturer is shipping to a vehicle manufacturer, brake manufacturer, or clutch manufacturer, but has no reasonable way of deters mining if the pieces are for original equipment or replacement purposes, estimates will not be used - these pieces will not be reported. However, where a friction material manufacturer is shipping to a point known to be used for replacement, or where he stencils or otherwise identifies the pieces as being for replacement purposes, or where the shipments otherwise are obviously known to be for replace ment, these pieces will be reported. The member who sells to the type customer or user indicated above will report those pieces sold, even if purchased from another Active Member or Regional \1ember. When you sell vour friction materials to another Member (Active or Regional) do not report those sales! Materials sold to Licensee Members of the Institute for the repladement market should be included. FMSI 17801 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE #4, PARAITUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 557 December 22, 1975 PROPOSED OS HA REVISONS TO ASBESTOS STANDARD On December 17, 1975, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (3SHA) published a notice extending the time for filing comments on the proposed revisions to the standard for occupational exposure to asbestos. The new deadline for filing comments is February 9, 1976. Also, OSI-IA printed several corrections to the October 9, 1975 proposal. The corrections were primarily editorial. Again we urge all members to comment to OSHA on these proposed regulations. E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117802 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC. , E-210 ROUTE /!4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 5 6 December 9, 1975 INSTITUTE ASBESTOS SEMINAR The Institute held its Seminar on asbestos at the Ramada Inn, E.ochelle Park, New Jersey on December 3-4, 1975. Over 40 representatives from our membership attended. Formal proprams were presented with slides and sound. The Seminar was apparently well received by those attending. A brief summary of the presentations at the Seminar follows. Enclosed also is more detailed coverage of the presentation made by Mr. 3yung Kwon, of the Occupational Safety & Health Administration. Johns-Ilanville Presentation This was a three star attraction starting with Mr. Bill Reitze discussing the facts on three diseases associated with asbestos: asbestosis, lung cancer and mesothelioma. Ed Fenner followed with an up-date on the proposed revisions to the OSHA standard for asbestos exposure In the work place, and on the revised EPA standards for asbestos air emissions. Noel Hendry followed with information on the handling of asbestos (railroad cars, bag opening, etc.) as well as information on their Canadian J-M mining facility. For further information on the J-M presentation contact either your local J-M representative or: Mr. Noel Hendry Johns-Hanville Sales Corporation Greenwood Plaza Denver, Colorado 80217 Ferro-Tech, Inc.--Pelletizing Solid Waste Mr. John Young of Ferro-Tech discussed agglomeration of solid waste, and in particular the pelletizing of asbestos waste products. He covered techniques other than pelletizing and presented slides on some installations already made at some friction materials manufacturers. For a copy of his presentation, or additional information, contact: Mr. John S. Young Ferro Tech, Incorporated 1221 Banksville Road Pittsburgh, Pa. 15216 Milfisk of America--Housekeeping in the Work Place Mr. Robert Magdelain of Nilfisk presented a history of sanitation, with recommendations for the factory. At the conclusion of his presentation, he demonstrated features of some of his larger industrial vacuum cleaners with emphasis on non-clogging of filters FMSI 17803 BUi.Lu. i 1,1 ,7556 2- - December 9, 1975 and ease of use and emptying of the units. For more background on his presentation, or additional information, contact; Hr. Robert S. Magdelain Nilfisk of America, Inc. 3244 Prospect St., N.W. Washington, D.C. 20007 Occupational Safety 6 Health Administration Hr. Byung Kwon of OHSA made a presentation emphasizing the pronosed standards for occupational exposure to asbestos. A lengthy summary of Mr. Xwon's presentation is attached. His emphasis was that he needs input from industry so that a realistic and effective standard can be written. To contact Mr. Kwon: Mr. Byung Kwon Occupational Safety & Health Administration Room 11-3660 200 Constitution Avenue, U.W. Washington, D.C. 20210 Asbestos Information Association (AIA/HA) Mr. Robert H. Mereness, Executive Director of the Asbestos Information Association discussed the AIA and its history. He mentioned the work done by AIA and services rendered its members. Four members of the Institute are AIA members and he would welcome additional corporate members. To contact AIA: Mr. Robert H. Mereness Asbestos Information Association, H.A. 1660 L Street, H.W. Washington, D.C. 20036 E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17804 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLET I N N 0. 5 5 5 November 20, 1975 ADDITIONS TO MEMBERSHIP FRENOS VENEZOLANOS, C. A., VENEZUELA (Regional) AND UTIL, S. P. A., ITALY (Licensee) The membership has voted to accept the application for Regional Membership submitted by Frenos Venezolanos, C. A. of Caracas, Venezuela. Frenos Venezolanos, C. A. is a manufacturer of brake linings, brake blocks and clutch facings with manufacturing at Urbanizacion Soco, Edo Araqua, Venezuela (office in Caracas, Venezuela). They produce friction materials under licensing arrange ments with a United States and European manufacturer. They do not intend to use the copyrighted FMSI numbers for exporting products to the U. S. A. The Board of Directors has reviewed the application for Licensee Membership submitted by Util, S. P. A. of Villanova d'Asti, Italy. Util, S. P. A. is a manufacturer of brake shoes. The Directors voted to accept the Util, S. P. A. application and they are now our newest Licensee. EWD/erc E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117805 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE if 4, PARA!?US, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 554 November 11, 1975 1975 Brake Block Identification Catalog In BULLETIN HO. 544 we solicited orders for our new 1975 Brake 31ock Identification Catalog. There will be a price reduction from that quoted, as we ended up ordering 40,000 copies. The final price will be: $185.00/?' 9.00/M for punching There are additional copies on hand over those ordered. If anyone wishes to order copies--not already ordered-- their Purchase Order should be made out to the Friction Materials Standards Institute, and nailed to the Institute Office in Paramus. Please let your Purchasing Department know of this price change. E. U. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17806 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 Route 4, Paramus, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 5 3 November 3, 1975 INSTITUTE SEMINAR ON ASBESTOS Mr. Harry Wagner, Chairman, and the members of the Asbestos Study Committee are arranging a seminar on asbestos for December 3-4, 1975, at the Ramada Inn, Rochelle Park, New Jersey (near Paramus). A tentative agenda for the seminar is enclosed. The foundation for the seminar is a Johns-Manvi1le presentation, up-dated for 1975, which is scheduled for December 3, 1975. A reception will be held afterwards at which individuals can meet others with similar problems and perhaps solutions. The December 4, 1975 session will present information on pelletizing solid waste and cleaning equipment to help control dust in the work place. This will be followed with sessions on the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and the Asbestos Information Association (AI A). You are invited. Also, those in your firm who must cope with the asbestos regulations at the plant level are invited. Information on the program, how to get to the Ramada Inn--and other motels in the area--are enclosed. Will you please list the names of those who plan to attend this seminar on the enclosed return form. There is a $10.00 . registration fee per person to cover costs of the reception and luncheon. Please: return the enclosed return form to me, with the $10.00 per person, by no later than November 25. 1975. You should make your hotel/motel reservations directly to the hotel/motel you wish to stay at. EWD/erc Enclosure: E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117807 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4,PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 RETURN FORM - INSTITUTE SEMINAR (Please use for attendance at Institute December 3-4, 1975 Seminar on Asbestos. Hotel/Motel, reservations are not included, and should be made separately). Friction Materials Standards Institute, Inc. E-210 Route 4 Paramus, Mew Jersey 07652 Subject: Institute Seminar on Asbestos Gentlemen: Please register the following for your Asbestos Seminar on December 3-4, 1975; NAME COMPANY ADDRESS The (jnO.OO fee, per attendee, should be enclosed with this form, made out to Friction Materials Standards Institute, Inc. BY Company Date FMS117808 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, M. J. 07652 HOTEL/MOTEL RESERVATIONS -- PARAMUS AREA The seminar is to be held at the Ramada Inn, Rochelle Park, Mew Jersey (near Paramus). RAMADA INN. ROCHELLE PARK Enclosed is a copy of a brochure for the Ramada Inn (Exit 160, Garden State Parkway) with directions to find it. Also enclosed are reservation request cards which yOU can mail to the Ramada Inn, attention of Judy Williams. You may prefer to make your own reservations directly using the Ramada Inn toll free line (800) 228-2828. OTHER HOTELS/MOTELS There are a cluster of three large hotels/motels nearby at Saddle Brook, Mew Jersey. (Exit 159, Garden State Parkway). There are a Marriott, Holiday Inn and Howard Johnsons. These are 1 mile from the Ramada Inn. In addition, there are many hotels/motels in Bergen County and a list of these is also enclosed. DIRECTIONS FROM AIRPORTS TO RAMADA INN From JFK and La Guardia: Grand Central Parkway to Triboro Bridge; North on Major Deegan Expressway (Rte 87) to George Washington Bridge; West on Route 4 about 8 miles, (l mile past Route 17); South on Paramus Road about l/2 mile (Ramada Inn). From Newark Airport: North on Jersey Turnpike; 'Jest on Route 80; to Garden State Parkway North; 1 mile on Garden State Parkway to Exit 160 (Ramada Inn). FMSI 17809 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J.07652 TENTATIVE SCHEDULE - SEMINAR ON ASBESTOS Location; Ramada Inn, Rochelle Park, N. J. (near Paramus) Date; December 3-4, 1975 Wednesday December 3. 1975 12;CO Noon - 1:30 PM Check-in 1:30 PM - 5:00 PM "A Johns-Manvi1le review on asbestos" W, B. Reitze: Medical aspects E. M. Fenner: OSHA, EPA Regulations N. W. Hendry: Fiber handling; plans for the new regulations. 5:30 PM - 7:30 PM Reception with beverages and hors d'ouvres Thursday December 4. 1975 8:30 AM - 9:15 AM "Solid Waste disposal by pelletizing" W. Engelleitner (Ferro Tech, Inc.) ' 9:15 AM - 10:00 AM "Housekeeping in the work place" R. S. Magdelain (Nilfisk of America, Inc.) 10:00 AM - 10!30 AM 10:30 AIV! - 11:45 AM Coffee break "Occupational Safety and Health Administration" B. K. Kwon (OSHA) 11:45 AM 12:30 PM - 12:30 PM - 2:00 PM Cocktai1s Luncheon with guest speaker _ R. H. Mereness (Asbestos Information Association ) FMS117810 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLET I N N 0. 5 5 2 November 3, 1975 1975 SUPPLEMENT TO 1974 BRAKE SHOE IDENTIFICATION CATALOG When the 1975 Supplement to the 1975 Brake Shoe Identification Catalog was printed this year we later received several orders we could not fill because we were out of stock. Because of the demand for these catalogs, we are making a special reprint. The cost for this catalog will be $.30 each ($300/1000 Copies). All copies will be punched. If you wish additional copies, please forward your order now to the Institute Office. If this reprint is oversubscribed we will fill orders on a first come - first served basis. EWD/erc E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117811 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN K 0. 5 5 1 B October 30, 1975 PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO THE OSHA ASBESTOS STANDARD When BULLETIN NO 551A was mailed, a copy of the proposed amendments to the OSHA Asbestos Standard was sent to one individual for each Active Member. These proposed amendments were in the Federal Register of October 9, 1975. If an additional copy of these proposed amendments is needed, please contact the Institute Office. We are enclosing with this notice copies of three overviews of the proposed OSHA Asbestos Standard. These overviews are by: Ashestos Information Association Occupational Health and Safety Letter Internal Overview-Member Company We believe these three overviews, when read with the full text as it appeared in the Federal Register, help highlight areas of concern to manufacturers of asbestos containing friction materials. The main item is the proposed lower limit of 0.5 fibers/cc (TWA). However, there are several additional requirements that may prove quite burdensome and costly. It is strongly recommended that individual companies make their views known to the regulatory authorities. Written comments were called for (in quadruplicate) by December 8, 1975. We will ask for additional time in which to comment. Comments should be addressed to: Docket Officer, Docket H-033 U. S. Department of Labor, Room N-3620 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 In particular, we call your attention to the Federal Register notice, page 47659, VII - PUBLIC PARTICIPATION. On a separate write-up we are including some concerns raised at our recent Asbestos Study Committee meeting relevant to the proposed amendments. We suggest any coments be your own--as they affect your plant. The discussion is simply to call your attention to some of the problem areas with these proposals. Among the comments made at the committee meeting were: (1) Don't say "We can't do it'.' (2) Do not dispute the medical evidence unless you have solid medical records to prove your point. (3) Don't expect arguments by the Asbestos Information Association or the FMSI to carry the day. If individual manufacturers don't comment, the Department of Labor may feel there will be no problem meeting these new standards. EWD/erc Enclosure: E. W. Dr is lane Executive Director FMSI 17812 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC. , E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 INFOR.*!AL OJIiliENTS ON PROPOSED OSHA ASBESTOS STANDARD The proposed OSUA standard is far reaching. The main problem is the new more difficult numerical standard (0.5 fiber/cc). OSHA has put out a list of rather specific items for public participation with the main item being that the comments must be postmarked on or before December 8, 1975. Written comments concerning the proposal must be submitted in quadruplicate: Docket Officer, Docket H-033 U. S. Department of Labor, Room N-3620 200 Constitution Avenue, N. 77. Washington, D. C. 20210 While an extension of time for filing, comments is being requested, there is no v/ay of knowing whether an extension will be granted. The question has been asked as to what would be the most effective means of communicating with Washington to indicate the problems with this new numerical standard. Should the Institute comment? Should the individual members comment? It is not enough for the manufacturer to feel his views will be represented to the regulators by the Asbestos Information Association or FMSI. It was suggested that it would be best if both the Institute and individual members respond with points that are particular to their factories. If is felt that participation by the small manufacturer will he most meaningful. It should be pointed out that even if members comment to the effect that they support the AIA comments or they support the FI1SI comments, at least they will be on record espousing their view points. Obviously, the AIA and FUSI comments will have to be prepared before this can be done. It is most important that the individual companies make a response. They should not expect that someone else will write it for them. The comments must be those of the individual member and they should not echo the suggested outline of prob lems which the Institute prepared. 1. Uedical It is suggested that unless a member has specific medical information suitable to refute the proposals in the standard that he not attempt to resist the 0.5 fiber/cc limit based on non-professional observations of workers made in the past. In other words, if it is not good medical information don't use it. The Asbestos Information Association will try to assemble some realistic medical information for consideration by the Department of Labor. 2. Technology for reaching 0.5/fiber/cc TWA level A point to be mentioned is not to adopt the tactic of "You can't do it." The point is that at the present time technology is not available in the factory to get down to these levels. The industry does not know what the costs are. How can comments be made on cost impact, competition, employment, energy, etc. when the technology to get there is not known? A comment was made to the effect that everyone has been gearing to get their concentrations down to the 2 fiber/cc limit by July 1, 1976. The technology necessary to take the count down to 0.5 fiber/cc is not known. How can comments be made, when the technology for getting to the 0.5 fiber/cc is not even known at this time? FMS117813 Informal Comments on Proposed OSHA Asbestos Standard 2- - Members have made extensive plans for equipment, exhaust systems and procedures to get to the 2 fibers/cc limit on July 1, 1976. Since this equipment will not get them to the 0.5 fiber/cc level, this huge capital investment should perhaps be stopped until such time as a new standard is decided. Should a manufacturer discontinue his heavy commitment to equipment for the 2 fibers/cc limit when this equipment will not meet the 0.5 fibers/cc limit? Industry conditions in 1975 (under the current 5 fibers/cc limit) are much . improved over industry conditions which were in effect through most of the 1960's. Each additional step approaching zero fibers/cc is a lot more difficult than the steps that were taken to get industry down to the 5 fibers/cc limit. While it will be burdensome to move the concentrations to the 2 fibers/cc limit, the steps necessary to get to 0.5 fibers/cc are not known. As regards energy who can say that if double the horsepower was added to collection systems that they would get down to the new limit? How can the energy cost be estimated until this same equipment has actually reduced the concentration down to the new levels? 3. Fiber counts by the membrane filter method The members don't know how low they can get in fiber counts until new collection equipment is actually installed and in operation. Suggestions made for cleaning the work area are all well and good but the only proof that one has reached an arbitrary fiber limit is when the installation is completed. In general there seems to be agreement that different experienced counters may total up results showing as much as a 30% variation in counts from the same sample. This is already a problem. However these counts where the 30% variation is evidenced are in the 2 fibers per cc to 5 fibers/cc area. A 30% difference with a 5 fiber/cc count is 1.5 fibers/cc. Here, OSHA is asking for a concentra tion limit of 0.5 fibers/cc when with current observations there can be varia tions of as much as 1.5 fibers/cc. As concentrations move towards 0.5 fiber/cc not only does technology get more difficult, but the readings get more difficult. The friction materials business is different from regular asbestos manufacturing. In addition to asbestos, we have other materials in the product such as resins, carbon blacks!, friction dust and various minerals. It is possible that some of these may be picked up during the sample gathering before the count. In some cases these could be counted by inexperienced operators as asbestos fibers. In essence it is more difficult to count asbestos in a friction material enviroment than it is in a textile environment. It is felt that there may be greater difficulty in getting consistent readings on fiber counts in the friction materials business. For that reason friction material manufacturers would prefer a work practices oriented standard. While the membrane filter method may be the only method that is available currently for measuring airborne asbestos, and it is not felt that there is another method that can take its place, it is a tool that should be used by manu facturers trying to clean up their areas. It is not felt that this tool is accurate enough to be used for enforcement purposes. It is suggested that OSHA inspectors must realize this before factories are closed down and fines are levied when there is doubt as to how accurate the measurement is. Because of the wide variation in results there is concern among members as to the millions of dollars now being put into control methods. Even with these expenditures, there is no way of knowing positively x^hether industries are getting their counts down to the required levels. Various words are used to describe the reliability of the membrane filter method for enforcement: It has been called "unreliable" and "inadequate". While It is the only tool now available it is not the proper tool for enforcement. FMS117814 Informal Comments on Proposed OSHA Asbestos Standard -j 4. Groups other than manufacturers will now be Involved The reduction of the limit to the 0.5 level is going to effect processors such as the re-builder and the garages who were not really included in this standard before. Any outfit that handles friction materials may very well find airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers that exceed the 0.5 fiber/cc level. For example, a junk yard which might have a side line in brakes might have no problem at the present time. However any x*ork that they might do which could bring their concentration above 0.5 fiber/cc would now be a problem. These people would now be covered by the requirements of the OSKA standard. Many smaller operators have to drill materials to adapt them to unique shoes in the field. Additional drilling x?ould probably move concentration levels well above the maximum ceiling concentration of 5 fiber/cc. It is also pointed out that there are alot of new items in the proposed regula tions including loading, unloading and storing of asbestos cargo. The carrier-- be it a railcar, ship or other--must make a visual inspection of the cargo and cargo space to determine if leakage or spillage of asbestos has occurred. Who does this? Does the carrier do this? Are the carriers aware of this problem? A close reading of the proposed OSHA standards revealed many problems of this nature which will have to be pointed out to others who may not feel that they are affected by the asbestos regulations. 5. NHTSA demands on brake lining manufacturers are at cross purposes with OSHA and EPA restrictions on formula and processing . As regards the problem with cost impact on the consumers, it may be that clean rooms for the elimination of asbestos may be required. Without knowing figures perhaps costs will more than double with poorer performance at a time when the national Highway Traffic Safety Administration is calling for even higher performance. The friction materials industry does not know whether the 0.5 fiber/cc limit can be reached. Perhaps it will be necessary to go to materials with a material cost ten times.that of asbestos in order to get the work place down to the proposed level. Industry is confronted with requirements for Standard 121 and Standard 105-75 from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration with stringent friction materials requirements at the same time that they must evaluate whether they can still use asbestos in their products. There would be considerable costs for members in the friction materials industry to requalify brake blocks and heavy duty segments for the requirements of the NHSTA Standard 121 which went into effect during 1975. There has been a consid erable expenditure of funds for Standard 105-75 (hydraulic brake systems standard) by many members. Any changes in the processing or compounding of friction materials necessitated by the proposed OSHA standard would add additional costs for manufacturers in requalifying their materials. The friction materials industry in particular is caught between the forces of improved performance of braking materials along with restrictions on how to manufacture and distribute their materials. There may be considerable testing to requalify materials if there should be a change in processing or compounding. FMSI 17815 Informal Comments on Proposed OSHA Asbestos Standard 4 6. Competition and industry dislocation As regards the costs to consumers rmd society in general the industry does not know what can be done if it is necessary to remove asbestos from brake lining. The industry could be subject to 5 - 10 years of serious dislocation. In addition to the problem with the OSHA standard that appear evident, cost can not be quantified at this time. As regards the effect on competition it was pointed out that this may very well be the trigger which would close down some marginal operations xvith a resulting transfer of jobs outside of the U. S. Even in Great Sritain where much medical information has been gathered they have not gone to the 0.5 fibers/cc limit. It does not appear that Great Britain has sufficient medical evidence to support such a limit. Countries on the continent do not have this 0.5 fiber/cc limit. The Latin American countries have no limits. As regards the effect on employment and competition, the huge capital expenditures required for the U. S. plants may very well export additional jobs. 7. Record-keeping and monitoring One of the requirements for record keeping stated that the records must be maintained for forty years, or for an employment interval plus 20 years, which ever is longer. This is a considerable record keeping requirement. However it was stated that perhaps this is necessary in order for subsequent study of the epidemilogy of asbestos. It was suggested that perhaps this is one of the new proposals that can be lived with. - Costs will be increased because of the new monitoring requirements. 8. -Worker assignment and protective equipment While some of the procedures recommended for handling asbestos and removing the worker from contact with the product may show labor saving results, the actual exposure to the remaining people from these changes will still be quite difficult. Where regulated areas are established where allowable concentrations may be exceeded, it is difficult to get employees to wear the proper clothing. If one were trying to operate a clean room along with proper protective clothing, employees would want air-conditioning in the work place for the uncomfortable clothing. One can't match up air-conditioning in the work place with the extensive exhaust systems because one is at cross purposes with the other. Could there be more emphasis on protective clothing with cover-alls, smoclcs, boots and gloves as well as a respirator rather than numerical limits? With reduction to the two fibers/cc level on July 1, 1976 and better work practices, theclothing might do the job as well as the new difficult-to-measure 0.5 fiber/cc limit. ' There are requirements in the proposed standard for worker re-assignment. If many employees are moved to lesser and lesser duties maintaining the same premium pay that they had received for working with the asbestos products, there will be a negative productivity result. It has been industry practice in the past for night shifts and more difficult casks to command higher pay premiums. This rotation to another job with no loss in pay will be another penalty to . productivity. FMS117816 TKLKPHONK <201) 849*0440 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, BERGEN MALL OFFICE CENTER E. 210 ROUTE 4 PARAMUS N J. 07652 INC. October 30, 1975 Docket Officer, Docket H-033 U. S. Department of Labor, Room N-3620 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 Gentlemen: The Friction Haterials Standards Institute is a trade association representing most of the domestic manufacturers of asbestos-containing brake linings and clutch facings. We also have many members in other parts of the world. Asbestos is a material basic to the manufacture of brake linings and clutch facings. The proposed amendments to the regulations for occupational exposure to asbestos will require considerable study before a balanced response can be made thereto. Our industry has been engaged in a serious and costly effort to reduce the asbestos concentrations in the work place to the 2 fiber/cc TWA limit to be effective July 1, 1976. This has been an awesome task, and the technology to move to this level is quite advanced. Our members do not even know what the technology will be to go to a 0.5 fiber/cc limit. It may be that the expensive equipment installed to get to 2 fiber/cc will have to be discarded for completely new technology. Still further, our segment of industry is under two opposing regulatory forces. One is the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration pushing for more and more performance from brake linings. Standard 105-75 (Hydraulic Brake Systems) goes into effect on January 1, 1976. Standard 121 (Air Brake Systems) went into effect in 1975. The opposite force is the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and the Environmental Protection Agency who in effect are limiting our options for formulating and processing brake linings. We ask you to consider the heavy impact on our industry and extend the date for comments to April 1, 1976. The December 8, 1975 cut-off date for comments will not permit a balanced responsible participation by our industry regarding these proposed regulations. Respectfully, FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE EWD/erc E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117817 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 5 1 A October 23, 1975 Subject: OSHA Proposed Standard - Occupational Exposure to Asbestos We have finally copied the proposed OSHA Standard for Asbestos, as it appeared in the Federal Register. A copy is being sent to the individual listed in earlier BULLETIN NO. 551. EUD/erc Enclosure: cc: Delegates & Alternates Asbestos Study Committee Regional Members (U.S.Fee) E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17818 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 5 1 October 14, 1975 Subject: OSHA Proposed Standard - Occupational Exposure to Asbestos EPA Amended Standard - Emissions Standards for Asbestos The proposed OSHA Standard for Asbestos and the amended EPA Emissions Standards for Asbestos have appeared in the Federal Register. I am sending one copy of each to: E'.VD/ere Enclosure: cc: Delegates & Alternates Asbestos Study Committee Regional Members (U.S. Fee) E. W. Drislane Executive Director J'or/- X 1/ FMS117819 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE //4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 EULLETIN N 0. 5 5 0 October 7, 1975 OSHA PROPOSED NEW ASBESTOS STANDARD Enclosed is a copy of an article as it appeared in the New York Times of Sunday October 5, 1975. The full publication of the proposed standard will be in the Federal Register on October 9, 1975. The proposed new standard is rough. The current regulations call for the 5 fibers/cc limit to be reduced to 2 fiber/cc on July 1, 1976. This new proposal calls for a standard of 0.5 fibers/cc (effective date not established). I have excerpted some of the more significant parts of the OSHA proposed standard (from a covering letter from the Asbestos Information Association): 1. Reduce the permissible exposure limit to a TWA of 0.5 fibers per cubic centimeter (500,000 fibers per cubic meter) and reduce the ceiling limit to 5 fibers per cubic centimeter (5 million fibers per cubic meter). 2. Add a 15 minute sampling period for determination of the ceiling limit. 3. Establish additional requirements for regulating areas, employee rosters, hygiene facilities, employee information and training, signs and labels, monitoring and medical surveillance. 4. Extend the period for retention of monitoring and medical records to 40 years or for the duration of the employees' employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer. It would appear that comments on technical feasibility, costs to the employer, and possible plant shut-downs might have some hearing on adoption of this stringent new standard. From the draft copy I have seen, they are asking for objections or comments prior to December 8, 1975. Written data should be in quadruplicate to Docket Officer, Docket H-033 U.S. Department of Labor Room N-3620 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20210 Telephone (202) 523-8076 Again, this proposed new standard will be in the Federal Register of October 9, 1975. E. U. Drislane Executive Director FMS117820 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC. Twe T '^e-s ~ -Sunday ac.rcfi.ea. S, sen or ha A SPeiTas >z=vi sia^J Labor Department Seeking Reduction in Exposure of' ; Workers and families By JAXE BRODY The United States Depart ment of Labor has proposed a new standard to protect workers and their families from the lung-scarring and cancer- causing effects of asbestos, a mineral of a thousand uses to which millions of American workers are exposed. The existing asbestos stan dard, which has' been widely contested by labor groups, was designed only to prevent asbes- tosis, & scarring of the lungs that, if severe, can turn a work er into a cripple in a respirator. However, the Labor Depart ment's Occupational Safety and Health Administration said in its proposal that new informa tion had developed showing that the existing standard would not prevent asbestosisj and would certainly not pre-; vent asbestos-caused cancers. Cancers, especially those in volving the lung, gastrointes tinal tract and lining of the chest and abdominal cavities, has e accounted for more than 4C per cent of deaths among1 some groups of asbestos work-: ere, a rate three to four times higher than that in the general I population. i In addition, studies in South1 Africa and New Jersey have' shawn tact the families of as-: b'-'tos workers also face an increased cancer risk because I "i'ey are exposed o asbestos1 firms carrot boric* on the; .workers' clcth.r.g. i , Delayed Fiber Effect j 'Asbestos enters the body mainly through inhalation. It may also be ingested in fond or drink contaminated with the mineral fibers Once in the bo dy, the fibers tend to persist, remaining dormant for many years. However, 20 or more years later, cancers caused by these fibers may become clinijcally apparent. The Labor Department's pro posed standard would greatly jreduce the amount of asbestos fibers now allowable in the air a worker breathes and vmuld sharply reduce a lower standard scheduled to take ef fect next year. Currently the standard permits a level of five million fibers per cubic! meter of air. This was to have I been reduced to two million j fibers per cubic meter by next j July. "The two million level was! decided upon on the basis ofexperience in one British asbes-l tos factory, where a study of| 290 men indicated that, at; about twice that level, only,1 a-small percentage of workers j exposed for 10 years or longer developed lung scarring. iHowever, these workers have! since been re-examined, and* Xrray evidence of lung abnor-i malities was found in 40 to I 70 per cent of the same group! of workers in addition, a num-! her of asbestos-related cancers! was found. wThe proposed standard would reduce worker exposure to as bestos to 500,000 fibers per cubic meter, averaged over an eight-hour day, with a maxi mum exposure at any one time of five million fibers. Workers would have to be educated asj the hazards of asbestos and! how to avoid them and tested' periodically to be sure they! we}-e suffering no ill effects. j .' Records Kept Longer ; .'.Records of both the medical; examinations and tests of as-j bestos levels in the work envir-| onment would have to be kepri for 40 years, or for the duration j o; the worker's employment! phis 20 years, whichever lor was lger. The current standard requires retention of mediicaii r^cor f 20 years and monitoringof records for only three years. -Employers would also be re-! quired under the new standards| to .provide shower and change; rooms for asbestos workers to; guard against their inadvertant ly I carrying the fibers home.! No food, drink or smoking: would be allowed where asbes-i tos was used and workers would have to wash thoroughly; before eating during the work; day. . .] The new standard would cov-| er an estimated total of 50,000: workers involved in the manu-! facture of asbestos-containing products and about 40,000 field insulation workers who are ex-1 posed to asbestos dust, plus; many thousands of others who; work with products that con-; tain asbestos. | The standard would not cover! millions of workers in the con-| struction industry, where three-: fourths of all asbestos products; are used. The Labor Depart-; ment said it intended to formu late a separate standard for; these workers, since they are; usually employed in nonfixedl work places and tend to be; highly transient. : The Labor Department must; row prepare an environmental impact and an inflationary im pact statement before holding a hearing on the proposed stan dard. In addition to asbestos star-; darbs, the department last; week issued proposed new standards to limit worker expo-' sure to lead and toluene, both' widely used hazardous indus trial substances, and estab lished procedures for handliry ^5 other toxic chemicals in tie work environment. I rO. w 0 5 197! FMS117821 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 4 9 October 1, 1975 HISTORICAL SALES PROGRAM The historical sales program is continuing on a quarterly basis. Regional Members using the copyrighted FMSI Numbers for marketing their products in the United States may participate if they wish. The Institute is requesting details of pieces sold for the first nine months of 1975 (9 months ending September 30, 1975). The rules for the reporting details remain unchanged. 1. Quantities will be reported in pieces (not units). For roll lining, each foot of length will be one piece. 2. Our Accountants will report the names of the members from whom reports are received, and the number of members reporting in each of the four groups. 3. Total pieces in each group will be reported. 4. "Clutch Facings" does not include gear tooth discs, automatic transmission discs, or the 8-14" dia. (3/16 to 1/2" thick) asbestos composition discs. This data as filed will be confidential, and as totals for each group will be shown, there is no way of determining quantities by individual members. Please review the form and the descriptions, as they apply to this year's reporting. You will be receiving from Marshall Granger & Company, Certified Public Accountants, a form for completing this information. Please return it to: Marshall Granger & Company, C. P. A. 1600 Harrison Avenue ' Mamaroneck, New York 10543 If you report, please have your figures in by November 15, 1975. If you do not wish to report these figures, no reply is necessary. Only those reporting figures will receive the industry totals when the data is summarized. A sample form and definitions are attached. El'iD/erc Encs. Distribution: Delegates & Alternates Regional Members (paying Active Member Dues) E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117822 EXHIBIT "A" STATISTICAL PROGRAM OF THE FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC. Mail to: Marshall Granger & Co,, C. P. A. 1600 Harrison Avenue Mamaroneck, New York 10543 ***#**# a#* See instructions for sales to other members! Pieces sold to United States distributors, jobbers, private brands, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchandisers, direct consumers, government agencies, or other customers for use in the United States replacement market: 9 MONTHS JANUARY 1 to SEPTEMBER 30. 1975 Brake linings up to 3/4" nominal thickness (See explanation for roll lining). Brake blocks, nominal thickness of 3/4" and over Disc brake linings Clutch facings rxr~r~ use r:TM*. id BE SENT Ui xCL-- By: Signature Company Date FMSI 17823 EXHIBIT "3" DEFINITION FOR HISTORICAL SALES PIECES The reports will show pieces of friction material, in groups as shown: Group Brake Lining Descrio tion Friction materials up to a nominal 3/4" thickness (See note on roll 1ining) Normal Usape Normally, one piece to a shoe Brake Blocks Friction materials with a nominal thickness of 3/4" and over Normally, two Dieces to a shoe. Disc Brake Linings Clutch Facing Friction materials sold (for disc brakes) to be attached to the shoe, or sold as a unit molded, bonded or riveted to the shoe Normally, one niece to a shoe Friction materials of annular shape, or segments thereof. Normally, two annular pieces per clutch pla Note: For roll lining only, consider each foot of lenoth equals one piece. REPLACEMENT SALES TO UNITED STATES' MARKET This reporting is for sales to the United States replacement market only. Do not include sales to other markets. This includes sales under the friction material manufacturer's own name or brand name used by the customer, to automotive ware house bistributors, jobbers, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchan disers, direct consumers, government agencies or other customers for use in the United States replacement market. Then a friction material manufacturer is shipping to a vehicle manufacturer, brake manufacturer, or clutch manufacturer, but has no reasonable way of determining if the pieces are for original equipment or replacement purposes, estimates will not be used - these pieces will not be reported. However, where a friction material manufacturer is shipping to a point known to be used for replacement, or where he stencils or otherwise identifies the pieces as being for replacement purposes, or where the shipments otherwise are obviously known to be for replacement, these pieces will be reported. The member who sells to the type customer or user indicated above will report t hoaa pieces sold, even if purchased from another Active Member or Repional Member. When you sell vour friction materials to another Member (Active or Regional) do not report those sales! Materials sold to Licensee Members of the Institute for the replacement market should be included FMS117824 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE H, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 5 4 8 September 29, 1975 1975 AUTOMOTIVE DATA BOOK When we announced the 1975 AUTOMOTIVE DATA BOOKS, we received orders for about 76,000 copies. The printer printed over 78,000 copies. Since then, several members who had not ordered originally, placed orders that quickly ate up the extra copies. We have no more copies on hand. Several members have since asked for copies. To help them out, I indicated that I would contact the membership. DOES A MEMBER HAVE EXTRA COPIES ON HAND? If a member has too many copies, and would like to get rid of them, please let me know and I will advise those seeking copies. The price originally was $310.00/M plus $15.60 for punching, or $325.60/21 total; (approx. $.33/copy). POSSIBLE RE-ORDER FROM PRINTER In our bid from the printer we asked for possible cost for reprints. Prices would be about as follows: Total Order 5,000 10,000 Cost/M $527.20 $434.90 (Cost/Copy) 53C 44C If a member would like additional copies, at these re-print prices, please let me know. We must have at least 5,000 total orders to call for a re-print. INDIVIDUAL REPRINT OF THE CATALOG If a member wishes-, I will grant permission for an individual reprint of the Data Book by the member's printer. However, I must give written permission, and can do this only on request. If you (1) have extra copies on hand, or (2) wish to order copies at our Printer's re-print price, please advise on the attached form. Active Members Regional Members E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117825 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE #4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 Reference: 1975 Automotive Data Book BULLETIN NO. 548 Friction Materials Standards Institute E-210 Route 4 Paranus, N.J. 07652 Gentlemen: Relative to subject bulletin: (1) I HAVE EXTRA COPIES I WISH TO SELL Number of copies for sale Who should be contacted? (2) I AM INTERESTED IN PURCHASING ADDITIONAL COPIES AT THE PRINTER'S RE-PRINT PRICE Number of copies to purchase Who would issue order: _____ By. Company Date FMS117826 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE #4, PARANUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 547 September 23, 1975 APPLICATION FOR REGIONAL MEMBERSHIP This is to advise the membership that we have received an application for Regional Membership from Frenos Venezolanos, C.A., of Caracas, Venezuela. Frenos Venezolanos, C.A. is a manufacturer of brake linings, brake blocks and clutch facings with manufacturing at Urbanizacion Soco, Edo Araqua, Venezuela (office in Caracas, Venezuela). They produce friction materials under licensing arrangements with a United States and European manufacturer. The required $1,300 deposit (for the annual fee) was received with their application.' They do not intend to use the copyrighted FMSI numbers for exporting products to the U.S.A. No action is to be taken by the Membership at this time, as their application is now being reviewed by the Membership Committee. This is simply background information upon which you will act, pending recommendations of the Membership Committee and the Board of Directors. CC: Delegates & Alternates E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117827 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE #4, PARAHUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. i*4 6 September 23, 1975 NHTSA PROPOSALS ON DEFECT AND NONCOMPLIANCE REPORTS The NHTSA had earlier (May 6, 1975) proposed regulations extending the defect notification requirements of the National Traffic and Motor Vechicle Safety Act to equipment manufacturers. These proposed amendments to Part 577 were to take effect on September 1, 1975. Some members have expressed concern over the marking and identi fication requirements. These proposals did not specify identifi cation or marking requirements. However, identification is ' inferred, as the better a manufacturer is able to identify equip ment for a recall, the fewer items he may have to recall. The NHTSA is now proposing amendment to Part 573, Defect and Noncompliance Reports. See enclosed notice as it appeared in the Federal Register on September 19, 1975. To quote from this notice: The NHTSA did not intend by this proposed regulation to impose increased recordkeeping burdens on equipment manufacturers. It has been this agency's intention that manufacturers meet the requirements for providing information in whatever ways their present recordkeeping practices permit. It is true that without records capable of precisely identifying involved equipment, a manufacturer may have to recall a greater number of equipment items in a given recall than he would have were his records able to specifically identify the equipment involved. However, given the rather rare Instance of defects found to exist in equipment items, these expenses would seemingly be easier to bear than the costs associated with wholesale changes in manufacturer methods of recordkeeping. At the same time, it is hoped that manufacturers will develop more accurate methods of recordkeeping for identifying equipment items and implement them gradually as part of normal business development. The proposed requirements for the reports are covered in this notice. The foregoing is for your information. EWD/lmc CC: Delegates & Alternates Brake Performance Study Com. Quality Control Study Com. Regional Members (U.S. Fee) E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17828 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 545 September 9, 1975 EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY - WANTED/FOR SALE The Institute has on occasion advised the Membership on special machinery and equipment that might be of interest--particularly pertaining to asbestos control in the work place. A suggestion was made that it might be advantageous to have the membership posted where other used equipment was either available from, or wanted by a Member. It has been decided to try this as a service to the Membership. The equipment available or wanted should be: 1. Used machinery or equipment. 2. Specialized for the friction materials industry 3. Substantial - for guidelines, worth in excess of $2,000 new. 3.1 Examples'- test machines, grinder, press, drilling machine, oven. 4. The property of the member, or to be purchased by a member. 4.1 No offerings as an agent. The Institute would have no guarantor position, but would simply list the equipment and details. Those wishing to avail themselves of this service should advise a description of the equipment and who to contact. Our first two listing follow: WANTED TO BUY Equipment Gogan Machine FAST Test Machine Contact Mr. Adrian Comins Auto Friction Corporation Lawrence, Massachusetts Ing. Ricardo Escobedo Duramax, S.A. Ap Postal 10-880 Mexico 10 D.F., Mexico replies should be made directly to the parties involved. Active Members Regional Members F. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117829 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 4 4 August 28, 1975 1975 Brake Block Identification Catalog The contract for the printing of the "1975 Brake Block Identification Catalog" has been awarded to: Tweddle Litho Company 24000 Harper Avenue St. Clair Shores, Michigan 48080 Our first printing of a "Brake Block Identification Catalog" was in 1972. This was sold out at the time and we had to reprint. This is the first up-date since 1972. It contains all the blocks in the 1972 Edition plus those released since then. It will not contain the l/2" and 3/8" segments which were in the earlier catalog. It is believed that it will contain 32 pages plus cover. On an estimate of the total order being 30,000 copies of a 32 page book, the price is: $204.00 per M 9.00 per M additional for five hole punching If there is a change in the price per thousand due to a change in number of pages or to changes in order quantities, or the author's alterations, you will be notified. Please forward all orders to the Institute Office. ,,Do Not send them to the printer. This is our only means of checking the total quantities ordered and the price charged, as well as whether only members are ordering. The orders should be made out to Tweddle Litho Company and state punching and shipping instructions. Kindly forward your orders so that they reach the Institute Office before September 30, 1975. EWD/erc Distribution: Active Members Regional Members Data Book Committee E. 17. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17830 FRICTIO.* 1LATETIIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC. , E-210 ROUTE 4, PARA11US, II.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 543 August 18, 1975 1975 BRAKE BLOCK IDENTIFICATION CATALOG The Institute is nox* reviex^ing bids for the new 1975 Brake Block Identification Catalog. It appears that the Catalog will cost somewhere between $.17 and $.22 per copy, depending on the number of pages and the number of copies ordered. There are no more copies of the Brake Block Identification Catalog (1972 Edition) left. This new catalog will add all blocks released since that 1972 Catalog--particularly F1IVSS 121 blocks. The catalog will not include the 3/8" and 1/2 ' segments which were in the 1972 Catalog. Mould you please alert your catalog people that we will be soliciting orders about September 1, 1975. The printer has not been selected and a preliminary price has not been established as yet. however, I would like to point out that we are already out of stock on the 1975 Automotive Data Book and the 1975 Supplement to the 1974 Brake Shoe Identification Catalog, so it will help all concerned if your order for these new catalogs is received soon after we solicit them next month. The sooner the orders are in, the sooner we can have the printer make delivery. EMD/erc Distribution: Active Members Regional E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117831 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 EULLETIN NO. 542 August 15, 1975 HUSH - RECOMMENDED (INTERIM) PRACTICES FOR ASBESTOS BRAKE AND CLUTCH SERVICING I received a recent release from the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (UIOSH) concerning subject practices. I believe you are aware that servicing of brake linings is under study by Dr. Selikoff's colleagues at lit. Sinai, and that this group has been in contact with the Chief Industrial Hygienists of General Motors, Ford and Chrysler concerning work practices for brake servicing in the field. This particular release advocates work practices for servicing both brake linings and clutch facings containing asbestos. It is suggested that these Recommended Procedures be distributed to those in your organ ization who would ordinarily feed information to your customers so that re-builders, brake service shops and others who work with brake linings and clutch facings would have this information. Along these lines, but not from NIOSII, is a copy of an advertisement for n3rake-0-Vac ' as it appeared in a recent issue of Brake and Front End Magazine. EUD/ere Enclosure E. F. Drislane Executive Director FMS117832 DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDUCATION, AND WELFARE . PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE CENTER FOR OISCASE CONTROL August 8, 1975 NATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY `AND HEALTH 5600 FISHERS LANE ROCKVILLE, MARYLAND 20*52 Dear Colleague: This communication is intended to alert you to recently gathered informa tion indicating & potential health hazard for persons exposed to asbestos during the servicing of motor vehicle brake and clutch assemblies. On July 21, 1975, the National Instltlte for Occupational Safety and Health convened a meeting of government and university scientists, industry representatives, and labor union officials to discuss the present state of knowledge with respect to this problem. Data was presented by investigators from the Mount Siani School of Medicine in New York City indicating that workers engaged in the maintenance and repair of automobile and truck brake linings are exposed to potentially hazardous levels of airborne asbestos dust. Specific brake servicing operations studied included blow-out of automobile drum brake assemblies, grinding of used truck brake linings, and bevelling of new truck brake linings. Average peak asbestos air concentra tions for these three activities based on personal samples taken within ten feet of the operator were, respectively, 10.5, 3.75, and 37.3 fibers (>5 microns in length) per ml. An analysis of samples of brake drum dust revealed that almost all of the asbestos fibers found were shorter than 0.4 microns in length. Previous studies of the extent of asbestos emissions from automobile brake lining wear showed that only a very small fraction of the original asbestos content of the brake lining is found in brake drum dust (Ref. 1-3). It was presumed that this is due to thermal degradation of the fibers during braking. The present findings Indicate that enough asbestos is preserved to produce significant exposures during certain brake servicing procedures. The full extent of asbestos-related disease in brake servicing personnel is not known at present because this, particular occupational group has not been studied systematically up to now. However, a review of the scientific literature on the association between asbestos exposure and mesothelial tumors of the pleura and peritoneum has revealed at.least four cases of these rare tumors in persons who were employed in jobs involving automobile brake servicing (Ref. 4-6). s FMS117833 Page 2 For your Information and guidance, we are enclosing pertinent references, estimates of the population at risk, a NIOSH interim recommendation for brake and clutch servicing procedures, and a copy of the Department of Labor standard covering exposure to asbestos in the work place. __ The environmental studies of brake lining servicing operations outlined above together with observations of mesothelial tumors in persons so employed affirms the necessity for instituting and maintaining recommended control measures in this industry so that the health hazards of asbestos are minimized. Enclosures Office of Occupational Health Surveillance and Biometrics % FMSI 17834 REFERENCES 1. Lynch, J.R.: Brake Lining Decomposition Products. J AipPollution Control Assoc, 18:824-26, 1968 1 2. Hlckish, D.E. and Knight, K.L.: Exposure to Asbestos During Brake Maintenance. Ann Occup Hyg, 13:17-21, 1970 " ' 3. Jacko, M.G. and DuCharme, R.T.: Brake Emissions: Emission Measure ments from Brake and Clutch Linings from Selected Sources. EPA Report 68-04-0020, 1973 4. Newhouse, M.L. and Thompson, H.: Mesothelioma of Pleura and Peritoneum Following Exposure to Asbestos in the London Area. Brit J Ind Med, 22:261-69, 1^65 5. McDonald, A.D. et al.: Epidemiology of Primary Malignant Mesothelial Tumor8 in Canada. Cancer, 26:914-19, 1970 6. Greenberg, M. and Lloyd Davies, T.A.: Mesothelioma Register 1967 1968. Brit J Ind Med, 31:91-104, 1974 I < --1 FMS117835 ESTIMATES OF THE WORKFORCE POTENTIALLY EXPOSED TO ASBESTOS IN THE MANUFACTURING AND SERVICING OF BRAKE LININGS AND CLUTCHES Auto Mechanics Garage Workers Manufacture (original and rebuilding) TOTAL " 833,535 67,679 6,657 907,871 SOURCE: Adapted from 1972 Census of Manufacturers, 1972 County BusIness^Patterns, and Census of Population: 1970 Occupation by Industry (all are Department of Commerce, Census Bureau publications) - FMS117836 I /V* RECOMMENDED (INTERIM) PROCEDURES FOR ASBESTOS BRAKE AND CLUTCH SERVICING The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) has research underway concerning dust exposures during brake and clutch servicing. Due to preliminary data demonstrating significant asbestos exposures during presently used brake and clutch servicing techniques, NIOSH has reviewed f alternate techniques whereby asbestos exposures are 1 reduced. The following are interim procedures recommended by NIOSH to minimize dust exposures. I 1. If possible, an area shall be designated for all brake and clutch repairs. Entrances into this area shall be posted with an asbestos exposure warning sign as follows: ~* Asbestos ' Dust Hazard Avoid Breathing Dust Wear Assigned Protective Equipment Do Not Remain in Area Unless Your Work Requires It Breathing Asbestos Dust May Cause Asbestosis and Cancer 2. During brake servicing, an air purifying respirator, either single use < or with replaceable particulate filter(s), as approved by the Mining ' Enforcement and Safety Administration (formerly Bureau of Mines) or NIOSH, shall be worn during all procedures starting with the removal of the wheels and including Reassembly. During manual clutch I servicing, such a respirator shall be worn during removal and cleaning of the clutch, pressure plate and housing assembly and during instal lation of the new clutch assembly. i 3. Dust shall first be cleaned from brake drums, brake backing plates, ` brake assemblies and clutch assemblies using an industrial type vacuum cleaner equipped with a high efficiency filter system (>99% efficiency for 0.3 ym diameter aerosols). After vacuum cleaning, any remaining ri dust shall be removed using a rag soaked in water and wrung until nearly dry. Under no circumstances shall compressed air or dry brushing be used for cleaning. 4. During arcing and riveting operations, an approved respirator, as described in (2) above, shall be worn. Grinding (arcing) machines shall be provided with lotal exhaust ventilation such that worker exposures are maintained at least below the 1976 OSHA asbestos standard (29 CFR 1910.1001).* At a minimum, the dust bag of the arcing machine shal). be removed and replaced with the hose of the high efficiency industrial vacuum described in (3) above. Jfe*. \ \ %. FMS117837 i I' ' - -2- 5. Industrial vacuum cleaner bags containing asbestos dust, and cloths used for wiping brake and clutch assemblies shall be sealed in plastic bags and labeled with the following warning label printed in letters of sufficient size and contrast to be readily visible and legible; rr -I Caution ^ Contains Asbestos Fibers ~ Avoid Breathing Dust Breathing Asbestos Dust May Cause Asbestosis and Cancer All asbestos waste shall be disposed of in accordance with the OSHA asbestos regulation, 29 CFR 1910.1001(h). During removal of vacuum bags, an approved respirator, as described in (2) above, shall be worn. T 6. All floor cleaning in areas where brakes and clutches are repaired shall be done with the high efficiency Industrial vacuum cleaner as described in (3) above. Grinding (arcing) machines shall also be cleaned with such a vacuum cleaner and.any remaining dust wiped with a damp cloth. An approved respirator, as described in (2) above, shall be used during this cleaning. - 7. Although adherence to the above procedures should minimize any - contamination of work clothing, it is required that the appropriate portions of the OSHA regulations on asbestos (29 CFR 1910.1001(d) (3 and A)) concerning special clothing, change rooms, etc. be followed. NOTE: Strict adherence to the above procedures should minimize exposures to mechanics during brake and clutch servicing. These are Interim recom mendations and are subject to revision pending results of ongoing NI0SH Research. I* Section 1910.1001 of the Code of Federal Regulations was formerly Section 1910.93a. This change was noted in the Federal Register, May ! 28, 1975. Prepared By Division of Field Studies and Clinical Investigations 1 National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health Cincinnati, Ohio i iJ I \ % FMS117838 ' y* ' BRAKE ASSEMBLY CLEANER from PER-LUX The Brake-O-Vac. As easy as inserting a standard air hose. It vacuums all foreign matter into a self-contained dust bag in less than 30 seconds. Available with adapters to clean brake assemblies from 9" to 12". The Brake-O-Vac. Saves time on cleanup chores. Protects vehicles and equipment. Helps to comply with OSHA requirements. Breaths s little easier. Call or write tor details about the new Brake-O-Vac: PER-LUX/IRC. 604 East Edna Place / Covina, Calif. 91723 / (213) 331-4601 ' M Clrela 21 aa Sarvka Cord SHAKI AND MONT INO I i I | , i j i 1 * -- --Tprrvcr .ni^a*........ a1 w i > FMS117839 FRICTION ILVTERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, IX., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAI1US, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 54 1 August 12, 1975 ASBESTOS INFORMATION ASSOCIATION/U.A. CONFERENCE The Asbestos Information Association/H.A. will be holding its second annual Industry-Government Conference, September 10-11, in the Presidential Room of the Mayflower Hotel, Washington, D. C. Mr. R. H. Mereness, Executive Director of the Association has extended his invitation to me and the members of our Institute. I have accepted and will attend. A copy of the Advance Program for this conference is enclosed. If you wish to attend, please contact: Mr. R. H. Mereness Asbestos Information Association 1660 L. Street, II. W. Washington, D. C. 20036 Telephone (202) 223-4385 To cover luncheon and reception costs, a $40 registration fee is required. All arrangements for attendance should be made directly with the Asbestos Information Association. END/ere Enclosure E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17840 lay ::o; ASBESTOS INFORMATION ASSOCIATION/NORTH AMERICA INDUSTRY-GOVERNMENT CONFERENCE .. Hotel SEPTEMBER 10-11, 1975 Washington, D.C. Wednesday, September 10 ADVANCE PROGRAM TIME EVENT/PARTICIPANTS NOON Luncheon - Speaker: Roy E. Albert, M.D., Deputy Assistant Administrator, Health & Ecological Effects, EPA 2:00 - 2:45 EPA Panel: Air - James Crowder r Water - Gordon Robock Effluents - Allen Cywin 2:45 - 3:00 Break 3:00 - 4:15 Panel: Asbestos and Health , Joseph L. Goodman, M.D. ~~ Aurel Goodwin, Ph.D., Bureau of Mines Lawrence H. Plumlee, M.D., EPA Marie Rhyne, M.D., OSHA ~ 4:15 - 4:45 5:30 Remarks: Ian C. Campbell/Michel Lesage, M.. D. Quebec Asbestos Mining Association Reception Thursday, September 11 8:00 9:15 - 10:15 10:15 - 10:30 10:30 - 11:00 11:00 - 11:30 11:30 - 2:30 2:30 Breakfast - Speaker: Marshall L. Miller, Deputy Assistant Secretary of Labor (OSHA) OSHA Panel: Break Standards Development Daniel P. Boyd, Ph.D. Grover C. Wrenn Dyun K. Kwon Standards Compliance Donald A. Shay Charles A. McClure Remarks: Cyril X. Latty, President, Chambre Syndicale de L'Amiante (France) Remarks: Noel W. Hendry, Johns-Manville Corporation Reception/Luncheon - Speaker: Guy Gabrielson, Chairman of the Board, Nicolet Industries Conclusion of Conference FMS117841 FRICTION MATERIALS STAWARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE #4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN MO. 540 July 28, 1975 CROSS REFERENCES--BRAKE SHOES Attached is a cross reference listing for all the brake shoes on file at the Institute. Some members may reference into more then one shoe, since a print may have covered more than one shoe. Also, some "shoe" numbers may in fact be lining-shoe assembly numbers. Also, most numbers are original equipment numbers. Most manufacturers have service or kit numbers that may not be included. While this list covers all numbers that we have on record, it in no way covers all the manufacturer numbers. E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117842 INDIX SHOE P1RT NUMBERS Part # 35,693 36,797 37,710 41,083 41,384 41,486 41,717 41,788 43,480 43,481 43,593 43,594 43,606 43,607 43,608 L 9 44,270 44,271 44,272 44,292 45,742 47,662 47,779 47,926 47,949 48,154 48,183 48,276 48,811 48,827 49,042 49,270 49,313 49,343 49,425 49,428 49,528 49,529 49,581 49,608 49,882 49,941 300,079 300,793 300,808 300,901 F.M.S. 1. // 79R 26R 27 29 38 76 10 28 26 26R 29 20 25 25R 52R 75 75RL 75RR 55 76 276 82 73 77 53 53 77 54 62 51 34 51 10 21 34 62 54 30 39 63R 19 55 59 33R 32 'v-t ~.M.S. 1. fi 301,305 301,306 301,422 301,731 302,063 32 59 11 9 106RL 302,064 302,156 302,195 302,211 302,212 106RR 52R 87 39 73 302,330 302,333 302,344 302,569 302,570 18 56 17 18 56 302,571 302,572 302,661 302,665 302,666 10 17 58 61 58 302,799 302,816 & 17 302,822 302,846 303,138 41 60R 60R 36R 40 303,169 303,171 303,177 303,285 303,325 303,326 303,327 303,328 303,852 303,986 33R 33R 40 43 22 41 60R 36R 37 74 304,098 304,106 304,210 304,216 304,227 57 57 35 71 35 304,228 304,282 304,792 304,896 304,972 71 74 30 105R 110 Part' If 305,287 305,340 306,214 306,344 306,383 306,620 306,629 306,668 306,674 306,746 306,761 306,883 306,903 307,037 307,130 307,136 307,213 307,462 307,530 307,543 307,603 307,724 307,744 307,752 307,811 307,812 307,822 307,972 307,973 308,039 308,441 308,444 308,453 308,456 308,479 308,486 308,487 308,490 308,910 308,911 308,912 308,914 308,915 308,918 308,919 F.M.S. 1. ; 44 70 87 12R 63R 16 16 13 13 15R 15R 12 12R 72R 14R 14R 72R 10 22 22 4 186 23 83 24 24 19 10 83 33R 33R 45 10 10 12 12 78 31 78 31 28 29 20 82 37 70 12 FMSI 17843 Part # 308,920 308,923 308,924 308,925 308,930 308,955 308,979 309,111 309,138 309,853 309,973 310,090 310,095 310,291 310,467 310,476 310,495 310,794 310,795 310,839 310,891 310,893 311,032 311,047 311,057 311,158 311,161 311,205 311,214 311,218 311,243 311,495 311,565 311,889 311,940 311,940 311,992 311,997 312,008 312,068 312,080 312,092 312,251 312,316 312,326 F.M.S. 1. '' 12R 23 19 42 68 115 12R 112 114 113 16R 120 11 131R 124 125 126 113 115 86 85 84 50 46 47 131R 125 148 126 125R 187 126 147R 155 174 126 145 146 139 151 152 153R 154 112 114 ** Integrally molded BEND IX (COIMT) .``art n 312,375 312,431 312,636 312,639 313,396 313,487 313,495 313,548 313,719 313,720 313,800 313,801 314,104 314,288 314,742 314,746 314,557 314,769 315,063 315,072 315,075 315,080 315,095 315,099 315,102 315,136 315,145 315,251 315,263 315,313 315,325 315,488 315,760 315,929 316,033 316,043 316,053 316,267 316,557 316,564 316,916 316,919 317,161 F.M.S. 1. # 157R 156R 120 11 185 171 172 173 182 280 181 184 183 33R 188 227 228 33R 310R 184 183 174 148 154 151 152 243 244 55 10 31 78 266 184 267 112 114 155 263 264 265 300 300 278 295 Part F.M.S.1 317,311 317,320 317,367 317,375 317,604 293 291 283R 282R 300 317,611 318,015 318,024 318,557 318,973 301 306 288 305 295 319,051 319,059 319,066 319,074 319,344 288 286 290 294 305 319,345 319,353 319,354 320,346 320,385 305 307 307 330 329 320,526 320,545 320,778 320,845 320,878 307 EM 6#* D-16** 398 402 320,916 321,082 321,266 c. 67 321,271 321,470 308 263R 33R 308 267 321,497 321,584 321,585 321,588 321,589 22 314LP 314RP 314LS 314RS 321,592 321,593 321,596 321,597 321,629 321,747 321,752 321,796 321,797 321,843 316LP 316RP 316LS 316RS 33R D-12-1 EM 4-1 265 263R EM 4-0 FMS117844 Part # 321,868 321,926 322,107 322,473-84 324,496-99 322,502-09 324,562 322,563 322,778 322,899 322,902 322,962 323,150 . F.M.S.1. $ 263 D-22 D-12-0 357 358 358 355 D-23 D-16 282-R 282R 355 339 BEND IX (COINfT) rr~\arti utf F.M.S.1. # 323,173 323,354 323,805-06 323,998 324,570 336 338 399 348 362 556,976 2,230,362 2,230,363 2,230,368 2,230,369 139 D-89-0 D-89-0 D-89-1 D-89-1 2,235,081 2,235,082 2,235,083 D-92-0 D-92-0 D-92-1 Part F.M.S. 2,235,084 2,235,122 2,235,128 2,235,142 2,235,148 D-92-1 D-90-0 D-90-1 D-91-0 D--91--1 3,201,329-30 3,202,636 3,202,637 3,202,634 3,202,635 391 417-P 417- S 418-P 418-P 3,202,956 3,202,834 3,203,576 415 416 432 FMSI 17845 Part ,? F.M.S. 1. 3, 681,166 3,697,/09-10 3,702,217 3,702,218 3,768,507 122 109 347LH 347RH 108 3,7/7,510-12 3,748,514 3,756,378 3,756.386 3,756,399 108 108 123 109R 108 3,771,270 3,777,597-99 3,793,723-24 3,320,149 3,320,151 108 147R 150 182 182 3,320,280& 2 3,823,3674 8 3,840,920 181 149 347 CHEVROLET SHOE PART NUMBERS -H CL F.M.S.1. f 3,841,174 3,341,194 3,841,736 3,341,737 3,843,206 242 241 248R 248R 123R 3,846,300 3,846,311 3,853,551 3,856,838 3,873,446 228 227 257 273 285 3,873,474 3,873,515 3,882,737 3,889,567 3,976,625 285 299R 312 347 D-35 3,982,221 3,987,471 5,461,960461 360 427 120 Part # F.M.S 5,461,962 5,461,963664 5,461,965 5,462,5468:81 5,462,666.67 227 11 228 189 180 5,462,668469 5,462,761 5,462,921 5,462,922 5,462,978 189 189 241 242 241 5,462,980 6,255,533 6,255,540 6,257,666c. 68 9,402,073 242 111R 111R 111R 403 94,021,482 94,021,483 94,021,484 404 404 404 FMSI 17846 CHRYSLER SHOE PART NUMBERS Part i? F.M.S.1. ft 303612 622117 854060 870630 1137278 89 259 45 44 43 1137279 1188740 & 1 1188752 & 3 1190290 1195005 43 97 98 116 92 1261211 1270997 1406751 1406752 1406757 90 89 45 44 45 1500757 1500815 1501095 1508852 103 104 104 107 91 1509007 1509008 1631812 1664536 1664556 102 102 48 33R 60R 1664557 166455S 1668243 1674000 1674065 60R 60R 238 49 46 1674064 4 6 1699563 1699575 1738900 1788375 47 239 240 50 41 1796535 1796558 1797260 1799514 1799711 96 99 93 99 94 1857043 1923396 1923397 1923410 1923411 86 12 12 10 10 ** Integrally mo1ded Part ft F.M.S. 1. ft 1925744 1943674 1943801 1943802 1943805 33R 86 84 85 84 1943806 2070664 2072670 2072685 & 6 2072687 4 8 85 112 114 114 112 2122212 414 2260654 22.60812 2260836 441 2260848 4 9 95 185 155 148 155 2260882 4 3 2260886 2266286 4 7 2266288 4 9 2266872 126 174 112 114 278 2266874 2409862 2409868 2409918 2460638 278 254 254 253 254 2525194 2530144 2533806 2533812 2533818 D-22 253 154 154 256 2533842 2533848 2533854 2660334 & 7 2660346 4 9 151 151 255 274 275 2660349 2768030 2781634 2800554 2800569 309 D-11 D-10 304 306 2800585 2800593 2800607 2823166 2823179 290 293 294 286 288 Part ft 2823179 2823192 2823209 2823215 2880529 2880530 2880544 2880545 2880546 2880547 2880584 2880585 2880595 2880632 2910138 2910139 2925194 2944501 2944503 2944505 2944506 2944508 2944510 2944607 2944609 2944671 2944672 2944674 2944675 2944676 2944677 2944678 2944679 2944680 2944681 2944682 2944683 2944684 2944685 2944686 2944687 2944688 2944689 F.M.S. 305 291 308 309 295 333 332 337 336 337 331 334 335 330 329 402 402 D-22*# 329 331 333 334 335 336 330 332 329 330 331 330RS 330LS 332RS 332LS 333RS 333LS 337RS 337LS 336RS 336LS 329RS 329LS 331RS 331LS 334RS 334LS FMSI 17847 Part 4 2944690 2944691 2944751 2944752 2944752 2044354 2952417 2953984-6 FMSI 4 335RS 335LS 329 3"0 331 332 333 337 355 282R CHRYSLER (CONI') r-or! FMS1 4 2954554 3461954 3492476 4 7 3492635-7 3492640 4. 1 355 D-35-0 357 357 357 3492818-20 3492822 a 3 3492825 L 6 3580788 3580789 358 358 358 D-84-1 D-84-0 Part 4 31CYT12 41 '-0.31: 3580946 3637560 3637561 3638329 3638331 3699851 FMSI 4 D-36-1 D-86-0 D-85-1 D-86-0 D-36-1 D-36-0 1486-1 D-93-0 FMS117848 Part 9 556,576 1,319,177 5,300,951 5,450,022 5,450,475 5,452,471 5,-'52,649 5,452,673 5,452,674 5,453,715 5,453,751 5,453,839 5,453,914 5,453,995 5,454,013 5,454,022 5,454,038 5,454,035 5,454,170 5,454,171 5,454,490 DEL CO-r ICR AI ME SHOE PART PUMPERS F.M.S.1. 4 19 20 20 29 161 18 /19 262 260 261 19 52R 66 66 6? 69R 17 42 25R 65 64 64 70 Pari 4 5,454, 514 5,455,641 5,455,72147 5,456,935 5,459,046 5,459,204 5,459,725 5,459,339 5,459,369 5,460,094 5,460,121 5,460,123 5,460,375 5,461,129 5,461,153 5,461,725 5,462,134 5,462,151 5,462,152 5,462,335 5,462,933 F.M.S.1. 4 70 64 127 64 127 81 299 80 139 135 136 138 137 137 D-3 160 161 160 197 138 194 191 242 Pari 9 5,462,978 5,462,980 5,463,152 5,465,23267 5,465,506 5,465,667 5,/65,757c ~ 5,/66,747 5,467,033 5,467,13546 5,/67,15647 5,468,643 5,468,647 5,468,648 5,470,364 5,470,370 5,471,496 5,472,307 5,472,361 5,472,369 5,472,647 5,474,512 F.M.S. 1. 242 241 D-3 245 246 262 260 / 20 261 2/.1 246 D-52-1 D-- 13-- 1 D-13-0 349 350 349 D-52-0 D-52-1 D-52-1 D-52-0 D-52-0 FMSI 17849 Pari 4 F.M.S. 1. C3 A ''.-2024- A -2220-C C4UA-2220-A C5AA-2013-E -221S-D 157R 156R 31 265 263 (S) C5AA-2219-C C5Mi'!-2220-D -2220-D -2236-A -2252-C 263 (L) 303 302 302 302 C2AA-2B114-D C3RZ-2220-A C9AA-20300-A C20A-2213-M -2219-F D-12-0 394 D-- 12-- 1 151 (P) 151 (S) FORD SHOE PART fJUMBERS Prrt F.M.S. 1. 4 C70A-2013-D -2019-A C30A-2013-F -2019-F C90A-23114-B 154 (P) 154 (S) 769 (0) 769 (1) D-V-0 C90A-2B300-B CDZ2-915436 D1DA-2020-AA -2220-AA D-14-1 352 353 352 353 D2TZ-2001-A 395 D3TZ-2001-C 415 D4DA-2B114-AA D-91-0 D4DA-2B300-AA D-91-1 D12A-2B114-AB D-36 Pari 4 F M. S. 1. D20 A-23114-AA -2B300-AA D-22A-2220-AA -2220-BA D42A-2B114-A A D-50-0 D-50-1 391 391 D-90-0 D42A-2B300-AA D52A-2220-AB D0AA-2B114-C -2015-A -2018-F&L D-90-1 431 D-33-0 D-34-0 D-33-0 DOAA-2019-D, G 0-33-1 -2019-L D-33-1 D00A-2B114-AlB D-34-0 -2B300-BC D-34-1 -2018-A4C D-34-0 FMSI 17850 ERAI. TTORS shoe fart numbers Part 4 3,3/0,934) 3,372,990) 3.350.121) 3.350.122) 5,462,335 F.U.S. 1. 4 182 223 Part 4 64.932.570) 64.932.571) 64,937,136 F.M.S. 1. f` D-49 397 GIRLING SHOE PART NUMBERS FMSI 17851 KELSEY-HAYES SHOE PART NUMBERS Part # F.M.S. 1. # C-54165 D-42337 Cl 9 D-56095 D-59163 D-70418 4 19 D-- 11 88 D-1 D-11 D-1 D-71091 C D-78472 D-78788 D-82016 D-82075 2 152 D-12-0 D-34-0 D-1/:- 1 D-12-1 D-86730 & 1 D-33-0 D-86737 4 38 D-33-1 Part ;!' F.M.S. 1. i? D-86788 4 89 D-86793 6 4 D-87437 D-87852 L 53 D-87856 D-34-0 D-34-1 D-53-1 D-53-0 D-53-1 D-89841 D-90112 D-91123 D-91129 E-36529 D-55-1 D-55-1 D-87-1 D-87-0 88 E-42545,6,8 E-55866 72R 361 Part if F.M.S. E-55877 E-55933 4 34 E--55935 6 36 E-56039) E-56040) 361 401 400 302 303 E-56042 4 43 E-89839 E-90113 E-91124 E-91130 303 D-55-0 D-55-1 D-87-1 D-87-0 FMS117852 TEVES SHOE PART HUNGERS Pari ! 13.8107-8001.2 F.M.S. 1. 4 D-56** Integrally molded ?ar,Ll 113-609-237G 211-609-521 211-609-522 211-60S1-537J 211-609-537N VOLKSWAGEN SHOE PART NUMBERS F.M.S.1. & 392 397 397 374 421 FMS117853 Part " F.M.S. 1. 4 FC- 3,347 -29,700 -29,718 FD- 8,302 - 8,305 82H 100 177 ' 2H 2 FD- 8,/6l - 8,462 -17,727 -13,144 -18,424 1H 1 34 5 6 4 FD-18,694 -18,726 -20,587 -27,062C -29,70263 7 3 251 236 100 FD-29,70647 -29,878 -29,909 -30,333 -31,992f3 4 100 101 247 134 FD-38,033 -38,038 -39,541 -40,383 -40,709 158 159 190 176 177 FD-40,900 -40,709 -41,886 -41,893 -41,901 172 177 176 175 177 FD-41,902 -55,40SB -64,58061 -71,734 177 296 323 324 AGNER SHOE PART NUMBERS Part ' FD-72,320623 FE- 1,24566 - 1,420421 - 3,335 - 3,340 FE- 3,347 - 3,410 - 3,416 -13,693 -18,723 FE-18,726 -19,143 -19,297 -19,535 FE-19,552 -20,421 -20,424 -24,481 -24,482 FE-25,514 -25,515 -25,515 -26,270 -31,197 FE-31,916418 -31,920 -31,993 -32,378630 -41,233 FE-41,234 -44,643 -46,268 -46,295 F. ft. S. 1 . i. 324 129 128 252 235 82 117 130 7 8 8 346 377 99 384 96 99 96 93 93 94 94 94 330 332 232 232 134 237 31 78 73 247 78 Part FE-46,296 --49,303621 -49,340650 -57,237 -57,513 FE-57,763 -57,771 -59,210 -59,450-9 -70,310 F.M.S 31 244 243 326 375 321H 325 322H 325H 346 FE-70,311 -70,312 -70,320 -70,321 -70,330 331 383 385 386 376 FE-70,331 -71,725 -71,785 -74,350 -74,351 FE-74,904 -75,3556 75,363 76,760 FF-32,38465 FF-32,62061 -33,03364 -33,38465 -33,49162 -33,49566 379 367 324 352 353 356 155 267 393 235 237 134 232 177 177 FF-33,52667 -39,5436.4 -57,771 -71,725 190 190 367H 325H FMS117854 FRICTION liATERIALS STANDARDS I.iSTITUTE, IRC., E-210 ROUTS -*4, PAP.a; tjS , N.J. 07652 DULLETIN U 0. 539 July 22, 1975 FRICTION TEST MACHINES AND DYM4J I0MF.TEES Over the years, friction materials manufacturers have needed access to friction test machines and/or dynamometers for product development and certification purposes. This bulletin is to up-date information which is already known by most Institute members. However, as there still are questions concerning the availability of machines or testing, this bulletin will attempt to help. GREENING ASSOCIATES, INC. Address: Greening Associates Inc. 19465 Elliott Avenue Detroit, Michigan 48234 Telephone: (313) 366-7160 Contact: Hr. C. V. Greening Mr. B. H. Hooker This company will manufacture: (1) Inertia Brake Dynamometers (2) Friction Test Machine ("Chase:! J661a machine) for the V-3 Regulation This company will do in-house testing: (1) Regulation V-3 for AAHVA State Certification purposes. (2) Brake dynamometer tests for development or Standard 121 purposes. (3) Test equipment and fixtures for various SAE recommended practices for friction materials and assemblies. LINK ENGINEERING CO. Address: Link Engineering Co. 13840 Elmira Avenue Detroit, Michigan 48227 FMSI 17855 BULLETIN :;o. 539 Julv 22, 19 75 link engineering co. (" t:\!) Telephone: (313) 933-4900 Contact: Mr. Roy Link This company will manufacture: (1) Inertia Brake Dynamometers. (2) Friction Test Machine (nChase:l J661a machine) for the V-3 Regulation. (3) FAST Machine (Friction Assessment and Screening Test) to Ford Motor Company Standards. This company will do in-house testing: (1) Regulation V-3 for AAHVA State Certification purposes. (2) Brake dynamometer tests for development or Standard 121 purposes. AUTOMOTIVE RESEARCH ASSOCIATES Address: Automotive Research Associates, Inc. 5404-8 Bandera Road San Antonio, Texas 78238 Telephone. (512) 684-2310 Contact: Mr. Thomas A. Michelhaugh This company is not a manufacturer. They will do in-house testing. (1) Brake dynamometer tests for development or Standard 121 purposes. USED EQUIPMENT OR TIT'S AVAILABLE It has been suggested that if any member has used equipment (Chase Machine, FAST mcahine, etc.) which is no longer in use, and he wishes to either sell the equipment or sell in-house testing that he contact the Institute, and we could circularize our Members to see if they are interested. AAHVA CERITIFICATI01I Before using an independent facility for AAHVA Certification, it would be necessary to check to see if the facility is an "AAMVA Approved Testing Laboratory'1 for V-3 regulation purposes. E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17856 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE -'4, PAEA1X*8, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN II 0. 5 3 8 July 21, 1975 ' THE HAZARDS OF ASBESTOS FOR BRAKE MECHANICS11 The advocates of stricter standards for asbestos in the work place are now putting enphasis on brake lining repair and installation practices. Along these lines, Dr. Selikoff of Mount Sinai Hospital has met with the Chief Industrial Hygienists of General Motors, Ford and Chrysler concern ing asbestos in brake linings and practices relative to their installa tion in the field. Mr. Weaver, Chairman of the Asbestos Study Committee, forwarded copies of an article that appeared in "Public Health Reports'1 ''ay-June 1975. The article is entitled "The Hazards of Asbestos for Brake Mechanics." This article advocates procedures to reduce dust when "repairing brakes,' and a copy is enclosed. A copy of a leaflet advocated in this article is also enclosed. It is entitled: "Brake Repair Work Can Be Hazardous to your Health." In addition, Mr. Weaver advises that a small card or tag has been suggested for every box containing brake linings manufactured at his company (Raybestos-Manhattan): IMPORTANT - AVOID EXPOSURE TO ASBESTOS DUST. - u'J MOT USE AIR HOSE WHEN PERFORMING BRAKE SERVICE WORK OR FOR CLEANING TTrElM AREA. - USE VACUUM CLEANING OR WET CLEANING METHODS SUCH AS DAMP CLOTH OR OIL TREATED BRUSHES. - DO NOT GRIND OR OTHERWISE MACHINE BRAKE LINING MATERIAL WITHOUT ADEQUATE DUST EXHAUST AND COLLECTION EQUIPMENT. Mr. Weaver strongly recommends that other brake lining manufacturers adopt a similar procedure. E. N. Drislane Executive Director FMS117857 The Hazards ol Asbestos for Brake Mechanics BARRV CASTLEMAN, LUCILLE A. CAMAflOTA, ALBERT J. FRITSCH, SUSAN WAZ20CCHI, and ROSERT G. CRAWLEY ASRESTOS is the generic name of a group of hydrated magnesium silicate mineral fibers. There are two groups of these mincrajs--serpentine (chrysotile) and amphibole (amosite, crocidolite, anthophyllite, tremolitc, and actinolitc).. Ninety-five percent of the world's asbestos production is chrysotile. Reports of epidemiologic and pathological studies (1--4) reveal that occupational exposure to commercial asbestos minerals enhances the likelihood of a number of diseases--asbestosis and cancers of the lung, pleura, peritoneum, lar'ynx, and gastrointestinal tract. The time from onset of exposure to the time of clinically ap parent disease s usually more than 20 years. Cancer from asbestos is not limited to workers who handle the material. There are also reports of pleural and peritoneal mesothelioma (tumors rarely seen in the general population) in persons with family, or neighborhood, or indirect occupational exposure to asbestos (4--7). . Mesothelioma was the cause of death of a man who had regularly sanded vinyl asbestos floor tile (8). Under simulated conditions of this man's work, a maximum asbestos dust concentration of 1.3 fibers per ml (fibers longer than 5 microns) was found in air samples passed through membrane filters worn by a person sanding vinyl asbestos (S). The type of asbestos now used in domestic floor tile is chrysotile--the same as that used in brake friction materials, according to the Asbestos Information Association. A case of mesothelioma in a brake mechanic has been reported (9). Commercial bittltm material* need in the United States for braking passenger cars and trucks contain an average composition of 50 percent chrysotile by weight (10). Asbestos has been used for brake drum linings, t disk pads, and clutch facings foh the past 50 years. Jacko and DuCharme (11) estimated that the United States annually uses 103 million pounds of asbestos for brake friction materials and 4.5 million pounds in automotive clutch friction materials. In 1968 Lynch reported that because of the heat of friction caused by braking, almost all of the asbestos in brake linings is transformed to a nonfibrous mineral, and a small fraction of asbestos escapes as free fiber (12). Jacko and co-workers determined that vehicles in this country emit 158,000 pounds of asbestos per year, of which 11.2 percent is retailed in the brake and dis posed of during service (13). Brake mechanics have low and intermittent exposure to asbestos. This exposure has been reported to be 0.79 fiber per ml time-weighted average (fibers longer than 5 microns), with peaks up to 7 fibers per ml when brake parts are being cleaned (14). The standard method for removing dust from brake parts is to blow it out with a GA/r. Castleman, an environmental engineer, was with the Center Jar Science in the Public Interest when this paper was prepared; he is now with the Maryland Public Interest Research Group. Dr. Fritsch is director of the Center for Science in the Public Interest. Ms. Camarota is an occupatianal health nurse. District of Columbia Department of Human Resources. Ms. Ma^unhi was a research associate, Environmental Cancer Research Project, Environmental Sciences Laboratory, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York City. Mr. Crawley is a sanitarian, llaltimore County Department of Health. Tearsheet requests t Uusry Gentleman, Maryland Public Interest Research Group, 3110 JVew Main Dining Hall, University of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742. 74 Public McaJift Deport* FMSI 17858 compressed air hose. In 1 70 several reports (l-l-IX) described 15if levels of exposure of hi .ike mechanics to asbestos, alternative fiichon materials, and specific changes in brake repair practices which would reduce the levels of exposure. Baltimore and Washington Studies In December 1972, the Baltimore County Department of Health mailed a I-page mimeographed circular to about 130 establishments which provide brake repair service. These businesses included new car and truck dealerships, certified motor vehicle inspection stations, and other concerns advertising brake repair as a specialty. Some of the establishments initially con tacted had cither gone out of business or replied that they do not do brake repairs. The circular warned that inhalation of the dust from brake cleaning could cause serious diseases, including cancer, and advised vacuuming brakes of accumulated dust. Additional measures suggested were improved ventilation and the use of face masks (19). Two student volunteers went to 100 of the places on the mailing list 4 month* later to ask shop managers what methods they were using in brake repair. A similar study was started in Washington, D.C., in August 1973. This work was conducted by the Center for Science in the Public Interest and the District of Columbia Department of Human Resources. Of 186 brake service establishments initially contacted, 120 were followed up. Several new methods were tried in order to improve the effectiveness of the warning. The warning leaflet was more eye-catching and readable than the paragraph-form sheet used in Baltimore; the leaflets were handed out by an occupational health nurse to the mechanics themselves--none were mailed; and followup to ascertain the degree of effectiveness was conducted by the same nurse who interviewed the repair shop managers. The Washington study was also featured in a local television program at the time the leaflets were first handed out. Frmrfn Mtjitfc Cxi #> r.'4 4 k* a foiOMbfxY*! VtetAreTfcafc I Iwk.(i lUlahrf1 I p*r*caa atSa4vkM b.*****<**] eon ! 4rm* * M 4 ! m . , In Tat* JUj Uauct lb 0*1 <*-M ** 1 I I.m......MrWa **|*j! * lb * BftAXE REPAIR WORK CAN BE JJajafrfruJ TO YOUR HEALTH To assure that students trained in brake repair by public vocational schools would learn proper methods, health ollieials met with appiopi iate school ofh< nils in both locations. At the time they were contacted, school officials in Baltimoic and Washington reported that the schools were teaching the "blow out" method of brake dust removal to the trainees. . The standard met hod of cleaning brakes is "blowing out" with a compressed air hose. In Baltimore, 63 per cent (65 per 100) of the brake repair establishments contacted were using this method at the time they received the warning circulars. In Washington, the figure was 91 percent (110 of 120). Most of the managers anti workers interviewed had never heard about the hazardous potential of brake dust. Predict ably, the responses ranged from annoyance to apprecia tion. Of the 65 places in Baltimore initially blowing out brakes, 11 were using cither vacuum or wet brushing methods at the lime of followup. Four others were still blowing out brakes, but had improved ventilation or provided dust masks, or both, to reduce workers' ex posures. In Washington, only two establishments had changed to wet brushing, hut none were vacuuming brakes. Four others provided face masks. Interestingly, two others decided to change brake shoes in all brake repairs, thereby simplifying the problem of dust removal and reducing the mechanics' exposures. The degree of improvement, indexed by the percent*, age of establishments converting from blowing out brakes to safer techniques after a single warning, was 23 percent in Baltimore County and 7 percent in Washington. This disparity probably arises more from differences in the methods of the studies than from differences in the study groups. It may be critically important to approach manage ment at the outset in order to enlist the cooperation needed to implement any changes in practice. A mechanic who is approached directly with a warning may simply disregard it. The mechanic might reason that if the dust were really dangerous, there would be a law requiring the use of preferred methods in brake repair. And the employer, if not asked to participate from the beginning, may well conclude that he need not be concerned with the matter. The failure to involve management may be the main reason why the Washington study produced less gratifying results than the Baltimoic study. Brake warning programs consisting merely of mailed warning notices require little manpower, compared to other health programs. Also, the effort to implement safe techniques in public vocational schools is time well spent. --- Conclusion * Over a 7-ycar period ending in 1976 (20,211, the L'.S. standard lor time-averaged exposure to asbestos will have been reduced from 5 million particles per cubic May-Jun* 1975, Vol. $0, No. 3 SSS * FMSI 17859 fool 01 air la 2 fillers per ml (fillers longer than 5 Microns), lor asbestos techie plants, this redut tit'll is a bon l 1 5-fokl [22). I'resent and sc hctlulrtl standards claim only to protect workers against asbestosis, the disease for which the dose-response relationship is most rpianl itat iv ely known. The British .stand.trds for chrysotile and nmositc asbestos, whit h are comparable to the asbestos standard scheduled to take elfect in the I'nited States in 1976, do not purport to provide protec tion against increased risk of cancer [23,2-1). Previously studied cohorts of asbestos workers were exposed to time-averaged coneentrations greater than 2 fibers per ml (fbers longer than 5 microns). Current studies of cohorts with time-averaged exposure on the order of 1 fiber per ml (greater than 5 microns in length) may provide evidence of hazard at that level. In view of alarming preliminary findings of pulmonary fibrosis in such a cohort, the National Institute of Oc cupational Safety and Health has suggested to the Department of Labor that consideration be given to further lowering of theasbestos standard (25). The average brake mechanic is not aware of the potential hazard of aii borne brake dust. Nor is he quick to change time-hardened habits when warned of dangers if he cannot fee! their effects. Nonetheless, sub stantial reduction in asbestos exposures during brake repair can be achieved by simple changes in technique, with the use of equipment already available in most brake service establishments. In view of the tendency of the accumulating literature to reveal cancer induction from asbestos at progressive ly lower levels of exposure, mechanics should be ad vised not to blow out brake parts and to use instead methods which create less airborne dust. The manufac turers of automotive friction materials could easily at tach a clear hazard warning to every item sold. The limited success of both the Baltimore and Washington studies shows the limited efficacy of volun tary compliance with health warnings--the shop managers and the mechanics simply do not have the same regard for a warning that they have for a regula tion. The margin of safety, if any, provided by the current asbestos standards has been sharply criticized as insufficient (26). While it is advisable that brake mechanics at least be warned of the potential hazard of their work, it is also apparent that blowing out brakes will be a common practice so long as health regulations permit it. References ' 7. Cooper, \V. C., et ah: Asbestos--the need for and feasibility of air pollution controls. National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C.. 1971. .` 2 SclikofT, I. J., Hammond, K. C., and Clung, J.: Mortality ex periences of asbestos insulation workers. In Prucccding* of the International Conference on Pneumoconiosis, Johannesburg, 1969, edited by It. A. Shapiro. Oxford University Press, Capetown, South Africa, 197U, pp. IS0--li>6. J. Stell, I*. M,, and McGill. T.: Asbestos and laryngeal carcinoma. 1..1IK it 2. -116-117. Am; JO-'.V I Nrw house. M I., ,ioil 1 !inni]i,ipii. It . Mi oillirhimi.i >l ihc plrora and pi i itonn,m f,,11,m np.MiM- I,p .mkraio in the Lon- dnn aiea. dr J bid Mcil 22 261 -2n9 (l'(6i) .'5 l.icbrn, J.. and I'isl.ivi ka. il Mi -iiilti-lioni.i and ndiewos ex posure Ar-li laivnnn iU.ihh H -isd-sM (1967) n \V.n;ner. J. Cl.. .SIi-im;-. (7 A , and .Miirh.iud, I'. Iliflnvr plcuial nirsnlhi-linin.i and .tsbe.lns rvpn-.ure in die Nnrtli Western C.ipr Province. dr | but Med 17; 2.iO--2U (196(1;. 7. D.ihgirn, d., Ilabtieii, A. I .. and I [m/, I . F|iid'-nnoti>gic drr Picur.uncsothehoin.v Vnrluiihgcr hrricht uber 119 bade aus drm Hamburger. It.uim IYax I'nctiiiioi 23: 347-338 (1969) (V. Murphy, K. L , ct at.: Floor litc insi.dlation as a source of asbestos exposure. Am Kev Kt-spir Dis ]01: 376-381), October 1971. 9.Sullivan, It. J., and Ath.mavsiadis, \k C.. lYchminary air pollu tion survey (f asbestos. National Air Pollution Control Ad ministration, A ['TO 09--27. Raleigh, N.C1 , 1909, p. 22. 10. Harvvood, C.: Asbestos air pollution from the wear of brake linings. Illinois Institute of Technology Research Institute. Chicago, April 1972 11. Jacko. M CI., and DuCharme, R.T.; drake emissions: emission measurements from brake and chuch linings from selected ntobilc sources. Environmental Protcciion Agency Report 6R-04-(.i(t20. Ann Arbor, 1973. 12. Lynch, J.; Iliake lining decomposition products. J Air Tollut Control Assoc 18; 821-826 (1968). 13. Jacko, M. G , DuCharme, R. T., and joiners, J II.: Brake and dutch emissions during vehicle operation Paper presented at Society of Automotive Engineers Meeting, Detroit, May 1973. 14. Hickish, D. F.., and lxnight, K. L.t Exposure to asbestos during brake maintenance. Ann Occup Meg 13: 17--21 (1970). 15. Hatch, D.: Possible alternatives to asbestos as a friction material. Ann Occup Hyg 13: 23--29 (1970). IIS. Knight, K. L., and Hickish, D. is!: Investigations into alternative forms of control for dust generated during the cleaning of brake assemblies and drums. Ann Occup Hyg 13: 37--39 (1970). 17. Lee, G. L.: Removing dusts from brake assemblies during vehicle servicing--alternative cleaning methods. Ann Occup Hyg 13: 33-36 (1970). IS. Bentley, M. L.: Control of the use of asbestos-containing friction materials. Ann Occup Hyg 13: 31--32 (1970). 19. U S. Senate, Committee on Commerce: Toxic Substances Con trol Act of 1973. Hearings before the Environment Subcom mittee. Statement of II. Castlcman. 93d Cong. U S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 1973, pp. 117, 349--330. 20. Guenther, G. C.: Emergency standard for exposure to asbestos dust. Federal Register, vol. 36, No. 234, Dec. 7, 1971, pp. 23207-23208. 21. Guenther, G. O.: Standard for exposure to asbestos dust. Federal Register, vol. 37, No. 110, June 7, 1972, pp. 11318- 11322. 22. Lynch, J. R., Ayer, H. E., and Johnson. 1). 1..: The in ' terrdationxhip of selected asbestos exposure indives. Am Ind Hyg Assoc J 12: 398-601 (1970). 23. Hygiene standard for elirysmile asltestos dust. Ann Occup llyg 11:47-49 (1968). . 21. Hygiene standards for airborne amositc asbestos dust. Aon Oc cup llyg 16: 1 -5 (1973). 25. Key, M. M.: Rcupcniog of asbestos standard. Memorandum to J. Strndcr. Assistant .Secretary of balmr, Occupational Safety and Health Adiuinisttation. Oificc of Teehnicat Publications, National Institute for Oevopalioo.tl Safely and 1 te.ilih, Uvh kville. Mil.. Mareh 28, 1974. 2l>. Gee, H., and Boolmys, A.: Action cm asbestos. N Engl J Med 285: 1317-1318, Dec. 2, 1971. 2SS Public Hoalth Reports FMSI 17860 Fravaniivo Health Cara Men with long experience as brake mechanics should have a physical ex amination at least once a year and prefercbly every six months. This should include a chest X-ray. The examining physician should be informed of the man's job and his exposure to asbestos. If you have, or have had, exposure to asbestos, cigarette smoking is particu-larly bad. If you smoke, stop. ' How You May Contact Us Please let us know what action you are taking, v/hat ideas you may have to offer, and what problems you encounter in following our suggestions for making your workplace safer. I. I Fjrtnvr DJTOfuq ''jnT)5/ Contact: ' Center for Science in the Public Interest 1779 Church Street, N.W. Washington, D. C. 20036 (202) 332-6000 District of Columbia Department of Human Resources Community Health and Hospital Administration Occupational and Employee Health Program Center for Science in the Public Interest FMS117861 i ^y i l ill ! j i g . .miiisi Brake linings contain large amounts or asbestos fiber, a substance harmful to your body.. The risk of lung . cancer far-people who smoke and'work with asbestos is 92-times greater them for people-v/ho neither smoke nor work with asbestos.. Among a number of groups of asbesros workers, one out of every five deaths is due to lung cancer. The risk of a serious lung disease, called asbestosis, and cancer of other body sites- is about the same., for . smokers and nonsmokers alike who. work with asbestos. . : 9 At present, it is not known what level of-exposure to asbestos, if any, is safe. Even a small amount may be dangerous in some- circumstances. Asbestos-related disease usually takes 20 to 30 years from the time of exposure to become evident. Work ing with asbestos for even a short time could result in asbestos-related disease later on. Dos o e: Dcn'ts For Your Protection To protect yourself and others in your workplace against this hazardous sub stance: DON'T dean brake assemblies and drums, wiih an air hose.. (Fiber dusts... generated by this method are danger ously high.) , ,' DON'T brush or, by any other method,, raise dust. DO vacuum out all the fiber you can. DO wet-wash the parts with paintbrush and kerosene. . DO use a protective mask when ex posure to asbestos dust cannot be avoided. Several companies manufac ture disposable masks, costing from $.50 to $1.50. For information on where these may be purchased locally, call the Center for Science in the Public Interest at (202) 332-6000. FMSI 17862 FRICTION MATER I -L S STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC. -210 ROUTE L, PART.U BULLET I r N G. 5 5 7 July 16, 1975 J. 07'S52 ASBESTOS INFORMATION ASSOC IATION/N. A. (AI A) The Institute has worked with the Asbestos Information Association/N.A. since the founding of AIA in 1970. Our Directors and the members of our Asbestos Study Committee feel that our liaison with the AIA is most worth while. The AIA represents a responsible viewpoint for both asbestos producers and asbestos users. There is no association or group that has done more to present a responsible industry position to regulators such as OSHA and EPA than the Asbestos Information Association. For that reason, at the March 13, 1975 meeting of the Board of Directors, a resolution was passed directing the Secretary to contact the AIA "... as to possible financial support of that Association by the Institute." On April 1, 1975, I wrote Mr. R. H. Mereness, Executive Director of the AIA, concerning possible financial support of that Association. On June 12, 1975, after a meeting of the AIA Executive Committee, Mr. Mereness replied to our letter. A copy of his June 12, 1975 letter is enclosed. In his letter, Mr. Mereness declined direct financial support by our Institute, while pointing out "... that company membership in the Association is the best means of supporting our work and contributing to the interests of the industry at large." He asked that we encourage members of the Institute to join the AIA. If your company wishes to contact the Asbestos Information Association regarding membership or support of the AIA, it is suggested you contact Mr. R. H. Mereness at; Asbestos Information Association 1660 L Street N. W. V/ashington, D. C. 20036 ZV'D/erc enclosure; c. '7. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17863 ASBESTOS INFORMATION ASSOCIATION NORTH AMERICA 1660 L Street, N.W. / Washington. D C. 20036 / (202) 223-4885 12 June 1975 Mr. E. W. Drislane Executive Director Friction Materials Standards Bergen Mall Office Center E. 210 Route 4 Paramus, New Jersey 07652 Institute, Inc. Dear Ed: At the meeting of our Executive Committee this past week, the interest in exploring financial support for AIA/NA by the In stitute or by its members, as addessed in your letter of April, was discussed. > First, let me advise that we are indeed appreciative of the thoughts expressed in your letter. Our Executive Committee asks that you convey the appreciation of our Association to your members. As you know, we have much work to do and many challenges. The Association needs the support of all segments of the industry. We are established to serve the industry in matters pertaining to occupational safety and health and environmental matters and look to the closest of working relationships within the industry to accomplish our information and education objectives. Our by-laws state that any company or corporation involved in the mining, milling, processing or selling of asbestos in the United States or Canada is eligible for membership in the As sociation. In our brief years of existence, we have concen trated our efforts on the problems of the health issue, utilizing our membership and the trade or product and technical organ izations associated with the asbestos industry as our means of industry communication. We have not conducted an extensive membership program. FMSI 17864 Page Two The Association has elected to maintain membership on an individual company basis. At the same time, however, the , Association is intent on maintaining the closest of working relations with the various groups involved in asbestos usage. We see this relationship on an informal, non-structured basis. The events over the past several months, and what can be fore seen clearly, point to the need for industry understanding and positive addressal to problems related to the asbestoshealth issue. It is for this reason the AIA/NA exists and we believe that company membership in the Association is the best means of Supporting our work and contributing to the interests of the industry at large. The work of the Associ ation is funded by the dues of its members. As currently formulated, dues are based on a percentage of cost of fiber purchased for use in the manufacture of products. At present there is a minimum fee of $2,000. The dues of non-manufacturing members, are $2,000. It is of interest that our budget by comparison to a similar organization in the United Kingdom is quite low. It is of further interest that we were able to reduce our dues this past year. We hope that you will encourage your members to join the As sociation. In this way we believe the Association can best benefit from the support you generously and thoughtfully suggest in your letter. We are now involved in a major effort to produce materials that will serve the industry in several important areas related to the asbestos-health issue. Our work practices series.will soon be distributed. There are several pamphlets now in existence and you have seen the series of posters de signed for use in the workplace. Our employee information pamphlet on asbestos and health is being distributed through out the industry. We are now preparing for our annual IndustryGovernment Conference to be held in Washington, September ~1011, 1975. We plan to invite leaders throughout the industry to this important gathering and hope that you will bring this event to the attention of your members. Additional information will be provided at a later date. Ed, I hope this letter provides the information you require to respond to your membership. We shall be very pleased to discuss the above and any other matters related to areas of mutual concern with you and your members whenever desired. With all good wishes, C R. ... ..<--.._ness Executive Director FMS117865 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAIAUS, M. J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 3 6 July 15, 1975 ADDITIONS TO CROSS REFERENCES This cross reference listing combines all cross reference additions for brake linings and clutch facings since the September 1963 printing of the"Cross Reference Master List.11 It combines all brake linings and clutch facin'? additions (not brake shoes) cross referenced in the following bulletins: Bulletin #366 #400 #437 #477 (February 16, 1970) (April 28, 1971) (May 22, 1972) (June 11, 1973) Please note that this bulletin does not cross reference brake shoes. /e intend to print a full cross reference listing for brake shoes later in 1975. J"D/erc Enclosure: E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117866 Part # 3.211.677 3.213.678 AMERICAN MOTORS F.M.5.I, # 2089-AT 2089-AT FMS117867 3EMDIX PART NUMBERS Part # 40,800 40,900 41,100 43,100 48,700 306,214 306,816 307,807) 307,808) 307,817) 307,818) 307,836 308,766) 308,767) 309,254 310,792 312,085) 312,086) 312,902 314,104 314,824) 314,827) 314,838 314,852 314,855 315,266 315,268 316,414 316,419 316,854 316,918 316,930 316,947 316,948 316,949 317,156 317,339 317,616 317,708 F.M.S.1. # 2103-TT 2103-TT 2104 1002 2132-TT 2132-TT 1244 2032 2026-T 2041 220-AT 220- A 2086 2066-A 2135-T 2097 220 200 2-A 2012-C 2038 2038 2066-A 2012-C 4615 4605 2121-ET 2070-T 4602-B 4615 4605 4602-B 4602-B 2097 2059-T 4615 Part 4 317,709 317,710 317,898 317,900 318,108 318,109 318,130 318,133 318,557 318,923 318,925 319,092 319,132 319,152 319,160 319,331 319,590 320,475 320,526 320,545 320,681 320,682 320,697 320,698 320,700 320,701 320,919 320,920 320,922 320,923 321,171 321,172 321,236 321,237 321,271 321,309 321,310 321,344 321,389 321,398 F.M.S. 1. # 4605 4602 2131 2131 4562 4562 1290 4562 2132 2070-T 2059-T 4602 4605 2137 2131 2137 767 4615 2137 767 2141-T 2141-T 2143-T 2143-T 2143-T 2143-T 1293 1293 1293 1293 2131-T 2131--T 2140-T 2140-T 1293 2135-T 2135-T 220-AT 766 2141-T Part 4' F.M.S. 1 321,399 321,494 321,495 321,502 321,574 2141-T 2041 2041 768 2075 321,575) 321,576) 321,577) 321,688 321,707 2075 769 2130-TT 321,710 322,294 322,302 322,490 322,492 2130-TT 2153-T 2153-T 21 ^,6-- T 2146-T 322,511 322,513 322,565 322,591 322,884 2140-AT 2140-AT 1236 4605 2097-AT 322,886 322,903 322,904 322,906 322,907 2097-AT 2146-T 2146-T 2140-AT 2140-AT 323,252 323,278 323,279 323,282 323,283 4615 2140-T 2140-T 2131-T 2131-T 323,903 2146-T 323,904 2146-T 323,906 2140-AT 323,907 2140-AT 324,425 220-AT 324,427 324,530 324,805 324,988 324,990 220-AT 2145-AT 4603-B 2146-AT 2146-AT FMS117868 Part 324,992 1,150,062 1,150,408) 1,150,409) 1,150,411 1,150,453 1,150,898) 1,150,399) 2,235,036 2,235,130 2,235,1-U 2,235,150 2,235,206 2,235,209 2,535,984 3,200,369 3,200,372 3,200,375 3,200,378 3,200,431 F.f.l. 3. 1. if 2140-BT 1292 2103-TT 2104 1192 787 787 7013-A 7026-A 7027-A 7027-A 7024-A 7024-A 770 : 2089-AT 2089-AT 2012-FT 2012-FT 2143-ATT G END!X(Con+j:_) Part ii 3,200,484 3,200,493 3,200,496 3,200,599 3,200,602 3,200,613 3,200,616 3,200,685 3,200,686 3,200,688 3,200,689 3,200,694 3,200,695 3,200,696 3,200,697 3,201,332 3,201,335 3,201,785 3,202,959 3,202,962 F.M.S.1. a 2143-ATT 2141-ATT 2141-ATT 2129-TT 2129-TT 2075-A 2075-A 2152 2152 2070-A 2152-T 20 59-AT 2059-AT 2059-AT 2059-AT 2151-T 2151-T 2140-BT 2075-BT 2075-BT Part ii .. 3,203,881 3,203,882 3,203,885 3,203,886 F.M.S. 1 U * TT 2121-TT 2121-TT 2121-TT 2121-TT FMS117869 BORG StCK (Clutch Pacing) Part 6,471 8,416 8,425 8,451 3,438 3,566 9,057 9,059 9,061 9,063 11,653 12,472 12,559 12,824 12,942 12,944 13,195 13,363 F.M.S. 1. 1166-A 1169-A 11008 306-E 1003-1 9012-C 1173-A 10007 10008 10009 10010 1233-B 1142-E 1142-E 1236-C 1236-A 1142-E 1057-H 11004 Part 4 F.M.S.1. 13,364 13,423 13,450 13,519 13,539 1236-A 1161-C 1185-A 1166-A 1003-C 13,711 13,734 13,821 13,946 14,015 1057-H 1236-C 1148-D 11004 1056-8 14,017) 1142-E 14,018) 1142-E 14,067 1373 52,696 11009 383,833 1173-A 165-10124 165-10126. 165-10176 165-10304 1169-B 1169-- B 1142-J 990-B FMS117870 CHEVROLET Part 331,423 333,216 335.626 335.627 900,018 904,765 907,052 909,442 941,804 2,405,959 3,742,566 3,753,987 3,770,220 3,771,264 ,771,265 ,772,503 ,773,504 F.M.S.I. 2157-T 2157-T 2042-AT 2042-rAT "-11004 * 1236-C * 909-C * 1056-E * 1166-A * 1236-C 2040 * 7 0 51 -- A * 1236-C 2073 2040 2040 1245 1245 Part # 3,779,138 3,789,734 3,792,369 3,799,355 3,805,675 3,828,056 3,823,848 3,828,909 3,829,996 3.832.875 3.832.876 3.832.892 3.832.893 3,845,292 3,862,220 3,862,222 3,862,742 * 1056-E -"-11004 -"- 1166-A * 1056-E -"-10000 * 1166-A * 909-C * 1166-A *11004 2108-T 2109-T 2109-T 2108-T 2108-T 2109 * 1166-A * 1166-A * 1142-E Part " F.M.S. 1 3.867.220 3,873,473 3,873,476 3,375,770 .3,892,502 * 1166-A 4639 4639 4640 2065 3,892,503 .3,969,214 3,969,289 3,969,352 .3,976,628 3 982.220 5.452.536 5.452.537 9,402,073 94.021.482 2065 7 28-A 2105-T 2065 1300 S- 727 S- 727 * 145 * 2155 94.021.483 * 2155 94.021.484 * 2155 Vjj Vx) * Clutch Facing FMS117871 CHRYSLER Part # F.M.J5. 11. # 58,332 316,770) 316,774) 1,500,741 1,668,243 2012-T 2053-T 1125 4560 1,668,244 1,798,466 2,072,752) 2,072,753) 2,233,164 4560 1125 2070 & T *1007- A 2,260,836 2,260,882 2,409,865 2,460,640 2,512,838 2126-T 2025 P. T 2065 2065 & T 2053 2,512,841 2,525,190 2,530,144) 2,530,146) 2,534,712 2053 774 2006-T 2065 2,534,715) 2,534,718) 2,534,761 2,534,767 2,534,863 2006 2012-T 2051- T 2065 Part 4 2,768,032) 2,768,036) 2,781,034 2,781,089 2,781,160 2,781,178 2,781,193 2,781,229) 2,781,230) 2,781,231) 2,781,238 2,781,625) 2,781,636) 2,808,442 2,808,451 2,825,996) 2,825,999) 2,925,189 2,925,190 2,944,824 2,944,828 2,955,065 3,461,574 3,492,631) 3,492,642) F.M.S. I. ii Part // F.M. 730 2055-T 2025-T 2070-T 3,492,817) 3,492,828) 3,699,500 3,699,501 3,699,502 2140*7017 *7017 *7017 2126-T 2089-T 2065-T 3,699,503 3,699,506) 3,699,507) 3,699,508) 3,699,509) *7017 7018 2006-T 732 1276 2032 3,699,512) 3,699,513) 3,699,514) 3,699,516) 3,699,710 *7019 1306 1276 774 774 2065-T 3,699,853) 3,699,904) 3,699,956 3,699,958) 3,699,959) 7029 *7017 7018 2055-T 2042 2065-T 3,699,960) 3,699,961) *7019 75,061,059 ' 81T3 2146-T * Clutch Facing FMSI 17872 DANA CORPORATION (CLUTCH FACINGSj Part #_____ F.M.S.I. # 114-C-174 1U-C-264 114-C-224-2 946 - A 1277-A 1380-A (SPICER) FMS117873 Fart # 1,150,411 2,622,078 6 79 5,452,337 5,452,398 5,454,419 5,454,421 5,454,423 5,454,425 5,454,491 5,456,513 5,456,828 4 29 5,456,896 4 97 5,456,969 5,459,004 5,459,017 5,459,434 5,459,553 4 4 5,459,628 5,459,847 5,459,876 5,459,883 5,460,090 4 1 5,460,096 5,460,098 5,460,122 5,460,126 5,460,173 5,460,250 5,460,513 4 14 5,460,515 6 16 5,460,617 5,460,618 4 19 5,460,803 5,460,829 5,462,658 5,462,963 6 64 5,462,973 5,462,981 5,463,133 . 5,463,134 f.s.!. # . 2104 2038-AT 2132-TT 2102-ATT 2025-TT 2025-TT 2006-TT 2006-TT 2125 2125 2025-TT 2116-TT 2006-TT 2103-TT 2005-BTT 2113-TT 2113-TT 2114-TT 2102-ATT 2117-ATT 2096-TT 2005-BTT 2078-TT 2078-TT 296-BTT 296-BTT 2114-TT 296-BTT 2084-TT 2096-TT 2005-BTT 2125 2077-TT 2078-TT 2114-TT 2113-TT 762 762 2077-TT 2105-T 2102-ATT 2102-ATT 762 766 ILCO- JC'RMhE Part # 5,463,153 5,463,952 4 53 5,464,094 5,464,214 6 15 5,464,216 4 17 5,464,455 4 56 5,464,458 4 59 5,464,466 4 67 5,464,468 & 69 5,464,485 4 86 5,464,488 & 89 5,464,495 5,464,498 5,464,526 4 27 5,464,520 5,464,534 5,464,536 4 37 5,464,539 5,464,544 5,464,660 4 61 5,464,668 4 69 5,464,711 4 12 5,464,758 5,464,827 5,465,014 4 16 5,465,018 4 19 5,465,026 4 27 5,465,030 4 31 5,465,263 5,465,273 5,465,295 4 96 5,465,298 5,465,299 5,465,599 5.465,653 5,465,666 4 67 5,465,672 4 73 5,465,676 4 67 5,465,754,55,56 5,465,577,78,79 F.7.S. 1. 762 728-A 296-BTT 2114-TT 2102-ATT 2077-TT 2025-CTT 2025-CTT 2006-BTT 2006-BTT 2116-TT 2116-TT 2103-TT 2103-TT 2077-AT 2077-AT 2077-AT 2102-T 2102-T 2102-T 2103 2103 2104 2132-TT 2077-TT 2110-TT 2110-TT 2107-TT 2107-TT 2102-BT 2103-BTT 2005-BTT 2113-TT 296-BTT 2114-TT 2114-TT 2124 2124 2119-TT 2119-TT 2119-TT 2118-TT 2118-TT FMSI 17874 Part ;v 5,465,931 5,465,987 5,465,988 & 89 5,466,842 5,466,843 5,467,004 5,467,033 5,467,039 4 40 5,467,051 4 52 5,467,135 4 36 5,467,137 4 38 5,467,141 4 42 5,467,143 5,467,144 4 45 5,467,160 5,467,161,62,63 5,467,164 4 65 5,467,166,67,68 5,467,169 DELCC-MC'RA I ME (CONT.) F.M.S. 1. 1299 2102-BT 2102-BT 2118-TT 2142-TT 2120-TT 2120-TT 2120-TT 2120-TT 2102-BT 2117-ATT 2117-ATT 2102-BT 2117-ATT 2102-T 2102-T 2102-T 2117-TT 2117-TT 2102-BT Part # 5,467,170 4 71 5,467,179 5,467,194 4 95 5,467,196 4 97 5,467,517 5,467,573 5,467,673 5,467,693 5,467,886 4 87 5,467,888 & 89 5,467,894 5,467,896 5,468,080 & 81 5,468,645 4 46 5,468,704 5,468,863 4 64 5,470,514' 4 15 5,471,666 4 67 5,471,672 & 73 F.M.S.1. 2117-TT 2102-BT 2117-TT 2102-T 2125 2125 2139-TT 2125-T 2125-T 2118-TT 2142-TT 2118-TT 2142-TT 762 728-A 728-A 2139-TT 2158. 2134-ATT 2114-TT FMS117875 ATOM BRAKES Part n F.M.S.1. J 30- DS 32-\-l 4327 4594 4596 4195-8 4311-C 4317-G 32-MFA,MR A 34-D 34-DA 4317-G 4195-B 4311-C & G 4317-G 4595 34- M 34-R 34-D, DT 4595 4597 4195-B 4311-C & G 4317-G 4605 35-F 4286 36-M 4311 -- A & C 36-''A,' FA &) 4311-C & G MR A ) 4317-G 33-D, DS 4452 38-D,DTA,R) 42-D ) 42-M 42-iVA 4311-C 4317-G 4311-C 4527-B 4311-C 42-MFA,MRA 42-R 4311-C 4527-B 4311-C 4317-G 4311-C ccc 1 LA 50-M 56-M 57-F 4311-A 4527-B 4525 4286 4366-B 1,6l 5 1,618 1,790-A 1,791 4195-B 4596 4595 4597 4311-C 1,800 1,863 1,893 1,910 4514 4317-G 4311-C 4602 Part # 1,911 1,918 1,919 2,011 2,731 13,802 16,600 16,800 16,802 17,800 17,801 17,810 18,802 18,803 18,808) 18,812) 19,501 19,502 19,503 19,507) 19,512) 19,801 19,803 20,000 20,220 20,437 20,441 20,442) 20,443) 20,445) 20,448 & 9 F.M.S.1. # Part ff F.M.S. 1. a 4311-A 4317-G' 4452 4602 4452 1 O 20,500 20,501 20,503) 20,801) 4311-A 4 C 4525 4317-C,E & G 4525 4311-C 4311-C 4311-C 4317-G 2032 4195-B 40,871 40,880 43,224 43,909 4195-B 4195-B 4317-G 4195-B 4317-G 4327 4596 4595 4597 44,609 45,238 45,321 45,334 45,350) 45,351) 4317-G 4311-C 4410-B 4195-B 4311-C 1254 ' 4195-B 4317-G 4317-G 4602 45,500 45,501 48,727 48,728 51,086 4502 4502 4317-G 4317-G 4311-C 4195-B 4317-G 4311-C 4317-G 52,193) 53,467) 53,736 53,748) 53,750) 4311-C 4526 4317-G 4602 4605 4311-A & C 4317-G 4452 53,762) 55,551) 57,556 60,510) 60,511) 4311-C 4317-G 4195-B 4311-C 4311 4311 -- A 4452 62,085 64,156) 64,157) 65,048-HE 147,015 4631 4311-G 4286 4311-A 4056-B 4311-A 4311-C 4308 4056-B 405A-B y,286 1,000,239 1,000,240&41 1,000,313 1,000,490) 1,000,491) 1,000,656) 1,000,717) 1,000,739) 1,001,085) 4527-8 4527-B 4223-A 4311-J 4311-J FMSI 17876 Part J 196.505) 196.506) 197.054) 197.055) 197.360) 197.361) 752,614 F M. 1 tt 4651 4650 4652 4614-A Part -fr F.M.S. 1 7,009,4868 2002 F"3 CCRPC-RATI CP! FI AT-ALLI S FMS117877 Part U_____________ F.M.S.I. w AF-2284-N -2285-C ClAA-2021-AE -C 2002-AT 2002-AT 2083-AT 2083-CT 2080-AT ClAA-2021-S -Y -2022-B 2083-T 2080-AT 2080-CT 2083-AT 2083-BT Cl AA-2022-C -J -S -2284-B -D 2080-AT 2080-AT 2083-T 2080-T 2121-ATT ClAA-2cS5-D . -S CIDD-2021-A,B,C 2121-ATT 2080-T 2083-T 2071-T 2071-AT CIDD-2022-K,L,M 2071-T -2284-A,B,C 2072-T -7550-C,EL L 2 * 857-B CITT-4005-V 2042 CITZ-2007-A 1276 CITZ-2007-D CIUU-2285-A,B,C C3AA-2018-K -2019-K 4625 2012-AT 2012-CT 2083-T 2083-T C3AA-2020-E -2218-S -2219-F -7550-A -E 2083-T 2080-T 2080-T * 1142-H * 1174 C3AA-7550-G,H -N C3DA-2022-A,B -2285-A,BN C3MA-7750-A *10000-A * 990-B 2071-T 2072-T * 1174 C3SA-2284-G,H,J C3TZ-2007-F C4AA-7550-A C4TA-2021-A,B,C 2100-G 4626 * 1181 2002-ATT 2083-TT ^Clutch Facing FORD Part C4T A-2022-A -2234-A,B,C C4UA-2284-A C5A-2284-A,B,C,D C5A-2285-D,E,F C5AA-2284-D -D,E,F C5 AA-2285-A,B, C, D -D C5AA-7550-A -F -J -K,L C5DA-7550-B C5MA-2284-A,B,C -2285-A,B,C C5TA-2021-D -4001-VA -4005-VA C5TA-4005-VA -7550-D C5TZ-2007-L -2284-C C6AA-2285-A C6AA-7550-E -F C6DA-7550-D C6MA-7550-D C6TA-2022-K C6TA-2022-K -3002-AB -AK -AN C6TIV-4001-F C6T17-4001-H -U C6TZ-2007-A C6U17-4001-C -U C7AA-2021-A -7550-A C7DA-7550-A C7VA-2021-A C7ZA-2284-A F. M. s. 1. U 2002-ATT 2038-TT 2038-TT 2012-CT 2121-T,A 2121-T 2121-T 2121-ATT 2121-ATT 2121-T,ET *10000-A 1174 * 990-B 1170-A 857-B 2121-BT 2121-BT 2129-TT 2075 2042 2075 X 1142-H 4317-G 4317-G 2121-T X 1170-A X 1174 L A X 9021 X 1170-A 2129-TT 2130-TT 2075 2038-TT 2129-TT 2022-ATT 2066-ATT 2002-ATT 2032 2006-AT 2012-BT 2092-T X 1005-A X 1005-A 773 2012-BT FMSI 17878 Part // C7ZA-2285-A,B -7550-B C8AA-2010-J -201 i-J -2021-C C8AA-2022-A -2209-D ' ' -2210-D C8DA-2009-A -2010-A QSDA-2010-C -2011-C C8R2-2200-A C8TA-2010-AG -2010-AU C8TA-2011-AG -2011-All -2209-AG -2209-AS -2210-AG C8TA-2210-AS C8TZ-2007-L -11 -N C8UA-2010-C C8UA-2011-C -2209-D -2210-D C8VA-2B118019F C8ZA-2209-A C8ZA-2210-A C9AA-2010-C -2011-C -2021-B,C -2022-B C9AA-2284-A -2285-A C9DM-2007-A -2007-B C9TA-2010-D C9TA-2209-D, E -2210-D,E C9UA-2010-C -2011-C -2209-A *Clutch Facing FORD (Cont.) F.M.S.I. ir - Part f" 2012-CT *10000-A 2080-AT 2080-AT 768 C9UA-2210-A C9ZA-2209-D -2209-E -2210-C C20A-2021-A 2083-AT 2121-T 2121-T 2072-T 2072-T C20A-2021-G,M -2022-6 -AA -M -N 2071-T 2071-T 8112 2075 2141-T C20A-2284-AA -M -2285-G -M -N 2075 2141-T 2141-T 2141-T 2141-T C20A-7550-A -E,F -H C30A-2021-R -2285-A 2141-T 4647 4639 4646 2143-T C30A-7550-A -E,F,H -L C60A-2021-A -2284-D 2143-T 2141-T 2141-T 773 2012-BT C60A-7550-D -G -H C70A-2021-D -2022-A,B 2012-BT 2083-AT 2083-AT 773 773 C70A-7550-B -C,D -E C80A-2010-J -2011-J 2121-BT 2121-BT 2051-BT 2012-ET 2131-T C80A-2010-K -2011-K -2018-F -2021 -E,F -2209-A 2131-T 2131-T 2140-T 2140-T 2131-T C80A-2210-A -B,C,D -E C90A-2010-C -2011-C F. 11. S. 1 . i 2131-T 2012-BT 2135-T 2012-BT 2051-AT 2092-T 2051-AT 2012-BT 2090-T 2089-T 2012-BT 2091-T 2012-BT 2091-T 2135-T * 1005-A *10000-A * 857-B 2089-TT 2089-TT * 1005-A *10000-A * 1005-A 2089-T 2135-T * 1005-A * 1170-A 9021-A 2092-T 2092-T * 1170-A * 9021-A * 9027-A 2089-T 2089-T 2092-T 2092-T 769 769 2089-T 2089-T 2135-T 2012-BT 2089-T 2089-T FMSI 17879 Part # C90A-2011-D -2021-A -2022-A -2209-A C90A-2010-A -B,D -2210-H DORY-2007-A DORY-2007-A D1 AA-20 22-A.A -8A D.IDA-20ac-AB -2284-AA DiDA-2235-AA DIUZ-228/+-A DITZ-2021-A -2021-B -2022-A D2RY-2007-A D2TZ-2001-A D2UZ-2235-A D4VA-2284-AA -BA D4VA-2284-CA D4VA-2285-AA -BA -CA D12A-2018-CC D12A-2021-BA -CA -DB -2022-BA -CA Part #______ A-CD-2230) -2231) F.M.5. 1. h- 2092-T 776 769 776 2072-T 2072-T 2089-T 2135-T 2135-T 8064 8112 2080-CT 2083-CT 2071-AT 2072-AT 2072-AT 2012-GT 2146-AT 2140 BT 2146-AT 8115 8114 2012-GT 2081-TT 2081-TT 20S1-TT 2081-TT 2081-TT 2081-TT 779 2144-T 2144-T 779 2144-T 2144-T FORD (Cont.) Part D12A-2284-BA -CA -2285-AB -BA -CA D20A-2018-CA -2019-CB -2021-BB, CA -2022-BB,CA -7550-BA D22A-2021-AA -2284-AA -2285-AC D3AA-2284-GB -2284-HB,JB D3AA-2284-KA,LA -2284-MA -2285-GA,HA -2285-JA -2285-LA D3AA-2285-LA,MA D32A-2284-AA,BA -2284-CA -2285-AA,BA -CA D35A-2021-BB -2022-BB D4VA-2284-AA,BA -CA -2285-AA,BA D4VA-2285-CA FC -1646-A -1650-A -1709-B -1710-A F.M.S.1. # 2145-T 2145-T 2145-T 2145-T 2145-T 788 788 788 788 * 1037-F 779-A 2151-T 2151-T 2080-TT 2080-TT 2121-TT 2121-TT 2080-TT 2080-TT 2121-TT 2121-TT 2154-T 2154-T 2154-T 2154-T 7013-A 7013-A 2081-TT 2081-TT 2081-TT 2081-TT 2012-ET 2051-BT 2012-ET 2051-BT F.M.S. I . # 4649 FRUEHAUF * Clutch Facing FMS117880 Part # 92,724) 94,677) 106,729 1,29 3,b43 1,332,736 2,251,336) 2,263,329) 2,329,393 2,393,293 2,393,340 2,395,340 2,405,596 2,407,789 2,416,234 2,416,236 2,416,240 2,416,242 2,425,357 2,425,359 F.M.S.I. i? 6061 * 1325-C *11004 767 4398-B * 1236-B * 1095 * 1166-A * 1248 * 1236-B 459 2-A 4530 1193 1252 4639 1193 1252 4639 1150 4598 GENERAL MOTORS Part # 2,429,329 2,431,586 2,443,320 2,462,929 2,464,079 2,468,528 2,470,622 2,471,307) 2,471,943) 2,473,918 2,475,366 2,435,756 2,435,758 2,489,328 2,492,036 2,492,376) 2,492,377) 2,621,817 3,513,019) 3,513,521) 3,771,264) 3,771,265) F.M. S. 1. * 1374 4398-B 4580 4393-B 4592-A 4524 1239 * 1325-C 2086 S 1560 * 1243 * 1236-B * 1374 * 1248 * 1374 7028-A 2044-A 2040 Part 3,789,762 3,799,136 3,799,133 3,805,629 3,805,675 3,823,054 3,832,875 3,832,876 3,832,890 3,832,892 3,335,629 3,881,551 5,464,614 5,464,616 5,464,904 5,464,906 5,465,246 5,465,248 8,870,271 8,879,344 8,379,345 F.M.S.1. . *11004 *10000 * 1056-E * 1095 * 1166-A * 909-C 2105-T 2105-T 2106-T 2106-T * 1166-A 4640 2110 2107 2102 2077 2102 2077 4592-A 4514-F 4514-F * Clutch Facing FMS117881 INTERNATIONAL HARVESTER CORPORATION Part u F.M.S. 1. ;!' AO,333 DC 93.927) 93.928) 93,929) *1527 4515 93,930) 93,931) 98,747 R1 99,058 R 1 4515 1247 6048 103,954 R2 419,92 C91 316,197 C92 346,639 R91 4311-C 2875 *1388 4629 654,594 Cl 658,354 Cl 659,746 Cl 659,761 Cl * 786 *10012 *1629 *1278 * Clutch Facing Part 4 307,283) 807,234) 912,476) 912,477) 917.515) 917.516) 913,099 913,100 925.902) 925.903) 936,985 F.M.S. 1. $ 2011 2038 2042 2042 220-A 20%. JEEP CORPORATION (FORMERLY KAISER JEEP) Part 936,986) 937,159) 937,160) 937,209 937,210) 937.213) 937.214) 937,215) 937,216) 938,140) 938,141) F.M.; 2045 2038 2038 2038 FMS117882 Part 3 3-17,023) -17,024) -55,536) -55,742 -55,799 -77,021 C-59,164 -82,017 -62,145) -82,241) 10-42, 541) -42,542) -42,543) -42,544) -47,800 -59,169 -82,019) -32,020) -91,127 -91,131 E-36,535) -36,536) -37,094) -37,095) -37,096) -37,097 F.M.S. 1. 4646 4647 4646 4647 730 776 773 2060 728 730 776 7020-A 7020-A 2032 2032 KELSEY HAVES Part # . E-55,536 -55,533 -55,799 -56.678) -56,679) -59,553) -59,555) -70,420) -79,030 -79,042 -80,437) -80,438) -80,439) -49,135 -49,138 -88,108) -88,109) -88,136) -88,137) -89-840 -92,559) -92,566) -92,580 F.ri.s. 4646 4647 4646 2128 728 768 769 4639 4639 2060-T 2060-T 787 781-A 7027-A 7026-A E-09,294,701) -09,322,201) 7041 FMS117883 LIPE-ROLLAWAY Part # C-18- 99 -18-287 -18-329 C-18-377 -18-409 -18-432 F.M.S.I. # 1372 1325--C 1235 1372 1312-B 1626 Part # C-18-437 -18-438 -18-445 C-18-447 -18-450 -18-462 F.M.S.I. 7? 1361-A 1317-D 1427-A 1372-A 1374 1553-A Part # C-18-466 -18-484 -18-488 C-18-495 -18-506 140-19-1012 F.M.S.I. ii 1372 1561 1389 1312-- C 1372 1372-A Clutch Faci ngs Part # C-45- 90 -52- 25 -15-812 C-42-130 -42-136 -42-160 FMSI # 1325 1325-A 1325-B 1372-B 749-A 1170-A Clutch Facings ^Bonded LONG Part # F.M.S.I. # C-42-187 -42-198 -42-208-91 1142-H 1277 1276 C-42-213 -42-235 -42-246 127 6-A 9029 1174-A Part # F.M.S. 1. # C-42-293-91 1325-D -42-304 1276* -42-X-67-75 902-B C-46-680 -58-581 65-10006 1170-A 1628 8025-A FMSI 17884 HACK TRUCK Part if 3- QD=2148 74-QDA-31 74- QDA->32 . 101-HBA-374C F.M.S. 1. # 4637 7041 7041 *1333B SM - 47 SM - 50 SM - 58 SMM- 6l SM - 62 SM - 63 SM - 64 SMM- 67 SMH- 68-A SM - 71-A SM - 72 SMM- 73 SM - 75 SM - 79 SM - 80-A SM - 8 2- A SM - 83-A SM - 86-A SM _ 90-A SM - 91-A SM - 92-A SM - 97-A SMH- 98 SMM-102 SMM-104 SM -105 SM -106 SMM-111 SM -112 SMM-117 SM -119 SMM-120 SMM-121 SMM-123 SMM-124 1142 1170 1144 4185 4233 4152-A 4314 1207 4316 1212 1107 1131 1143 4064 4427-A 4268-B 4311 4366 4490 4492 1226 4312 1239 1241 1230 4317-F 4312-B 4254 659 4471 4268 1261 4515 1260 4514-A Part F.M.S. 1 . ii 101 --HBA--31 Si 151- H8-410 -410P8 -3102 *1372A *1628 *1628A *1371 A Part if F.M.S. 1 202 Series SM -130 SM -131 SM -132 SM -133 SM -134 4055 4106 4315 4317-E 4465 SM -135 SM -137 SM -139 SM -140 SM -144 4516 4600 4605 4610 4602 SMH-145 SM -147 SM -149 SM -150 SM -151 4516-A 4635 4611 659 1193 SM -152 SM -153 SM -154 SM -155 SM -156 1195 1199 1230 1239 1241 SM -159 SM -167 SM -171 SM -172 SMH-173 4602 4610 4153-A 4637 4317-C SMH-174 SMH-175 SMH-179 SMH-181 SMH-193 4311-B 4307 4152-A 4515 4524 SMH-194 SMH-196 SMH-197 SMH-200 SM-1000 4549 4524 4471 4471 4327 SM -1001 SM -1002 SMH -1003 SMM -1004 SM -1005 4328 4358 4376-B 4468 4056-C SM -1006 SM -1007 SM -1008 SM -1009 SM -1010 4109 4102 4138 4151 4190 SM -1011 SM -1012 SM -1013 SM -1014 SM -1015 4195-B 4195-B 4197-A 4206 4224 SM -1016 SM -1017 SM -1018 SM -1019 SM -1020 4227 4227-A 4227-B 4227-B 4227-G SM -1021 SM -1022 SM -1023 SM -1024 SM -1025 4228 4228-A 4228-A 4237 4242 SM -1026 SM -1027 SM -1028 SM -1029 SM -1030 4258 4284 4286 4286-A 4286-B SM -1031 SM -1032 SM -1033 SM -1034 SM -1035 4289 4289-B 4289-C 4289 4299 * Clutch Facing FMSI 17885 Part SM -1036 SM -1037 SM -1038 SM -1039 SM -1041 SM -1042 SM -1043 SM -1044 SM -1045 SM -1046 SM -1047 SM -1048 SM -1049 SM -1050 SM -1051 SM -1052 SM -1053 SM -1054 SM -1055 SM -1056 SM -1057 SM -1060 SM -1061 SM -1062 SM -1063 SM -1064 SM -1065 SM -1066 SM -1067 SM -1068 SM -1069 SM -1070 SM -1071 SM -1072 SM -1073 SM -1074 SM -1075 SM -1076 SM -1077 SM -1078 F.M.3. 1. ? 4305-A 4307-A 4311-A 4311-C 4317-C- 4321 4321-A 4326 4327-A 4328-A 4330 4331 4335-A 4336 4337 4343 4343-A 4343-C 4343-S 4350 4354-A 4364 4364-B 4365-A 4367 4375 4376 4379 4380 4390 4396 4397 4398 4398-A 4398-B 4410-B 4410 4423-A 4424 4442 MACK TRUCK (Cont.) 202 Series (Cont.) Part: # F.M.S. 1. # SM -1079 SM -1080 SM -1081 SM -1082 SM -1083 4444 4446 4450 4451 4452 SM -1084 SM -1085 SM -1086 SM -1087 SM -1088 4460 4461 4468-C 4468-A 4468-B SM -1089 SM -1090 SM -1091 SM -1092 SM -1093 4469 4473 4475 4476 4480 SM -1094 SM -1095 SM -1096 SM -1097 SM -1098 4481 4488 4489 4498 4501 SM -1099 SM -1100 SM -1101 SM -1102 SM -1103 4503 4504 4504 4507 4508 SM -1104 SM -1105 SM -1106 SM -1107 SM -1108 4509 4511 4513 4514-A 4575-A SM -1109 SM -1110 SM -1112 SM -1113 SM -1114 SM -1115 SM -1116 SM -1117 SM -1118 SM -1119 4517 4523 4525 4526 4527 4527-A 4540 4541 4541-A 4541-3 Part M F.M.S.1 SM -1120 SM -1121 SM -1122 SM -1123 SM -1124 4541-C 4542 4543 4546 4548 SM -1125 SM -1126 SM -1127 SM -1128 SM -1129 4549 4550 4551 4552 4557 SM -1130 SM -1131 SM -1132 SM -1133 SM -1134 4561 4563 4564 4564-A 4568 SM -1135 SM -1136 SM -1137 SM -1138 SM -1140 4570 4592 1139 4567 4615 SM -1141 SM -1143 SM -1144 SM -1145 SM -1146 4056-B 4462 4527-B 4592-A 4592-B SM -1147 SM -1148 SM -1149 SM -1150 SM -1151 SM -1152. SM -1 '-53 SM -1154 SM -1155 SM -1156 4594 4595 4617 4618 4619 4620 4623 4626 627 4628 SM -1157 SM -1158 SM -1159 SM -1160 SM -1161 4629 4631 1245-A 1252 1254 SM -1162 1255 FMS117886 Part {j CL-11,301-107 -11,945 -12,403 -12,695-63 ROCKFORD (CLUTCH FACINGS) F.M.S. 1. s? 1335 1388 1390 1380-A FMSI 17887 ROCKWELL '(FORMERLY TIMKEN) Part ir A- 287 - 365 C- 549 D- 238 D- 298 - 316 - 550 E- 239 F.M.S.I. # 4580 4629 1295 4610 4636 No # Metallic 589 4615 Part F.M.S.1. ir 2000 Series E- 447 G- 137 K- 375 - 973 4524 4515 1280-A 1245-B N-..482 P- 172 T- 202 - 436 4524 4249 4580 1245-B Part # U- 307 - 437 V- 256 W- 439 U- 621 Z- 130 F.M.S. 1, 4619 1290 4515 4562-A 4524 6050 A- 391 -1015 -1223 -2497 B-1224 -1536 -2498 -2524 C-1303 -1537 -1953 -2291 -2498 C-2525 D-1304 -2240 -2292 -2526 D-2578 E-1045 -1305 -1383 -2241 E-2527 -2579 F-1046 -1306 -1384 4541-B 439S-B 4515 4644 4655 4515 4644 4514-G 4655 1307 4327-B 4514-G 4515 4625-B 4655 1307 4327-B 1311 4625-B 1308 4625-B 4327-B 4358-B 4327-B 1311 1308 4625-B 4327-B 4358-B 4327-B 2240 Series F-1956 -2242 G-1047 -1307 -1385 G-1957 -2243 -2295 H-1048 -1308 4551-B 1311 4328-B 4326-B 4327-B 4551-B 1311 1307 4328-E 4326-8 H-1386 -2244 -2530 J-1050 -2246 J-2532 K-1051 -1389 L-1390 M-1391 Q-1343 R-1250 -1630 -1890 S-1631 S--1891 -2541 T-1892 -2542 -2828 4327-B 1311 4653 4328-E 1311 4653 4328-E 4358-B 4358-B 4358-B 4398-B 4601-A 4515 4514-E 4515 4514-E 1307 4549-B 1308 17,738 U-1893 -2439 -2829 V- 594 -1894 V-2440 -2492 -2518 -2569 Vi-1349 lii-1791 -1895 -2241 -2493 -2570 X-1792 -2286 -2442 -2520 Y-1221 Y-1221 -1377 -1793 -1923 -2521 Z-1378 -1794 -1924 -1925 4549-B 4655 17,738 4305 4515 4655 4524-C 4653 4228-F 4398-B 4621 4515 4655 4524-C 4228-F 4621 1308 4655 4654 4515 4644 4514-G 4621 4515 4654 4514-G 4621 4515 4515 FMSI 17888 Part F.M.S. 1. # A- 859 -1665-F -1769 -1821 -2601 A-2861 -2887 -3147 -3277 -4187 A-4811 -5071 -5097 B- 756 B- 860 -1198 -1199 -1666 -1692 8-1693 -1770 -1822 -2576 B-2602 -2862 -2888 -3148 -3278 B-4188 -4812 -5020 -5072 -5098 C- 29 - 341 - 757 -1251 -1277 1245-B 4398-B 4629 4642 4601-A 4562-A 4592 4524 4515 4592 4592 4515-E 4549 4549-C 4580 1245-B 1295 1295 4398-B 1297 1297 4629 4642 4524 4524-B 4601-A 4562-A 4592 4524 4515 4592 4592 4515 4515-E 4549 4538 4514-G 4580 4633-A 4549 ROCKWELL (Cent.) (FORMERLY TIMKEN) Part F.M.S. 1. ,!! 2740 Series C-1300 -1771 -1795 -1797 -1823 C-2239 -2577 -2603 -2889 -3643 4643 4629 4635 4635 4644 4398-B 4524 & B 4601-A 4592 1131 C-4111 -4813 -5021 -5073 -5099 D- 342 - 758 -1200 -1278 -1772 D--1798 -1824 -2578 -2604 D-3150 -3644 -4112 -4814 -5022 D-5074 -5100 E- 447 - 551 - 759 E- 889 -1201 -1253 -1279 -1669 4514-F 4592 4515 4515-E 4549 4514-G 4580 1295 4549 4629 4635 4644 4524 4524-B 4601-A 4524 1131 4514-F 4592 4515 4515-E 4549 4524 1131 4580 1259 1295 4633-A 4549 4541-B Part # F.M.S.1. # E--1721 -1773 -1798 -1825 -1877 E-1877 -2579 -2604 -2667 E-3151 -3307 -3515 -3645 -4815 E-5023 -5075 -5101 F- 786 - 852 F-1202 -1254 -1280 -1607 -1800 F-1826 -1878 -2268 -2580 F-3152 -3308 -3542 -3646 -4114 F-4816 -5024 -5076 -5102 G- 914 4618 4629 4635 4644 1245 1280-A 4524 4524-B 4601-A 17,731 4524 4513 17,735 1131 4592 4515 4515-E 4549 4604 1239-A 1295 4633 4549 4541-B 4635 4644 1280-A 17,731 4524 4524-B 4524 4513 17,732 1131 4514-F 4592 4515 4515-E 4549 1296 FMSI 17889 Part ,? F.M.S.1. G-1281 -1827 -1879 -2581 G- 2815 -3153 -3309 -3543 -3647 Cr-4063 -5025 -5077 -5103 -5181 H- 398 -1282 -1828 -1880 -2582 H-3648 -5182 J- 400 - 686 J-1128 -1284 -1466 -1882 -2584 J-281.8 -3442 -3650 -4898 -5184 K-1129 -1285 -1311 -1675 -1883 4549 4642 1280-A 4524 4524-B 1290 4524 4513 17,732 1131 4610 4515 4515-E 4549 4471 4592 4549 4642 1280-A 4524-B 1131 4471 4592 4592-A 4628-A 4515 4549 4633 1280-A 4524-A 1290 1276 1131 17,736 4471 4515 4549 4514-G 1303 1280-A ROCKWELL (Cont.) (FORMERLY TIMKEN) Part ir F.M.S. 1. ,v 2740 Series (Cont.) K-1987 -2585 -2819 -2871 -3261 K-3651 -3443 -4899 -5081 -5185 L- 168 -1286 -1312 -2118 - 2586 L-2872 -3262 -3444 -4796 -4900 L-5082 -5186 M-1131 -1287 -2119 M-2587 -2873 -3263 -3445 -4277 M-4797 -4901 -5187 N- 430 - 482 N-2588 -2874 -3212 -3264 -3446 4602 4524-B 1290 4592 1131 1131 1276 17,736 4471-B 4471 6050 4549 4514-G 4602 4524-B 4592 1131 1276 4592 17,736 4471-B 4471 4592-A 4549 4602 4524-B 4592-A 1131 1276 17,738 4592 17,736 4471 4227-G 4524 4524-B 4592-A 17,732 1131 1276 Part F.M.S. 1. if N-3524 -4278 -4798 P- 926 P-1810 -2590 -2876 -3162 -3214 P-3448 -4800 Q- 849 -1421 -1889 Q-2591 -2877 -3163 -3215 -3267 0-3449 -3839 -4281 -4801 R- 980 R-1240 -1422 -1890 -2150 -3216 R-3268 -3450 -3840 -4048 -4282 R-4802 S- 253 - 435 -1241 4602 17,738 4592 1131 4211 4619 4 A 4524-B 4592 1289 17,732 1276 4592 1234-A 4627 4626 4524-B 4592 1289 17,732 4515 1276 4514-F 17,738 4592 4610 4627 4627 4626 4601-A 17,732 4515 1276 4514-F 4514-F 17,738 4592 330 1256 4514-D 4627 FMS117890 Part ;i` S-1423 -1891 -2151 -2853 -3451 S-4049 -4283 -4803 T- 436 - 695 T- 696 -1018 -1424 -1892-X -2022 T-2152 -2854 -2880 -3270 -4284 T-4804 U- 255 - 437 - 567 U-1425 -1763 -1893 -2153 -2287 U-2855 -2881 -3271 -3323 -4285 U-4S05 V- 256 - 568 -1244 -1426 F.M.S.1. # 4627 4626 4601-A 4562-A 1276 4514-F 17,738 4592 4541-B l. A 4628 580 4627 4626 580 4601-A 4562-A 4592 4515 17,738 4592 330 1258 4343-C 4470 4627 4619 4626 4601-A 17,733 4562-A 4592 4515 1289 17,738 4592 330 4470 4625 4627 ROCKWELL (Coni.) (FORMERLY TIMKEN) Part F.M.S.1. # V-1894-X -1998 -2154 -2856 -2882 4626 4629 4601-A 4562-A 4592 V-3272 -3324 -4286 -4806 W- 569 4515 4524-A 17,738 4592 4470 17- 855 -1245 -1297 -1427 W-1895-X -1921 -1999 -2155 1286 4625 4636 4643 4627 4626 4524 4524-B 4629 4601-A W-2266 -2857 -2883 -3273 -3325 17,731 4562-A 4592 4515 4524-A 17-3351 -4287 -4807 X- 570 - 856 4610 17,738 4592 4470 1286 X-1297 -1298 -1350 -1428 -1896-X 4643 4636 4592-B 4637 4626 X-1922 -2000 -2598 -2858 4524 4524-B 4629 4601-A 4562-A Part X-3274 -3378 -4288 -4803 Y-1299 Y-1377 -2599 -2859 -3275 -3379 Y-3847 -4185 -4289 -4809 -4965 Z- 26 - 858 -1144 -1300 -1690 Z-1768 -2600 -2860 -2886 -3276 Z-3380 -3848 -4186 -4810 -5018 Z-5070 -5096 F.M.S. 1. # 4515 17,731 17,738 4592 4636 4514-G 4601-A 4562-A 4515 4 E 17,731 4618-A 4592 17,738 4592 1303 1247 1245-B 4592-A 4636 4398 4629 4601-A 4562-A 4592 4515 4 E 17,731 4618-A 4592 4592 17,734 4515-E 4549 4 C FMSI 17891 Pari X- 154 F.M.S.I. # 4249 E- 707 4513 A- 495 B- 496 D- 368 4541 4398 4398 32,500 189 659-B 4222V 594) W595) X596) Y597) 4511 ROCKWELL (Coni.) (FORMERLY TIMKEN) 28AO Series Pari # F.M.S.I.i'r 3222 Series 3722 Series P- 432 - 640 - 822 4592-B 4398 4572 FMSI 17892 Part # F.M.S.1. # B-1,663 -1,727-A,C -1,778-A,C 4542-A 4552 4524 B-1,794 -1,909-A,C -2,062-3&4 4375 4551 4602-A SHULER Part F.M.S. I. FE-10A-43 -12A-34 FX-1 4563 4563 4563 T-14-265 -18C-267 4464 4468-0 4591 SPICER (CLUTCH FACINGS) (See DANA CORP.) Part if 682,842) 682,843) F.M. S I. # 1191 STUDE8AKER FMS117893 Part l_______________ 13,8107-4801.2 13,8107-5482.2 13,8107-8001.2 F.M.S. I. # 736** 7034** 791** TEVES VOLKSWAGEN Part _____________ 111-698-151-B 211-609-537-J 211-609-537-N 411-698-151-A,B,C 411--698--151--D F.M.S. I. # 7022** 8080 8128 796** 7023** *# Integrally Molded Part # FC- 7,762 4 3 -13,760 -14,890 -14,892 -22,431 FC-28,831 4 2 -33,126 -33,248 -49,793 -49,803 FC-55,409 -55,410 -56,346-A -56,493-A -56,495-A FC-59,395 FD- 8,852,4 3 - 9,723 4 4 -18,722 -18,731 FD-20,327 4 8 -22,343 -22,346 -22,426 -24,349 FD-27,060 -28,830 4 2 -29,052 -32,101 -33,246 -33,494 -33,495 4 6 -33,498 FD-34,196 4 7 -36,554 -36,570 -45,884 -45,886 FD-45,888 -45,890 F.M.S.I. 153-A 1191 1225 1225 1234 1245-A 1245-A 4598 1245-C 1280-B . 1294 1294 4 A 1216-TT 1216-TT 1216-TT 1294-A 1245-A 1245-A 2042 2042 1273 2026 2026 4564 4596 1288 1245 1278 2015 2015 1150 2015-TT 2136-T 2015 2015 1219 1150 4598 2112 2111-T 2111-T 2112-T 2115-T WAGNER Part # FD-45,892 -55,226 4 8 -55,408 -56,316 -57,229-31 FD-57,269 -57,511 4 512 -59,444 -59,445 -70,520 4 21 FD-71,108 4 9 -71,178 4 79 -72,321 -72,322 -72,324 4 5 FD-80,427 4 28 FE-35,507 -35,513 -40,909 4 14 FE-40,925 4 30 -44,629 -49,309 .4 10 -49,322 4 3 -57,268 4 91 FE-75,749) -75,750) -75,751) -75,752) -75,753) FE-75,760) -75,761) -75,762) -75,763) -75,764) FE-76,755 FF-33,491 -33,492 -57,777 -57,778 F.ffl.S. 1, 2115-T 4602-A 296 2136-T 2045 4638 4645-A 1245-C 1280-B 2150 2150 2150 2097-T 2097-T 2097-T 1308-A 2066-T 2066-T 2066-AT 2071-T 2071-T 2066-AT 2072-T 2072-T 4638 2072-AT 2072-AT 2012-GT 2015-TT 2015-TT 4602-A 4602-A FMS117895 Part # 545,066 545,067 545,068 566,667 569,966 673,934 819,192 853,129 894,616 - F.M.S.I. # *1312 *1312 *1367 *1367 *1312 *1312 *1329-A *1312 *1367 *1329-A 4625 '.'.'HITE *Clutch Facing FMS117896 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAL'.US, N. J. 07652 ` BULLET I N M 0. 5 3 5 July 1, 1975 HISTORICAL SALES PROGRAM The historical sales program is now on a quarterly basis. Regional Members using the copyrighted FMSI Numbers for marketing their products in the United States have been invited to participate. The Institute is requesting details of pieces sold for the first six months of 1975 (6 months ending June 30, 1975). Some consideration on the reporting details are: 1. Quantities will be reported in pieces (not units). \ For roll lining, each foot of length will be one piece. 2. Our Accountants will report the names of the members from whom reports are received, and the number of members reporting in each of the four groups. 3. Total pieces in each group will be reported. 4. "Clutch Facings" does not include gear tooth discs, automatic transmission discs, or the 8-14" dia. (3/16 to l/2" thick) asbestos composition discs. This data will be confidential, and as totals for each group will be shown, there is no way of determining quantities by individual members. Please review the form and the descriptions, as they apply to this year's reporting. You will be receiving from Marshall Granger &. Company, Certified Public Accountants, a form for completing this information. Please return it to: Marshall Granger 4 Company, C. P. A. 1600 Harrison Avenue Mamaroneck, New York 10543 If you report, please have your figures in by August 15, 1975. If you do not wish to reportthese figures, no reply is necessary. Only those reporting figures will receive the industry totals when the data is summarized. A sample form and definitions are attached. E'JD/erc E. 17. Drislane Encs. Executive Director Distribution: Delegates 4 Alternates Regional Members (paying Active Member Dues) FMS117897 EXHIBIT "A" of AT I ST I CAL PROGRAM OF THE FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC. Mail to: Marshall Granger & Co. C. P. A. 1600 Harrison Avenue Mamaroneck, New York 10543 See instructions for sales to other members! Pieces sold to United States distributors, jobbers, private brands, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchandisers, direct consumers, government agencies, or other customers for use in the United States replacement market: 6 MONTHS JANUARY 1 to JUNE 30. 1975 Brake linings up to 3/4" nominal thickness (See explanation for roll lining). Brake blocks, nominal thickness of 3/4" and over SAMPLE Disc brake linings Clutch facings USE REPORTING FQEI 1 SENT BY AiCTJMK Total pieces: By: Signature Company Date FMSI 17898 ^ EXHIBIT "b" DEFJ fjJTJ ON FOR HI STOF; I CAL SALES PIFohS The reports will show pieces of friction material, in groups as shown: Group Brake Lining Descriotion__________ Friction materials up to a nominal 3/4" thickness (See note on roll 1 ining) Normal Usage Normally, one piece to a shoe Brake 8locks Friction materials with a nominal thickness of 3/4" and over Normally, two pieces to a shoe. Disc Brake Linings Friction materials sold (for disc brakes) to be attached to the shoe, or sold as a unit molded, bonded or riveted to the shoe Normally, one piece to a shoe Clutch Facing Friction materials of annular Normally, two annular shape, or segments thereof. pieces per clutch plate Note: For roll lining only, consider.each foot of lenpth equals one piece. REPLACEMENT SALCS tq UNITED ST AT : S'MARK FI This reporting is for sales to the United States replacement market only. Do not include sales to other markets. This includes sales under the friction material manufacturer's own name or brand name used by the customer, to automotive ware house distributors, jobbers, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchan disers, direct consumers, government agencies or other customers for use in the United States replacement market. '.'/hen a friction material manufacturer is shipping to a vehicle manufacturer, brake manufacturer, or clutch manufacturer, but has no reasonable way of determining if the pieces are for original equipment or replacement purposes, estimates will not be used - these pieces v/ill not be reported. However, where a friction material manufacturer is shipping to a point known to be used for replacement, or where he stencils or otherwise identifies the pieces as being for replacement purposes, or where the shipments otherwise are obviously known to be for replacement, these pieces will be reported. The member who sells to the type customer or user indicated above will report those pieces sold, even if purchased from another Active Member or Regional Member. i'/hen you sell vour friction materials to another Member (Active or Regional) do not report thosesales! Materials sold to Licensee Members of the Institute for the replacement market should be included FMS117899 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLET I N NO. 534 Uune 26, 1975 REPORTS AT ANNUAL MEMBERSHIP MEETING Enclosed are copies of the reports which were presented at the June 17, 1975 Board of Directors Meeting, and at the iAme 18-19, 1975 Annual Membership Meeting. '.'e are distributing copies of these reports at this time, as it will be several weeks before the minutes will be written,approved and distributed. Please save these report copies as they will be referred to in the minutes. EUD/erc Enclosure: CC-Delegates 6 Alternates Meeting attendees Regional Members (Active Dues) E. V/. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17900 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLET I N MO. 5 3 3 May 21, 1975 REPORT ON ASBESTOS STUDY COMMITTEE MEETING In late April, the Asbestos Study Corr,mittee met and discussed several subjects -- with emphasis on asbestos in the work place. One of the agenda items was entitled: "The OSHA Regulations and the Membrane Filter Method for Measurement." Excerpts of the minutes of this meeting on the above agenda item are enclosed. These excerpts indicate our industry's problems with the reliability of the membrane filter method for measuring airborne asbestos concentrations, and they emphasize the Members' concern where this procedure will be used for enforcement. We are making additional enclosures with the copies being sent to the individual 1isted below: These additional enclosures include: 1. Price Sheet on Nilfisk Industrial Vacuum Cleaner Models GA-71, GA-72, GA-73. Nilfisk of America, Inc. 706-8 Buncombe Street P. 0. Box 143 Greenville, S. C. 29602 ' 2. Report of Joint AIHA-ACGIH Aerosol Hazards Evaluation Committee: "Recommended Procedures for Sampling and Counting Asbestos Fibers." This article is copyrighted and reprints are available as indicated on the first page (Page 83) Note: In the first two pages, a guard or shroud is attached to the filter holder. This may help in eliminating sporadic high counts. FMSI 17901 2 Reasons for "two enclosures are given in the excerpts from the Asbestos Study Committee meeting: (l) The Nilfisk Cleaner has helped in cleaning up the workplace, when used in addition to a good central collecting system; (2) Use of the shroud may be of help in reducing the sporadic high counts from asbestos that ordinarily would not be taken into the respiratory tract. The foregoing information is sent for use by those responsible for compliance with the OSHA Regulations. EV'D/erc Enclosures: cc- Active Members Regional Members (U.S.Copyright) Asbestos Study Committee E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117902 EXCERPTS FRO':: APRIL 23. 1975 MEETING OF .TT.ESTOS STUDY CCi.T!ITTEE The OSHA Regulations and the Membrane Filter Piet hod for Measurement Originally this subject was to be two items on this agenda: (l) The Membrane Filter Method for measuring airborne asbestos concentrations, (2) The OSHA standards with emphasis on the July 1, 1976 two fibers/cc limit. In discussing these subjects it was found difficult to separtae the membrane filter technique from the OSHA stand ards. They are being combined for purposes of these minutes. It was suggested that with the current economic climate that perhaps there might be some de-emphasis in OSHA regulations. There has been de-emphasis on seat belts, and bumpers, emissions control and it was suggested that perhaps OSHA might ease off on their regulations. One Committee member said that it was most un-likely that there would be backtracking on the OSHA regulations. If anything they might be stiffened. One member stated that there were five different types of asbestos and that some were more harmful than others. It was suggested that while this might be so, all asbestos is apparently linked with lung cancer and asbestosis. It would be difficult to win an argument that there are some types of asbestos that are not harmful to the respiratory tract. At this point the method for counting__ fibers was discussed. It was stated by one member that originally a fiber would/"j^"*tcounteda jiff ji-tj. wwaass not totally within the field. This was from Johns-Manvilie course on the use of the membrane filter technique. It was stated now that anything that is in the top or the left hand borders of the sample, even if only partly in the field, are to be counted. Another member indicated that when he took the NIOSH course at Cincinnati that this was the way that he was told to count: any fiber on the left hand or top border, even if not fully within the field being counted, would be counted in that field. It was stated that the crystallization of the solvent used on the slide could some times make it appear to be an asbestos fiber. There is a method of preparing the slides so that the formation of crystals will not appear similar to asbestos fibers for counting purposes. This method is apparently used by most companies doing their' own counting of the fibers. It was pointed out also that slides should not be re used. Re-used slides may accelerate, crystallization of the solvent. It was stated there is as much variation in readings of fiber count as there are people making readings. One member suggested that he used the NIOSH manual as a Bible. It was stated that this manual was subject to wide interpretation. A member indicated that he exchanged samples with NIOSH in Cincinnati and has had decent correlation with their counts. It was stated that on the lower counts that three different readings would come out plus or minus 10/S on the count. However, when ' higher counts were read, the three different readings would come out with plus or minus 50/2 in the count. Over how long a period were these samples collected? One member stated that OSHA takes 8-hour samples. Another states that they took samples for a minimum 3-hour period with a 30-minute cycling. Another had three one-hour periods for collecting samples using one filter. As regards differences, it was stated by two members that the OSHA inspectors have actually picked up lower counts than some of the members. It was stated that there v/ere differences in results depending upon whether the counts were done in house, by outside organizations or by government people. :7ith these differences in fiber count, a question was raised FNIS117903 as to how can one solve a problem when they don't know how severe the problem is. In response to a question as to what this Committee could recommend it was suggested that members should at least test each operation every six months. In attempting to get counts down to the 5 fiber limit and eventually down to two fibers a member stated that good housekeeping is required. Several members mentioned the Nilfisk vacuum cleaner . This particular vacuum cleaner can be used for getting into places that a central unit cannot reach. It has a plastic bag liner and runs on a 15 amp circuit. Of the movable type vacuum cleaner the members seem to prefer this Nilfisk. This is a Swedish make vacuum cleaner. More information will be gathered on this vacuum cleaner for distribution to the members. In addition it was suggested that one must have a good central collection system. One that was mentioned was the JM modified central vacuum system, which utilizes the main duct system as a central vacuum system. Several memebrs stated that good housekeeping was one of the main things that must be taken care of in order to bring the fiber count down. It was suggested that there are three points for good housekeeping: (l) Good shrouding and good dust collection; (2) There should be a central cleaning system for the work area; (3) The Nilfisk vacuum cleaner should be used for general housekeeping in the work area. In addition it was stated that there should be no dry sweeping in the work area. It was suggested that the friction materials business is different from regular asbestos manufacturing. In addition to asbestos, we have other materials in the product such as resins, carbon blacks, friction dust and various minerals. It is possible that some of these may be picked up during the sample gathering before the count. In some cases these v/ill be counted by operators as being asbestos fibers, in essence it is more difficult to count asbestos in a friction material environment than it is in a textile environment. It is felt that there may be greater diffi culty in getting consistent readings on fiber counts in the friction materials business. For that reason friction material manufacturers would prefer a work practices oriented standard. It was stated that the membrane filter method should not be abandoned as it is the only tool for measurement. However, reliance on this tool for enforcement may be almost unbearable in friction materials factories. It was suggested that OSHA be advised of our industry's concern with the wide variation in fiber counts. Based on the fact that materials other than asbestos might be involved, it is necessary that the counts be interpreted realistically. In other words, while the membrane filter method may be the only method that is available currently for measureng airborne asbestos, and it is not felt that there is another method that can take its place, it is a tool that should be used by manufacturers only in trying to clean up their areas. It is not felt that this tool is accurate enough to be used for enforcement purposes. It is suggested that OSHA inspectors must realize this before factories are closed down and fines are levied when there is doubt as to how accurate the measurement is. Because of the wide variation in results there is concern among members as to the millions of dollars now being put into control methods. Even with these expenditures, there is no way of knowing positively whether industries are getting their counts down to required levels. Various words were used to . describe the reliability of the membrane filter method for enforcement: One indicated that it was "unreliable," and another indicated that it was "inadequate". The emphasis was that it is the only tool now available but it is not the proper tool for enforcement. Ironically, it had been suggested by some government people in the past that the friction material industry would be the first to comply with the OSHA standards. Ml OSH felt that the friction materials business could most readily meet these stand ards. At this meeting, industry members are indicating that it may be more diffi cult for the friction materials business to meet the levels because of the diffi culty in counting fiber samples. It was suggested that if we're having difficulty - 2- FMS117904 meeting the 5 fibers/cc limit currently, it would be near impossible to meet the 2 fibers/cc limit due July 1, It was suggested that the Industry should oppose this change. It was stated that realistically it is unlihely that OSHA will not go to the 2 fiber/cc limit on July 1, 1976. The only question is will they go lower than the 2 fiber limit? Dr. Selikoff has spoken of a 1 fiber/cc limit and has even said no fibers. It was stated that the Asbestos Information Association had circulated information concerning the NI OSH suggestion that the friction materials business would come under the standard now. Such literature was never received by the Institute. Host members on the Committee were unfamilar with this Ml OSH suggestion. As had been suggested earlier, it is necessary to make the counts as accurate as possible. For this reason suggestions on counting procedures, possible crystalliza tion of solvents, and a prohibition on the re-use of slides are important. Jr. beaver pointed out that in a recent publication he noted that a plastic shroud is placed about the entrance to the pump being worn at the work place, in order to keep large particles of asbestos from getting pulled in to the filter. This shroud would prevent material from being taken from a worker's clothes as well as from some large pieces that would ordinarily fall to the floor without being inhaled. He stated that Turner Brothers has been using such a shroud. The unit is completely open on the front and it is felt that this technique gets rid of some sporadic high counts. Mr. 1/eaver will get a copy of this and distribute it to the members. This could be another possible improvement in the sampling technique which might make the membrane filter method more palatable. It was suggested hat this be considered and perhaps a proposal be made to OSHA for its use. The problem is twofold: (l) Im proving the reliability of the membrane filter technique, and (2) The use of the membrane filter as a tool for enforcement with its lack of reliability. This subject has been fairly well covered. There was some agreement about the problems in using this technique as a tool for enforcement of the OSHA regulations. The question was what should be done about it? One member stated that the Committee would be remiss if it did not advise the members of these difficulties. It was suggested that the Board of Directors be advised that there is a problem and that there is going to be more of a problem when the 2 fiber limit is put into effect. To repeat the problem: while we need the membrane filter method as a tool for measurement, this tool is not suitable for enforcement purposes. It is sug gested that when the 2 fibers/cc limit takes effect that this will become a most serious problem. Recommendations should be put into effect on instructions to employees, the use of vacuum cleaners, the use of dust collecting systems, disposal, etc. When these work practices are put into effect the area will be cleaner. It was suggested that the Institute contact the Asbestos Information Association concerning the use of the membrane filter technique for enforcement. (See later section of these minutes concerning Asbestos Information Assoicat ion). The Industry must concentrate on collecting, cleaning and housekeeping, using the membrane filter as a tool to see how the levels are being reduced. One member brought along a work sheet with target dates for completion of various items that will help in meeting the OSHA standards. This is essentially a schedule with dates projected for each step which will move their factory nearer to comp liance. The aim is to have the factory at the 2 fiber limit by July 1, 1976. Various critical areas are covered with detailed steps projected to clean up each area. It was suggested that this was almost necessary for control and would cert ainly help in proving intent to comply with the regulations. - 3- FMS117905 In another area, a question arose as to v/hat v.'ere the Canadian standards. At the present time, there is no national standard in Canada. However, it is likely, with the recent furor over asbestos in Toronto, that Canada will be moving to a 2 fiber/:c limit. Upon motion duly made, seconded and unanimously passed, it was RESOLVED: That the Committee requests guidance from the Board of Directors concerning the problem of the 2 fiber/cc limit and the lack of reliability of the membrane filter method for measurement of fiber counts. -L FMSI 17906 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLET I N N0532 May 15, 1975 1975 AUTOMOTIVE DATA BOOK We are enclosing one copy of +116 recently published 1975 AUTOMOTIVE DATA BOOK. These books were recently shipped by the printer to those who placed orders. The price that was given earlier was too high. We had based that price on a 112 page book plus cover. The book as printed was 100 pages plus cover. The final price is: Catalogs Punching $310.00/M 15.60/M Would you kindly advise your Purchasing Department on this price re duction. IVe have a small inventory of these Data Books left after shipment to those ordering. Any orders received from here on out will be handled on a "first come - first served" basis. EWD/erc Distribut ion: Delegates & Alternates Data Book Committee Regional Members E. IV. Drislane Executive Director FMS117907 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., 1-210 ROUTE 4, PARANUS, N.J. 07652 3 ULL ET I N N 0. 5 3 1 May 7, 1975 1975 SUPPLEMENT TO THE 1974 BRAKE SHOE IDENTIFICATION CATALOG V.'e are enclosing one copy of the recently published 1975 SUPPLEMENT TO THE 1974 BRAKE SHOE IDENTIFICATION CATALOG. These books were recently shipped by the printer to those who placed orders. The preliminary price that was given earlier is the final price: Catalogs Punching vl37.25/M 4.00/M Vie estimated correctly on quantities, and there was a minimum overrun. 1/hile an individual copy will be available on request, we will be unable to fill additional orders beyond the orders already received. EV.'D/ere Distribution: Delegates 4 Alternates Regional Members Licensees E. Vi. Dr i s 1 an e Executive Director FMS117908 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PAR ANUS, N.J. 07652 BULLET I N M C. 5 3 0 May 7, 1975 ADDITIONAL MEMBERS Hemispheres International Manufacturing Co.--Regional Member The Members of the Institute have voted to accept the application of Hemispheres International Manufacturing Co. for Regional Membership. Fenv/ick Automotive Products is the parent company of Hemispheres International Manufacturing Co. Fenwick has been in the clutch rebuilding business for many years and I believe they purchase facings from members of the Institute. A few years back they purchased equipment and know-how for the Johns-Manvi1le disc brake linings. Hemispheres International is now marketing these disc brake linings in Canada and the United States. Hemispheres International is aware that Regional Members using the copyrighted FMSI Numbering System for marketing their products in the United States pay the same annual fee as an Active Member, and they are paying this higher fee level. Their address is: Hemispheres International Mfg. Co. 420 Canarctic Drive Downsview, Ontario M3J 2V3 Canada Kenebuc (Galt) Limited--Licensee The Board of Directors recently voted to accept Kenbuc (Galt) Limited as a Licensee in the Institute. Kenebuc (Galt) Limited purchased tooling from one of our Members and now manu factures steel for disc brake shoes. Another Member got Kenebuc (Galt) Ltd. and the Institute together. They paid tha annual fee with their application. Their address is: Kenebuc (Galt) Limited P. 0. Box 126 Cambridge, Ontario NlR 5S9 -)F The foregoing is for your information. END/ere E. 17. Dr i si ana Executive Director FMS117909 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PMSAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN MO. 5 2 9 May 1, 1975 CHANGE IN LEGAL COUNSEL This is to advise the Membership that the New York City law firm of Stickles, Kennedy and Van Steenburgh will no longer serve as Legal Counsel to the Institute as of June 30, 1975. Mr. Lester Stickles of this firm has served as Legal Counsel to the Institute since its formation in 1948, and he served as Legal Counsel to the predecessor organization, Brake Lining Manufacturers Association, for several years prior to 1948. As of June 1, 1975, the Newark, New Jersey law firm of Clapp St Eisenberg will serve as Legal Counsel to the Institute. (We are planning a one month overlap of Counsel should there be need for consultation ). Mr. Robert Gorman of this firm will serve as our Legal Counsel. We expect that Mr. Gorman will be attending our Membership meeting at Innisbrook in June of this year. The foregoing is for your information. E'.'/D/erc cc-Active Members Regional Members (US Copyright) E. VV. Drislane Executive Director FMS117910 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 . BULLETIN v 0. 5 2 S April 7, 1975 APPLICATIONS FOR INSTITUTE MEMBERSHIP This is to advise the membership that we have received applications from two Canadian firms for membership. NENE3UC (GALT) LIMITED, CAMBRIDGE, ONTARIO - LICENSEE An application was received in February from Kenebuc (fait; Limited for Licensee Membership. Due to an error on my part, their application was not handled properly, and it is just now being reviewed by the Board of Directors. After purchasing tooling from one of our members, they started production of disc brake plates for the after market. Another of our Active Members put us in contact with each other, which supports the fact that they are now in production. A check for the $500 annual fee was received with the application (as required). They are eligible for Licensee Membership according to our Constitution and By-Laws. HEMISPHERES INTERNATIONAL MANUFACTURING CO., DOUNSVIEW, ONTARIO REGIONAL MEMBER ' The parent company of Hemispheres International Manufacturing Co. is Fenwick Automotive Products. Fenwick Automotive Products has been in the clutch rebuilding business for many years and I believe they purchase clutch facings from members of the Institute. A few years back they purchased equipment and know - how for the Johns-Manville disc brake linings. They are now marketing these disc brake linings in Canada and the United States. I pointed out to the principals at both Fenwick and Hemispheres International that use of the copyrighted FMSI numbers for marketing their products in the United States as a Regional Member required a dues level the same as an Active Member. They have applied for Membership at the higher dues level of the Active Member. Their application was reviewed favorably by our Membership Committee and is now being reviewed by our Board of Directors. * * * s'; * * There is no action to be taken by the Membership at this time. The Kenebuc (Licensee) application will ba decided by the Board of Directors. The Hemispheres International (Regional Member) application will later be submitted to the Membership for balloting. The foregoing is for your information. E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17911 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, I 210 ROUTE 4, PARAMOS, J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 5 2 7 March 31, 1975 HISTORICAL SALES PROGRAM By resolutions of the Board of Directors, the historical sales program is being moved to a quarterly basis. Also Regional Members using the copyrighted FMSI Numbers for marketing their products in the United States have been invited to participate. The Institute is requesting details of pieces sold for the first three months of 1975 (Quarter ending March 31, 1975). Some considerations on the reporting details are: 1. Quantities will be reported in pieces (not units). For roll lining, each foot of length will be one piece. 2. Our Accountants will report the names of the members from whom reports are received, and the number of members reporting in each of the four groups. 3. Total pieces in each group will be reported. 4. "Clutch Facings" does not include gear tooth discs, automatic transmission discs, or the 8-14" dia. (3/16 to l/2" thick) asbestos composition discs. This data will be confidential, and as totals for each group will be shown, there is no way of determining quantities by individual member. Please review the form and the descriptions, as they apply to this year's . rreporting. You will be receiving from Marshall Granger L Company, Certified Public Accountants, a form for completing this information. Please return it to: Marshall Granger & Company, C.P.A. 1600 Harrison Avenue Mamaroneck, New York 10543 If you report, please have your figures in by May 15. 1975. If you do not wish to report these figures, no reply i6 necessary. Only those reporting figures will receive the industry totals when the data is summarized. A sample form and definitions are attached. E .D/erc Encs. Distribution: Regional Members (paying Active Member Dues) Delegates and Alternates E. V/. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17912 EXHIBIT "A" STATISTICAL PROGRAM OF THE FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC. Mail to: Marshall Granger L Co. C.P.A. 1600 Harrison Avenue Mamaroneck, N. Y. 10543 ##******* See instructions for sales to other members! Pieces sold to United States distributors, jobbers, private brands, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchandisers, direct consumers, government agencies, or other customers for use in the United States replacement market: 3 MONTHS JANUARY 1 to MARCH 31. 1975 Brake linings up to 3/4" nominal thickness (See explanation for roll lining). ____________________________________ Brake blocks, nominal thickness of 3/4"' and over . Disc brake linings Clutch facings Total pieces: By: Signature Company Date FMS117913 EXHIBIT It Tt! DEFINITION FOR HISTORICAL SALES PIEuES _ The reports will shov/ pieces of friction material, in groups as shown: Group Brake Lining Descridtion Friction materials up to a nominal 3/4" thickness (See note on rol1 1ining) Normal Usaoe Normally, one piece to a shoe Brake Blocks Friction materials with a nominal thickness of 3/4" and over Normally, two pieces to a shoe. Disc Brake Linings Friction materials sold (for disc brakes) to be attached to the shoe, or sold as a unit molded, bonded or riveted to the shoe Normally, one piece to a shoe Clutch Facing Friction materials of annular Normally, two annular shape, or segments thereof. pieces per clutch plat Note: For roll lining only, consider each foot of length equals one piece. REPLACEMENT SALES TO UNITED STATES MARKET This reporting is for sales to the United States replacement market only. Do not include sales to other markets. This includes sales under the friction material manufacturer's own name or brand name used by the customer, to automotive ware house di str i butors, jobbers, rebuilders, brake specialists, fleets, mass merchan disers, direct consumers, government agencies or other customers for use in the United States replacement market. Then a friction material manufacturer is shipping to a vehicle manufacturer, brake manufacturer, or clutch manufacturer, but has no reasonable way of determining if the pieces are for original equipment or replacement purposes, estimates will not be used - these pieces will not be reported. However, where a friction material manufacturer is shipping to a point known to be used for replacement, or where he stencils or otherwise identifies the pieces as being for replacement purposes, or where the shipments otherwise are obviously known to be for replacement, these pieces will be reported. The member who sells to the type customer or user indicated above will report those pieces sold, even if purchased from another Active Member or Regional Member. iVhen vou sell vour friction materials to another Member (Active or Regional) do not report thosesales! Materials sold to Licensee Members of the Institute for the replacement market should be included FMSI 17914 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 526 March 7, 1975 FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARD 121 - AIR BRAKE SYSTEMS On August 20, 1974 we issued Bulletin No. 511, on the above subject. At that time we issued a work sheet with the various amendments to Standard 121 since its adoption. That took us up through May 1974. Since then there have been several small amendments: November 12', 1974 January 7, 1975 January 17, 1975 March 5, 1975 The amendment of January 7, 1975 changed the brake retardation force requirements in Table III. Most of the other amendments had to do with exemptions, effective dates and emergency brakes. To keep the worksheet sent earlier up-to-date we are enclosing new work sheets. These are for addition to those earlier sheets.' EWD/erc Enclosure: E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117915 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE #4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 525 February 28, 1975 1975 SUPPLEMENT TO 1974 BRAKE SHOE IDENTIFICATION CATALOG The contract for the printing of. the "1975 Supplement to the 1974 Brake Shoe XTcn'vif ication Catalog" has been awarded to: Tweddle Lltho Company 24000 Parpcr Avenue St. Clair Shoves, Michigan 48030 It is believed that it will contain 24 pages. On an estimate of the total order being 35,000 copies of a 24 page book, the price is: $137.25 per M 4.00 per M additional for five hole punching If there is a change in the price per thousand due to a change in number of pages or to changes Jn order quantities, or for author's alterations, you will be notified. Please forward all orders to the Institute Office. Do Not send them to the printer. This is our only means of checking the total quantities ordered and the price charged, as well as whether only members are ordering. The orders should be made out to Tweddle Litho Company and state punching and shipping Instructions. Kindly forward your orders so that they reach the Institute Office before April 15, 1975. E. W. Drlslane Executive Director Distribution: Active Members Regional Members Licensees Data Book Committee FMSI 17916 FRICxION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE #4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 524 February 11, 1975 DECLARATION RE PRODUCT CATEGORIES FOR FEE FORMULA BASIS According to the Constitution and By-Laws, the Fee Formula for the Active Members must be reviewed annually and then presented to the Board of Directors who make recommendations to the membership. Inasmuch as a member may be engaged in a category one year and not the following, or the reverse, it is necessary to have a confidential declaration filed annually in order to arrive at a proper assessment for each category. Therefore, would you kindly return one of the attached to the Institute Office. We will prepare a summary to aid the Board of Directors in determining the fee formula for the fiscal year starting July 1, 1975. Please note that the filing categories are unchanged from those on the declarations in recent years. Please refer to the "Explanation of Category Filing" attached to the Form. If you have questions, please give me a call. Kindly return your declaration by March 15, 1975. A stamped return envelope is enclosed with the Delegate's copy. EWD/lmc Distribution: Delegates & Alternates E. W. Director Executive Director FMS117917 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE if4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 LAMATTOM OF CATEGORY FILING General - A member must be engaged in at least one of the first three categories, in order to be a member. The number of categories checked is used to determine the fees paid during the next fiscal year. Any member not filing this information correctly will be assessed the full fee for all categories. Confidential - This fee category information is confidential and is not available to other members. The data is reviewed by the Secretary for purposes of determining its reasonableness. "Our Company is Engaged as follows:" - If a member manufactures and sells, purchases and sells, or both purchases and manufactures, and sells the product indicated in the replacement market, he is "engaged" in that category. In other words, if he sells that product he is engaged in that category. Further, the replacement market includes automotive, industrial, and off road equipment - where Friction Materials Standards Institute, Inc. performs a service, either through cataloging, assignment of copyrighted FMSI numbers, or the maintaining of prints. If a member sells a certain product type, but only to market where FI1SI does not provide services, he does not report that category. Where a member sells, a,certain product only to a market where there are FMSI services available, but he declines to use these services, he must report that category. Brake Lining - Under 3/4" Nominal, Including Disc Brake Linings This Includes linings whether loose, attached to shoes, or in roll form, sold to market where the FMSI numbering system is available. Brake Blocks and Disc Brake Linings - 3/4" Nominal and Over This Includes brake blocks, whether loose or attached to shoes, sold to markets where the FMSI numbering system is available. The 3/4" nominal includes tapered blocks with a maximum thickness of approximately .700", with minimum thickness only at its thickest point. When measuring a lined shoe, to determine lining thickness, measure from the top of the shoe. Clutch Facings This includes loose facings or facings attached to plates, sold to markets where the FMSI numbering system is available. Brake Shoes - New Unllned. Including New Unlined Disc Brake Shoes This category Includes new and unllned shoes (whether drum or disc type) which are sold as new and unlined shoes in the replacement market. If all the new and unllned shoes are sold as lined shoe assemblies, do not report this category. FMS117918 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 8UL L ET I N N 0. 5 2 3 January 29, 1975 NEW REGIONAL MEMBERS The Membership Committee and the Board of Directors had recommended for acceptance for Regional Membership the applications filed by Duramax, S. A. (Mexico) and Mintex Federal Limited (Canada). The Membership has now voted 15 in favor (4 Abstentions) for acceptance. This meets the requirement of our Constitution that 75/5 of the Active Members must vote for acceptance. Duramax, S. A. and Mintex Federal Limited have therefore been voted into Regional Membership. Mintex Federal Limited (Canada) will be paying dues equivalent of an Active Member as they intend to use the copyrighted FMSI Numbers for marketing their products in the United States. (They are also members of the Friction Materials Standards Institute of Canada). Addresses of these new Regional Members are: Duramax, S. A. Emiliano Zapata No.13 Puente de Vigos Edo de Mexico Mexico Mintex Federal Limited 189 Rexdale Boulevard Rexdale (Toronto) Ontario Canada EID/erc E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17919 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE #4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 522 January 20, 1975 ORDERS FOR THE 1975 AUTOMOTIVE DATA BOOK The contract for the printing of the 1975 Automotive Data Book has been awarded to: Success, Inc. 1345 West 16th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 46202 It is believed that it will contain 112 pages. On an estimate of the total order being 80,000 copies of a 112 page book, rhc price is: $341.80 per M $ 17.40 per M additional for five hole punching (This will be the only type punching.) If there is a change in the price per thousand due to a change in number of pages or to changes in order quantities, or for author's alterations, you will be notified. Please forward all orders to the Institute Office in Duplicate. Do not send them to the printer. This in our only means of checking the total quantities ordered and the price charged, as well as whether only members are ordering. The orders should be made out to Success, Inc. and state punching and shipping instruction:-. REMEMBER - The orders are to be sent to the Institute Office. Kindly forward your orders so that they reach the Institute Office before March 1, 1975. Distribution: Active Members Regional Members Data Book Committee E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117920 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLET I N N 0. 5 2 1 January 13, 1975 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA) EFFLUENT GUIDELINES AND STANDARDS FOR ASBESTOS MANUFACTURING POINT SOURCE CATEGORIES On January 9, 1975, the EPA published their Effluent Guidelines and Standards for Asbestos Manufacturing Point Source Categories. This is the end result from work the EPA has done through 1974 and covered in the following Bulletins: Bulletin ?r504 - Draft report by Sverdrup and Parcel (June 30,1974) on a development document for the proposed effluent guidelines Bulletin #513 - Copy of EPA Proposed Effluent (Sept. 6, 1974) Limitations and Guidelines Bulletin #514 - Arthur D. Little Economic Analysis (October 9,1974) of Proposed Effluent Guidelines Pages 1874-1878 cover a notice establishing "final effluent limitations and guidelines for existing sources and standards of performance and pretreatment standards for new sources." In addition, on pages 1879-1880, the EPA proposes pretreatment standards for existing sources. Persons interested in commenting on these proposed pretreatment standards should submit written comments (in triplicate) to: EPA Information Center Environmental Protection Agency Washington, D. C. 20460 Attention: Mr. Philip B. Wisman Copies of this January 9, 1975 Federal Register Notice are being distributed to one individual at each member firm. Your copy is being sent to: If you wish additional copies, please write the Institute Office. EWD/erc E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17921 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 5 2 0 January 9, 1975 HISTORICAL SALES PROGRAM The Historical Sales Program will be continued with the next reporting for the twelve months ended December 31, 1974. There will be no change in the reporting details from that requested in Bulletin 505 of July 8, 1974. To repeat some of the reporting details,the following items should be considered: 1. Quantities will be reported in pieces (not units). For roll lining, each foot of length will be one piece. 2. Our accountants will report the names of the members from whom reports are received, and the number of members reporting in each of the four groups. 3. Total pieces in each group will be reported (average will not be shown). 4. "Clutch Facings" does not include gear tooth discs, automatic transmission discs,or the 8-14" dia, (3/l6 to l/2" thick) asbestos composition discs with teeth normally on the I. D. As in the past, this data will be confidential, and as totals for each group will be shown, there is no way of determining quantities by individual member. Please review the form ar.d the descriptions, as they apply to this year's report ing. The Delegate or Alternate will be receiving from Marshall-Granger & Company, Certified Public Accounts, a form for completing this information. Please return it to: Marshall Granger & Company, C.P.A. 1600 Harrison Avenue Mamaroneck, New York 10543 If you do not wish to report these figures, no reply is necessary. Only those reporting figures will receive the industry totals when the data is summarized. A sample form and definitions are attached. EWD/erc Encs. Distribution: Delegates & Alternates E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17922 EXHIBIT "A" STATISTICAL PROGRAM OF THE FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC. Mail to: Marshall Granger & Co. 1600 Harrison Avenue ''anaroneck, N.Y. 10543 Pieces sold to domestic distributors, direct consumers, rebuilders and private brands for use in the replacement market: ^ MONTHS -JANUARY 1 to DECEMBER 31, 1974 Brake linings up to 3/4" nominal thickness (See explanation for roll lining.) Brake blocks, nominal thickness of 3/4" and over Disc brake linings Clutch facings Total pieces: By: Signature Company Date FMS117923 E xhib i t Mr if DEFINITION FOR H I STOR I CAL SALES PIECES The reports will show pieces of friction material, in groups as shown: Group Brake Lining Description Friction materials up to a nominal 3/4" thickness (See note on rol1 1ining) Normal Usage Normally, one piece to a shoe. Brake Blocks Friction materials with a nominal thickness of 3/4" and over. Normally, two pieces to a shoe. Disc Brake Linings Friction materials sold (for disc brakes) to be attached to the shoe, or sold as a unit molded, bonded or riveted to the shoe. Normally, one piece to a shoe, Clutch Facing Friction materials of annular shape, or segments thereof. Normally, two annular pieces for clutch plate. Note: For roll lining only, consider each foot of length equals one piece. REPLACEMENT SALES This reporting is for domestic sales to the replacement field. Do not include export sales. This includes sales under the friction material manufacturer's own name or brand name, or brand name used by the customer, to automotive warehouse distributors, brake specialists, jobbers, direct consumers of automotive friction materials, government agencies and re-manufacturers of brakes, clutches and auto matic transmissions. where one friction material manufacturer member purchases from another mem ber of the Institute, each member who purchases will deduct the number of pieces purchased from the number of pieces sold in arriving at pieces sold. Purchases from non-members will not be deducted. Vi/hen a friction material manufacturer is shipping to a vehicle manufacturer, but has no reasonable way of determining if the pieces are for original equipment or replacement purposes, estimates will not be used - these pieces will not be reported. However, where a friction material manufacturer is shipping to a point known to be used for replacement, or where he stencils or otherwise identifies the pieces as being for replacement purposes, or where the shipments otherwise are obviously known to be for replacement, these pieces will be reported. FMS117924 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 1 9 December 4, 1974 APPLICATIONS FOR MEMBERSHIP There has been considerable activity relative to Membership over the past several weeks. HAYES-ALB I ON CCRPORATION (ACTIVE MEMBERSHIP) The Membership has voted on the application for Active Membership by Hayes-Albion Corporation. With 15 affirmative - 0 negative, the Membership has voted HayesAlbion into Membership, with the effective date of membership to be when HayesAlbion is producing disc brake linings in commercial quantities. It is expected that the Hayes-Albion facility in Johnson City, Tennessee will be producing friction materials in commercial quantities by April 1, 1975. PURAMAX. S.A.. MEXICO ( REGIONAL MEMBERSHIP) On November 20, 1974 we received an application for Regional Membership from Duramax, S. A. of Puente de Vigas, Mexico. They are a manufacturer of clutch facings. Their application was received in good form with the $1,300 Annual Fee. It is their in tention to use the copyrighted FMSI Numbers in marketing their products outside the United States. Their application form is now being reviewed by the Membership Committee. MINTEX FEDERAL LIMITED. CANADA (REGIONAL MEMBERSHIP) The background of this application goes to Scandura's withdrawal from manufacture of friction materials in 1973. Scandura, Mintex Federal and Cantex Corporation are all subsidiaries of Mintex Limited of Great Britain, a member of the BBA Group. Cantex Corporation, a New York State resident corporation, at that time wished to continue Scandura's membership. However, the Board of Directors at the June 1973 meeting decided that since Cantex was a warehouse and marketing organization only, that they were not eligible for Membership. I advised Mintex Federal Limited and Cantex Corporation of their decision in July 1973. After advising them I contacted Mr. Dan Easveld concerning the Cantex use of the copyrighted FMSI numbers. (The same people running Mintex Federal Limited run Cantex Corporation). Cantex was authorized to use these copyrighted FMSI numbers as they purchased blocks and disc brake linings from Members of the Institute. Meanwhile, they were gearing the Mintex Federal Limited plant in Rexdale, Ontario, to manufacture disc brake linings (up until recently Mintex Federal Limited was not a manufacturer of friction materials). As a manufacturer, Mintex Federal Limited would be eligible for Regional Membership. If elected into Membership, they will pay the same dues as an Active Member since they wish to use the copyrighted FMSI Numbers in marketing thejir products in the United States. Their application is now being reviewed by the Membership Committee. No action is required on your part at this time. This bulletin is to keep the Membership informed. EWD/erc E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117925 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 1 8 November 15, 1974 PUBLICATION: INDUSTRIAL FRICTION MATER IAL (17.000 SERIES) The Institute has just published a new Catalog entitled INDUSTRIAL FRICTION MATERIAL. This Catalog covers the FMSI 17,000 Series of numbers, which have been relatively unknown and little used. The 17,000 Series covers materials used on cranes, shovels, rollers and other off-road applications. Most numbers are for external bands using woven lining, but there are many other shapes primarily for internal shoes - which use molded friction articles. The 17,000 Series dates back to World War II. To expedite publication of a catalog we published all data on hand as of July 1, 1974. Therefore, some data will be obsolete. Also, considerable data is not available. It was felt that to get this project done it was preferable to make a cut-off and get the book out without waiting for changes. We do not have prints for all 17.000 Series NumbersI Also, the prints we do have are not necessarily complete or up-dated. We printed a limited number of these Catalogs. We'd be happy to send one or two copies to Members on a No Charge basis. For quantities up to 100, the price will be $1.00 each. For quantities above 100, please indicate your requirements and we will try to negotiate a lower price, by combining your order with others. Please pass this information on to your Product Manager or to the individual responsible for catalogs. EWD/erc Enclosure: cc:Delegates & Alternates Data Book Committee Regional Members E. W. Dr islane Executive Director FMS117926 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, M. J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 1 7 November 13, 1974 PUBLICATION: CLUTCH FACINGS - LISTED IN ORDER OF SIZE In early 1974 we printed a Catalog entitled CLUTCH FACINGS, which was essentially a master list of all FMSI Clutch Facings, in numercial sequence. That Catalog explained the listing and included drilling diagrams of clutch facings. Miss Collins has reviewed that entire Catalog and listed all facings in the order of size. We printed this listing and by covering it are calling it: CLUTCH FACINGS - LISTED IN ORDER OF SIZE. It might well serve as a clutch facing identification catalog. Because we initally printed at low volume locally, these Catalogs will cost $1.50 each in small quantities. (By small quantities, I mean under 100). If I were to receive orders in greater quantities, I would try to get better prices. Frankly, in quantities over 1,000 we probably could market these at $.30 to $.40 each. If any member is interested in quant ities over 100 I will try to assemble orders and get a price. If members wish a few individual copies, we would be happy to provide them at No Charge. Please pass this copy on to your Product Manager or the individual responsible for Cataloging to see whether there is an interest in such a listing. EWD/erc Enclosure: cc-Delegates & Alternates Data Book & Technical Committee Regional Members E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117927 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLET I N NO. 5 1 6 C December 4, 1974 PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO EPA EMISSIONS STANDARDS We have issued earlier Bulletins 5l6,5l6A, and 516B concerning the proposed amend ments to the EPA emissions standards. While we had a few verbal comments on these proposals there was no written comment sent to the office that we could incorporate into a letter to the EPA. The cut-off date for comments was December 5, 1974. After discussion with Mr. I. H. Weaver, Chairman of our Asbestos Study Committee, I prepared the attached memo to EPA, and sent it on its way yesterday. In addition to the waste disposal problem, an area for concern is that some of your customers ("fabricators" in the proposed amendments) who do subsequent drilling, grinding or cutting of friction materials are covered by these proposed revisions to the national emissions standards. 1. When an assembler grinds or drills or cuts 2. When a debonder burns off the linings 3. When any assembler, debonder or other disposes of friction material waste. Without any comments from the manufacturers or fabricators, these proposed amend ments will become the standards. If your customers are not aware of the problem, perhaps they, or the EPA, will fault the manufacturers for not having alerted them. The following notices in the Federal Register cover these national emissions standards for asbestos: April 6, 1973 National Emissions Standards May 3, 1974 Clarifying Revisions October 25, 1974 Proposed Amendments If you wish a copy of any of these notices, we will be happy to send you a copy. In the meanwhile, it is felt that your customers who do subsequent work on these products should be advised on the scope of these proposed amendments. EWD/erc Enclosure: E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117928 Telethon* (201) 845-0440 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, BERGEN MALL OFFICE CENTER E. 210 ROUTE 4 PARAMUS N J 07652 December 3, 1974 Emissions Standards and Engineering Division Environmental Protection Agency Research Triangle Park iiorrh Carolina 27711 INC. Attention: Mr. Don R. Goodwin Gentlemen: The Friction Materials Standards Institute, Inc. is a trade association representing most of the manufacturers of brake linings and clutch facings in the United States, and we serve several manufacturers outside of the United States. We wish to comment on the proposed amendments to the National Emissions Standards for asbestos, as published in the Federal Register on October 25, 1974. There are items in these proposed amendments which will have consider able impact on customers of our members (fabricators of friction products) and on land-fill operators who provide our members with waste disposal services. 61.22 (h) (2) Inclusion of frubricators of friction products in the require ments of the emissions standards While we can understand the Administrator's reasons for including fabricators of asbestos friction products in the emissions standards, we do not feel that these fabricators are sufficiently aware of the impact of these proposed amendments on their operations, particularly in the waste disposal area. We feel your December 5, 1974 cut-off for acceptance of relevant comments was too early to get satisfactory input from those most affected by the proposed amendments. We suggest that this paragraph be postponed until fabricators of friction products have the opportunity to consider the impact of these proposed amendments on their operations. 61.22 (1) (2) The requirement, for warning signs on inactive waste disposal sites This affects individuals and companr-:l who service our members. There may be a reaction on the part cf such operators which could make waste disposal sites unavailable to both manufacturers and fabricators. Many operators and developers plan their laud uee with the intention of later re-sale. These warning signs could be required forever on inactive waste disposal sites and this would effectively remova them from future development. We recommend this requirement for warning signs at inactive waste disposal sites be reconsidered. Sincerely, FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE LWD/lmc E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117929 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLET I N N 0. 5 1 6 B November 15, 1974 PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO EPA EMISSIONS STANDARDS On October 29, 1974 and November 5, 1974 we issued Bulletins 516 and 516A concerning the proposed amendments to the EPA Eaissions Standards. The impact of these propose amendments may not be fully understood, but they are quite far-roaching, and they may create problems in the solid waste disposal area. FENCING First, I must correct Bulletin No. 516A, where it stated that "---- all such sites must be fenced." 1. In the case of active waste disposal sites, fencing is not required provided 6" (15cm.) of compacted non-asbestos containing cover is applied at least once every 24 hour period. 2, In the case of inactive waste disposal sites, fencing is not required provided: (A) 6" (15cm.) of compacted non-asbestos containing cover is applied with a cover of vegetation, or (B) 2' (60cm..,) of compacted non-asbestos containing cover is applied without a vegetation cover. "NO VISIBLE EMISSIONS" The proposed standards state "no visible emissions" during the disposal - collectinc packaging, transporting or dumpino (unless either the specified wetting or pelletiz ing methods are used). Where they say "no visible emissions" at the disposal site, they interpret this to mean not just the borderline but anywhere in the dump. DE-BONDING OPERATIONS De-bonding operations by r.e-,builders are considered fabricating operations and th9 materials removed must be disposed of in accordance with the procedure for manufact urers and fabricators. The re-builders with de-bonding operations are fabricators and it is proposed that they be covered. THE EXCEPTION FOR BRAKE SHOE RADIUS GRINDING Where the EPA is making an exception (jQ, not covering) brake shoe radius grinding, that is only when brake shoe radius grinding is done at the garage or shop actually installing the shoes on a vehicle. Where brake shoe radius grinding is done by a manufacturer or fabricator, that operation is not an exception. FMS117930 Bulletin No. 516B - 2- November 15, 1974 WASTE DISPOSAL SITE SIGNS - ;NACT!>/E SITES There will be a problem where a site has been filled by a developer and the inactive site must have Asbestos Waste Disposal Sign posted thereon. This may make it diff icult for a developer to market the property and in turn make it impossible for a manufacturer or fabricator to use this disposal sits. ACTION There are many problems for asbestos friction materials manufacturers with these proposed amendments, particularly on disposal of solid waste. It is suggested that the Standards (sent with Bulletin 516) be reviewed by those responsible for asbestos control in the factory, and that comments be sent (in triplicate), not later than December 5. 1974. to: Emissions Standards and Engineering Division Enviornmental Protection Agency Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711 Attention: Mr. Don Goodwin. If you need additional copies of the proposed amendments please let me know. If you would hather have FMSI respond, please send your written comments to the Institute to arrive no later than December 2, 1974. EWD/erc cc- Delegates, Alternates Asbestos Study Committee E. IV. Drislane Executive Director FMS117931 FRICTION MATER MLS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLETIN N05 1 6 A November 5, 1974 PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO EPA EMISSIONS STANDARDS On October 29, 1974 we issued Bulletin No 516 concerning the EPA Emissions Standards and we sent one copy of the notice as it appeared in the Federal Register to one person for each Member. Mr. I. H. Weaver, Chairman of our Asbestos Study Committee, has condensed the more important items of concern to friction materials manufacturers and his comments follow: It is proposed to extend coverage of the standard to fabrication of friction products, except those operations that primarily install asbestos friction materials on motor vehicles. Brake shoe radius grinding is specifically exwepted in the rationale on Page 38065. Waste disposal requirements are spelled out in considerable detail. It appears that if there are no visible emissions with existing waste disposal methods, no change will be required. However, if existing methods entail visible emissions, then one or the other of two alternates must be pursued: a. Wetting with water and sealing the wetted waste into impermeable containers labeled to provide notice that a hazardous material is contained, and depositing the filled containers at a disposal site. b. Pelletizing into non-friable pellets and depositing at a disposal site. Incineration of containers such as paper or plastic bags that previously contained asbestos will be prohibited. Warning signs will be required at waste disposal sites to alert the public of the potential asbestos hazard, and all such sites must be fenced. In the event there are visable emissions from waste disposal sites, one of the following alternates must be followed: a. Cover with 15 centimeters of non-asbestos-containing material, and establish cover of vegetation adequate to control erosion. b. Cover with 60 centimeters of non-asbestos-containing material and maintaining such cover in an erosion-free condition. EWD/erc cc-Delegates, Alternates Asbestos Study Committee E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117932 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLET I N N 0. 5 1 6 October 29, 1974 PROPOSED' AMENDMENTS TO EPA EMISSIONS STANDARDS On October 25, 1974 the EPA published proposed amendments to their National Emissions Standards. To avoid confusion: these are EPA proposals (not OSHA). They concern the requirements of "no visible emissions" into the environment. While these proposed amendments are concerned primarily with the demolition and removal of "friable asbestos materials", there are at least two proposals affecting the friction materials business. One is that fabricators of friction products (such as re-builders) would come under the provisions of these regulations, whereas currently the manufacturers are covered. A more important item is that proposals are made in the solid waste disposal area which should affect all manufacturers. A copy of these proposed amendments for your company is being sent toi The foregoing is for your information. EWD/erc co-Delegates, Alternates Asbestos Study Committee E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17933 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INST'T-JTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N. J. 07652 BULLET I N N 0. 5 1 5 October 25, 1974 HAVES-ALB ION CORPORATION - APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP An application for Active Membership was received from Hayes-Albion Corporation, Jackson, Michigan# The application was received in good form with the required one-time initiation fee of $1,000. The Membership Committee recommended accept ance of this application and it is now being reviewed by the Board of Directors. The Hayes-Albion entrance into the friction materials field is somewhat unique. Illinois Central Industries, parent of the Abex Corporation, was ordered by the FTC to form a new friction materials competitor as a result of the ICI acquisition of Midas-International. Haye& Albion, an established manufacturer of automotive parts, will be the new friction materials manufacturer. Hayes-Albion will finish their factory in Johnson City, Tennessee in December 1974. They expect to start production in the February-April 1975 period. For this reason, they are not currently qualified for Membership, since a Member must actually be manufacturing friction materials in commercial quantities. Because of the uniqueness of their entrance into this industry, the Membership Committee recommended approval of their application, with the condition that their Membership will start when they are actually manufacturing friction materials in commercial quantities. Your Board of Directors is now reviewing the Committee's recommenda tions. No action is called for by the Membership at this time. This is strictly to keep the Membership posted on this application. EWD/erc cc: Alternates & Delegates E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSl 17934 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N J. 07652 BULLET I N N 0. 5 1 4 October 9, 1974 ARTHUR D. LITTLE STUDY -'ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF PROPOSED EFFLUENT GUIDELINES - THE ASBESTOS PRODUCT MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY On September 6, 1974 we distributed Bulletin #513 with the EPA's "Proposed Effluent Guidelines for the Asbestos Manufacturing Point Source Category" (Certain Sub Categories). With that bulletin we advised that we were trying to get copies of the Arthur D. Little report. We have just received copies from the EPA and are distributing one copy to each Member. Your copy is being sent to: If you wish additional copies, please contact: EPA Information Center Environmental Protection Agency Washington, D. C. 20460 Att: Mr. P. B. Wisman EWD/erc Enclosure: E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17935 c-cj tt ^**'kr. E. H. Feierabend Friction Products Group Abex Corporation Winchester, Va. 22601 & D. E. Stone Friction Materials Division Bendix Corporation P.O. Box 238 Troy, ii.Y. 12101 ^Ttr, W. iv. Knight Grizzly Friction Products ilaremont Corporation 700 West Caroline Street Paulding, Ohio 45079 Weiuei ^_Ji---Kt*"Porter^Ccn-r- Inc. JherrmOid Division 601*Watit~Screet EittsbtnrgtTi1 i'a."--`15219 JL t <h -/r` 1 Mr. William Simon Frassbestos Manufacturing Corp. 45 East 5 Street Paterson, N.J. 07524 Affr. J. H. Marsh itaybe9to8-lianhattan, Inc. 205 Middle Street Bridgeport, Conn. 06603 /tir. E. R. Zacharlas Carlisle Corporation Molded Materials Division P.O. Box P Kldgway, Pa. 15853 A Mr. L. Burges8 \ Wheeling Brake Block Mfg. Co. 100 West Boyd Avenue Bridgeport, Ohio 43912 . V^Mr. J. A. Penberthy ^ir. R. J. Kick if Safeguard Manufacturing Corp. A Staff Engineer Products Service P.O. Box 985 Delco-Moraine Division Tappahannock, Va. 22560 General Motors Corporation 1420 Wisconsin Boulevard Mr. VJ. M. Sleeth Dayton, Ohio 45401 Royal Industries Brake Products Stewart Lane Danville, Ky. 40422 *Mr. J. Gallagher Thiokol Chemical Corporation $ L. E. May Panelyte Industrial Division Enterprise Avenue World Bestos Company, Division of Trenton, N.J. 08604 The Firestone Tire & Rubber Company 1112 South 25 Street V^ir. Stuart Comins New Castle, Ind. 47362 r1 Auto Friction Corporation 651 Andover Street 'pisflr. F. W. Barton, Jr. Lawrence, Mass. 01842 Reddaway Mfg. Co., Inc. 32 Euclid Avenue Newark, N.J. 07105 i Mr. T. Terrell Molded Industrial Friction Corp. 327 Walnut Street Prattville, Ala. 36707 Mr. J. Clegg The S. K. Wellman Corporation 200 Egbert Road Bedford, Ohio 44146 fr.7Jeffers iBiaJriUtirr / W^Mr. F. T. Gatke 9 Gatke Corporation 228 North La Salle Street Chicago, 111. 60601 Mr. T. J. Laher /Lasco Brake Products Corporation, Ltd. 2615 Magnolia Street Oakland, Calif. 94607 FMS117936 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 3ULL ET I N N 0. 5 1 3 September 6, 1974 PROPOSED EFFLUENT LIMIT AT IONS AND GUIDELINES FOR THE ASBESTOS MANUFACTURING " POINT SOURCE CATEGORY ('CERTAIN SUB CATEGORIES! Enclosed is a copy of the Proposed Effluent Limitations and Guidelines for the Asbestos Manufacturing Point Source Category - including the friction materials business. The industries referred to are the textile, friction materials, and sealing devices segment of the asbestos manufacturing point source category. Originally EPA promulgated effluent limitations guidelines for asbestos manu facturing point source categories on February 26, 1974. The sub-categories at that time were asbestos cement pipe, sheet, paper, millboard, roofing and floor tiles. This August 29, 1974 notice proposes to amend the earlier regulations by adding the following sub-categories: Coating or finishing of asbestos textiles Solvent recovery Vapor Absorption Wet Dust Collection Therg are two reports covering point sources including the friction materials incustry: Sverdrup & Parcel: "Development Document for Proposed Effluent Limitiations Guidelines and New Source Performance " Standards for the Textile, Friction Materials and Sealing Devices Segment of the Asbestos Manufacturing Point Source Category" Arthur D, Little: "Economic Analysis of Proposed Effluent Guidelines - The Asbestos Products Manufacturing Industry." We had earlier sent one copy of the Sverdrup & Parcel report to each Member We are trying to get ahold of copies of the Arthur D. Little report for a similar distribution. However if you wish to get a copy directly you may try: EPA Information Center Environmental Protection Agency Washington, D. C. 20460 Attention: Mr. P. B. Wisman FMSI 17937 Bulletin No. 513 September 6, 1974 Comments on these proposed regulations are requested. Please see page 31596 of the notice. If comments are made directly to the EPA, please send a copy to the Institute Office. If Committee Members or others feel the Institute should reply, please let us have your comments directly. EWD/erc Enel osure: cc-Delegates & Alternates Asbestos Study Committee E. III/. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17938 G-' ^2):-> S Pr,.- L_ V"7 ' , .. r G; . , 1 ^ ^ ^L. y^ S'^4 - -- , -- V / * * \.P d<C ' d-^ *P., - ' - '*. ^L .; , ~f ' ^7 <K xT$--&***.. r , '^ ' 2>.t 0 v .*-$__ E- . A<^ ~Z --' ,, .*_., ., ^ A. /W >. v-r VM, > L,e. <G> r 0; g. * T, OT.r, \7.P, C - v .L. 1 _r- Od U, V4/. L. **^i>--* , O', P^, >-_*K * /- ' -Cj&v - F. r~, T:^. )-2~J=&k_ ^ ,-1 .,* 3 FMS117939 THURSDAY, AUGUST 29, 1974 WASHINGTON. D.C. Volume 39 Number 169 PART II ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY ASBESTOS MANUFACTURING POINT SOURCE CATEGORY Proposed Effluent Limitations and - Guidelines for Certain Subcategories FMS117940 PROPOSED RULES .11.'93 the engineering aspects of the applica tion of various types of control tech niques, process changes, non-water qual ity environmental Impact (Including energy requirements) and other factors. The data upon which the above analysis was performed Included EPA permit applications, EPA sampling and inspections, consultant reports, and in dustry submissions. Tl-.e pretreatment standards proposed herein are intended to be complementary to the pretreatment standards proposed for existing sources under 40 CFR Part 128. The basis for such standards is set forth in the Federal Recister of July 19, 1973, 38 FR 19236. The provisions of Part 128 are equally applicable to sources which would constitute "new sources," under section 306 if they were to dis charge pollutants directly to navigable waters, except for 5 128.133. That section provides a pretreatment standard for "incompatible pollutants" which requires application of the "best practicable con trol technology currently available," sub ject to an adjustment for amounts of pollutants removed by the publicly owned treatment works. Since the pre treatment standards proposed herein apply to new sources, 55 427.86, 427.96, 427.106 and 427.116 below amend 5 128. 133 to specify the application of the standard of performance for new sources rather than the "best practicable" stand ard applicable to existing sources under sections 301 and 304(b) of the Act. (2) Summary of conclusions with re spect to the coating or finishing of as bestos textiles subcategory (Subpart H), the solvent recovery subcategory (Sub part I), the vapor absorption subcate gory (Subpart J). and the wet dust col lection subcategory (Subpart K), of the asbestos manufacturing point source category. (i) Categorization. For purposes of developing effluent limitations guidelines for existing sources and standards of performance for new sources, the tex tile, friction materials and sealing de vices segment of the asbestos manufac turing point source category has been divided into four subcategories: Coating or finishing of asbestos textiles, solvent recovery, vapor absorption, and wet dust collection. The subcategories, largely based on the source of waste waters and their nature, are only Indirectly related to raw materials and finished products. In the first subcategory, coating or fin ishing of asbestos textiles, the waste wa ters may be considered near true process wastes, while In the other three subcate gories, waste waters result from essen tially ancillary operations (e.g., waste or by-product recovery and air emissions control). Three of the subcategories are encountered in the textile segment of the industry and three are encountered in the friction materials segment. The ac tual textile weaving and sealing devices segments are dry Industries and do not generate waste waters. (1) Subpart H--Coating or Finishing of Asbestos Textiles S .category: Much of the asbestos textiles production. Is coated or impregnated with various ma terials to Impart particular properties to the' finished product or to eliminate tho problem of airborne particles in further handling of the textiles. Wastes may be generated by spills or by dumps of re maining coating solutions and equip ment cleanup at the end of a run. (2) Subparti--Solvent Recovery Sub category: In some textile coating and friction materials operations, the sol vents driven off in drying ovens are captured by adsorption onto activated carbon. The solvents are then removed from the activated carbon by steam stripping and recovered by decanting or distilling the condensate. Waste waters are generated by this recovery of sol vents. (3) Subpart J--Vapor Absorption Sub category: In some drying operations tho solvents driven off are removed from the exhaust gases by absorption in wet scrubbers. No attempt Is made to recover the solvents and they are discharged as a component of the waste waters from the wet scrubbers. (4) Subpart K--Wet Dust Collection Subcategory: Many of the finishing operations associated with friction ma terials (e.g., grinding and drilling) gen erate large amounts of alr-bome par ticulates. Quality control of ambient air within the plant Is attained by use of positive ventilation and results in a po tential atmospheric discharge with a high level of particulates. In some facili ties, use of wet scrubbers to remove par ticulates prior to discharge to the atmos phere results In a waste water which In turn Is discharged. (il) Waste characteristics. The pollut ants contained in the raw waste waters represent either materials lost through direct processing of raw materials or through ancillary operations and are found in both the dissolved and particu late state. The first state Is largely repre sented by various organic solvents used In the Industry, while the latter Is repre sented by fillers (pigments, metals, etc.)] and binders (primarily resins) Incor porated Into the products. The great dis similarities of the wastes among the sub categories require Individual considera tion of their characteristics. The volume of waste waters generated In the coating (impregnating) of asbes tos textiles cannot be related directly to the quantity of textiles treated, since It varies with the number and length of runs and the particular coatings being applied on a given day. Total volume, however. Is expected to be less than 750 liters (200 gallons) per day for a coating operation. The wide variety of coatings applied is tailored to the specifications of the customer, and thus the specific com position of the waste water is quite vari able. In general, the waste Is high In COD (largely contributed by solvents) and suspended solids (primarily pig ments, metals and other fillers Incor porated Into the coatings). The quantity of waste water from sol vent recovery operations is dependent on the type and size of the equipment and, since it arises from an activated carbon regeneration process, cannot be related directly to the level of produc tion in a plant. The discharge is nor mally steady and a typical volume Is of the order of 38.000 liters (10.000 gallons) per day. The waste waters may contain solvents and/or other oreenic materials that are cither evaporated from the prod uct or generated during the recovery process. The suspended solids level is nor mally very low and asbestos fibers should be absent. Typical waste water char acteristics from one solvent recovery operation are: EOD5 1125 mg/1, COD 1930 mg/1, and suspended solids 0 mg/1. Waste waters from the vapor absorp tion unit are discharged about once every three weeks for a 16 hour period. The rate of discharge is approximately 3.8 liters per second (60 gallons per minute) for a total volume per period of approxi mately 200 cubic meters (58,000 gallons). The effluent waste load is estimated to be 410 kg (900 pounds), of COD, represent ing a concentration of approximately 1860 mg/1; and the pH of the waste will be above 9.5 due to charging of the scrubber with 22.7 kg (50 pounds) of so dium hydroxide. The water use rate in wet dust collec tors varies from 0.06 to 1.3 liters per second per cubic meter per minute of air scrubbed (0.5 to 10 gpm per 1,000 scfm) and the plant air systems served by wet scrubbers range from 280 to 1,700 cubic meters per minute (10,000 to 60,000 scfm). The resulting waste water vol umes are from 190 to 570 cubic meters (50,000 to 150,000 gallons) per day. The waste waters from wet dust collectors are slurries of the dust emanating from grinding and drilling operations used In finishing friction products and are char acterized by high suspended solids. Since friction materials are specifically de signed to be hydrophobic dissolved solids content should be low. (iil) Origin of waste water pollutants. The waste water pollutants among the four subcategories are of such diverse origin as to require Independent discus sion of each subcategory. None of the waste waters or waste water pollutants are true process wastes. The wastes and waste waters associated with the coating and finishing of asbestos textiles most closely approximate true process wastes In that they are associated with the ac tual production line for manufacture of the finished product. In the other three subcategories the waste waters and waste water pollutants originate in ancillary operations. Within the coating and finishing of as bestos textiles subcategory, the waste waters originate from two sources: (1) washdown of spills (primarily dragout from the coating tanks) and the small remnants of coating solutions dumped at the end of runs, and (2) cleanup of the equipment following runs. The pol lutants represent the entire spectrum of materials (solvents, solutes and fillers) found In the various coating solutions. The solvent recovery subcategory rep resents an ancillary operation associated with some textile coating, friction ma terial and sheet gasket material facil ities. Solvents used In the manufacture of the products are driven off In drying FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 169--THURSDAY, AUGUST 39, 1974 FMSI 17941 PROPOSED RULES -OlOft.- Capital and annual cots for the seg ments of the industry affected are low. For 1077, costs arc Incurred by one sheet gasket materials plant (solvent recovery sabrategory). For IS33, costs are incurred by one sheet gasket and four friction ma terials plants (solvent recovery and wet dust collection subcategories respec tively) . (vi) Energy requirements and non- water quality environmental impacts. Increase In energy requirements for implementation of the recommended levels of control are associated primarily with two subcategories, solvent recovery and vapor absorption. Within the sol vent recovery subcategory, pumping and aeration for biological treatment would consume approximately 350,000 kwh/yr of electricity and pumping for the car bon column unit would consume approxi mately 40,000 kwh/yr. These represent added energy use for the subcategory. The added energy requirement for the vapor absorption subcategory is that of fuel (natural gas or oil) to furnish ap proximately ' to 5 billion BTU/yr for the fume incinerator. This Is partially offset by elimination of the electrical consump tion of the wet scrubber (50-60,000 kwh/ yr) presently employed. For the wet dust collection subcate gory, the best practicable control tech nology available Is the level of control that constitutes minimum current prac tice; hence, there is no effect of this level of control on energy requirements. Implementation of best available tech nology economically achievable through replacing wet scrubbers with bag houses reduces energy requirements by elimi nating the consumption of electricity for pumping scrubber water. Energy requirements for the coating or finishing of asbestos textiles subcate gory are those associated with transpor tation and final disposal of the contain erized wastes. At most they are several hundred gallons per year of motor fuel. Non-water quality environmental Im pacts are minimal, constituting only the added sanitary landfill space required for disposal of fewer than 3,000 drums per year of containerized wastes from the textile coating subcategory. (vii) Economic impact analysis. The economic Impact of the guidelines for the textiles, friction materials, and seal ing devices segment of the asbestos man ufacturing point source category Is very limited. Since many of the operations (e g., textile weaving and sealing devices manufacture) are representative "of dry industry and much of the waste water from wet operations Is discharged to municipal systems, only 5 plants are af fected. ACected plants Include one sheet gasket material plant and four friction materials plants. None of the affected plants are expected to close due to the economic impact of the guidelines. For the various segments of the indus try the estimated net after tax returns ' percent of sales are; textiles, 3.3%; .ction materials, 3.0%; and sealing de :es, 5.0%. One sheet gasket plant In curs costs for Implementation of BPCTA (1977) guidelines, equal to 0.7 percent of sales. Five plants incurred costs for im plementation of BATEA (1033) guide lines. The types of plants and the costs incurred as a percent of sales are: one sheet gasket plant, 1.0%, and four fric tion material plants, ranging from 0.05 to 1.2%. It is believed that most of the waste control costs can be recovered by increased prices, Complete recovery would require price increases of less than 2.0% for the affected plants. The report entitled "Development Doc ument for Proposed Effluent Limitations Guidelines and New Source Performance Standards for the Textile. Friction l.Iate- rlals and Sealing Devices Segment of the Asbestos Manufacturing Point Source Category" details the analysis under taken in support of the regulation being proposed herein and is available for in spection in the EPA Information Center, Room 227, West Tower, Waterside Mall, Washington, D.C.; at all EPA regional offices, and at State water pollution con trol offices. A supplementary analysis prepared for EPA of the possible eco nomic effects of the proposed regulation is also available for inspection at these locations. Copies of both of these documents are being sent to persons or institutions affected by the proposed reg ulation, or who have placed themselves on a mailing list for this purpose (see EPA's Advance Notice of Public Review Procedures, 38 FR 21202, August 6,1973). An additional limited number of copies of both reports are available. Persons wishing to obtain a copy may write the EPA Information Center, Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C. 20460, Attention: Mr. Philip B. Wisman. On June 14,1973, the Agency published procedures designed to insure that, when certain major standards, regulations, and guidelines are proposed, an explanation of their basis, purpose and environmental effects Is made available to the public (38 FR 15653). The procedures are applicable to major standards, regulations and guidelines which are proposed on or after December 31, 1973, and which prescribe national standards of environmental quality or require national emission, efflu ent or performance standards and limi tations. The Agency determined to Implement these procedures in order to ensure that the public was apprised of the environ mental effects of its major standards set ting actions and was provided with de tailed background Information to assist it in commenting on the merits of a pro posed action. In brief, the procedures call for the Agency to make public the in formation available to It delineating the major nonenvlronmental factors affect ing the decision, and to explain the viable options available to It and the reasons for the option selected. The procedures contemplate publica tion of this Information in the Federal Register, where this Is practicable. They provide, however, that where, because of the length of these materials, such pub lication is impracticable, the material may be made available In an alternate format. ' The report entitled "Dcvelcpmr-'.t Doc ument lor Proposed Effluent Limit.uior.s Guidelines and New Source Fcriormor.re Standards for the Textile, Friction Mate rials and Sealing Devices Segment of the Asbestos Manufacturing Industry Point Source Category" contains infor mation available to the Agency concern ing the major environmental' effects of the regulation proposed below, including: (1) the pollutants presently discharged into the Nation's waterways by manu facturers of asbestos and the degree of pollution reduction obtainable from Im plementation of the proposed guidelines and standards (see particularly sections IV, V, VI, IX, X, and XI); ' (2) the anticipated effects of the pro posed regulation on other aspects of the environment Including air, solid waste disposal and land use, and noise (see particularly section VIII); and (3) options available to the Agency in developing the proposed regulatory system and the reasons for its selecting the particular levels of effluent reduction which are proposed (see particularly sections VI, VII, and VIII). The supplementary report entitled "Economic Impact of 1972 Federal Water Pollution Control Amendments on the Asbestos Industry" contains an estimate of tlie cost of pollution control require ments and an analysis of the possible effects of the proposed regulation on prices, production levels, employment, communities in which asbestos manu facturing plants are located, and inter national trade-in addition, the Develop ment Document describes, in section VIII, the cost and energy consumption implica tions of the proposed regulations. The two reports described above in the aggregate exceed 100 pages in length and contain a substantial number of charts, diagrams, and tables. It is clearly im practicable to publish the material con tained in these documents in the Federal Register. To the extent possible, signifi cant aspects of the material have been presented in summary form in foregoing portions of this preamble. Additional discussion is contained in the following analysis of comments received and the Agency's response to them. As has been indicated, both documents are available for inspection at the Agency's Washing ton, D.C. and regional offices and at State water pollution control agency offices. Copies of each have been dis tributed to persons and institutions affected by the proposed regulations or who have placed themselves on a mail ing list for this purpose. Finally, so long as the supply remains available, ad ditional copies may be obtained from the Agency as described above. When this regulation Is promulgated, revised copies of the Development Docu ment will be available from the Super intendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. Copies of the Economic Analysis will be available through the National Tech nical Information Service, Springfield, Vlrglna 22151. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 169--THURSDAY, AUGUST 29, 1974 FMS117942 PROPOSED R'JL'S 31.'07 *127.83 427.34 427.85 427.86 --i'lnc::: I rnitr.'ions T-ffdo'.lr,es r^p- 7r.-.--------- ::s the tic^rec of effluent reduction attainable by the appli cation of tho best practicable con trol" technology currently avail able. Effluent limitations guidelines rep resenting the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the ap plication of the best available technology economically achiev able. Reserved. Standards of performance for new sources. Pretreatment standards for new so urces. Subpart I--Solvent Recovery Subcategory 427.90 427.91 427.92 427.93 427.94 427.95 427.96 Applicability; description of the solvent recovery subcategory. Specialized definitions. E.ffuent limitations guidelines rep resenting the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the ap plication of the best practicable control technology currently available. Effluent limitations guidelines rep resenting the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the ap plication of the best available technology economically achiev able. Reserved. Standards of performance for new sources. Pretreatment standards for new sources. Subpart J--Vapor Absorption Subcategory 427.100 427.101 427.102 427.103 427.104 427.105 427.106 Applicability; description of the vapor absorption subcategory. Specialized definitions. Effluent limitations guidelines rep resenting the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the ap plication of the best practicable control technology currently available. Effluent limitations guidelines rep resenting the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the ap plication of the best available technology economically achiev able. [Reserved] Standards of performance for new sources. Pretreatment standards for new sources. Subpart K--Wet Dust Collection 427.110 427.111 427.112 427.113 427.114 427.115 427.116 Applicability; description of the wet dust collection subcategory. Specialized definitions. Effluent limitations guidelines rep resenting the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the ap plication of the best practicable control technology currently available. Effluent limitations guidelines rep resenting the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the ap plication of the best available technology economically achiev able. [Reserved] Standards of performance for new sources. Pretreatment sta: lards for new sources. Authorttv: Secs. 301, 304 (b) and (c), Ow .'O. 307(c), Federal Wat Pollution Con trol Act, as amended, 33 E.- C. 1251, 1311, 1314 (b) ;,d (c), 1316(b). 1317(c), 86 Stat. 816 et seq.; P.L. 92-500. Subpart K--Cootinp: or Finishing of ~ - . .luostos Textiles 127.o.> Effluent :I:*iTIti.,n.s auffb line* ihe <! uroe t>\ eulti'ul `127.no Apiilicaljilily; dc^er'plmn of jiie coaling or finishing of afci;e*tos textiles subralegory. rrdiu'tion atUiiaafflc hy i!ic applica tion of the hc>t avn'.J: ` r rcchmffogy economically achievable. The provisions of this subpart are ap plicable to discharges rc-sulimg from the process of coating or impregnating as bestos textiles with various materials to impart specific desired qualities to the finished product. The following limitations establish the vidantity or quality of pollutants or pol lutant properties controlled by this sec tion, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of tins subpart after application of the best available technology economically 427.81 Specialized definitions. achievable: there shall be no discharge For the purpose of this subpart: of waste water pollutants to navigable (a) Except as provided below, the gen waters. eral definitions, abbreviations and meth ods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR Part 401 shall apply to this subpait. 427.84 [Reserved] 427.85 Standards of performance for new sources. 427.82 Effluent limitations guidelines representing tlie degree of ciTlnenl reduction attainable by the applica tion of the best practicable control technology currently available. In establishing the limitations set forth in this section, EPA took into account all information it was able to collect, de velop and solicit with respect to factors (such as age and size of plant, raw ma The following standards of per formance establish the quantity or qual ity of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: there shall be no discharge of waste water pollutants to navigable waters. 427.86 Pretreatment standards for new sources. terials, manufacturing processes, prod The pretreatment standards under ucts produced, treatment technology available, energy requirements and costs) which can affect the industry subcate gorization and effluent levels established. It is, however, possible that data which would affect these limitations have not been available and, as a result, these lim itations should be adjusted for certain plants in this industry. An individual dis charger or other interested person may submit evidence to the Regional Admin section 307(c) of the Act for a source within the coating or finishing of asbestos textiles subcategory, which is a user of a publicly owned treatment works (and which would be a new source subject to section 306 of the Act, if it were to dis charge pollutants to the navigable waters), shall be the standard set forth in 40 CFR Part 128, except that, for the purpose of this section, 40 CFR 128.133 shall be amended to read as follows: istrator (or to the State, if the State In addition to the prohibitions set forth has the authority to issue NPDES per In 40 CFR 128.131, the pretreatment stand mits) that factors relating to the equip ard for Incompatible polhitants introduced ment or facilities involved, the process applied, or other such factors related to such discharger are fundamentally dif ferent from the factors considered in the establishment of the guidelines. On the basis of such evidence or other available into a publicly owned treatment works shall be the standard of performance for new sources specified In 40 CFR 427.85: Provided, That, If the publicly owned treatment works which receives the pollutants is committed, In its NPDES permit, to remove a specified percentage of any incompatible pollutant, information, the Regional Administrator (or the State) will make a written find ing that such factors are or are not fun damentally different for that facility compared to those specified in the De the pretreatment standard applicable to users of such treatment works shall, except in the case of standards providing for no discharge of pollutants, be correspondingly reduced in stringency for that pollutant. velopment Document. If such funda Subpart I--Solvent Recovery Subcategory mentally different factors are found to exist, the Regional Administrator or the State shall establish for the discharger effluent limitations in the NPDES permit either more or less stringent than the limitations established herein, to the ex tent dictated by such fundamentally dif 427.90 Applicability; description of the solvent recovery suheategory. The provisions of this subpart are ap plicable to discharges resulting from the process of solvent recovery in- the manu facture of asbestos products. ferent factors. Such limitations must be approved by the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency. The Administrator may approve or disap prove such limitations, specify other lim itations, or initiate proceedings to revise these regulations. The following limita 427.91 Specialized definitions. For the purpose of this subpart: (a) Except as provided below, the gen eral definitions, abbreviations and meth ods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR Part 401 shall apply to this subpart. tions establish the quantity or quality of 427.92 Effluent limitations guidelines pollutants or pollutant properties con representing the degree of effluent trolled by this section, which may be dis reduction attainable by the applica charged by a point source subject to the tion of the best practicable control provisions of this subpart after applica technology currently available. tion of the best practicable control tech In establishing the limitations set nology currently available: there shall forth in this section, EPA took into ac be no discharge of waste wrater pollutants count all information it was able to col to navigable waters. lect, develop and solicit with respect to FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 169--THURSDAY, AUGUST 29, 1974 FMS117943 PROPOSED RULES :az:,o -127.103 !'.(!! non! 1imit:v;ions guivlrlinr.. rrprrsrntinff live degree of cfilurnl ri'tlm-iioo niluirvnlvlc Ivy live applica tion of live lu'Nl availalvlc tcrlmology economically ncliicvalile. Tlie following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be dis charged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after applica tion of the best available technology economically achieveable: there shall be no discharge of waste water pollutants to navigable waters. 127.101 [ltrscrvcd] 127.103 Standards of performance for new sources# The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pol lutants or pollutant properties, con trolled by this section, which may be dis charged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: there shall be no discharge of waste water pollutants to navigable waters. 427.106 Prrlrcalmcnl standards for new sources* .. The pretreatment standards under section 307(c) of the Act for a source within the vapor absorption subcategory, which is a user of a publicly owned treat ment works (and which would be a new source subject to section 306 of the Act, if it were to discharge pollutants to the navigable waters), shall be the standard set forth in 40 CFR 128, except that, for the purpose of this section, 40 CFR 123.133 shall be amended to read as follows: In addition to the prohibitions set forth in 40 CFR 128,131, the pretreatment standard for Incompatible pollutants introduced Into a publicly owned treatment works shall be the standard of performance for new sources specified in 40 CFR 427.105: Provided, That, if the publicly owned treatment works which receives the pollutants is committed. in its NPDES permit, to remove a specified per centage of any Incompatible pollutant, the pretreatment standard applicable to users of such treatment works shall, except in the case of standards providing for no discharge of pollutants, be correspondingly reduced in stringency for that pollutant. Subpart K--Wet Dust Collection 427.110 Applicability; description of the wet dust collection subcategory. The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the removal of dust (particulates) from atmospheric emissions by means of wet scrubbers. 427.1 i 1 Specialized definitions. For the purpose of this su'opart: (a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR Part 401 shall apply to this subpart. 427.112 F.ITInrnl limitation. guidelines representing live degree of diluent reduction litlaiiinblc Ivy the applica tion of the best practicable control technology currently available. In establishing the limitations set forth In this section, EPA took into ac count all Information it was able to col lect, develop and solicit with respect to factors (such as age and size of plant, raw materials, manufacturing processes, products produced, treatment tech nology available, energy requirements and costs) which can affect the industry subcategorization and effluent levels established. It is, however, possible that data which would affect these limitations have not been available and, as a result, these limitations should be adjusted for certain plants in this industry. An in dividual discharger or other interested person may submit evidence to the Regional Administrator (or to the State, if the State has the authority to issue NPDES permits) that factors relating to the equipment or facilities involved, the process applied, or other such factors related to such discharger are funda mentally different from the factors con sidered in the establishment of the guide lines. On the basis of such evidence or other available information, the Regional Administrator (or the State) will make a written finding that such factors are or are not fundamentally different for that facility compared to those specified in the Development Document. If such fundamentally different factors .are found to exist, the Regional Administra tor or the State shall establish for the discharger effluent limitations in the NPDES permit either more or less strin gent than the limitations established herein, to the extent dictated by such fundamentally different factors. Such limitations must be approved by the Ad ministrator of the Environmental Pro tection Agency. The Administrator may approve or disapprove such limitations, specify other limitations,' or initiate proceedings to revise these regulations. The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pol lutant properties which may be dis charged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after applica tion of the best practicable control tech nology currently available: V.nunit Outfit* lrri><tic KClia-nt L; ,n M.uiffium for any one day Avrr v.'v v i.n s r<~r t;. -:v coh`<vu\',r uv-s Sl,;.it (Hit t'l' `'''I niK,l TPS.................... fto.................... ,v> pM............... ...........Within tl'.r* .j... .................... . range 6.0 to U.O. 427.113 Effluent limitation* guideline* representing the degree of oUluenl reduction attainable by the applica tion of the he^t available technology economically achievable. The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pol lutant properties which may be dis charged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after applica tion of the best available technology eco nomically achievable: there shall be no discharge of waste water pollutants to navigable waters. 427.114 [Reserved] 427.115 Standards of performance for now sources. The following standards of perform ance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, con trolled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: there shall be no discharge of waste water pollutants to navigable waters. 426.116 Pretreatment standards for new sources. The pretreatment standards under sec tion 307(c) or the Act for a source within the wet dust, collection subcategory, which is a user of a publicly owned treat ment works (and which would be a new source subject to section 306 of the Act, if it were to discharge pollutants to the navigable waters), shall be the standard set forth In 40 CFR 128, except that, for the purpose of this section, 40 CFR 128. 133 shall be amended to read as follows: In addition to the prohibitions set forth In 40 CFR 128.131, the pretreatment standard for incompatible pollutants introduced into a publicly owned treatment works shall be the standard of performance for new sources specified in 40 CFR 427.115; provided that, if the publicly owned treatment works which receives the pollutants Is committed, in its NPDES permit, to remove a specified percent age of any incompatible pollutant, the pre treatment standard applicable to users of such treatment works shall, except in the case of standards providing for no discharge of pollutants, be correspondingly reduced in stringency for that pollutant. IFR Doc.74-18639 Filed 8-28-74:8:45 am] No. 169--Pt. n---- 2 FEDCRAl REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 1 69--THURSDAY, AUGUST 39, Y974 FMS117944 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLET I N N 0. 5 1 2 SEPTEMBER 3, 1974 PASTA CLUTCH. S.A. - REGIONAL MEMBERSHIP On August 7, 1974 the Membership was advised of the application for Regional Membership filed by Pasta Clutch, S.A., and ballots were enclosed. This is to advise that Pasta Clutch, S.A. was voted into Regional Membership by an affirmative vote in excess of the 75$ required. Seventeen members voted yes, with two members not voting. The address of the new Regional Member is: Pasta Clutch, S.A. Insurgentes Sur 933-7o. Pi so Mexico, D. F. Pasta Clutch, S.A. is on the same (higher) fee schedule as a United States Member with rights to use the copyrighted FMSI numbers for marketing their products in the United States. EWD/erc (.C-- Delegates & Alternates E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17945 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC,, E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 bulletin 51 1 August 20, 1974 FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARD - 121 - AIR BRAKE SYSTEMS At the vAjne 1974 meeting, a summary of FMVSS 121, and the various amendnents which were adopted, were discussed. The office was directed to distribute copies to the Membership. Copies had earlier been distributed to the Brake Performance Study Committee. This summary is arranged in 17 pages, starting with the SI paragraph, Scope, and finishing with the Illustrations, Figure 2. There are four key dates showing the changes: February 24, 1972 June 24, 1972 January 3, 1974 May 17, 1974 New Standard Adopted Several amendments Several amendments Several amendments We are not including corrections under separate revisions but rather have entered the corrections with the applicable amendments. For those not familiar with FMVSS 121 it is the air brake systems standard for new vehicles. There is no Federal standard for replacement brake blocks. EWD/erc Enclosure: E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS117946 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLET I N 510 August 14, 1974 FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARD - 105a - HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYSTEMS At the June 1974 meeting, a summary of FMVSS 105a, and the various amendoents which were adopted, were discussed. The office was directed to distribute copies to the Membership. Copies had earlier been distributed to the Brake Performance Study Committee. This distribution was held up slightly due to the fact that NHTSA adopted additional amendments on vAjly 15, 1974. This summary is arranged in 28 pages, starting with the Si paragraph, Scope, and finishing with the Illustrations, Figure II. There are four key dates showing the changes: September 2, 1972 May 18, 1973 February 22,1974 July Iflf, 1974 New Standard Adopted Several amendments Several amendments Several amendments We are not including corrections under separate revisions but rather have entered the corrections with the applicable amendments. For those not familiar with FMVSS 105a it is the hydraulic brake systems standard for new vehicles. There is no Federal standard for replacement brake linings. That is under study as Docket 1-4, "Brake Shoe and Pad Assemblies". We will shortly be distributing a similar summary for Standard 121, Air Brake Systems. EWD/erc Enclosure: E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17947 . .vv. v a.'.o o; y;iy *v;:c m;yuc:;'.:t i ^ .'uy; cy.ici'^er.oy Ti'.is .Ycr.m.r.'d ryyd.os s, ir.u'il:;jLiiy'o.sc i'.c. US, am o'.r.CS, Cipappcd ``Vice. brake ry;,hr .uiic.a.y comruh, me an wheel si;;) at one or ro..a VheC i of the vehicle durir," ^ Kt} _> w v ,,* - r* -- A w o /;\7: fU wa^w /v* vA J "backup system" me anr, a por`.lor. c.` a service brake sy.-rcm, such as a pump, that supp.icr. cr.cr.ty, in t'r.e cvcr.i of a primary brake power source fahure. ; - "brake power aa.h.t tat" means a : device ir..hailed in a hydraulic brake sys tem that reduces t'r.e operator effort rc- . c.uncd to actuate t'r.e system, and that , if ;.;r.;vr.v..ve hoes not prevent the operaI tor .real braking t'r.e vehicle by a con > mmed application of muscular force on the . erviee brake control. , 'brake power trait" means a device ' immked .a a brake system that provides . the er.erry ref.tarecl to actuate t'r.e brakes, e.liter dtreetly or Indirectly' ; th:\rr. '.h an auxiliary device, with the i o,.era .or action consist;;'.." only of rr.c.ralatins the energy application level. `brake proportion;:;" system" means a r.yi.t.-r.t that autorr.at.caliy adjusts the ; brr.air.-; force at the axles to coinper.' rate for vehicle static axle loading arid/ r dynamic weight transfer between axles urn:;; deceleration. r. o "Hydraulic brake system" means a r.ys: . rr. that uses hydraulic fluid as a mm.am for tmnomitiin" force from a v.oo cor* fro', to cite service brake, and mm may incorporate a brake power m. . ,s mat, or . orauo power unit, "baa..; broke temperature" means the aver, oe terr.p.eraturo of t'r.e sci vico br..kos on t'r.e hottest ar.le of the vcniclo Ob mb.- before aay brace application, "bi^r.tly leaded vehicle wcisl'.t" means: i,./ 1-br veliicles with a GVWIt of 11,'.00 pounds or less, unloaded vehicle Y.w'f.t plus too pounds (inciudinff driver , . , . : ; j < : ! j Co) bor vehicles with a GVWR "renter ham 10,000 pounds, unloaded vehicle v.x-.-jht plus 000 pounds (including driver ana ..an. ^....cr.ta,.or,; j | : ' i "Park..-." mechanism" means a com- ! por.er.t or subsystem of the drive train I that locks the drive train when the : transmission control is placed in a park- ; in" or other near position and the lord- , tmn key is removed. ; FMSl 17948 .... * o'I'.i.\v.o or .' c... c.s r. ' . pvw.u;lU in, r . /. . i., o v.'Ai A.r.oric.-.i .-Jwrr ;y ;or A - .. ' ...'.vi -.illcno.0 7*iOi.iuxi Y.-- C;V o, -1C li., o:*ii7tir." v.\;;or delivery ... - ..,ui ii; i.v ...... . 7.1 ol liiat ` :v.v.\r..s ii'.e ...... : r. . i. ..uO i.cv.i ceeeiciM:v*eroneo - .o iw.-.vr reierci'.ce ..;jeeci Idat is l.'.L.Vi -'.WO. "d. - 1 wwwvw in. 2 '...Aw" ivicw.o :'.w n*;.:...do Ay ww:w..w.c; uu : ww i*.v:n n .-c v'.vd:':^ Mcrl lor 2 on n io'.Ci .'U.'i.rce. ".;d);oe ne;)1' iiomivs a icww.n;: '-oo.'^ we on:'lic'.'d.ion oi' 200 noundo oi. p,,a :.isc .service brake pedal m 0.03 "mlit sort ice 0.err." :r. cam a brs.-ie ass.;... co:.., may oi" two or more xusmamas actuated by a single control clu . ami; o that a icakaye-typc failure of a . a, sure c.a.c, ...mean in a c.ag'.e subsys tem `except -structural failure of a hous ing t.iat is common to all subsystems) not axy.c.r the operation of any oil tor su bays tom. "Split service brake system'' means a brake .system consisting of two or more subsystems actuated by a single control designed so that a leakage-type failure of a pressure component in a single sub system (except structural failure of a housing that is common to two or more subsystems) shall not impair the opera tion of any other subsystem. ; ...o.an.e ..oj file css- t a '.a i ..raveled by a vehicle from the hm... of on /aa.Lion of force to the brake control to tite point at which the vehicle reaches a full stop. ' "Stopping distance" m.cans the dis tance traveled by a vehicle from the point of application of force to the brake con trol to the point at which the vehicle reaches a full stop. "Variable proportioning brake system" means a system that automatically' ad justs the braking force at the axles to compensate for vehicle static axle load ing and/or dynamic weight transfer be tween axles during deceleration. h >. a . nrements. 5.1 b rvice bra.':e system. Each vcblcm sunk be manufactured with a split - brake system, end si tail be capa ble .if ir.ccil.ig tite rtf;-.:.rements of 5.1.1 thiv/.ryn S3.1.6, under the conditions .V.ec.f.ctl m 5, when tested according to the yus.es ,aa and in the sequence in 7. 7: a v-hicie is incapable of attaining a .- is u spec..am in. S5.1.1, 5.1.2, S5.I.3, or 5.1.6 its : ervice brakes shall be capa ble ./f mo.-puiy the vehicle from the mul ti: cf 5 at.p.h. tiiat lo 4 m.p.h. to 3 r:....h. has man the speed attainable in 2 ..aim, s..J:..i distances and w.th pedal feus ...i ti...t do not exceed tiie distances am. fore..; summed hi Table II. If a vehm : is mcay.hue of attaining a speed . .n 5.1.4 m tiie time or distance .... , forth, 1. si., u be timed at the 1...... . ias...P: in tne t.mc or S5 Rrr;u:rcmeius. S5.1 Service bral.c system.--Each ve hicle shall be manufactured with a split service brake system, and shall be capable of meeting the requirements of S5.1.1 through S5.1.6, under the conditions specified in SC, wiien tested according to the procedures and in the sequence in S7. Except as noted in S5.1.1.2 and S5.1.1.4, if a vehicle is incapable of attaining a speed specified in So.1.1, S5.1.2, S5.1.3, or S5.1.G, its service brakes shall be capa ble of stopping the vehicle from tiie mul tiple of 5 mi/ii, that is 4 to 3 mi/h less than the speed attainable in 2 miles. Within distances tiiat do not exceed the corresponding di.itanccs specified in table II. If a vehicle is incapable of attaining a speed specified in S3.1.4 in the time cr distance interval set forth, it shall bo tested at the highest speed attainable in the time or distance interval specified. FMS117949 did I. Vc...c.O v_i:o;n 2D r.r.d .r. I 0* ..dde d) :,C ^ o.>..--2 .r die .:: eord edc; os'- _viio_ v....ole ::hr.li 2c cr p.dde of sloppr.-.'; from 20, r.r.d 00 m./h v.'.lhir: die coiTC-.rondirr didrrees spcc.ded .r. CG.irr.r .1 o. dde'.e VI. II the ..peed rdrhv- rele :r denies is rcl ices i:;en 21 rr.i/h, c.-.e ven.cie shell rd.-:o he crpeide ol step- p.-ve e. ,.0 m/r. w-mii die corre- sper...r ; r., dir.ee spce.dcu hi column II ol II. .re .scerr c..ecdvei,'ss :* vci. do shrd V.e erprdde ol tv-r-P-'z 30 ora CO nu/h e.e.ia ire corresper... distmees specified in column II cl :r. II. II Ihc speed altr.irable In 2 nde. r.ot less then r.-i r.U/lv a prrsen-cr or older ved.de v,.ih a OVWR ol VO. pounds or less, rV.r.IV r.'.so be cspride slcppiPr Iron 30 ni/h v,-;ddr ce; sporciirr disirr.ee spcc.de- .r cc.-mr Ol table II. U1C ; do CO. 1.1.3 0 .1 `u ihc \. I5*--* -p -*-*y loaded vc CO :;d/d within ire Ctio,vi.i.nco c i oc.. **1 p n. ` "* S5.1.1.4 Id td.e test, live vediele .shall re; o. . 1 ..nO- pin:r from 30 i.rd 00 o. ;..o c0* i*c. ) 0r.-d Ir. % di.itor.c es specu.ed m column I ol tn'ole II. 1. .10 S]1CCd able us 2 rides is free. . Cd ic (cut r.ot ir.clud.r ;) 03 ni/h ids vehicle siirll also 00 C>..' > 0 tp i SuO.'j/' T iroir. 00 r.'.i/.i within. ido ooivoo^Gr.o.: i t udtUirxo socc:- Vcd .r cc.i.rn * 01 ... II d.o ...ded rUdhd.Vde In 2 r.dles is :o; Ir-. r d...r .0 rr.i/h, .1.0 vehicle shedl d.o V.e c..rdde of dcppheo from the ... ,;.c...dc ..peed adrinride hidicried v.v.Iur. the correspondin'! dlstrr.ee .pee.*..-- ir c--i--cm -- 01 tro.e ----. ipeed ..n.drVd.: In `2 irdle.1 ...... 'll) : Jd'.pid.-ctf to -Slop from {mi/hy 1,0 -.0 Port rot ire'.uJIr.p) 104----- 05 - Vi 30 . (dSi :e:v I ir. no; o U: "10. stop;).;. : I.per 00 ;e: .. _:.e c sijoIki.Ii,Utedi.cc s;.u'...ou in co. Oi t:\V.e II. less thru 00 i.rdi, .. ; .. .-peer .err otiicr vehicle \,-hh r CP lid. c: IV.. pounds cr Vs.r shed, ir i.l.. e e... l)Ve of ss-s.-s- freer d._ . plies indicated below, \vi.iir c.pc. is..-; d 1 m.i i.cj epcci..ed ... e........._ _ table II. Speed rrd. d -d. C 7/..0'e i/e.) p: - . ..`e __ - .. FMS117950 I v_i 3uly <r. H~>4 ' AACnm^t. AWvl ^WT5 S5.1.1.3 tlie following is added at the end thereof: However, a ve hicle other titan a passenger car with a GVWIt cf 8.COO pounds or greater ar.d whose wheelbase is 151 lnch.es or less, manufactured between September 1. 1075 and September 1, 1075, may stop within the corresponding distance spec:tied in parentheses In column III<b) of Table It if its GCWR dees not exceed 10.CO 7 pounds, or column IIKc) of Table II;; :;s GVWR exceeds iO.OCO pounds. . j j FMS117951 J Fmuss loS o- - H'fo^uc SflAgF Systems Se/>r2^im - fsraaciSHro MAV ifi; rtT> - Seostn. nh^q sm^paia ___ AMr^smc^s ao**t*& feae^m n, ft i+a** m AMi^on**** S5.1.2 Partial failure. In the event of a rupture or leakage-type failure in a i single subsystem, other than a structural ; failure of a housing that Is common to ! two or more subsystems, the remaining portion(s) of the service brake system ' shall continue to operate, and shall bo capable of stopping a vehicle from GO in p.li. within distanoes and with pcdftl forces that do not exceed the distances and forces specified in Column HI of Table II. 65.1.2 Partial failure.--In the event i of a rupture or leakage type of failure in a single subsystem, other than a struc tural failure of a housing that is common t to two or more subsystems, the remain ing portion(s) of the service brake sys tem shall continue to operate, and shall ' be capable of stopping a vehicle from 60 mi/h within the corresponding dis tance specified In column IV of table II. i i I S5.1.3 Inoperative brake power assist I tm if or brake power unit. The service ; brakes shall be capable of stopping a vehicle equipped with a brake power assist unit or brake power unit with such : unit rendered inoperative, from GO m.p.h. within distances and with pedal forces that do not exceed the distances i and forces specified in Column III of Table II. ' i S5.1.3 Inoperative brake power assist unit or brake power unit.--The service brakes shall be capable of stopping a vehicle equipped with one or more brake power assist units or brake power units : as specified In either S5.1.3.1 or S5.1.3.2 ; (if equipped with brake power assist i units), and either Bb.13.1 or 65.1.3.3 j (if equipped with brake power units). `as'13 Inoperative brake power as sist unit or braks power unit. The serv ice brakes shall be capable of stopping a vehicle equipped with one or more brake power assist units or brake power units as specified In either S5.1.3.1, S5.1.3.2 or S5.1.3.4 (if the vehicle is equipped with brnko power assist units), and either S5.1.3.1, S5.1.3.3, or S5.1.3.4 (if the ve hicle is equipped with brake power units) . 65.1.3.1 The service brakes on a ve- i hide equipped with one or more brake ! power assist units or brake power units, with one such unit inoperative and de- plcted of all reserve capability, shall be i capable of stopping a vehicle from 60* ml/h within the corresponding distance | specified in column IV of table H. I 55.1.3.2 Brake power assist units.-- I The service brakes on a vehicle equipped | with one or more brake power assist units, with one such unit Inoperative, i shall be capable of stopping a vehicle from 60 mi/h: ^; (a) In six consecutive stops at an aver- 1 age deceleration for each stop that is : not lower than that specified In column I of table IH, when the Inoperative unit Is not initially depleted of all reserve . capability; and . i J <b) In Anal stop, in a distance that does not exceed 554 ft, when the Inop erative unit is depleted of all reserve ca- ' pability. : i I | S5.1.3.3 Brake power units.--(a) The ; service brakes of a vehicle equipped with : one or more brake power units with an ! accumulator-type reserve system, with ' one such unit inoperative, shall be ca- : pable of stopping the vehicle from 60 [ ml/h: ; (1) In 10 consecutive stops at an aver- i age deceleration fpr each stop that Is not lower than that specified in column 2 of table III, when the Inoperative unit Is not Initially depleted of all reserve ca pability; and (ii) In a final stop. In a distance that docs not exceed 654 ft, when the Inop erative unit Is depleted of all reserve capability. S5.1.3.3 Brake power unit*, me serv ice brakes of a vehicle equipped with one or more brake power units with an ac cumulator-type reserve system, with one such unit inoperative, shall be capable of stopping the vehicle from 60 mr/h-- (a) In 10 consecutive stops at an aver age deceleration for each stop that is not lower than that specified in column n of tablo III, when the Inoperative unit is not initially depleted of all reserve capa bility; and (b) In a final stop, in a distance that docs not exceed 554 feet, when the inop erative unit is depleted of all reserve capability. i (b) The service brakes of a vehicle equipped with ono or more brake power I units with a backup type system, shall i be capable of stopping the vehicle from 60 ml/h in 15 consecutive stops at an average deceleration tot mb stop that M natlewer than It ft/s/s. FMS117952 30LV if. /' /U0tT(A*4L )^KlTS \ i ( I i Ss 1.3.2 i >b) In a f.nal stop, at an average de coloration t..nt is not lower than 7 fpsps , for passenger cars (equivalent stopping distance 554 feet) or 6 fpsps lor vehicles other than passenger cars (equivalent I stopping distance 64G feet), as appii. cable, when the inoperative unit is de pleted of all reserve capability. IS5.1.3.3 ; <b) In a fural stop, at an average de' cclcration that is not lower than 7 fpsps for passenger cars (equivalent stopping disu.r.ce 554 feet) or 6 fpsps for vehicles , other than passenger cars (equivalent stop,ilng distance C46 feet), as appli cable, when tho Inoperative unit 1s de* plated o( all reserva e.-.i'ablHty. FMSI 17953 F/vwss JOS a- - mogfNLtc QSystems SSPr2,J^12. - sr*3usw> MA*f ift, <1T -Sertttu Vtio srArJtAAp ft gen* *1 AMC/JOrie*rff i S5.1.3.4 Drake power assist and brake power units. The service brakes of a ve hicle equipped wiHi one or more' brake power assist units or brake power units with a backup system, with one brake power assist unit or brake power unit In operative and depleted of all reserve capability and with only the backup sys tem operating in the failed subsystem, shall be capable of stopping the vehicle from GO ml/h in 15 consecutive stops at an average deceleration of each stop that Is not lower than 13 ft/s/s (reference maximum stopping distance 323 feet). i 55.1.4 Fate pnd recovery. The service brakes shall be capable of stopping each vehicle In two fade and recovery tests. S5.1.4.1 The pedal force used for the i baseline check stops or snubs shall be i not less than 15 pounds, nor more than ! 60 pounds. | S5.1.4.2 (a) Each vehicle with a GVWR of 10.000 pounds or less shall be capable of making 10 fade stops <15 fade stops on the second test) from 60 m.p.h. at 15 f.p.s.p.s. for each stop with a pedal force that does not exceed 150 pounds for any stop. (b) Each vehicle with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds shall be capable of making 10 fade 6nubs (20 fade snubs on the second test) from 40 m.ph. to 20 m.p.h. at 10 f.p.s.ps. for each snub, , with a pedal force that does not exceed 150 pounds for any snub. j S5.1.4 Fade and recovev.--The ser/- I Ice brakes shall be capable of stepping ] each vehicle in two fade and recovery tests as specified below. S5.1.4.1 The control force used for the baseline check stops or snubs shall be not less than 15 lbs, nor more than 60 lbs. ' I ; j j j I j I j S5.1.4.2 (a) Each vehicle with | GVWR of 10,000 lbs or. less shall be i capable of making 5 fade stops (10 fade ' stops on the second test) from 60 mi/h : at an average deceleration not lower than 15 ft/s/s for each stop, followed by 6 . 35.1.4.2 paragraph (a) Is revised by deleting the words "an average", and ! substituting the word "a". - i` | fade stops at the maximum deceleration j attainable from 5 to 15 ft/s/s. \ ' i ; (b) Each vehicle with a GVWR j i greater than 10,000 pounds shall be capa- | ble of making 10 fade snubs <20 fade j .snubs on the second test) from 40 mi/h to 20 mi/h at 10 ft/s/s for each snub. j / . i S5.1.4.3 (a) Each vehicle with a GVWR of 10.000 pounds or less shall be capable of mnklng five recovery stops : from 30 m.p.h. at 10 f.p.s.p.s. for each I stop, with a pedal force that docs not I exceed 150 pounds for any of tlio first I four stops, and that for the fifth recovery : stop is within plus 20 pounds and minus 5 pounds or minus 40 percent (whichever Is greater) of average pedal force for the . baseline check. (b) Each vehicle with a GVWR greater j than 10.000 pounds shall be capable of j making 5 recovery snubs from 40 m.p.h. 1 to 20 m.p.li. at 10 f.ps.ps. for each snub, i with a pedal force that docs not exceed 150 pounds for any of the first four snubs, | and that for the fifth snub Is within plus I 20 pounds and minus 5 pounds or minus ; 40 percent (wliichcvor is greater) of the average pedal force for the baseline check. j S5.1.4.3 (a) Each vehicle with a ! GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less shall be j capable of making five recovery stops I from 30 mi/h at 10 ft/s/s for each stop with a control force.for the fifth recovery i stop that is within" plus 20 pounds and i minus 10 pounds or minus 40 percent ` (whichever is greater) of the average i i control force for the baseline check. j (b) Each vehicle with a GVWR greater ! than 10,000 pounds shall be capable of making five recovery snubs from 40 mi/h to 20 ml/h at 10 ft/s/s for each snub, with a control force for the fifth snub that Is within plus 20 pounds and minus 10 pounds or minus 40 percent (whlch: ever Is greater) of the average control force for the baseline check. FMSI 17954 s nul-Y If. n~)4 - ^e*>/TS the thkvl from last _ is c,.arced to .>,...1 "an average do'-"-oration for each soP that" 35.1.4.1 Tiro control force used for the bore line check stops or snubs shall be not less than 10 pounds, nor more than CO pounds, except that the control force for a vehicle with a GVWU of 15,000 pounds or more manufactured between September 1, 1&75. and September 1, 1077, may be between 10 and SO pounds. ` i ; : i S.5.l.4.3ia> Each vehicle with a GVVVK J of 10,000 pounds or less shall be capable ; of mr.'.ur.: five recovery stops from 30 it 'r ; f.,r each slop, with a ' e,ft:,a for the fifth recovery stop .. U v.,.,,;-a plus 20 pounds nml minus 10 ; iu'..o.; or minus 40 percent (which ever '.s atv.v.ee) of the.averaue control f. ,., for the b.incline cheek, but not less than 0 pounds . Cat h.irii vehicle Willi a GVWU betv.e 10,000 pound:; and 15,000 pounds, and cacti vehicle with r. GVWU greater than lo.GCC pounds manufactured oil and after September 1, 1377, shall bo : capable of making five recovery snubs from `.3 nph to 20 niph at 10 fpsps for cec!; snub, with a control force for the : f.fih sr.ub that is within plus 20 pounds ! or 00 percent (but itoL less than ; 5 pounds) of the average control force | for the baseline chock. ; I OS O ' V If. /t /\iOlT<-4(. d A^gN/TS n"; C2/xfi.(C vo vehicle v..th ft CiVwr r;voft(cr ikon l.V, `0 ;vk;::>'.s numufarltirod bc- '.'er I. li)77. shall ho capable of making five recovery >:*.u'os from 40 mph to 20 at '.0 fpsps for each snub, with a control force for th.o fifth snub that is T.'ffthe lessor of plus 20 pounds of the are mac control force for the baseline check or ICO pounds, end the ftreater of minus 10 pounds or minus 10 per cent tout not less than 5 pounds) of the rtverr. :e control force for the baseline check. FMS117956 SPr7, fill - ESrA&LiSHi'D sr florid IP______ -- S5.1.5 7`,'ater recovery. The service brakes si,all be capable of stopping ear'll I vehicle In a water recovery test, within the tiisiances, and from the speeds and with the pedal forces specified below. Sf). 1.5.1 The pedal force used for tho baseline cheek stops shall be not less than 15 pohnds nor more than GO pounds. Ski.1.5.2 After being driven for at leret 2 minutes at a speed of 5 in.p.li.. In any combination of forward and reverse di rections, through a trough having a water depth of 8 Inches, each vehicle shall bo capable of making 5 recovery stops from 30 nvp.h. at 10 f.p.s.p.s. for each stop with a pedal force that docs not exceed 150 pounds for any of tho first four stops, and that for tho fifth recovery stop Is w.thln plus 20 pounds and minus S pounds or minus 40 porcent (whichever Is J54/W.j6,J933 * AM (r aJpa-te o*ptfO______ ffi/3lw*gy aa, /??4'A*t> AMEfiJQrjEiSrs S5.f.5 Wafer recovery.--The service brakes shall be capable of stopping each . ' vehicle in a water recovery test, as specified below. 55.1.5.1 The control force used for the baseline check stops shall be not less than 15 pounds nor more than GO pounds. 55.1.5.2 After being driven for 2 min utes at a speed of 5 ml/h in any combina tion of forward and reverse directions through trough having a water depth of 6 Inches, each vehicle shall be capable of making five recovery stops from 30 mi/h at 10 ft/s/s for each stop with a control force for the fifth recovery stop that Is within plus 30 pounds and minus 10 pounds or minus 40 percent (which ever Is greaueiv of the average control force for the baseline chtok. . greater) o/ the average pedal force for the baseline chock. l i FMS117957 n^i-v ; ,di A> c ,s/ .0 /?o,4 < jW TS S.) 1 5.1 'l"ne control force used for the b..-el.oo cheek :-.;r,ps or snubs sued; bo Ic.*s them 10 pounds, nor more then 50 pounds, except foot the control force for a vehicle with a GVWrt of 15,000 pounds or .more manufactured between tre, .c mbe r I, 15.5, r.ud mcbienoer 1, 1077. m.r.y bo between 10 and 0 0 pounds. S3.1.3.2 ':Vi hxeept as provided In par r. n >n'', after being driven for 2 nuiuues at a .-peed of 5 in pit ir. airy comb.on of forward and reverse clircct...... thrcvr.rh a treunh. having a water depth of 5 inches, each vehicle shall be cape.bie of rnakinfr five recovery stops freer. 20 r.r lr at 10 fp.sps for each stop with a eor.trci force for the fifth re-, covery .hop that Is within pins 20 pounds sr.d the greater of minus 10 pounds, or minus -tl percent, (but not less than 5 pound*/ of the average control force for the basebnc chock. In S5.1.5.2 a new paragraph <b) is auncu to rc a u i (b> He.elr vel'.iele with a CVWfl fire -tee tr.aa 10.C00 pounds manufac tured between September 1, 1575, and r..wrr.ber 1, 1577. after being driver, for minutes at a speed of 5 mph in any cor..binr.tioa of forward and reverse di re it.oas through a trough having a water ce;...i of o Indies, shall be capable of re.:b.:.:.t free recovery stops from 30 mph at :o fp.-ps for each stop with a control force for the fifth recovery stop that is v.uinir. the lesser of plus 20 pounds of tr.j avetatte control force for the base line check or 110 pounds, and the greater of minus 1C pounds or minus 40 percent ibu. not lets than 5 pounds) of the average control force for the baseiino <:} <i h/vitOi / O :> o- - HI 1C UKAKF 5Pfr2._fl1X - ESrAQLiSHl> A4A*f Hll -SeJ*L- fje'-o srA/^M^p_____________________ j-- * i S5.1.C Spike stops. Each vehicle shall be cajinblc of making 10 spike stops from 30 m.p.h., followed by .six effectiveness (check) stops from CO m-P.h., at least one of which shall be within a stopping distance and with a pedal force that docs not exceed the distances and forces specified in column IX of table II. S5.1.S spike stops.--Each vehicle shall be capable of making 10 spike stops fiom 30 mi/h, followed by G effectiveness (check) stops from GO mi/h, at least one of which shall be within a corresponding stopping distance specified in column I of table n. AMBvDnEAri's S5.2 Parking brake system.--Each vehicle shall be manufactured with a parking brake system of a friction type with a solely mechanical means to retain engagement, which shall under the con ditions of SG, when tested according to the procedures specified in S7, meet the requirements specified in S5.2.1, S5.2.2, or S5.2.3 as applicable, when the system is engaged with a force applied to the control not to exceed 125 pounds for a foot-operated system and 80 pounds for a hand-operated system. S5.2.1. Except as provided in S5.2.2, tho parking brake system on each pas senger car, and on each multipurpose passenger vcliicle, truck or bus, with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less, shall bo capable of holding the vehicle stationary for 5 minutes, in both a forward and reverse direction, on a 30 percent grade. S5.2.1 Except as provided in S5.2.2, the parking brake system on each pas senger car, and on each multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck or bus, with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less, shall be capable of holding the vehicle stationary (to the limit of traction of the braked wheels) for 5 minutes, in both a forward and reverse direction on a 30 percent grade. . S5.2.2 A vehicle of a type described in SS.2.2.1 at the option of the manu facturer may meet the requirements of S5.2.2.1. S5.2.2.2, and S5.2.2.3 instead of tho requirements of S5.2.1 if: (a) The vehicle has a transmission or transmission control wliiclr incorporates a parking mcclinnism (hereafter referred to os the ''mechanism"); and (b) The mechanism must be engaged before the ignition key can be removed. S5.2.2 A vehicle of a type described in S5.2.1 at the option of the manufacturer may meet the requirements of S5.2.2.1, S5.2.2.2, and S5.2.2.3 instead of the re quirements of S5.2.1 if: ' (a) The vehicle has a transmission or transmission control which incorporates a parking mechanism, and (b) The parking mechanism must be engaged before the ignition key can be removed. FMS117959 Fmi/ss loS a- - ic SiPr2,J^X - ESTA&LlSHtD ye^o srA/y&4 - Serf ft*U AMEfJpmBNTS A0*PTD Sysrg^s Fenemni aa, /? 14'A*c> miVAL. AmBd leasts S5.2.2.1 The vehicle's parkinn brase and the mechanism, when both arc en gaged. shall bo capable of holding the vcliiclo stationary for 5 minutes. In both the forward and reverse directions, on a 30 percent grade. S5.2.2.1 The vehicle's parking brake and parking mechanism, when both are engaged, shall be capable of holding the vehicle stationary do the limit of trac tion of the braked wheels) for 5 minutes, in both forward and reverse directions, on a 30 percent grade. S5.2.2.2 The vehicle's parking brake, with the mechanism not engaged, shall be capable of holding the vehicle station ary for 5 minutes. In both the forward and reverse directions, on a 20 percent grade. . S5.2.2.3 With the mechanism en gaged and the parking brake not engaged the mechanism shall not disengage or fracture in a manner permitting vcliiclo movement, when the vehicle is impacted at each end, on a level surface, by a bar rier moving at 2V2 m.p.h. S5.2.2.3 With the parking mechanism engaged and the parking brake not en gaged, the parking mechanism shall not disengage or fracture in a manner per mitting vehicle movement, when the vehicle Ms impacted at each end, on a level surface, by a barrier moving at 2l/t mi/h. S5.2.3 Tlie parking brake system on each multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, or bus, with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds, shall be capable of hold ing the vehicle stationary for 5 minutes, in both the forward and reverse direc tions, on a 20 percent grade. S5.3 Brake system indicator lamp. Each vehicle shall have one or more brake system indicator lamps mounted in front of and in clear view of the driver, which meet the requirements of 85.3.1 through S5.3.4. . 'O' FMSI 17960 Fmv/ss ioS - UIDZ/Nlic Si%akb sygrg^s $s*r2, tfni - established MA*f >P, Sk^ttAu vt** STAfittA&D _..._ AMtVHHtfiVS A0**T*O S5.3.1 An indicator lamp shall be ac tivated when the Ignition switch is in the "on" position and whenever any of the following conditions occur: fa) A pressure failure iri any part of the servlco brake system, other than a structural failure of n housing that is common to two or more subsystems, be-1 fore or upon application of 50 pounds of pedal forec upon a fully manual service brake or of 25 pounds of pedal force upon a service brake with a brakepower assist unit, or when the supply pressure In a! brakepower unit drops to not less than; one-half of the normal system pressure.; (b) A drop in Lho level of brako fluid' in a master cylinder reservoir to less; than the recommended safe level sped-! fled by the manufacturer, or to not less than one-fourth the fluid reservoir capocity in any reservoir compartment, whichever is greater. (c) A total electrical failure In an an tilock or brake proportioning system. 1 (d) Application of the parking brake. | S5.311 An indicator lamp shall be activated when the ignition (start) switch is in the "on" (run) position and^ whenever any of the following condi tions occur: (a) A pressure failure In any part of the service brake system, other than a structural failure of a housing that Is common to two or more subsystems, be fore or upon application of either (1) a line pressure of not more than 200 lb/in* measured at a master cylinder outlet (or at a slave cylinder outlet If the master cylinder controls a slave cylinder at a booster unit), or (2) 50 pounds of control force upon a fully manual service brake, or (3) 25 pounds of control force upon a service brake with a brake power assist unit, or (4) when the supply pressure In a brake power unit drops to a level not less than one-half of the normal sys tem pressure. (b) A drop in the level of brake fluid in a master cylinder reservoir to less than the recommended safe level speci fied by the manufacturer, or to not less than one-fourth the fluid reservoir ca pacity In any reservoir compartment, whichever Is greater. (c) A total functional electrical failure in an antilock or variable propor tioning brake system. - (d) Application of the parking brake. Fb/}iiha*i m i^14'A.sdm*^*u AMMnfrii >5.3.1 (a) A pressure failure in any part of the service brake system, oilier than a structural failure of a housing that is common to two or more subsystems, due to any one of the following conditions: (1) Before or upon application of a differential pressure of not more than 225 lb/in' between the active and failed brake system measured at a master cylinder outlet or a slave cylinder outlet. ; (2) Before or upon application of 50 | pounds of control force upon a fully man ual service brake. (3) Before or upon application of 25 pounds of control force upon a service brake with a brake power assist unit. > (4) When the supply pressure In a i brake power unit drops to a level not less than one-half of tho normal system' pressure. ; 10. In 55.3.1 paragraph (b) la revised by deleting the words "in any reservoir > compartment**.' : I S5.3.3 AU indicator lampe shall be activated when the ignition switch is turned from the "on" Or "run" position j to tlte "start" position. 55.3.3 All indicator lamps shall be activated ae a check of lamp function cither when the ignition (start) switch is turned to tho "on" (run) *position when the engine is not running, or when the ignition (start) switch is in a posi tion between "on" (run) and "start" that is designated by the manufacturer as a check position. S5.3.3 Except for the momentary ac tivation required by S5.3.2, each indica tor lamp, once activated, shall remain activated as long as the condition exists, whenever tho ignition switch is in the "on" position. An indicator lamp acti vated when the ignition switch Is turned to the "start" position shall be deacti vated upon return of the switch to the "on" or "run" position or when the park ing brake is released, unless a failure of the kind described ln.55.3.1(a) to 55.3.1 (c) -ists in Die service brake system. 55.3.3 Each Indicator lamp activated due to a condition specified in S.5.3.1 shall remain activated as long as the condition exists, whenever the ignition (start) switch is in the "on" (run) posi tion, whether or not tho engine Is run ning. , S5.3.4 Each indicator lamp shall have a lens labeled "Brake" in letters not less than one-eighth Inch high, which shall be legible to the driver in daylight when lighted. The lens and the letters shall have contrasting colors, one of which is * red. An antilock system may have a separate lens labeled "Antilock." In let ters not less than one-eighth inch high, , wltich shall bo legible to the driver in daylight when lighted, if the indicator is | used only for the antilock system. The lens and the letters shall have contrast- ine_S9lonb ona a{ which yellow. *rhen an Indicator lamp flashing.** * `umlne j FMS117961 I  iy j i?-*.d 72 -o lw 0 v<;- : :o ":*y v^..c or i-.o o fsviCh as r.e but no; ^0* i c A .'.in;i in the level of broke fluid ;:l A muster cylinder reservoir to loss th.'.a the rocuir.i'.'.ouilod safe level !.;>cci- f..\l iiy the manufacturer or nno-fourth of the fieri reservoir cu;e'.cii.y in any re.se; voir comiu: truer.t. whichever is U reefer. m. So .i 1 the fo.luw.n;; sentence is ai.i.eo at the cud thereof: ' ' A vehicle oiiier than a par,'- serr er car, with a CVW.1 creator th.an h'i..'ou pooiiils, nmmifactiirocl between tfe.:e:nber 1075 and September 1, -O.u, neeu not meet the requirements of subparagraph (b). FMS117962 MVU/5 S /OS q. - i'^r2. /^')z - fsrAauswro Vtvo STAfil*A0________________ MA*f iB, __ AO*T*0 C UftttgF SySTtfrtS - Serte*L j S5.3.5 Each indicator lamp shall have I a lens labeled in letters not less than ' , Si-inch high, which shall be legible to : the driver In daylight when lighted. The l lens and the letters shall have contrast ; ing colors, one of which is red. If a single common indicator is used, the lens shall be labeled "Brake". If separate Indicator S5.3.5, If separate indicator lamps arc used for one or more of the various functions described in S5.3.1(a) to S5.3.I(d), tho lens shall include the word "Brake" and appropriate additional labeling (use I lamps are used for one or more of the I various functions described in S5.3.1(a> | to S5.3.1(d), the lens shall include the 1 word "Brake" preceded by appropriate I labeling, e.g.. "Park", "Service". An anti "Brako Pressure," "Brake Fluid" for 65.3.1(a) and 85.3.1(b)) except that if a separate parking indicator lamp is pro* vldcd, the single word "Park" may bo lock system may have a separate lens used. ! labeled "Antilock", in letters not less i than one-eighth of an inch high, which i shall be legible to the driver in daylight : when lighted, if the Indicator is used only i for the antilock system. The lens and the letters shall have contrasting colors, one of which is yellow- I S5.4 Rrscrnoirj. S5.4.1 Master cylinder reservoirs. A master cylinder shall havo a reservoir ' compartment for each service brake sub system serviced by the master cylinder. Loss of fluid from one compartment shall not result in a complete loss of brake fluid from another compartment. i ! 35.4.2 Capacity. Each reservoir com i S5.4.2 Reservoir capacity.--Each res partment shall have a minimum capac ; ervoir compartment, whether for master ity equivalent to the fluid displacement cylinders or other type systems, shall resulting when all the wheel cylinders or caliper pistons serviced by the reservoir move from a new lining, fully retracted position (as adjusted initially to the man ufacturer's recommended setting) to a fully worn, fully applied position. Each brake power unit reservoir servicing only the brnke system shall have a minimum capacity equivalent to the fluid displace ment required to charge the system pis ton (s) or accumulator^) to normal operating pressure plus the displacement resulting when all the wheel cylinders or caliper pistons serviced by the reser voir or accumulators) move from a new lining fully retracted position (as ad justed initially to the manufacturers recommended setting) to a fully worn, fully applied position. j I have a minimum capacity equivalent to the fluid displacement resulting when all the wheel cylinders or caliper pistons serviced by the reservoir move from a new lining, fully retracted position (as adjusted initially to the manufacturer's recommended setting) to a fully worn, fully applied position, as determined in i S5.4.2 Reservoir capacity. Reservoirs, j whether for master cylinders or other I type systems, shall have a total minimum i capacity equivalent to the fluid displace '. ment resulting when all the wheel cylin ders or caliper pistons serviced by the reservoirs move from a new lining, fully retracted position (as adjusted initially ! j ! accordance with S7.18(c) of this standard. Each brake power unit reservoir servicing only the brake system shall have a minimum capacity equivalent to the fluid displacement required to charge the system piston(s) or accumulator (s) to normal operating pressure plus the displacement resulting when all ' the wheel cylinders or caliper pistons serv iced by the reservoir or accumulator(s) move from a new lining fully retracted position (as adjusted initially to the manufacturer's recommended setting) to a fully worn, fully applied position. to the manufacturer's recommended set ting) to a fully worn, fully applied posi tion, as determined in accordance with S7.18(c) of this standard. Reservoirs | shall have completely separate compart- | ments for each subsystem except that in j reservoir systems utilizing a portion of . the reservoir for a common supply to two for more subsystems, individual partial compartments shall* each have a mini mum volume of fluid equal to at least the volume displaced by the master cylinder piston servicing the subsystem, during a full stroke of the piston. i i FMS117963 9 F/vu/ss JOS o- - l4lDZfaL>C QfZAKF 5ys $?f!r_2.j)?> - Established MM iB, mi - SerttfiL- yt*> STAMtAAD _____ __ AD>T*D fs/ieHAAl n, tV)4'A*D mMAU AA1Ea>0M^S S5.4.3 Reservoir label. Each vehicle shall have the following label appropri ately completed with the manufacturer's recommendation as to the type of fluid, as specified in Standard NO. 116 (49 CFR 571.116), to be used in the vehicle brake system. Tire label shall be located so as to be visible by direct view, permanently affixed, stamped, or embossed either on or within 4 inches of the brake fluid reservoir filler plug or cap, in lettering at least onc-eiglith of an Inch high on a contrasting background: Wakhimo Vse only ........_..... from & sealed oont&lner. Clean Oiler cap before removing* , S5.4.3 Reservoir labeling.--Each vc- . hide shall have a brake fluid warning statement that reads as follows, In letters at least one-eighth of an inch high: "WARNING, Clean filler cap before re moving, Use only ______ fluid from a sealed contain Inserting the rccom- ! mended type of brake fluid as specified ; in 49 CFR 571.116, e.g. "DOT 3"). The lettering shall be-- ! (a) Permanently affixed, engraved, or embossed; , (b) Located so as to be visible by direct j view, either on or within 4 inches of the I brake fluid reservoir filler plug or cap; i and I (c) Of a color that contrasts with Its , background, if It is not engraved or : embossed. > 55.5 Antilock and brake proportion ing systems. In the event of failure (structural or functional) in an antilock or brake proportioning system the vehi cle shall be capable of meeting the stop ping distance requirements specified In S5.1.2 for service brake system partial failure. 55.6 Brake system integrity. Each vehicle shall be capable of completing all performance requirements of S5 without: (a) Detachment or fracture of any component of the braking system, such as brakesprings and brakeshoe or disc pad facing, other than minor cracks that do not Impair attachment of the friction facing. All mechanical components of the braking system shall be Intact and func tional. Friction facing tearout (detach ment) shall not exceed 10 percent of the lining surface area on any single fric tional element. (b) Any visible brake fluid or lubricant on the friction surface of the brake, or at the master cylinder or brake power unit reservoir cover, seal and filler openings. S5.5 Antilock and variable proporHoning brake systems.--In the event of I failure (structural or functional) in an j antilock or variable proportioning brake j system the vehicle shall be capable of meeting the stopping distance require ! ments specified in S5.1.2 for service brake | system partial failure. I S5.6 Brake system integrity.--Each | vehicle shall be capable of completing all performance requirements of S5 with : OUt-- ; (a) Detachment or fracture of any j component of the braking system, such . as brake springs and brake shoe or disc | pad facing, other than minor cracks that ! do not impair attachment of the friction facing. All mechanical components of the braking system shall be Intact and func tional. Friction facing tearout (complete detachment of lining) shall not exceed 10 percent of the lining on any single frictional element. (b) Any visible brake fluid or lubricant on the friction surface of the brake, or leakage at the master cylinder or brake power unit reservoir cover, seal and filler openings. S6. Test conditions. The performance requirements of S5 shall be met under the following conditions. Where a range of conditions is specified, the vehicle shall be capable of meeting the requirements at all points within the range. i i i FMSl 17964 /< FMl/SS /OS 0~ - MDZfNLK B%AtCF SygfgMS St?r_2,j9nz - fsr^auswro STA/^rtA0 MAi )6, nr* -SeOttfL. Ab*PTFQ S6.1 Vehicle weight. AM*>QriZ>JTi S6.1.1 Except for tests specified In S7.6.3, S7.7, and S7.8.1, the vehicle Is loaded to its cross vehicle weight rating, distributed proportionally to its gross axle weight rating, except that the fuel tank is filled to any level from 100 per cent of capacity (corresponding to full GVWR loading) to 75 percent of capacity. S6.1.1 Other than tests specified at i lightly loaded vehicle weight in S7.7, S7.8, and S7.9, the vehicle is loaded to its gross vehicle weight rating, with the test loads specified in S6.2 distributed ! .proportionally to its gross axlp weight ! rating, except that the fuel tank is filled to any level from 100 percent of capacity (corresponding to full GVWR loading) to 75 percent of capacity. SG.l.l Other than tests specified at lichtly loaded vehicle weight in S7.7, S7.8, and S7.9, the vehicle is loaded to its GVWR such that the weight on each axle as measured at the tire-ground interface is in proportion to its GAWR, with the test load material densities specified in SG.2, except that the fuel tank is filled to any level from 100 percent of capacity (corresponding to full GVWR loading) to 75 percent of capacity. S6.1.2 For the tests specified in S7.6.3, S7.7, and S7.8.1, vehicle weight is lightly loaded vehicle weight, with the added weight distributed in the front passenger scat area in passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles and trucks, and in the area adjacent to the driver's seat in buses. S6.1.2 For the applicable testa speci fied in S7.7, S7.8, and S7.9, vehicle weight is lightly loaded vehicle weight, with the added weight distributed in the front passenger seat area in passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles and trucks, and in the area adjacent to the driver's seat in buses. . S6.2 Test loads.--The load material 1 is of the density specified below and is 1 distributed in vehicle cargo areas and/or | seating areas as follows: ; Seating so to 450 ib/ft* (aU Seating vehicles). areas: 60 to 135 lb/ft* (all ! ' ' Cargo anas....... vehicle*). 60 to 450 ib/ft* (all Cargo areas: 60 to 136 lb/ft* (passenger . . vehicles, Including j cars), 100 to 300 lb/ft* (vehicles other than ' pansenger cars, with f , passenger cars with a GVWR of 10,000 lb or less), 460 to 736 lb/ft* (vehicles with a 1 a GVWR of 10.000 lbs or less). I OVWB that exceeds 10,000 lb). '` 400 to 735 ib/ft* (ve- J' ' hides with a GVWR The load material for trucks with a tanker type body is water. If GVWR is that sicced* 10,000 lbs). not reached, weight is added to obtain GVWR, distributed proportionally to GAWR. S6.2 Tire inflation pressure. Tire in flation pressure is the pressure recom mended by the vehicle manufacturer for the GVWR of the vehicle. S6.3 Tire inflation pressure.--Tire inflation pressure is the pressure recom mended by the vehicle manufacturer for I the GVWR of the vehicle. 1 S6.3 Transmission selector control. S.6.4 Transmission selector control.-- Ii For S7.3, S7.5, S7.7, S7.14, S7.16, S7.10.1.2, ' For S7.3, S7.5, S7.8, S7.15, 37.17, S7.10.2.2, S7.10.3.2, and as required for ! 87.11.1.2, S7.11.2.2, S7.11.3.2, and as S7.12. the transmission selector control is I required for S7.13, the transmission | in neutral for all decelerations. For all : selector control is in neutral for all ; other tests during all decelerations, the ! decelerations. For all otiicr tests during i transmission selector control is in the i all dccclorntlons, tlio transmission sc* control position, other than overdrive, ! lector is in the control position, other recommended by the manufacturer for i than overdrive, recommended by the driving on a level surface at the appli ! manufacturer for driving on a level sur i cable test speed. To avoid engine stall in face at the applicable test speed. To ! vehicles equipped with a manual trans . avoid engine stall during tests required mission, the transmission may be shifted : to be run in gear a manual transmission to neutral (or the clutch disengaged) when the vehicle speed decreases to 20 may be shifted to neutral (or the clutch i. disengaged) when the vehicle speed de- ii m.p.h. 1 creases to 20 ml/h. FMSI 17965 / ' "! A - A2& ITfa**4L .'v*>J7_e , .. O tj . . >* <A i, (C i . x C u/r A l) C. * * ^ * :;v)'AWor. i: the weight on rmy r.\:o o: a vehicle at hnh'hy loaded vehicle uv. d'.l execeos the nx.es y<rooortional shi.-.-a ol the y.roxs vehicle weight rating, the lend required to reach GVWH is ;iha;i *0 that th.c weight on that axle rer.'.nin.s the .ia;c as at lightly loaded vehicle weight. & FMSI 17966 / fMiy SS V Oi> <2- ' mOZML 1C liftoff ^r2,_/5jii - sr^auSHri> ve<-o $TArJtAAp__ _____ SG.4 Engine. Engine idle speed and ignition timing settings arc according to the manufacturer's recommendations. If the vehicle is equipped with an adjust able engine speed governor. It is adjusted according to the manufacturer's recom mendation. MAi is, - Serti**- AMtUtol**TS APPT*0____ SG.5` Engine.--Engine idle speed and ignition timing settings are according to the manufacturer's recommendations. If the vehicle is equipped with an adjust able engine speed governor, it is adjusted according to the manufacturer's recommendation. TfeAOS AMBuptMrfi S6.5 Vehicle openings. All vehicle openings (doors, windows, hood, trunk, convertible top, cargo doors, etc.) are closed except as required for instrumen tation purposes. S6.6 Vehicle openings.--All vehicle openings (doors, windows, hood, trunk, convertible top, cargo doors, etc.) are closed except as required for instrumen tation purposes. S6.6 Ambient temperature. The am bient temperature is any temperature between 32' P. and 100*_F. SG.7 Ambient temperature.--The am bient temperature is any temperature be tween 32* P. and 100* P. ' t>o:i wma velocity. l'ne wind velocity is zero. S6.8 tvma velocity.--The wind veloc- * ity is zero. * ^0ad sur/ace' Road tests art conducted on a 12-foot-wide, level road way having a skid number of 75. Burnish stops are conducted on any surface. The parking brake test surface is clean, dry smooth Portland cement concrete. ' B.B.y Hoad surface.--Road tests are [ conducted on a 12-foot-wide, level road- : way having a skid number of 75. Burnish stops are conducted on any surface. The | parking brake test surface is clean, dry, > smooth Portland cement concrete. | S6.9 Vehicle position. The vehicle is S6.10 Vehicle position.--^The vehicle ' aligned in the center of the roadway at is alined in the center of the roadway i the start of each brake application. at the start of each brake application.! Stops, other than spike stops, are made Stops, other than spike stops, are made i without any part of the vehicle leaving without any part of the vehicle leaving the roadway. Stops are made without ! the roadway. Except as noted below, lockup of any wheel at speeds greater i stops are made without lockup of any than 10 m.p.h., except that there may wheel at speeds greater than 10 mi/h. be (a) controlled lockup on an antilock- i There may be controlled lockup on an : equipped axle, and (b) lockup of not : antilock-equipped axle, and lockup of not more than one wheel Uncontrolled by an . more than one wheel uncontrolled by an antilock system. . antilock system. Locked wheels at speeds ; greater than 10 ml/h are allowed during ! spike stops (but not spike check stops), j partial failure stops and Inoperative i brakepower or power assist unit stops. SG.I0 - "There may be controlled lockup on an antilock-equlppcd axle, and lockup of not more than one wheel per vehicle, uncon trolled by an antilock system." ' st>10 Thermocouples. The brake temperature is measured by plug-type thermocouples installed in the approxi mate center of the facing length and width of the most heavily loaded shoe or disc pad, one per brake, as shown in Figure 1. For center-grooved shoes or pads, thermocouples are installed within one-eighth to one-quarter inch of the groove and as close to the center os possible. ' S6.ll Thermocouples.--The brake temperature is measured by plug-type thermocouples installed in the approxi mate center of the facing length and : width of the most heavily loaded shoe | or disc pad, one per brake,' os shown in ! figure 1. A second thermocouple may be I installed at the beginning of the test ! sequence if the lining wear is expected i to reach a point causing the first thermo couple to contact the metal rubbing sur face of a drum or rotor. For center- grooved shoes or pads, thermocouples are i installed within one-eighth of an inch to one-quarter inch of the groove and os close to the center as possible. FMS117967 Ftvu/SS a-- U'iDZfNi-ic Sysre>u Sei>r2,^`)i - Sr/*au<swri> sTAfiltAAP ____ mw \ e/jii> - Serf tAL. fs&zmsi hMtumtuTi AOpt*oAMBvOnerfS ao.n Initial brake temperature. Unless otherwise specified the initial brako temperatin-o is ISO- I-', to 200* P. ' so.12 Initial brake temperature.-- Unless otherwise specified the brake temperature la 150* P. to 200* P. i bfj.12 Test loads. The load is distrib uted on the load carrying platform, and the load material density is any value from 50 to 725 pounds per cubic foot. m*A>AL. S6.13 Control forces.--Unless other wise specified, the force applied to a brake control is not less than 15 lb and not more than 150 lb. S7. Test procedures and sequence. Each vehicle shall be capable of meeting all the requirements of S5 when tested according to the procedures and in the sequence set forth below, without replac ing any brake system part or making any adjustments to the brake system other than ns permitted in S7.4, S7.8, and S7.9. A vehicle shall be deemed to comply with S5.1 if at least one of the stops at each speed and load specified in each of S7.3 S7.5. S7.7, S7.8, S7.9, S7.14, or S7.16 is made within a stopping distance and with a pedal force that does not exceed the limits specified in Table n. S7. Test procedures and sequence.-- Each vehicle shall be capable of meeting all the requirements of S5 when tested according to the procedures and in the sequence set forth below, without re placing any brake system part or making any adjustments to the brake system other than as permitted In burnish and reburnish procedures and in S7.9 and S7.10. Automatic adjusters shall be locked out prior to burnish and for the remainder of tire test sequence. A vehicle shall be deemed to comply with the stop ping distance requirements of S5.1 if at least one of the stops at each speed and load specified in each of S7.3,*S7.5, S7.8, S7.9, S7.10, S7.15, or S7.17 (check stops) is made within a stopping distance that does not exceed the corresponding dis tance specified in table n. S7 i "Automatic adjusters may be locked out when the vehicle is prepared for test ing. If this option is selected, adjusters must remain locked out for entire se quence of tests. - si.i urake warming. If the initial brake temperature for the first stop in a test procedure (other than S7.6 and S7.15) has not been reached, heat the brakes to the initial brake temperature by making not more than 10 snubs from not more than 40 m.pJi. to 10 m.p.h., at a deceleration not greater than 10 f.p.s.p.s. S7.1 urake warming.--if the initial brake temperature for the first stop in a test procedure (other than S7.7 and S7.16) has not been reached, heat the brakes to the initial brake temper&ture by making not more than 10 snubs from not more than 40 to 10 mi/h, at a de celeration not greater than 10 ft/s/s. b7.2 Pretest instrumentation check. Conduct b. general check of instrumenta tion by making not more than 10 stops from a speed of not more than 30 m.p.n,, or 10 snubs from a speed not more than 40 m.p.h. to 10 m.p.h., at a deceleration of not more than 10 f.p.s.p.8. If instru ment repair, replacement, or adjustment is necessary, make not more than 10 ad ditional stops or snubs after such repair, replacement of adjustment. S7.2 Pretest instrumentation cneck.-- Conduct a general check of instrumen tation by making not more than 10 stops from a speed of not more than 30 mi/h, or 10 snubs from a speed of not more than 40 to 10 mi/h, at a deceleration of not more than 10 ft/s/s. If instrument repair, replacement, or adjustment is necessary, make not more than 10 addi tional stops or snubs after such repair, replacement, or adjustment. FMS117968 3*ty If. /t 7^ - A40ITM*41 A<*C^TS . In 87. the second sentence is re* 1 vised to rend: | Automatic adjusters may be i , locked out, according to the manufac- I tutor's recommendation, when the ve* : 1 hide Is prepared lor testing. * * * i . The following sentence Is added at j the end of 37: ; * When the transmission selector : control Is required to be In neutral for a deceleration, a stop or snub shall be ; obtained by the following procedures: : <11 Exceed the test speed by approxl*. I mately 7 mph: (2) close the throttle and : coast In gear to approximately 2 mph \ \ above tlio test speed; (3) shift to neu* i | tral; and <4> when Uw test speed. Is > reached, apply the service brakes. . ; tI f 1 FMS117969 Fmuss ioS - Ulic 8tfAeF SpJ>r2,- ESrAQLiSHfD yfctQ STArSA&t> MW iB, mi - SeuetAu AM*tJp*n#Ts_At>>TtO S7.3 Service brqke system--first ipre-. burnish) effectiveness tes(. Make six stops from 30 m.p.h. with a pedal force of 15 to 100 pounds. Then make six stops from 60 m.p.h. with a pedal force of 15 to 120 pounds. it S7.3 Service brake system--first (pre burnish) effectiveness test.--Make six stops from 30 mi/h. Then make six stops from 60 mi/h. S7.4 Service brake system--burnish procedure. . S7.4.1 Vehicles with GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less. S7.4.1.1 Burnish. Burnish the brakes by making 200 stops from 40 m.p.h. at 12 f.p.s.p.s. The interval from the start of one service brake application to the start of the next shall be either the time nec essary to reduce the initial brake tem pera re to between 230* F. and 270' F., or ti.i. distance of 1 mile, whichever oc curs ;irst. Accelerate to 40 m.p.h. after each stop ant. maintain that speed until making the next stop. S7.4.1.1 Burnish.--Burnish the brakes by making 200 stops from 40 ml/h at 12 ft/s/s (the 150 lb control force limit does not apply here). The interval from the start of one service brake application to the start of the next shall be either the time necessary to reduce the initial brake temperature to beween 230* P. and 270* F,, or the distance of 1 mile, whichever occurs first. Accelerate to 40 ml/h after each stop and maintain that speed until making the next stop. ' S7.4.1.2 Brake adjustment--post burnish. After burnishing, adjust the brakes in accordance with the manufac turer's recommendation. S7.4.1.2 Brake adjustment--post bur nish.--After burnishing, adjust the brakes manually in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation. S7.4.1.2 Brake adjustment--post burnish. After burnishing, adjust the brakes manually in accordance with tho manufacturer's ; recommendation if the automatlo ad- ' justers have been locked out, or by mak ing stops as recommended by manufac turer if automatic adjusters are operative. S7.4.2 Vehicles with QVWR greater than 10,000 pounds. ----iu.vuo lb. OVWR greater FMS117970 /V FMV33 tbSdu * H^ol^uc zeAtte sycfgMs JULY f, A*6l****fc AMda/i 1UCMTS * ---------- 1------------- -- /i i i. ii ; After burnishing, adjust the broket | manually In accordance with the manu* | facturcr's recommendation If tho brake systems are manual or if the automata . adjusters are locked out, or by making stops os recommended by the manufae* turer If Umi automatic adjusters are op* eratlvr. i i ! 1 FMSI 17971 Fmi/ss ;oS q- - BffrtgF systems - fsr^susnro MAf i&, * SertiAi- yt^o SrAnitAAD___________________ ____o _________________________________ T S7.4 2.1 Burnish. Burnish the brakes by making 400 sr.-..bs frc.'. 40 m.p.h. to 20 m.p.h. ;it '.0 f.p. ,.p.s. Aiier each brake application accelerate to 40 m.p.h. and maintain ,hnt speed until making the next bi kc application at a point 1.5 miles from the point of tl. start of the previous brake application S7.4.2.1 Burnish.--Burnish the brakes by making 400 snubs from 40 to 20 ml/h at 10 Xt/s/s (the 150 lb control force limit docs not apply here). After each brake application accelerate to 40 mi/h and maintain that speed until making the next brake application at a point 1.5 miles from the point of the start of the ir.xvious brake application.^ _ i lu. ^uvx.i is revised and a new Tablo XV nddrd, to read: 57.4.2.1 Buruir.iL. The brakes of a ve hicle manufactured between Septem ber 1,1975 and September 1. 197C may be burnished according to S7.4 2.1.1 or S7.4.2.1.2. The brakes of a vehicle manu factured on or after September 1, 1370, shall bo burnished according to S7.4.2.1.2. 57.4.2.1.1 Burnish the brakes by mak ing the 400 snubs from 40 ml/h to 20 mi/h at 10 ft/s/s (the 150-lb control force limit docs not apply here). After each brake application, accelerate to 40 ml/h and maintain that speed until making the next brake application at a point 1.5 miles from the initial point of the previous brake application. 57.4.2.1.2 Burnish the brakes by mak ing 500 snub*at 10 ft/s/s in the sequence specified in Table IV and within the speed ranges indicated. After each brake application accelerate to the next speed specified and maintain that speed until making the next brake application at a point 1 mi from the initial point of the previous brake application. If during any of the brake applications specified in Table IV the hottest brake reaches 500*F. make the remainder of the 500 applica tions from that snub condition, except that a higher or lower snub condition shall be followed (up to the CO mi/h Initial speed) as necessary to maintain a maximum temperature of 500*F. 50'F. Tin* IV SniM Snub* Sntib conditions (highest speed indicated, miles per hour) 1 17.1 2 21 3 21 4 21 A 200 40-20 4V20 .IV20 CO-20 . 67.4.2.2 , S7.4.2.2 Brake adjustment--post :burnish. After burnishing, adjust the brakes in accordance with the manufac turer's recommendation. S7.4.2.2 Brake adjustment--post bur- j nlsh.--After burnishing, adjust the I brakes manually in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation Brake adjustment--post onrnish. Alter burnishing, adjust the brakes manually in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation If the automatic ad justors have been locked out, or by mak ing stops as rccommcfltlcd by manufac turer If onlomatic adjusters two operative. S7.5 Service brake system--second 1 effectiveness test. Repeat S7.3. Then, I with a pedal force of 20 to 150 pounds, , make four stops from 80 m.pii. and four i stops from the multiple of 5 m.pJi. that i is 4 m.p.h. to 8 m.pji. less than the speed i attainable in 2 miles if that speed is 95 m.pJi. or greater. 87.5 Service brake system--second effectiveness test.--Repeat 87.3. Then make four stops from 80 mi/h if the speed attainable in 2 miles is not leu than 84 ml/h. 19. 87.5 is revised to read: S7.5 Service brake system--second effectiveness tost. Repeat S7.3. Then (for passenger cars and other vehicles with a GVWR of 10,000 lbs. or 1css) make four stops from 80 ml/h If the speed attain able in 2 miles is not less than 84 ml/h. i FMSI 17972 FMV33 IQS mo^MlC O^Ake SycrgMS -Iulv 1C. im At***'*' AMlwt IUCMTS t' 1.. 1 ...... -1 8T4 2 1.1 V the second line is corrected by deletion tne word "the" before the words "400 snubs". t ,1 .81.4.7.1-* is revised by deleting the. word '"maximum" in the final sentence, nnd by adding the following sentence be* tween the second and third sentences: * II a vehicle cannot attain any speed siiecined in 1 ml, continue to ac celerate until the speed specified Is reached or until a point I.S ml from the initial point o( the previous brake appli fcirastito. n *ta reach'Ied, whichever occurs I 87.4.2.2 Alter burnishing, adjust the brakes : manually In accordance with the manu] lacturcr's recommendation If the brake ' systems are manual or If the auton.itlo ' adjusters ate locked out, or by making t stops as recommended by the mnrafae* turcr II U>e automatle adjusters are op , cratlve. _ _.. ------------------------- FMSI 17973 Pia\jss 10S o- - mogflvuc $M?_T2aJ933* ~ fiSr^BuswrO vi^> iXArJtAAP ____________ _ Afttr - SerttAL. ^*0 sygre^s I S7.G first rctmrnish,--Repeat S7.4, t except make 35 burnish stops or snubs I instead of 200 stops or 400 snubs. Ad . just brakes manually after rebumish in 1 accordance with the manufacturer's i recommendation. 37 ,e is revised by deleting the final *Ch< , , . S7.6 Parking brake tet. S7.7 rawing oralce test.--Parking brake tests may be run in any sequence within this subsection. The force re quired for actuation of a hand-operated brake system shall be measured at the center of the hand gTlp area or at a dis tance of 1 Vi inches from the end of the actuation lever, as illustrated in figure n. S7.G.1 Vehicle with transmission not S7.7.1 Vehicles with transmission not utilizing parking mechanisms. Starting utilizing parking mechanism.--(This test with an initial brake temperature of not * need not be run if the option in S7.7.2 is more than 150* F,, drive the vehicle, selected for passenger cars or vehicles loaded to GVWB, onto the grade with with GVWR of 10,000 or less.) Starting tiie longitudinal axis of the vehicle In with an initial brake temperature of not the direction of the grade. Apply the j more than 150" F., drive the vehicle, service brakes with a forco not exceed- j loaded to GVWR, onto the grade speci lug 150 pounds to stop tho vehicle. Place i fied with the longitudinal axis of the the transmission In neutral. Apply the j vehicle in the direction of the grade. parking brakes by cxortlng a forco not Apply the service brakes to stop the exceeding 125 pounds for a foot-operated i vehicle. Place the transmission in neu-> system, or 00 pounds for a hand-oper- i tral. Apply the parking brake by exert- : ated system. Rcleoso the service brake j ing a force or a series of forces none of ! and allow the vehicle to remain at rest j which exceeds 125 lb for a foot-operated for 5 minutes. Repeat the test with the system, or 90 lb for a hand-operated vehicle parked in the reverse position ou system. Release the service brake and the grade. Check parking brake Indicator allow the vehicle to remain at rest for operation. . i 5 minutes. When releasing the service ; brake, it may be necessary to reapply it, ' if the vehicle moves slightly, to take up the parking brake system slack. Vehicle must be held stationary at the start of ; the observation period. Repeat the test ! with the vehicle parked in the reverse i position on the grade. Check the parking j brake indicator operation. i S7.6.2 Vehicles with transmission ! S7.7.2 Vehicles with transmission utl- utilizing parking mechanisms. (a) Check that transmission must placed in park position to release key. be j tj (b) Repeat S7.6.1, except in addition place the transmission control to engage the parking pawl or detent mechanism. i ! (c) Repeat 87.6.1, except on a 20 per cent grade, with the mechanism not engaged. Using parking mechanism.--(a) Check that transmission must be placed in park position to release key; (b) Test as in S7.7.1, except in addi- tion place the transmission control to engage the parking mechanism; and (c) Test as in S7.7.1 except on a 20 percent grade, with the parking mecha nism not engaged. r : 67.6.3 Lightly loaded vehicle. Repeat < S7.6.1 or 67.6.2 as applicable except with ! the vehicle at lightly loaded vehicle j weight. i 87.7.3 Lightly loaded vehicle.--Re- i peat 87.7.1 or 87.7.2(c) as applicable ex- 87.7.3. the figure "87.7.2(0 " Is , *Pt with the vehicle at lightly loaded revised to read "87.7.3". I vehicle weight. . FMS117974 * FMV33 (6S 6* * HiOlA'UC gtAke SygfgMS 3*>y .Ml 1*34. A0ITf*4b A*Ai**h iae**TS S7.0 fir.ti rrburnl.tfi. Repeat S3.4, ex cept rr.iikc 35 burnish stops or snubs. fteburnlsh a vehicle whoso brakes are bur nished according to S7.4.2.1.2 by making 35 snubs from GO mph to 20 mph, but If the hottest brake reaches 500'50* F. make the remainder of the 35 applica tions from such Initial speed divisible by five but less than SO mph as necessary to maintain a temperature of MO' F50* F. FMSI 17975 Fmuss JoS o- - BflagF sysre/'is S"rf_r2.jflna. - fisraouswro jut^o srA^cdip 16, nil - Serttfii- ___ fWKtJpKtkfsrs riOcPrfD S7.6.4 Nonscrvice brake type parking , brake systems. For vehicles with parking S7.7.4 Nonservice brake type parking _ broke systems not utilizing the service brake systems.--For vehicles with park- ` broke friction elements, the friction ele ing brake systems not utilizing the service ments of such systems shall be burnished brake friction elements, burnish the fric prior to parking brake tests according tion elements of such systems prior to to the manufacturer's published recom ; parking brake tests according to the mendations as furnished to tho pur manufacturer's published rccommenda- chaser. If no recommendations are tions as furnished to the purchaser. If furnished, run the vehicle In an un ' no recommendations are furnished, run burnished condition. , the vehicle in an unbumished condition. B7.7 service brake system--tightly 1 S7.8 Service oruice system--ligtittg loaded vehicle effectiveness test. Make 1 loaded vehicle (third effectiveness) six stops from 60 m.p.h. with a pedal test.--Make six stops from 60 ml/h with force of 15 to 120 pounds, with vehicle vehicle at lightly loaded vehicle weight. at lightly loaded vehicle weight. S7.8 Service partial failure. brake system test- j I 87.0 Service brake system test-partial failure. i to/.s.i With vehicle at lightly loaded vehicle weight, alter the service brake system to Induce a complete loss of braking, including normal pedal travel loss, in any one subsystem. Determine the pedal force (or pressure level in a brake power unit system) necessary to enuse the brake system indicator to operate. Make four stops from 60 m.p.h. by a continuous application of the serv ice brake control with a pedal force not exceeding 150 pounds. Restore the serv ice brake system to normal at completion of this test. ' j S7.9.1 With vehicle at lightly loaded I vehicle weight, alter the service brake ; ! to induce a complete loss of braking, In- 1 ; eluding normal control travel loss, in j any one subsystem. Determine the con- | trol force (or pressure level in a brake ! power unit system) necessary to cause ! the brake system indicator to operate. ! Make four stops, each from 60 ml/h, by a continuous application of the service | brake control. Restore the service brake ] | system to normal at completion of this i I test- >! ~ S7.9.1 the words "(or pressure level in a brake power unit system)" are deleted, and the words "or pressure level" substituted. S7.8.2 Repeat S7.8.1 for each of the ! 87.9.2 Repeat 87.9.1 for each of the other subsystems. - other subsystems. S7.8.3 Repeat S7.8.1 and S7.8.2 with vehicle at OVWR. Determine that the brake system indicator is operating when the reservoir fluid level Is less than the level specified in S5.3.1<b). Check for pro;ier operation with each reservoir in turn at a low level. Restore the service , brake system to normal at completion of this test. The fully applied wom condl- tion is determined with the automatic I adjusting mechanism inoperative (for I vehicles equipped' with self-adjusting j mechanism), or' without adjustment ; after setting to the manufacturers ; initial new lining condition (for vehicles | equipped with manual adjustment | mechanism). . S7.9.3 Repeat 87.9.1 and 87.9.2 with I vehicle at OVWR. Determine that the I brake system indicator is operating when ! the reservoir fluid level is at or greater | than the level specified In 85.3.1(b). I Check for proper operation with each I reservoir in turn at a low level. Restore the service brake system to normal at ! completion of this test. .| FMS117976 FMt/SS /WOgflVi*C Blfogf SygTFMS 4fr?.r2.j>a. - fsr^SL/snro ; vuj sr4r^M^tjO S7.8.4 (For vehicles with antllock and brake proportioning systems.) With . vehicle at GVWR, disconnect power ' source, or otherwise render antllock or brake proportioning system Inoperative. Make four stops from 00 m.p.h, with a pedal force not exceeding 150 pounds. If more than one Independent antilock or brake proportioning system Is provided, disconnect or render one subsystem In operative and run as above. Restore sys tem to normal at completion of this test. Repeat for each subsystem provided. Disconnect electrical power source to unit. Check for operation o{ warning indicator. itt, nn - i>t***i- Fane^m n,H74*A*bm AOePTSQ AmB Driest a'l.OA (For vehicles with antilock and/or variable proportioning brake sys tems). With vehicle at GVWR, discon- \ nect functional power source, or other wise render antilock system inoperative, j Disconnect variable proportioning brake. system. Make four stops, each from 60 i ml/h. If more than one antilock or varl- able proportioning brake subsystem Is i provided, disconnect or render one sub system inoperative and run as above. Re store system to normal at completion of this test. Repeat for each subsystem pro vided. Disconnect electrical power source to unit. Check for operation of warning Indicator. i S7.8 Service brake system--Inopera- | five brake power unit or brake power | assist unit test. (For vehicles equipped I with brake power unit or brnke power assist unit.) On vehicles with brake : power assist units, render the brake ! power assist unit Inoperative, or one of ' the brake power assist unit systems if i entirely independent duplicate systems I are provided, by disconnecting the relc- i vant power supply. Exhaust any residual brake power reserve capability of the dls- connected system. On vehicles with : brake power units, disconnect the pri mary source of power. Make four stops ; from 60 m.p.h. by a continuous applica- ' tion of the service brake control with a : pedal force not to exceed 150 pounds. Restore the system to normal at comple tion of tills test. For vehicles equipped ; with more than one brake power unit or brake power assist unit, eonduet teste ! of each In turn. _ . 87.10 Service brake system--inoper ative brake power anil or brake power assist unit test.--(For vehicles equipped with brake power unit or brake power assist unit.)_ S7.10.1 Keouldr procedure.--On ve hicles with brake power assist units, ren der the brake power assist unit Inopera tive, or one of the brake power assist unit subsystems if two or more subsys tems are provided, by disconnecting the relevant power supply. Exhaust any re sidual brake power reserve capability of the disconnected system. On vehicles with brake power units, disconnect the primary source of power. Make four stops, each from 60 ml/h, by a continuous ap plication of the service brake control. Restore the system to normal at comple tion of this test. For vehicles equipped with more than one brake power unit or brake power assist unit, conduct tests of each in turn. 87.10.1 the following sentence is added between the title and first sen tence: "(This test need not be run If the option In 87.10Ji is selected)_____ i l ! FMSI 17977 /i h ivu/3S ioS |_c ttuforr 2>yi t>mi S*r2. ftll - ESrA&LtsnfO i VM> STAf^tAAfi * Sb^stsu AM****4*T$L_Jib**TtO fiflAHAA'I M,/?74400ITf^SC. AMBfitQpitisrf _r S7.10.2 Optional procedure*.--On ve hicles with brnkc power assist units, the unit is charged to maximum prior to start ol test. (Engine may be run up In speed, then throttle closed quickly to attain maximum charge on vacuum assist units.) Brake power units shall also be charged to maximum acrimml.'ilor pres sure prior to start ol lest. No recharg ing Is allowed after start of tost. (a) (For vehicles with brake power assist units.) Disconnect the primary source of power. Make six stops each from 60 ml/h, to achieve the average deceleration for each stop as specified In table III. Apply the brake control as quickly as possible. Maintain control force until vehicle has stopped. * At the completion of the stops speci fied above, deplete the system of any residual brake power reserve capability. Mako one stop from 60 ml/h in not more than 554 ft and determine whether the control force exceeds 150 lb. (b) (For vehicles with brakepower units.) (1) (For vehicles with accumulator type systems.) Test as In 87.10.2(a), ex cept make 10 stops Instead of 6. (2) (For vehicles with back-up type systems.) Disconnect the primary source of power. Make 15 stops, each from 60 ml/h, to achieve an average deceleration of 12 ft/s/s for each stop. (c) Restore systems to normal at com pletion of these tests. For vehicle* equipped with more than one brakepower assist or brakepower unit, oonduct test* of each In turn. . 87.10.X (b) (For vehicles with brake power' unit* with accumulator type systems.) Test as In 87.10.2(a), except moke 10 stops Instead of C. ' / (c) (For vehicles with brake power as sist or brake power units with backup systems.) If the brake power or brake power assist unit operates in conjunc tion with a backup system and the back up system is activated automatically in the event of a primary power failure, tiie backup system is operative during this test. Disconnect the primary source of power of one subsystem. Make 15 stops, each from 60 ml/h, with tlio backup sys tem activated for the failed subsystem, to achieve an average deceleration of 12 ft/s/s for each stop. 87.11 Service brake system--first 87.10 Service brake wilin Aret fade fade and recovery test. and recovery teet. S7.10.1 Baseline check stops or snubs. 8.7.11.1 Baseline check stops or snubs. 87.10.1.1 Vehicle* with OVWH Of 10,000 pounds or less. Make three stope from 30 m.p.h. at 10 f.p.s.p*. for each stop, terminating pedal force readings when vehicle speed falls to S m.p.h. Aver age the maximum brake pedal fore* re quired for the three stops. 8.7.11.1.1 Vehicles with QVWR of 10,000 lb or less.--Make three stope from 30 ml/h at 10 ft/s/s for each stop. Con trol force readings may be terminated when vehicle speed falls to S -ml/h. {Average the maximum brake control force required for the three stopa. FMSI 17978 FMV33 (6S o* mol>wuc seAtce sygfg^>s ,i 3fatV l. tl0)*' A*0IT*4|, j ______ AMIwi A*C*TS _ i_ ^---------------------------------- :t _____________________________________________ L--:------------- In S7.10.2 revise the last sentence of paragraph (a> to rend: * Make one stop from CO mph at an average deceleration of not lower than 7 fpsps for passepger cars (equiva lent stopping distance 654 feet), or 6 fpsps for vehicles other than passenger cars (equivalent stopping distance 640 feet) and determine whether the cont trol force exceeds 150 pounds. 1 I / f FMSI 17979 Fmuss toS o~ - U'lDZfNt.ic Sfree sygrans S??r2, filX - EsrAbutsHCD MA*f ifr, ytwo arArttAADAMBfJQr^Er/TS `^<*L fB/jHA*1,?!/ ftJ+AMIT/**** : S7.10.1.2 Vehicles with GVWR greater [ than 10,000 pounds. With transmission I In neutral (or declutched), make three i snubs from 40 to 20 m.p.h. at 10 f.p.s.p.s. j for each snub. Average the maximum i brake pedal force required for the three I snubs. S7.11.1.2 Vehicles with GVWR great er than 10,000 pounds.--With transmis sion In neutral (or declutched), make I three snubs from 40 to 20 ml/h at 10 i ft/s/s for each snub. Average the maxi mum brake control force required for the three snubs. t 87.10.2 Fait stops or snubs. 87.11.2 Fade stops or snubs. I 87.10.2.1 Vehicles with GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less. Make 10 stops from 60 m.p.h. at 15 f.p.s.p.s. for each stop. Establish an initial brake temperature before the first brake application of 130* to 150* F. Initial brake temperatures be fore brnke applications for subsequent stops are those occurring at the distance intervals. Attain the required decelera tion within 1 second and, ns a minimum, maintnin It for the remainder of tho stopping time. Leave an Interval of 0.4 mile between the start of brake applica tions. Accelerate immediately to the Ini tial test speed after each stop. Drive 1 mile at 30 m.p.h. after the last fade stop, and immediately follow the recov ery procedure specified in 8710.3.1. S7.11.2.1 Ventcies tottft. GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less.--Make 10 stops from 60 ml/h at the maximum attain able deceleration between 5 and 15 ft/s/s for each stop. Establish an initial brake temperature before the first brake ap plication of 130* to 150* F. Initial brake temperatures before brake applications for subsequent stops are those occurring at the distance intervals. Attain the re quired deceleration within 1 second and, as a minimum, maintain it for the re mainder of the stopping time. Control force readings may be terminated when vehicle speed falls to 5 mi/h. Leave an interval of 0.4 ml between the start of brake applications. Accelerate Im mediately to the Initial test speed after each stop. Drive 1 mi at 30 mi/h after the last fade stop, and immediately fol low the recovery procedure specified in 87.11.3.1. S7.11-2.1 - ,``Malc*s from <0 ml/h at 15 ft/S/s . fo lowed by 5 stops at the maximum at ; f"V"*t/a*bfloerdeeaccehlsetroaptio."n between 5 and 15 S7.10.2.2 Vehicles with GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds. With trans mission in neutral (or declutched) make 10 snubs from 40 to 20 m.p.h. at 10 f.p.s.p.s. for each snub. Establish an initial brake tempernture before the first brake application of 130* F. to 150* F. Initial brake temperatures before brake application for subsequent snubs are those occurring in the time Intervals specified below. Attain the required dccel. eration within 1 second and maintain It for the remainder of the snubbing time. Leave an interval of 30 seconds between 1 snubs (start of brake application to start of brake application). Accelerate Immei dlatoly to the Initial test speed after each snub. Drive for 1.5 miles at 40 mjj.h. , after the last snub and Immediately fol low the recovery procedure specified In i 87.10.3.2. S7.11.2.2 Vehicles with GVWR greater than 10,000 lb.--With transmission in neutral (or declutched) make 10 snubs from 40 to 20 ml/h at 10 ft/s/s for each snub. Establish an Initial brake tempera ture before the first brake application of 130* F. to 150* F. Initial brake tempera- j turcs before brake application for sub- : sequent snubs aro those occurring in the ! time Intervals specified below. Attain the ; required deceleration within 1 s and ' maintain it for the remainder of the j snubbing time. Leave an interval of 30 s between snubs (start of brake applica tion to start of brake application). Ac celerate Immediately to the initial test speed after each snub. Drive for 1.5 ml at 40 ml/h after the last snub and Im mediately follow the recovery procedure specified In 87.11.3.2. . 87.10J Recovery stops or snubs. 87.11 j Recovery stops or snubs. FMSi 17980 JU FrvWSS iOS ~ UlOZMi- Ig totiAiCF SYS Tens StP_r- ESrA&usHfD MAf iB, _y*tO STArJVA&0__________________ AM*AOePTSO i . . S7.10.3.1 Vehicles with OVff/i of 10,000 pounds or less. Make five stops from 30 m.p.h. at 10 X.p.s.pj. for each stop. Allow a braking distance Interval of not more than 1 mile. Immediately after each stop accelerate at maximum rate to 30 m.p.h. and maintain that speed until making the next stop. Record the maximum pedal force for each stop. I ! | 1 : oi.u.3.1 Vehicles with GVV/fl of 10,000 lb or less.--Make five stops from 30 ml/h at 10 ft/s/s for each stop. Con trol force readings may be terminated when vehicle speed falls to 5 ml/h. Allow a braking distance Interval of 1 ml. Immediately after each stop accelerate at maximum rate to 30 ml/h and maintain that speed until making the next stop. , Record the maximum control force for each stop. S7.10.3.3 Vehicles with QVWR greater than 10,000 pounds. With trans mission In neutral (or declutched) make five snubs from 40 to 20 m.p.h. to 10 f.p.s.p.s., for each snub. After each snub, accelerate at maximum rate to 40 m.p.h. and maintain that speed until making the next brake application at a point not more than 1.5 miles from the point of the previous brake application. Record the maximum pedal force for each snub. i ; S7.11.3.2 Vehicles with QVWR greater ' than 10,000 lb.--With transmission in neutral (or declutched) make five snubs from 40 to 20 ml/h at 10 ft/s/s, for each snub. After each snub, accelerate at max- , lmum rate to 40 mi/h and maintain that speed until making the next brake ap- | plication at a point 1.5 ml from the point of the previous brake application. Record ! I the maximum control force for each j : snub. - i j | S7.ll Service brake system--first re I burnish. Repeat 67.4, except make 35 burnish stops or snubs instead of 200 ' stops or 400 snubs. Do not adjust brakes ; after rebumtsh. 1 I i I I 87.13 Second rebumish. Repeat 87.11, 37.12 Service brake system--second \ rebumish.--Repeat 87.6. iIi i S.7.12 Service brake system--second fade and recovery test. Repeat 87.10, ex* ccpt In S7.10.2 run 16 fa-e stops or 20 snubs Instead of 10. ______ 87.13 Servtce orake system--second fade and recovery test.--Repeat 87.11 ex cept in 87.11.2 run 18 fade stops or 20 snubs instead of 10. hi.14 Third rebumish.--Repeat 87.6. S7.14 Service brake system effectiveness test. Repeat 878. fourth - | oi.l5 Service orake system--fourth ! effectiveness test--Repeat 87.5. Then 'make four stops from either 65 ml/h if | ; ; the speed attainable in 2 ml is 98 to (but ; i not Including) 104 ml/h, or 100 mi/h if j | the speed attainable in 2 mi Is 104 ml/h i I or greater. ' I 87.15 Service brake system--fourth effectiveness test. Repeat S7.5. Then (for passenger cars and other vehicles with a GVWR of 10.000 lbs. or less) make four stops from cither 95 mi/h if the speed at tainable in 2 ml is 09 to (but not includ ing) 104 ml/h, or 100 mi/h if the speed attainable in 2 ml is 104 ml/h or greater. ii j II FMSI 17981 h nvts J06&--H1 oc^1.k 8ifrrr sy 1 mi r_2tJflaa. - BsrA&usHtv j ywm %rAr^tAAfi m/w i, AMtU*4**Tl Ab*ATtO________ _ *1, hh-amti***. AAjB*>0*lt*JT& i 87.15 Servlet broke system--water 87.15 Servlet brake system--water i recovery test. , j recovery test. S7.15.1 Baseline check stop. Make three 6tops from 30 m.p.h. at 10 f.pj.pj. for each stop, terminating pedal force readings when vehicle speed falls to 6 m.p.h. Average the maximum brake pedal force required for the three stops. 87.16.1 Baseline check stop.--Make ! three stops from 30 mi/h at 10 ft/s/s for i each stop. Control force readings may be terminated when vehicle speed falls , to 5 mi/h. Average the maximum brake control force required for the three stops. 87.15.3 Wet brake recovery stops. 87.16.2 Wet brake recovery stops.-- With the brakes fully released at all With the brakes fully released at all . times, drive the vehicle for not less than times, drive the vehicle for 2 min at a 2 minutes at a speed of 6 m.p.h.. In any I speed of 5 ml/h in any combination of ! combination of forward and reverse di forward and reverse directions, through ; rections, through a trough having a water a trough having a water depth of 6 in. 1 depth of 6 inches. After leaving the After leaving the trough, immediately ! trough, immediately accelerate at maxi accelerate at maximum rate to 30 ml/h mum rate to 30 m.ph. without a brake without a brake application. Immedl- ! application. Immediately upon reaching ately upon reaching that speed make i that speed make five stops, each from 10 m.p.h. at 10 f.p.s r s. for each stop. After each stop (except the last), accelerate the vehicle Immediately at a maximum rate to a speed of 30 mph. and begin the five stops, each from 30 ml/h at 10 ft/s/s ! for each stop. After each stop (except the last), accelerate the vehicle lmmedlately at a maximum rate to a speed of j 30 ml/h and begin the next stop. next stop. _ I I ! i S7.16 Spike stops. Make 10 successive spike stops from 30 m.p.h. with the trans mission in neutral, with no reverse stops. Make spike stops by applying a pedal force of 200 pounds while recording pedal force versus time. Maintain pedal force until vehicle has stopped. At completion of 10 spike stops, make six effectiveness stops from 60 m.p.h. with a pedal force of 15 to 120 pounds, _ _ _____ 87.17 Spike stops.--Make1 10 succes sive spike stops from 30 ml/h with the transmission in neutral, with no reverse stops. Make spike stops by applying a control force of 200 lb while recording control force versus time. Maintain con trol force until vehicle has stopped. At 1 completion of 10 spike stops, make six I effectiveness stops from 50 mi/h. j i ! FMSI 17982 i I J. F/VWSS /0& Q " WOgflWHC BlgrtgF 5ygTF^I5 $f*r_2,j3ni - EsrA&usHro . f _y_u_o_a_r_a_^M ig--______________ S7.17 final inspection. Inspect__ (a> The service brake system for de tachment or fracture of any components, such as brake springs and bra-keshoes or disc pad facing. <b) The friction surface of the brake, the master cylinder or brakepower unit reservoir cover and seal and filler open ings, for leakage of brake fluid or lubricant. (c) Tho master cylinder or brakepower unit reservoir for compliance with tho labeling and volume requirements of 85.4.2 and S5.4.3. (d) The brake system Indicator light, for compliance with operation In various key positions, lens color, labeling and location. In accordance with BM. )g, nil 87.18 Final inspection.--Inspect-- (a) Tho service brake system for de tachment or fracture of any components, such as brake springs and brake shoes or disc pad facing. (b) The friction surface of the brake, the master cylinder or brake power unit reservoir cover and seal and filler open ings. for leakage of brake fluid or lubricant. (c) The master cylinder or brake power unit reservoir for compliance with the volume and labeling requirements of 85.4.2 and S5.4.3. In determining the fully applied worn condition assume that the lining Is worn to: (1) Rivet or bolt heads on riveted or bolted linings, or (2) within one thirty-seconds of an inch of shoe or pad mounting surface on bonded linings, or (3) the limit recommended by the manufacturer, whichever Is larger relative to the total possible shoe or pad movement. Drums or rotors are'assumed to be at nominal design drum diameter or rotor thickness. Linings are assumed adjusted for normal operating clearance in the released position. (d) The brake system indicator. Ught(s), for compliance with operation In various key positions, lens color, label ing, and location. In accordance with 85.3. S7.18 Moving barrier test. (Only for vehicles that have been tested according to S7.6.2.) Load the vehicle to GVWR, reI lease parking brake and place the transi mission selector control to engage pawl or detent mechanism. With a moving barrier as described in paragraph 3.3 of SAE Recommended Practice J972 "Mov ing Barrier Collision Tests," November 1966, impact the vehicle from the front at 2 Mi m.pJi. The longitudinal axis of the barrier is parallel with the longi tudinal axis of the vehicle. Repeat the test, Impacting the vehicle from the rear. J i' 87.19 Moving barrier test.--(Only for vehicles that have been tested according to 87.7.2.) Load the vehicle to GVWR, release parking brake, and place the transmission selector control to engage the parking mechanism. With a moving barrier as described in paragraph 3.3 of SAE recommended practice J972 "Mov ing Barrier Collision Test$," November 1966, Impact the vehicle from the front at 2 Vi ml/h. Keep the longitudinal axis of the barrier parallel with the longi tudinal axis of the vehicle. Repeat the test, impacting the vehicle from the rear. i i ! FMSI 17983 TABLE I Sftnlamhftr 2. 1972 Adopt FMVSS 105a Tails I--Brass Tin Psocxouss sQvxKcs aws siqontvKim Num ber sequence Tart load Test Require- * -- ............. .. pro* jnenta Light OVWR ecdurt 1 Instrumentation check........................................ 2 First (preburnlsh) effectiveness test.................. 3 Burnish procedure............................................. 4 Second effectiveness......................................... A Perking brake...................... ...1................... 6 Third effectiveness (lightly loaded vehicle).... 7 Partial failure................................................... 8 9 Inoperative brake power and power assist units First fade end recovery.................................... 10 First reburnish................................... . It Second fade and recovery.......................... 12 Second reburnish...................... ............. 13 Fourth effectiveness.................................. 14 Water recovery............. ....................... .......... .. 10 8pike stops................................... 18 Final Inspection.................................................. 17 Parking brake pawl or detent systems.............. X 874 X *7.4 X 87.6 X 87.6 .. 67.7 X 87.8 X 87.9 X 67.10 X 87.11 X 87.11 X 87.18 X - 87.14 X 67.16 X 87.16 X S7.lt M.1.U evi.i.i *5.2.1 60.24 60.1.1.8 60.1.2 60.1.8 80.1.4 Bt.l.( 60.1.1.8 60.1.0 S5.1.6 60.6 61.3.If May 18. 1973 FUVSS 105 Amended Tails I--Brass Tut Fiocsmi SQUBHCS AKD ESQUIUSMSHTS No. Sequence Test load Teat Require* procedure menu Light OVWR 1 Instrumentation chock.......................................... 2 First (preburnlsh) effectiveness test.................... 3 Burnish procedure.............................. ......... 4 Second effectiveness........... ............................... 5 First rcbunilsh........... ..................................... 8 Parking brake........................................................ 7 Third effectiveness (lightly loaded vehicle)..... 8 Partial failure........................ . 0 Inoperative brake power and power aartal units. 10 First fade and recovery........... . n 8econd rebumtsh............................... .......... 12 Second fade and recovery....................... 13 Third rchurnish.................... 14 Fourth effectiveness.............. .................... 10 Water recovery............................................... 16 Spike stops.......... ...................... ..................... ... 17 Final Inspection....................... U Moving barrier hit................................................ 67.2 874 86.1.1.1 87.4 87.0 M.i'lJ 87.6 87.7 86.2""* 87.9 86.1.1.8 X 87.0 87.10 86.1.3 87.11 86.1.4 87.12 87.13 86.1.4**"** ' 87.14 87.16 85.1.1.4 87.16 86.14 86.17 86.1.8 87.18 87.10 66.1.24 FahruArv 27. 197Z. FMVSS 105a Amended No changes FMS117984 J9 co o u D M -O'-- c * J? V\ u o co co | I S-T J CNcm CO ||J * _ 6 o3^ JH 3 3 1 ir 3 1B g1u 1 el ah'1| 3 3S l HH I C3aO 1a 2 3 lij M Ills Bija ga! I*' 3 i is * r > Eflia3| sw?2S l1 52SS83^ j 22sa^2 j S2S3S^ | 36623gs<g | **33Sfl[l& | pssassspg j ?SS352|3g j1 ?s222aS^ 1 *i S5fi5lsS2 sssgsssggg ! i !!! 1 II | j i 1111 j 8333838382 -Q PS* -a ~ 3 1 Jo 58TM:25 | -----*1^4 i v;a :o !*2tj . cS al, M "O J3 j i M s a v5 % i 3 OS ss . 2 0 3-0 H2 o ooSs If?iF?33 JSVC (30 3 S .< w j"-wq a; > 04 M S s* 5s ?! sassassssl U _j if1 STOPPING DISTANCES AND PEDAL FORCES TABLE I I - Hilt 8~fc'~jf"f S 3333*3* 3 II! * S23223 3 11 j j ] 11 a & 522&S3 3 I a 1 SS5ESS 3 T3 O |! Q. 1114 * sssssa 3S39S ji* *8: o c i !!!?R*sis sasM mmz CoO CO CO 3 o8 UI " DA Q Z < SI?K e *8 33* o3 SSS333 S|g2 II1ISS3 5*sssa e ! ii: !:i !i; I 3A J9 co til I s > gs oo jJ CMi IUAi S'! sagssa a i! *sSSS a I OB 33 a i is e A Hit CM -S i a II! Il M !! I ! i! il !I; :t i: J in5-3 a ::i !i I ! i ! iJ 1 MMUM iuiiiiifflto Oh `Sa*? FMS117985 TJ Uc0 o tVf2 (T) s*i Sfsu g!:-,0gpi-t Sgltaf.; sl-l? a 3j a-*si "o*IraSs&f-t;-3;"cs*,,;2ri CrvMl *- JJ ft. 33S*3 33fl ^PsgS Cf sl M *51 3"a, S Cl (4 Qo *4{* C y *o -2 'O * r- s-ail 5-` f.S2J52J23XI JS gS hi H23SJ5522S3 *o "O c a >1 ir<T\> O S n l t: * '5 to t CO i I aiaam SZS***^*1** !oovt J, 0OeooAooa 4 n h S* 11 tf* ** >> 3 TS aS 3 If m >1 t* 3 li Sa2s**i'?242z I o III! li coooomo^^j ssz^^^^zzzz veeOt ^ MJ? im? 4 &s2 INOPERATIVE POWER ASSIST TABLE I I I - ~o =- Ss I XI I0- >0A tn I crt CM cr CM l_ i i to +* c CO fl 2SES32f5J3 i Hi If H ill! 1 3a * a i* Jill sssssjss**** Is iji ISa ft 3 III ssas^wzz a fz i i * i i * 11 i i i i < i FMS117986 *c -o T3 C o> *J CO to I to J -FIGURE I THERMOCOUPLES I .FIGURE TfflCAl HU61YK THERMOCOUflEINSTALUTIONS 1] Mi 31 ? Ml JI ;! f Iii Ml! i FMS117987 FMS117988 It -September 2. 1972 No F ig u re I I -Uav 18. 1973 FMVSS 105a Amended -F e b ru a ry 22. 197L FMVSS 105a Amended FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS IMSTITITE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 5 0 9 August 12, 1974 AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF MOTOR VEHICLE ADMINISTRATORS (AAMVA) On May 22, 1974 the AAMVA published revised submission requirements to obtain an AAMVA Certificate of Approval. Mr. Nelson, Chairman of the Brake Performance Study Committee, wrote AAMVA for clarification. Essentially, the changes to the previous procedure for certifying brake linings were: 1. Submission of two copies of the laboratory test report is now required. 2. Samples are no longer required. In place of the samples they now require clear photographs or halftone prints showing the required markings. In the AAMVA announcement to manufacturers, they advised that Massachusetts had now joined the Equipment Approval Program. For those filing through AAMVA, this may mean that submissions will not be required by Massachusetts. Mr. Nelson has asked for clarification on this by the Massachusetts authorities. A copy of AAJVIVA's May 22, 1974 release is enclosed. EWD/erc E. IV. Drislane Enclosure: Executive Director cc: Delegates Alternates Regional Members (U_S. Copyright) FMS117989 AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF MOTOR VEHICLE ADMINISTRATORS > -----f ' ii A j. --l An Association of State and Provincial Officials Responsible for the Administration and Enforcement of Motor Vehicle i and Traffic Laws in the United States and Canada. 1828 L STREET, N.W., SUITE 500 WASHINGTON, D. C. 20036 TELEPHONE 202/296-1955 Raymond A. Jackson President Loul* P. Spit* Executive Director TO: FROM: 22, 2.974 ' - . Safety Equipment Manufacturers and Accredited Testing Laboratories Armond Cardarslli, Director Equipment Approval and Vehicle Inspection Division SUBJECT .* Revised Submission Requirements to. Obtain an AAMVA Certificate of Approval ` Enclosed find copies of revised submission requirements and AAMVA Equipment Approval Chart reflecting status of safety equipment products subject to AAMVA approval on behalf of it3 member juris dictions . . The revised policy changes were based on requests from industry groups to eliminate the need for sample submissions. However, in lieu of the sample, the required test reports shall contain glossy photographs or halftone prints to clearly define the product and that AAMVA reserves the`right to request samples when necessary for evaluation purposes. Since the printing of the enclosed equipment status chart, two additional jurisdictions became members of the AAMVA Equipment Appro*/??.2 ?rr,grfttti . w* recommend marking your chart to show that the State of Massachucetta and the Province of Ontario as members. jj* Enclosures FMSI 17990 EFFECTIVE DATE: 5/20/74 BASIC REQUIREMENTS FOR OBTAINING AN AAMVA EQUIPMENT APPROVAL CERTIFICATE 1. Applications for approval must be made on form EA-3 furnished by the American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators (AAMVA) or the form may be reproduced by submitting agency. i 2. Application must be mailed to: American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators Equipment Approval Division 1828 L Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20036 ' 3. Each application must be signed by a responsible representative of the submitting agency. 4. Separate application must be made for: ' . Each device Each part Each type of material, including safety glass . Each assembly 5. Each application must be accompanied by: ' A~Two copies of a laboratory test report from an AAMVA approved testing laboratory, indicating tha the device meets the current applicable standard. (See list of approved laboratories and approval expiration policy.) % . B-Check payable to the American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators in the amount of $250.00 for each application. . C-Sample device not required. In lieu of sample, test reports must contain one 0 x 10 glossy photograph or halftone print showing the device in a three-quarter front view and any additional views to clearly define identification markings and where possible, a view of the disassembled components in a minimum 5x7 glossy or half tone. D-Two copies of instructions for adjusting the device or directions for the use of the device. (When applicable.) FMS117991 EFFECTIVE DATE: 5/20/74 BASIC REQUIREMENTS FOR OBTAINING AN AMENDED AAMVA EQUIPMENT APPROVAL CERTIFICATE Extended or amended AAMVA Approval Certificates can be granted for minor changes in previously approved equipment. The following conditions must be met in order to obtain an extended or amended Approval Certificate. 1. A new application must be filed with an accompanying statement that the request for extension or amendment is being made because of a minor change, such as: a. A change of identification or model number. > b. A correction to a Test Report. ' c. A Subtle modification which does not materially affect the performance specification of the original approved item. '. 2. An appendix to the Test Report (from the same Test Laboratory) certifying that the item is not changed functionally and that the engineering characteristics and resultant performance data are identical to the previously approved item. 3. Production sample not required. 4. A $50.00 extension or amendment fee. 5. All correspondence regarding an extended or amended Certificate must contain the proper reference to the previously approved AAMVA Approval Certificate number. ' *' t i V F FMS117992 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLET I N NO. 508 August 7, 1974 APPLICATION OF PASTA CLUTCH. S.A. - REGIONAL MEMBERSHIP An application has been received from Pasta Clutch, S. A. for Regional Membership in the Friction Materials Standards Institute, Inc. This application was received during our annual meeting in South Carolina, and a preliminary notice concerning this application was in the FMSI NEWS of July 10, 1974. The application was reviewed by the Board of Directors who voted 6-0 (l abstention) for acceptance of this application. Pasta Clutch, S.A. is a Mexican manufacturer of clutch facings. Their application was accompanied by a check for $1,700, the same fee as for an Active Member with one category. It is their intention to use the copy righted FMSI numbers in marketing their clutch facings in the United States. From long correspondence with Pasta Clutch, S.A., they have recently been sold to new owners who I believe include U. S. and Candian citizens. Actually, in 1972, Pasta Clutch, S.A. had applied for and been voted into Membership. I had--through inexperience-- not collected the annual fee in advance. I since have learned that at about that time, the former management had been victimized by some type of fraud. I had corresponded with the former management concerning their fee and the use of our copy righted numbers. Since the new ownership has moved in, our relationship with Pasta Clutch, S. A. has improved. Pasta Clutch, S. A. is apparently qualified for Regional Membership. Their dues have been properly paid in advance, and the new owners have been both responsive and cooperative. Your ballot is important as I must have affirmative votes of 3/4 of the Membership. A stamped- return anvelope is enclosed with the Delegate's copy along with the balln-1. EWD/erc Enclosure: oc: Delegates & Alternates E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17993 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 MEMBERS' BALLOT (Re Memo August 7, 1974) Friction Materials Standards Institute, Inc. E-210 Route 4 Paramus, New Jersey ?f07652 Gentlemen: My vote on the acceptance of the application for Regional Membership filed by Pasta Clutch, S. A. (of Mexico) is: YES ( ) NO ( ) Signature. Company. Date. FMS117994 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMU3, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 507 August 5, 1974 AMENDMENT TO CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS During the 1973-74 fiscal year the Membership ratified an amendment to our Constitution and By-Laws. This amendment was effective June 30, 1974. It concerns eligibility requirements for Licensee's only. This amendment to our Constitution and By-Laws is the first amendment since that of October 8, 1970 Former wording. Article III - Membership, Section 2 - Eligibility, last sentence: Any person, firm or corporation located in any country, other than one "behind the iron curtain," engaged in the manufacture of brake shoes in commercial quantities shall be eligible to become a Licensee. Amended wording: effective June 30. 1974. Article III- Membership^ Section 2 - Eligibility. 1 aat sentence: Any person, firm or corporation located in any country, engaged in the manufacture of brake shoes, or materials for their attachment or assembly, in commercial quantities, or in the manufacture of tools and/or equipment used in the preparation and installation of friction materials, shall be eligible to become a Licensee. A copy of our Constitution and By-Laws, as amended June 30, 1974, is enclosed. E'JD/erc Enclosure: CC-Active Members Regional Members Licensees E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMSI 17995 Amended June g~:; 'IT I TUT ICN AND 3Y-L VS of FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE. INC. CONST ITUT ION ARTICLE I NAIVE The name of this Institute shall be Friction Utaterials Standards Institute, Inc. ARTICLE II OBJECTS The objects of this Institute shall be: (a) To maintain and raise the standards of all products manufactured by the members of this corporation and by the brake lining, brake shoe and friction ma terial s industry as a whole. (b) To prevent unfair and fraudulent practices and methods and to cause the observance of a high standard of ethics by all members of the said industry. (c) To encourage and support research in sources of supply, materials and manufacturering processes. (d) To collect, assemble and disseminate to members of the said industry, scientific, engineering, technological, statistical and other relevant information pertaining to brake linings and clutch facings and pertaining to the said industry. (e) To cooperate with the United States Government through its various departments and bureaus and with the respective States and Municipalities through their various departments and bureaus for the general benefit of the public and the enhancement of the industry. (f) To acquire property for the corporate purposes by grant, gift, purchase, devise or bequest, and to hold and to dispose of the same subject to such limita tions as are prescribed hy statute. (g) To carry on all or any of its activities and to purchase or acquire, hold and dispose of such property, real personal and mixed, as may be requisite for the transaction of its business or the conduct of its affairs, in any of the states, districts, territories or possessions of the United States, and in any and all foreign countries, subject to the laws of such state, district, territory, possession or country. FMSI 17996 2- - ARTICLE III L-EM3ERSMIP Section 1. Classification. In addition to active membership in the Institute, entitling members to all rights, privileges and benefits of the Institute, there shall be two classifications, one known as "Regional Members" and a second known as "Licensees". The participation in the activities of the Institute of Regional Mem bers and Licensees shall be limited and restricted in the manner set forth in Sect ion 5 hereof. Section 2, Elipibilitv. Any person, firm or corporation of good repute* re siding in or having its principal office located in the United States of America and engaged in the manufacture of brake linings or clutch facings in commercial quanti ties shall be eligible to become a Member. Any person, firm or corporation of good repute, residing or having its principal office outside of the United States and en gaged in the manufacture of brake linings or clutch facings in commercial quantities for use outside. of the United States, or any trade association of manufacturers of brake linings or clutch facings as herein described having a principal office out side the United States shall be eligible to become a Regional Member. Any person, firm or corporation who is a member of a trade association Regional Member shall be entitled to membership benefits through such trade associations. Any person, firm or corporation located in any country, engaged in the manufacture of brake shoes, or materials for their attachment or assembly, in commercial quantities, or in the manufacture of tools and/or equipment used in the preparation and installation of friction materials, shall be eligible to become a Licensee. Section 3. Applications. Applications for membership shall be made in writing and shall contain such information as may be required by the Board of Directors and an agreement on the part of the applicant that upon election to membership, to ac cept the Constitution and By-Laws of the Institute, together with any amendments that may, from time to time, be made thereto. Applications for addmission as a Re gional Member or as a Licensee likewise shall be made in writing and shall be sub ject to acceptance by the Board, but shall not require agreement by the applicant to be bound by the Constitution and By-Laws or by other regulations or codes adopted by the Institute, except as specifically provided herein. Section 4. Election to Membership. Application for membership shall be submit ted to the Board of Directors which shall consider the information contained in the application, the reputation of the applicant in the industry and any other informa tion submitted to it. The President may appoint a Membership Committee from among the members of the Institute for the purpose of collecting such additional informa tion as the Board may deem necessary or desirable to assist in its consideration of the application. The Board shall submit its recommendation at the next ensuing meeting of the Members, at which time, the application shall be acted upon, or it may canvass the vote by mail by mailing to each of the Members a copy of its report and recommendation together with a ballot. If the voting is conducted by mail, a period of twenty-one (21) days from the date of mailing of the report and ballot shall ensue before the vote is determined. The affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Members of the Institute shall be necessary for election to membership. Section 5. Riohts of Members. (a) Active Members. Active Members shall bo entitled to participate in all the activities and to receive the benefit of all of the services of the Institute and to vote upon all matters which come before the membership for action. FMS117997 (b) Regional members. Regional .-embera shall be entitled to receive from the Institute, as ccrr.cletely and promptly as Active iVlembe''s, all scientific, engineer i rg, technological and statistical . m-V*- .-at ion. collected, assemoled or disseminated by the Institute and may fully a d f-'eelv call upon the Institute for all such availableinformation and assistance in connection therewith. The participation of Regional Members in the activities of the Institute shall be restricted as in this paragraph (b) set forth and they shall not be bound by, enjoy or participate in any other rights, obligations, privileges, benefits or activities otherwise available to Active Members, except that Regional .members may serve on committees. Nothing contained in this section, however, shal1 limit the provisions of Article X. (c) License ?s. A Licensee shall receive any and all information, data, circu lars or written material released by the Institute pertaining to the specific product line or category for which he is licensed to ure such information. Licensees shall not be entitled to attend membership meetings of the Institute nor shall Licensees have the right to vote or become members of the Board of Directors. Licensees may be invited to act in an advisory capacity on questions pertaining to +he product linor category ro, which the license was granted. Invitations to Licensees to attend committee meetings will be in writing by the Institute Secretary at the direction of the committee chairman. ARTICLE IV DIRECTORS Section 1. Number. The government o?' Lhe Institute shall be vested in a Board of Directors consisting of seven director- who shall pursue such policies and prin ciples as shall be in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation, the Con stitution and 8y_laws, the laws of the state of New York and the statutes of the United States. Section 2. Classes. i + is the expressed oolicy of the Institute that the Board of Directors shall, at all times, be representative of a cross section of the indus try and to that end three classes of directors shall be cheated as follows: Class 1. Consisting of two directors, each associated with an Active 'Jlember whose annual fee payable to the Institute is within the top one-third bracket of annual fees paid. Class 2. Consisting of twe directors, each associated with an Active Member whose annual fee payable to the Institute is within the middle one-third bracket of annual fees paid. Class 3. Consisting of two directors, each associated with an Active Member whose annual fee payable to the Institute is within the lowest one-third bracket of annual fees paid. The seventh director shall be selected from the industry at large and without 1imitation. Section 3. Election. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the Institute. A majority vote of the members present shall be required for their election. Voting shall be by classes and each member shall be entitled to cast one vote for each vacancy being filled in each class and one vote for the director at large. FMS117998 Section 4. Term of (rfic?. At the fir.ct annua 1 meeting of the Institute, ore Class 1 director, one Clas- C director and one Class 3 director shall be elected for terms of one year each, ar.d o Clans 1 director, one Class 2 director, one Class 3 director and a director at la re rial! be elected for tarns of two years each. Thereafter, at each successive annual meeting in the odd numbered years, a Class 1 director, a Class 2 director and a Class 3 director shall be elected and in the even numbsred years, a Class 1 director, a Class 2 director, a Class 3 director and a di rector at large shall be elected, all of whom shall be elected for a tern of two yea r?. Section 5. Vacancies. If the office of any director or directors becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or otherwise, the remaining directors, though less than a quer-m, shall choose a successor or successors who shall be of the same class as the director whose vacancy he is filling. Such successor or successors shall hold office until the next annual election and until a successor or successors have been duly elected, unless sooner displaced. In the event that any member of the Board of Directors shall change his employment to a company, other than the one from which he was elected to the Board, and is re-employed by another member company, his term of office as a director shall aut omatica11v cease. Section 6. Validity. The failure of the members or of the Board of Directors to observe the limitations in the election of the various classes of directors shall not invalidate the election of any director, exceot that the members at any annual or special meeting, by vote of a majority of those present, may remove any director who is not representative of the class to which he has been elected and the members shall thereupon elect a successor cf the proper class. Section 7. Annual Report. The Board of Directors shall submit at the annua] meeting of members, a report of their proceedings for the year. Section 3. "eetinps and Not ices. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors will tie held quarterly on the fourth (4th) Wednesday of July, October, January and Apri] i,- each year at a place to be fixed by the President. A special meeting of the Board of Directors may be called by the President whenever there is, in his opinion, necessity for such meeting and a meeting shall be called by him at the request in writing of any three directors. Except as hereafter in this section provided or as may be otherwise provided by law, a notice of the time and place of holding every meeting of the directors shall be delivered personally or mailed in a postage prepaid envelope not less than three (3) nor more than twenty (20) days before such meeting to ^ach director. Any meeting of the Board at which all of the directors shall be present, or of which notice shall be waived either before or after such meeting, in writing or by telegraph by all absentees, shall be valid for all purposes provided a quorum is present thereat. iMotice of any adjourned meeting need not be given. Section 9. Quorum. Any four (4) of the directors shall constitute a quorum for any meeting of the Board. ARTICLE V CFFICERS Section 1. Number. The officers of the Institute shall be a President, a Vice President, a Secretary and a Treasurer and such other officers as may from time to time be appointed by the Board. FMS117999 Section 2- ~l or I i on srd Terr" of office. The Board of Directors its annual meet i no shall, from a..; o - . J-: i.-.enDe:'s, e' -.ct a Pros i den t and ' Vice Pres i den to hold office until the next aonu* 1 meet inn of the Board end until their succe'-'-cr in office shall be. elected and shall qualify. The officers sleeted by the Board shnP be el igi'ole to succeed themselves for the ensuing year. The Board, at its annuai meeting, shall also appoint - Secretory and a Treasurer who need not he mem bers of or arsoci-ted with a member of the Institute. The Secretary and the Treasurer shall not be elected for a specific term, but shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board. ART I CLP VI UT I F.o CF CTPI ClRD Section 1, President. It shall be the duty of the Pr.-- ident to preside at all meetings of the directors and the Institute. He shall appoint such committees as rrvy be necessary end call special meeting-' of the members nf the Institute and of the Board of Director-' as provided for herein. In the .event of the death, die abil ity or resignation of the Treasurer and during his absence, the President shall per form all duties of the Treasurer. Section 2. Vice Pra-ident. It shall bo the duty of the Vice President to ~ct in the bsence or disability of the Pres i den!. and in case of his death or re signation, the Vice President shall assume the title, duties and powers of the President. In the event of death5 disability or resignation of both the President and Vice President the Board of Directors rha 1 ' convene within ten (1C ) cays at the call of the Secretary and shall fill the vacancies by ballot from among the directors Section 3. Secretary. it shall be + he duty of the Secretary to keep all records of the Institute, notify candidates for member eh ip of their admi& ion or rejection, register the names of the member I.., issue all notices requi: d and, under the direction of the President., to ca] ect all membership fees, dues and ascossmcnt? `nd any other monies due to th-~ Institute c. nd trrnsr-.it same to the T- v-surer. Section 4. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall hove the custody of dl the monies of the Institute and shall order and direct the payment of all bill The Treasurer sh'll keep a proper account of all receipts and disbursements and shall submit his books and other records of hie off ice to the Board of Director-, upon request, and shall submit to the 3oard of Directors not l't-er than the 25th days of Cctober, January, April and July written reports covering 'll receipts and disbursements during the last preceding quarter. All monies received by the Treasurer shall be Japesited in the name of the Institute .vith such repository as may be designated by the "oard of Directors. The Treasurer shall sign all checks on behalr of the Inst itut:.;, except that such checks shall be countersigned by such other officers as the board of Directors shall, from time to lime, order an--' direct. ART I CLP VI I i: PMBERSHIP iJIDTINCS Section 1, Annual teat inn. The annual meeting of the members of the Institute shell-be held each year on the third Wednesday r.f Juno at a. place to be designated by the Bo-rd of Director? or by the President. Section 2. Special Meetings. The time and place of holding special meetings of the members of the Institute shall be determined by the board of Directors or by FMSI 18000 ihc President, either of whom shall have authori iy :.o cell such meetings as may be desirable for the conduct of 'ho ia~titute'a businsje. Section 3. Quorum anr: loti e. A majority or the Active ''.embers of the Institute shall constitute a quorum at any resting for the transaction of business, except when otherwise provided by leu. A: all meet ings of the members of the Institute, each member shall be entitled to one vote, regardless of the number of del agates present. The votes of the membership may be taken by moil ballot if, in the discretion of the President of the Institute or of a majority of the board of Directors, a re cord of a vote in that manner is deemed advisable. Section 4. Adjournments, '..hen a quorum is net present at any meeting of the members, any lessor number may adjourn such meeting from time to time and the meet ing rr.ry be held as adjourned upon written no ti -e (telegraphic notice if meeting is to be held within forty-eight (48 hours) to all absent members. Section 5. Cote Required. Except as otherwise provided in the Constitution and By-Laws, at all meetings of the Institute a majority vote of those present shall rule. In connection with any aclion taken by mail ballot, a majority vote of all eligible voting members of the Institute shall rule. Section 6, Notice of I. eetinos. Notice of the time and place of holding all meetings of the Institute shell be given by mv-iling a written notice or telegraphic notice of such meeting to all members entitled to such notice at least seven (7) days before said meeting. APTiCL I VIII FISCAL Section 1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Institute shall commence on July 1st end en^ on June 30th. Let t ion 2. Budget. five directors shall prer.are ar t submit to the annual meet ing of the members a budget of the estimated expenses which am necessary or desir able, in thsi r opinion, for the conduct of the business during the ensuing fiscal ysar. The budget shell [>3 submitted for approval at such annual meeting of the members. In the event that between annual meetings the directors, in their absolute discretion, determine that the best intera its of the Institute require expenditures 0f manias in addition tc those nrovida' for in the budget, they shall have the power to determine the amount so required and to levy an assessment therefore against the members of this Institute on the ratio net fort!', in Article 14, Section 2 hereto, provided, however, that notwithstanding the power of the Board of Directos to levy adcitional assessments, such additional assessments shall be limited, in any one fiscal year, to an amount equal to ten (10) per cent of the budget approved at the last annual meeting of the members, ARTSCLE IX FcCS AND ASJESoiJENTC beet ion 1. Initiation Fee. The initiation fee payable upon admission to the Institute shall he ,11,000.00 except that any member elected to membership as a Charter Member by the incorporators at their first meeting shall not be required to pay any initiation fee. No initiation fee shall be charged to or be payable by any Regional Member or by any Licensee. FMS118001 Section 2. Annual Fees. (a) 'ctive Members. The annual fee of Active Members shall he based upon a formula developed by the board of directors annually and reviewed and approved by the membership. (b) Regional Members. The annual membership fee of a Regional Member and the annual membership fee of a regional trade group shall be fixed by the Board of Directors. A qualified member of a regional trade group will not be required to pay any additional fee to the Institute. (c) Licsnsees. The annual fee of a Licensee shall be fixed by the Board of Directors end shall be payable semi-annually in advance on the first days of July and January. Thera shall be no prorating of such annual fees of a Licensee and such Licensee who is admitted during the fiscal year shall be obligated to pay the full amount of the annual fees for the current fiscal year. Section 3. Additional Assessments. The Board of Directors shall have the power from time to time to levy against the Active Members of the Institute such additional assessments as the Board in its sole discretion deems desirable in accord ance with the financial requirements of the Institute provided, however, that a schedule of any such additional assessments shall be mailed to every Active Member of the Institute within thirty (30) days after the adoption of a resolution author izing such assessments and providing that it meets with the requirements of Article VIII, Section 2 hereof. Section 4. Termination of Membership. The Board of Directors may at its option terminate participation in the Institute by a Member, Regional Member or a Licensee (providing tv/o weeks notice has been given by registered mail) upon fail ure of such Member, Regional Member or Licensee to pay its annual fees or assess ments within thirty (30) days after the time designated for such payments. Section 5. Cessation of Participation, Any Member, Regional Member or Lic ensee may withdraw from participation in the Institute at any time upon payment of its annual fees for the current fiscal year and all rights to participate shall cease as of such date. Section S. Reinstatement. Any Member, Regional Member or Licensee dropped because of non-payment of fees or other proper charges may he reinstated if he shall give thereafter to the Board of Directods a sufficient end reasonable excuse in writing for such non-payment and shall discharge his indebtedness. It shall be sole ly within the discretion of the Board of Directors to determine what shall be con sidered a reasonable excuse and their decision thereon is final. ARTICLE X DISCIPLINE OF MEMBERS Section 1. Expulsion. The commission by any Active Member, Regional Member or Licensee of an act which, in the opinion of the members or of the Board of Directors discredits, or tends to discredit, or otherwise injures the Institute or its members, may be cause for expulsion of such member by the Board of Directors. Section 2. Procedure. Any member charged with the commission of any act or acts referred to herein shall be duly notified in v<riting of the charge or charges sjainst him and he shall be given fair opportunity to be heard at a meeting of the 'i'oard of Directors or to submit a defense in writing as he may elact. FMSI 18002 action 3. Veto R-cu i r The vote of fiv (?) ner .oer of the Board of Directors shall be necessary fa `find a me:,,ber guilty of an offense and to expel hi;., as provided in this article. ARTICLE i'll AMEi'5MEMTS Section 1. Veto Recuired. The Constitution and Sy-Ls`.vs may be nr;ended ot any regular or special moating of the members of the Institute only (a) by vote of t..o-thirds of all the Active Members or (b) by the written assent of not loss then two-thirds of all the Active Cambers providing all Active Members have previously had written notice of the proposed amendment. Section 2. Mot ice. The call for a meeting referred to in this article shall be signed by the President or such person as he may direct and shall contain a statement of any proposed amendment and shall be mailed not les: than L/o weeks before the meetinr. A it i I Section 1. _osipnat ion of ;el .w ales. >': ner,:H r shall have more than one vote. Any one- duly authorised may appear for and cast vote for any member of the Insti tute c,nc such vote shall bo binding in ail r.pecta upon the member company, bach member may file the name of its delegate ano alt.-mate annually with the Secretory of the Institute "no providing no such annual list iw filed, then each member is required to file the name of its d-legate to any meeting of the Institute twentyfour hours orior to such a meeting. Section 2. Roll Call. Any mender may cewend a roll call on any vote. Sect ion. 3. f inutes. At every annual meeting an-! ovary special meeting of the Institute some competent person - hail --.ct as the official stenographer for the meeti nr. Section 4. Reports. The reports of the Cor.rd of Directors and of the offi cers and all committees shall be written reports. Section 5. Publication of Reports. An official report of the proceedings of each annual meeting and of each special meeting shall be published as the Coard of Directors may require and a copy of such report, if published, shall be sent to every memiber. ARTICLE I I ORDER OF 3USin:S3 The order of business at all regular and special meetings of the members -of'he Institute or of the Board of Directors shall be as folio; ;1 2 3 (1) Call of Roll (2) Reading of Minutes of Previous Meeting (3) Reports of Officers FMS118003 (4) ('.snorts -f Committees . (5) 1 T r-'r.ed C'-insss I*cv. Cu-i-ss ART I CL 4 111 burcty bonds Tor the Treasurer, if any, sha.il be provided at the expense of the Institute. The amounts of such bonds shall be fixed by the Hoard of Director-, ART1CU-: IV DIRECTORS' AXPJMSLe Directors shall not be reimbursed for attending any directors' meetings. AR1 ! CL.. V RES I GNAT 1LiUS Mo member shall have the right to resign from '.',.3 Institute while in debt for dues or assessments. ARTICLE VI COUNSEL At each annual meeting of the members of the Institui 5 legal counsel shell be ret ained for the ensuing year. It shall be Jhe duty of the Secretary to send to such counsel notice of all meetings of the met fiber ship, of the Board of directors ~n: o? 11 committees and it shall be the duty nf such counsel to be present at all sue! eetinys. FMS118004 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 5 0 6 July 18, 1974 MEMBERSHIP CHANGES There have been three changes in our Membership in the past several weeks. CHRYSLER CORPORATION (ACTIVE MEMBER) The Chrysler Corporat ion's Chemical Division had been an Active Member of the Institute for many years. Responsibility for marketing their friction materials has been moved, and they will no longer be using the copyrighted FMSI Numbers in marketing their products. Their resignation is effective June 30, 1974. INDUSTRIAS TECNICAS AUTOMOTRICES DE PUEBLA. S.A. (REGIONAL.MEMBERl Based on additional mail ballots received after the 14 affirmative votes at the Annual Meeting, Industrias Tecnicas Automotrices de Puebla, S.A. (of Mexico) has been admitted to the Institute as a Regional Member. Their Membership is effective as of July 1, 1974. Industrias Tecnicas Automotrices de Puebla, S.A. is a manufacturer of brake linings and brake blocks. Industrias Tecnicas. Automotrices de Puebla, S.A. Iturbide No. 71 Ixtapalapa 13, O.F. Mexico (Contacts. Guillermo Buendia Q., Sales Manager) WISCONSIN GASKET AND MANUFACTURING CO.(Licensee Member) Wisconsin Gasket and Manufacturing Co. was admitted to Licensee Membership by vote of the Board of Directors. Their Licensee Membership is effective as of (Ally 1, 1974. Wisconsin Gasket is a manufacturer of disc brake shoe insulators or silencer gaskets. Wisconsin Gasket and Manufacturing Vo. 11500 West Brown Deer Road Milwaukee, Wisconsin ,"53224 (Contact: W.H.Wetterau, Director of Sales) EWD/erc E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS118005 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS IMSTITUTE, IMC., E-210 ROUTE #4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN II 0. 5 0 5 July 8, 1974 HISTORICAL SALES PROGRAM The Historical Sales program will be continued with the next reporting for the six months ended June 30, 1974. There will be no change in the reporting details from that requested in Bulletin 490 of January 11, 1974. To repeat some of the reporting details, the following items should be considered: 1. Quantities will be reported in pieces (not units). For roll lining, each foot of length will be one piece. 2. Our accountants will report the names of the members from whom reports are received, and the number of members reporting in each of the four groups. 3. Total pieces in each group will be reported (average will not be shown). As in the past, this data will be confidential, and as totals for each group will be shown, there is no way of determining quantities by Individual member. Please review the form and the descriptions, as they apply to this year's report ing. The Delegate or Alternate will be receiving from Marshall-Granger & Company, Certified Public Accountants, a form for completing this information. Please return it to: Marshall Granger & Co., C.P.A. 1600 Harrison Avenue Mamaroneck, N.Y. 10543 If you do not wish to report these figures, no reply is necessary. Only those reporting figures will receive the industry totals when the data is summarized. A sample form and definitions are attached. EWD:lmc Encs. Distribution: Active Members E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS118006 EXHI3IT MA" STATISTICAL PROGRAM OF THE FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC. Mail to: Marshall Granger & Co. 1600 Harrison Avenue ^amaroneck, N.Y. 10543 Pieces sold to domestic distributors, direct consumers, rebuilders and private brands for use in the replacement market: '6 months (January 1 - June 30, 1974) Brake linings up to 3/4" nominal thickness (See explanation for roll lining.) Brake blocks, nominal thickness of 3/4" and over Disc brake linings Clutch facings Total pieces: By: Signature Company Date FMS118007 Exhibit "5" DEFINITION FOR HISTORICAL SALES PIECES The reports will show pieces of friction material, in groups as shown: Group Brake Lining Description Friction materials up to a nominal 3/4" thickness (See note on roll 1ining) Normal Usape Normally, one piece to a shoe. Brake Blocks Friction materials with a nominal thickness of 3/4" and over. Normally, two pieces to a shoe. Disc Brake Linings Clutch Facing Friction materials sold (for disc brakes) to be attached to the shoe, or sold as a unit molded, bonded or riveted to the shoe. Normally, one piece to a shoe. Friction materials of annular shape, or segments thereof. Normally, two annular pieces for clutch plate. Note: For roll lining only, consider each foot of lenpth equals one piece. REPLACEMENT SALES This reporting is for domestic sales to the replacement field. Do not include export sales. This includes sales under the friction material manufacturer's own name or brand name, or brand name used by the customer, to automotive warehouse distributors, brake specialists, jobbers, direct consumers of automotive friction materials, government agencies and re-manufacturers of brakes, clutches and auto matic transmissions. tihere one friction material manufacturer member purchases from another mem ber of the Institute, each member who purchases will deduct the number of pieces purchased from the number of pieces sold in arriving at pieces sold. Purchases from non-members will not be deducted. When a friction material manufacturer is shipping to a vehicle manufacturer, but has no reasonable way of determining if the pieces are for original equipment or replacement purposes, estimates will not be used - these pieces will not be reported. However, where a friction material manufacturer is shipping to a point known to be used for replacement, or where he stencils or otherwise identifies the pieces as being for replacement purposes, or where the shipments otherwise are obviously known to be for replacement, these pieces will be reported. FMS118008 FRICTION I1ATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, :!.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 504 June 30, 1974 EPA - EFFLUENT LIMITATION GUIDELINES, FRICTION MATERIALS MANUFACTURERS A draft report was recently delivered to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) by Sverdrup and Parcel, Consulting Engineers. The draft is entitled: DEVELOPMENT DOCUMENT FOR PROPOSED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES AND NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS FOR THE TEXTILE, FRICTION MATERIALS, AND SEALING DEVICES SEGMENT OF THE ASBESTOS MANUFACTURING POINT SOURCE CATEGORY This is a long title and it is a long report--85 pages. I was only able to get 13 copies. We therefore made additional copies so that all Active Members could receive one copy. That copy is being sent to the company representative indicated on the attached list. The EPA representative on this study is: John E. Riley Chief, Effluent Analysis Section Effluent Guidelines Division Environmental Protection Agency Waterside Mall, 923 East Tower 401 M Street, S.W. Washington, D. C. 20460 (Telephone: 202-426-2554) If there are comments on this draft, it is suggested they be sent to the EPA. If a Member prefers, they may be sent to the Institute, and we will forward them to the EPA. It is requested that the individual receiving this Report forward it to the person responsible for environmental problems. EWD/lmc Enc. Copies: Active Members E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS118009 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-2U ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 0 3 uLine 5, 1974 1974 BRAKE SHOE IDENTIFICATION CATALOGS The 1974 BRAKE SHOE IDENTIFICATION CATALOGS have been printed and were shipped by the Printer (Success, Inc.) during the last week in May. The book - a copy of which is enclosed - went the full 64 pages plus cover. This is 12 pages more than the 1972 Catalog, a change which is tied directly to the increased coverage of imported cars. While the basic price remains unchanged from that in Bulletin 498 (s)234.48/kll) the price of punching is increased from: Original Price Final Price 3 9.60/M 10.20/M Would you please advise your Purchasing Departments of this change in price for the punching. EWD/erc Enclosure: E. W. Drislane Executive Director Active Members (Delegates, Alternates) Licensees Regional Members FMSI 18010 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLETIN NO. 502 May 3, 1974 PUBLICATION; "FRICTION MATER IALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE. INC." The Institute Office has been asked several times for a booklet or other publication concerning the Institute - its history, and its activities, publications, and the like. When answering questions or when trying to explain the Institute, its necessary to repeat several items concerning membership types, the copyright, and publications. Miss Duschek had gathered information in the past, and this was blended with imput from the Public Relations Committee. We have now printed this enclosed booklet. This booklet is not copyrighted. Members are free to reproduce it in whole or in part. Additional copies of this booklet are available from the Institute (in quantities up to 10) on a no charge basis. If larger quantities are required, we will charge $20.00 per 100 copies. EWD/erc Enclosure: E. Vi/. Drislane Executive Director FMS118011 T[ON MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E-210 ROUTE 4, PARAMUS, N.J. 07652 BULLET I N NO. 5 0 1 April 25, 1974 1974 SUPPLEMENT TO THE 1973 AUTOMOTIVE DATA BOOK We are enclosing one copy of the recently published 1974 SUPPLEMENT TO THE 1973 AUTOMOTIVE DATA BOOK. These books were recently shipped by the printer to those who placed orders. The preliminary price that was given earlier is the final prices Catalogs Punching 194.88/M 4.80/M We have a small inventory of these Supplements left after shipment to those ordering. Any orders received from here on out will be handled on a "first come - first served " basis. EWD/erc Distribution: Active Members Regional Members E. W. Drislane Executive Director FMS118012 FRICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC., E. 210 ROUTE #4, PARAMUS, I!.J. 07652 BULLETIN N 0. 5 0 0 March 29, 1974 PROPOSED REGULATIONS - MINNESOTA, NHTSA DEFECT REPORTING It has been stated over the past years that whether our industry likes it or not, we are a regulated industry. At a recent meeting of the Brake Performance Study Committee two sets of proposed regulations were discussed and I was directed to pass this information on to the Membership. PROPOSED MINNESOTA REGULATIONS Mr. Nelson, Chairman of the Committee has been in contact with the Minnesota Department of Public Safety concerning proposed regulations for brake systems and brake linings. The Committee's review of the regulations as proposed indicated several problem areas--drum and rotor discard, lining cracks, and data relative to "lining fade temperature." The Chairman will be in contact with Minnesota to seek clarification of the proposed regulations. When we have additional information, we will pass it along to the Membership. At this time, these regulations are proposed. NHTSA DEFECT REPORTING REQUIREMENTS On January 15, 1974 the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) proposed extensions and modifications to their Defect Reporting regulation. The proposed amendment which would have impact on our industry was that " .......... it would extend the regulation to manufacturers of motor vehicle equipment ...... " In addition it would modify reporting require ments adopted in the earlier regulations. The proposed regulations would cover "equipment" such as brake lining, lined brake shoes, etc. In addition, the proposed regulations state: ''Equipment manufacturers would bear the sole responsiblity for reporting defects in aftermarket equipment." The requirement of Defect Reporting is that a manufacturer show "good faith" in reporting a possible safety related defect and in notification of customers of the defect when it is adjudged a safety related defect. In reviewing these proposed regulations, it is apparent that brake lining is "motor vehicle equipment". However, it would appear that re-builders or others in the distribution network who assemble lining to shoes are also equipment manufacturers. Interpretations and definitions will be more precise when the final regulations are adopted. Actually, it was the intent of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 that not only would vehicles have to conform to standards, but that parts and equipment containing defects would be subject to notification requirements. FMS118013 Bulletin #500 2- - March 29, 1974 When further information is available on these Defect Reporting Requirements, the Institute will pass this information on to the Membership. These requirements are to be an agenda item at the next meeting of the Quality Control Sub-Committee. EWD:lmc E. W. Drislane cc: Active Members Executive Director Regional Members (U.S. Copyright) FMSI 18014 ERICTION MATERIALS STANDARDS INSTTTL j.iu, INO. F 3^ ir( n4 j>0por ftercCrc- <e<py TO peofaceD s T MHTSA [ <9 CPfl Part 573 ] [Docket No. GO-31; Notice 51 CIITCT rZPC.TTiNG niQUIg::,MINTS Proposed Extensions and Modifications This notice proposes several amend ments to the Delect Reports regulation, appearing in 49 CP R Part 573. Tiie pro posal would extend the requirements of the regulation to manufacturers of mo tor vehicle equipment, modify the in formation required to he reported in de fect and quarterly reports including deletion of the requirement for the re porting of production figures, and make other modifications below. The Defect Reports regulation was issued February 17, 1971 (36 FR30G4). The regulation would be amended to require the filing of defect information reports (5 573.4) by manufacturers of motor vehicle equipment, including man ufacturers of tires. When equipment has been used as original equipment in the vehicles of more than one vehicle manu facturer. a separate defect report would be required from the equipment manu facturer and from each vehicle manufac turer using the equipment. When equip ment is used as original equipment in the vehicles of only one manufacturer, only one report would be required, and either the vehicle or equipment manufacturer would be permitted to submit it. Equip ment manufacturers would bear sole re sponsibility for reporting defects in af termarket equipment. In addition to submitting the information presently re quired to be submitted by vehi'Ie manu facturers. equipment manufacturers (other than tire manufacturers) would be required to include the name and ad dress. where known, of each distributor, dealer, and vehicle manufacturer to whom potentially defective equipment lias been sold, and the number of items sold to each. The proposal will provide NHTSA with more comprehensive de fect information _in situations involving motor vehicle equipment, particularly in situations where the defect involves equipment not manufactured specifically for the vehicles of one vehicle manu facturer. Such situations have arisen in the past several years, usually involving^ multistage vehicles. In those cases, the equipment manufacturer has generally been in a better posilion than the in dividual vehicle manufacturers to deter mine whether a defect existed, and to provide much of the information re quired in the defect information report. The NHTSA has tentatively determined that the most effective way to obtain this information is to make the equipment manufacturer directly responsible for re porting it. _ The proposal would also require equip ment manufacturers who conduct defect notification campaigns directed at dis tributors, dealers, or purchasers to file quarterly reports <5 573.5). The NIIToA recognizes that equipment manufactur ers, except for tire manufacturers, arc not required by law to.conduct notifica tion campaigns unless the NHTSA for mally orders such a campaign pursuant to proceedings under section 113(c) of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act <15 U.S.C. 1402(e)). In the past, however, numerous equipment manufacturers who have discovered safety related defects in their products have voluntarily conducted campaigns. The proposed amendment would not en large the duties of manufacturers of equipment under the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act to notify dis tributors, dealers, or purchasers, and would require the filing of quarterly re ports only when such notification cam paigns are conducted. The proposed amendment would re voke the requirement that manufactur ers include in quarterly reports the pro duction figures for vehicles they manu facture. Based on its experience with this requirement, the NHTSA has dc-. cidcd that the information is not of suffi cient benefit to justify the cost to manu facturers of providing it. Revoking the requirement will eliminate the need for filing quarterly reports bv manufacturers who are not conducting notification camnaigns. The regulation would also be amended to specifically state that vehicles and equipment found not to conform to a motor vehicle safety standard, except for inconsequential nonconformities, will be considered to contain safety related de fects. There is apparently some confu sion as to whether a nonconformity to a safety standard is a safety role cd de fect under the Safety Act. The NIIToA position has been tlirt ail tut inconse quential nonconformities arc safety re lated defects, and to c'imimtc further3 ambiguity this regulation would require that a nonconformity with a safety standard, except for one deemed incon sequential in its relation to safety, must be reported similarly to other sa.fcty re lated defects. Nonconformities that are determined not to be safety related de fects would be required to be reported under a separate provision. The requirements pertaining to the furnishing to NHT3A of notices, bulle tins, and other communications to dealel's and purchasers, where more than one dealer or purchaser is involved, for all defects whether or not safety related (5 573.7), would similarly be extended to equipment manufacturers. Among equipment manufacturers, however, only manufacturers of tires would be required to maintain owner lists (5 573.6). Tire manufacturers arc the only equipment manufacturers prcecnt'y reouired under the Safety Act to maintain the names and addresses of first purchasers. There has been some question whether a defect renort must be fi'cd regarding vehicles in the hands of distributors and dealers. The NHTSA h"s taken the posi tion that, under the existing regulatory provisions, d.-feet reports must be filed regarding v. ;isles that have been deliv ered to dealers, as well as those that have been delivered to purchasers. Tie N1IT3A does not believe there is justification for continuing to allow ve hicles that have left the immediate con trol of the manufacturer to be cxemnt from the reporting requirements. The practice has tended to hide from the NHTSA and the public the precise de tails of these motor vehicle defects. In practice, apart from situations where such defects may not have been reported at all, they have been reported in many instances only after tire manufacturer has privately corrected them. Tills is not /&C> 1 FMS118015 . . ..` .U -., - i I- I, *. . . U i ..... .' .'.`..MCc w. iaClCd.:, be prov.aed rcm.vea ...urn vie cme...g one slid vo to , . ' ..".toy in order that it can. if it late for corn-id nv." iai in rc :..rd to t..e i... e, .. .j.-.r. iticn av.'liable to tire pub- 1. fr. ,1. cr. o oi MI ITSA, the uifornva- . ..i .. . Hy related to its ability to rr.e.a..,.- the correction of vehicles found -o . e dcf.e'.ive. Tire practice further l- 1 . ..... ; , to avoid compliance v.: .1 ... .c.i 113. and boiit live Detect l.' . . , ima Detect Xoiiii '..ie,n (s9 Cvl. Pm; 577; re ul'.`.ions. when if inter ap- tmue to ale ivlevant inatar.a! as it be comes av.iib.ble in ib.e c.ocb.et aficr tiie closing date, am', it is recommended that interested persons coruiiiuc to examine tile duel.el for new material. Comment clo.-mg date: April 1G, 1074. Proposed effective date: ICO clays from date of publication of the final rule. :,e. re fi: .1 .. . r:v iiii'cnn. :i;.e applied villi m. pec. to x. i... <- iio.an of line ve.ucies involved. This notice, therefore, proposes ;h..; 7 feet and quarterly reports include Issued on January 0, 1074. James B. Gcecocy, Administrator. nil defective vehicles and equipment that have been, transported from their place of final manufacture. The proposal also suggests some changes m the information presently supplied in both defect information and quarterly reports 'apart from those PART 573--DEFECT REPORTS Section 573.1 573.2 573.3 573.4 573.5 Scope. Purpose. Application. Defect information report. Quarterly report. chances necessitated solc'y by applying 573.6 Owner lists. tiie requirements to equipment manufac turers) . In the defect information report, the requirement for identifying affected vehicles would be modified to list .sepa 573.7 573.8 Notices, bulletins, and other com munications. Address for submitting required reports and other information. rate criteria for passenger cars, vehicles other than passenger cars, and motor ve hicle equipment. The revised criteria are intended to facilitate the identification of vehicles and equipment for the pur poses of submitting the report. The in Authority: (Sees. 108, 112, 113, and 119, Public Law 39-5G3, 80 Stat. 718 ns amended. Sections 2, 4 Public Law 01-2G5, 84 Stat. 262 (15 U.S.C. 1337. 1401, 14C2. 1408); delega tion of authority at 49 CFR 1.51) unless otherwise noted. formation required ns part of quarterly 573.1 Scope. reports, including the number of vehicles inspected, found to contain the defect, and corrected, would be replaced by re quirements that each of the following be reported: the total number of vehicles inspected, the number needing and reec.vnig corrective action, the number rnvdhi:: mat not receiving corrective ac tion, and the number not needing correc tive action. This information would pro vide a. more complete pieture to NHTSA of due extent of campaign completion, ar.d resolve what arrears to be some confusion as to meaning of `inspected" ur.ticr the existing requirements. dome changes have been proposed in Tliis part specifies requirements for manuiactureres to maintain lists of owners of defective motor vehicles and tires, and for reporting to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration safety related and other defects in motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment, lor reporting nonconformities to motor vehicle safety standards, for providing quarterly reports on defect notification campaigns, and for providing copies to NHTSA of communications regarding defects with distributors, dealers, and purchasers. 573.2 Purpose. the present ltmgucge of the standard for pv rely editorial purposes. In addition, the as irb'S to which information is to be st.bmi:t a h is beers revised. In nt of the above, it is proposed tiiat bo CFR Part 573, Defect Reports be ivvi :d to re-'d as set forth below. Ib.air.sfed persons are invited to sub mit comments on the proposal. Comrr.cuts should refer to the docket number and be submitted to: Docket Section, .uoa.ii Ifmhwav Traffic Safety Admin The purpose of this part is to inform NHTSA of defective and noncomplying motor vehicles and items of motor ve hicle equipment, and to obtain informa tion for NHTSA on the adequacy of manufacturers' defect notification cam paigns, on corrective action, on owner response, and to compare the defect in cidence rate among different groups of vehicles. 573.3 Application. . ratio;.. Room 5221, 400 Seventh Street, This part applies to manufacturers .3 v. .:.v mgten, DC. 20500. It is re of complete motor vehicles, incomplete cta.ud ..at not required that 10 copies motor vehicles, and motor vehicle equip ment, with respect to all vehicles and Ad , aments received before the close equipment that have been transported ci ba .. on he comment closing from t'aeir place of final manufacture. ,. a . . a b . v/,7 Will be considered In the case of vehicles or equipment . s. ' ..: ,..i ..veih.ble for examination In manufactured outside the United States, . . .. a .. . t : aoove ae.'.res.s mill oc- compliance with s 573.4 anti 573.5 by : re . .. or that dale. To the extent either tiie fabricating manufacturer or .m.......,.v, >i... ments filed after the closing the importer of the vehicle or item of of motor vehicle cqu. :v :u v :u r ; mo nal equipment :n the which:.; oi one vehicle mamim/lur ;, compll ..re I o 5 i 3. v; ici .o ,jj t .; v . r ,. v T.... v. o sidtred compii.ume by com. T,.r . ur- loo.es of tn.s part, a r.'.or.vi.'cttwr o. tires includes an ov/.ter o. a ..m .,w. ; name i., ,.ot o/. mb oy ,ve ... j manufacturer. 573.4 Defect informalien rovarl. (a) Each manufacturer shall far;-.: h a defect information report to t:.e NHTSA for each defect in his vehicle: or items of equipment that he or the Ad ministrator determines to be related to motor vehicle safety, includin'; any r.-n- conformity with a motor vehicle safety standard except a nonconformity having an inconsequential relationship to motor vehicle safety. 'b) Each defect information report shall be submitted not more than 5 work ing days after a defect in a vehie'e or item of equipment has been determined to be safety related, or a r.oncompliance with a motor vehicle safety standard has been discovered. Information required by paragraph 'cl of this section that is not available within that period shall be submitted as it becomes avnla'-lc. Each manufacturer submitting now informa tion relative to a previously nt arxc report shall refer to the r.otifieitisn campaign number when a number ha: been assigned by tiie NHTSA. (c) Each manufacture.- .'hall im-lube in each defect information re-ort the information specified . . 1. . Manufac turers of motor vehicles and tires sh'il include only the information soecified in paragraphs (c)(1) thrc'.: 'o' of this section. Manufacturers of ...over vchlrte equipment other than tires . noli include, in addition, the inform.-,;;c.: s-coined in paragraph (c)(9) of thus /..non. (1) Tiie manufacturer's name: The full corporate or individual name of the fabricating manufacturer of the vchio'e or item of equipment shah be spelled out, except that such abbreviations r.s -'Co." or "Inc.", ana their foreign equivalents, and the first and middle .n.n.fis of in dividuals, may be used. In the case ci imported vehicles or items of equipment, the agent designated by the fabricating manufacturer pursuant to section llJ(e) of the National Traffic ana Motor Vehicle Safety Act (15 USC 1390(e)) shod bo also stated. If the fabricating manufac turer is a cotvoratien that .* controlled by another corporation that assumes re sponsibility for compliance all re quirements of this part, the name of the controlling corporation may be used. r-zz:,M. :.:c.;v:e, voi. t.9, no. --io Tuesday, January is, 1974 FMSI 18016 hi e e. e e f v- ' ro mm .heir r o we. ,1 j die...........on .1; d. be . . 1 . by . e: war n. me cf The emir Ti me.'. .. rombw. . de ..ad function if . yh:o 1..0 aw.wive d.. ws (month .. ; a.P of -ii. md.wTTire, and any cd,: c.ipwvc imcriv.r:hmr necessary o; - :: w`y too worn. if) The tolrd number cf vehicles or J 1 i. i . i ti L , . .-Oil J I i-.ih} i Ciltum" .o : too ,wfe,w, raid too number of vj'.t.o.o co i.o:o, of equipment in each ,;.'go,; .mm./d _ pursuant to paragraph l C ' 2 Cf fid OGO-iOil. f The ocvm.Tto to of vehicles or items 0 ,.d to....... cr ..led par., un.no to para- .r.-ph c< .21 of this section estimated to ,;hy centaur the defect. 1 j i A dosc.oyAon of tho defeat, includ ing both o brief summary and a detailed m. caution, v.hh graphic aids as neces- wiry, of ti'.e ooiore aod physical Icea- lieo -if yhcAOe. of the c.cfcct. i., A ohi'Gooic :y cf oil principal OV'-.V ; chut owe toe bo: is for the deter- :o.o o.oo hiot life defect refitted to motor ..-.....e safety, urcliaung aii warranty to. ..u o VA.-d sore tee boiietios, and other .n.e cot..l.t.i, -.oo tn dr dates of receipt. . 71 A stator..wu of iTToacurcs to be too: it To repair to.o ue.eet. wo if..', o ce. ics of aii notices, bal- Aho-, ar.d otirer cornr-anioations that ia.e dir- wiy to the defect and are seat to ...ere `o ,n coe manufacturer, ciiitnb- t..tw if or oorcitaoer. These copies o.e.i oo oab.u.tica to the f.HTSA not bow hern they ere initially sent to nrr ..oh.ctt.rers, distributors, dealers, or parch.. ere. w. ) ,.br m.mafacturors of equipment o____ tit on tee.. , Tiic name and address does iroown' c: each distributor and .'. or cf such manufacturer, and the o ...c of each ve'nicie manufacturer, to o.o a pctenfiaily defective item of , Viiy.i..ent has keen sold, the number of own .terns sc Id to each, and the date .iib.fi Oi..uic:S re tr.tr who is can oe fior ceooyaiyn r: t .f ms, d, sirs, .a. lo M1IT3A a .too .otr : yeayiis if.... i oc..oil, i-.bi cf cy:: vo..a ;:r .rawed woe won cf p.wa ora : .s . b1 0,7, aod 2 of ; life see. .Gil. of. The dumber of vehteho cr downs of ct,uipofc..L needing and receiving cor rective action. (7) The number cf vehicles or items cf c fuinrncnr, needing but not receiving corrective action. (C> The number of vehicles or items cf equipment not needing corrective action. - (ji Tho number of vehicles or items of equipment determined to be unreach able for inc.gection due to expert, theft, scragging, failure to receive certified let ter, or otltcr reasons (specify'. The num ber of vehicles or items of o moment in each category shall be specified. *c) If the manufacturer determines That the original information submitted under paragraphs ib) i3) and (4j of this section is incorrect, revised figures and an explanatory nctc shall be sub- rod.fed. If the nature of tire defect pre vents determination of the information required by paragraphs (by `Gy (7>, and (8) of litis section, the manufacturer shall mcho.de a brief explanation. Infor mation supplied in response to para graphs >b; to), (6), (7). and (8) of this section snail be cumulative totals. id) Unless otherwise directed by the MKTSA, the information spec.Tied in paragraph (b) of this section, with re spect to each r.o:ideation campaign, shall be included in each quarterly re port for six consecutive quarters, begin ning with the quarter in which tire cam paign was initiated, (i.e., the date of initial mailing of the defect notification to owners) or until corrective action has been completed on all defective vehicles involved in the campaign, whichever oc curs sooner. 3715.6 C>iior lists. - Each rmtrafacturer of motor vehicles or t.rrs shad maintain in a l suit able for inspection, such as computer information storage devices or card flies, a list of tire names and r.ddre--ses of each, first purchaser for a purpose other than re ode of his vehicles or tires, and of any otirer owner itirown to tire mar.a- facturer, for each vehicle or fire involved in a safety defect noddeation campaign initiated after the elective date cf this p..rt. Itt -no cf.: e of motor vein-:.os, t.ie list shall ..fci^cie the vehicle ideadben- y or. com. wm : .. ; eyd red ' m r , , (cm 1 / thr o.: A 1 f . ; f to have an dim: ' r.w.i r ' . .. . . to uromr v;h: m . 1 y. T.ro r -. , ; to farni.do g ' worn 5 d ywfib :: m r- mhraitm :o dig Come cf Sh.md.r.-. 13.'.- fcrccrnont. Marion..1 If.ghway Treble Safety Ad, n.ai.i...fc h, 77 i . .on, D.C.20300. 37.7.3 wdiii.wy bulletins, and tnurr Each manufacturer rhed furr.i h the Administration a teyy of f.11 not-ecs. lul- ic.i.is. and Glfrtr commuhioeyiors. ether than these required to bo m... mitt id pur suant to 5 573.-h c) (3) of fobs ; . o.o to more than one ;rr, or.... o:o:r, tributcr, cof.w, cr pi..vd. ,r, r .od. - any defect hr hi.-: venom or . w of equipment, v.heihw or not red.led. Cepies tndl b: . ..2 nrotrthiy, :rci more reran 5 mo::::.; hf.ys after the list day of each mo.rdi. 373.0 fer . .. ..: o. r w. d: . reports :::o. i.d.cr d:f. o... .d -- Ad required reports r.rd o.h.tr formation except t.rr: rev..red pm :o : to j 373.7 of mm per. s.r ... :.c . f..... to tire Od.:e or ^c..cts -no . . , Matronal Ir.0hwa:' 7ro.de - . . v ,'mministration. Warirmgfc.r, D.C. - h [ Tit DOC. I f-- 1--oG . ..eg W. J G.il. ;:g:..al c:;.:::.-, vot. 39, no. to---yi-jAY, jax-jasy is, '774 FMSI 18017